-
Contents
-
Table of Contents
-
Bookmarks
Quick Links
Operation Manual
S/BV6/8/9M628
0297 7945 en
Engine Serial Number:
Please enter engine serial number here. In this way,
questions concerning Customer Service, Repairs and Spare
Parts can be more easily dealt with.
In view of continuos design improvements or changes, the
technical specifications and the illustrations shown in this
Operation Manual are subject to alteration. Reprinting and
reproduction, in part or in whole, are subject to our written
approval.
Chapters
Summary of Contents for Deutz S/BV6/8/9M628
Loading…
S/BV6/8/9M628
0297 7945 en
Engine Serial Number:
Please enter engine serial number here. In this way, questions concerning Customer Service, Repairs and Spare Parts can be more easily dealt with.
In view of continuos design improvements or changes, the technical specifications and the illustrations shown in this Operation Manual are subject to alteration. Reprinting and reproduction, in part or in whole, are subject to our written approval.
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This Operation Manual is destined for the following engine:
● |
Engine model: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
● |
Type of application: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
● |
Name of installation: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
● |
Power: |
kW |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
● |
Speed: |
/ rpm |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
● |
Date of commissioning: |
. |
. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Please enter the relevant data here. This you will facilitate dealing with questions concerning customer service, repairs and spare parts.
Give these data to the respective SERVICE dealership whenever you are asking for service performance.
DEUTZ AG
Service engineering
Service documentation
Deutz-Mülheimer Straße 147-149
D — 51057 Köln
Tel. |
(0221) 822 — 0 |
Fax |
(0221) 822 — 5358 |
Telex |
8812 — 0 khd d |
http://www.deutz.de
Printed in Germany All rights reserved 3st edition, 10/2001
Order No.: 0297 7945 en
Page II |
0297 6153-0112 |
© 1000 |
Medium-sized and large engines
●Please read all the information contained in this manual, and follow the instructions carefully. You will avoid accidents, retain the manufacturer’s warranty, and will be able to use a fully functional and operational engine.
●This engine has been built solely for the purpose appropriate to the scope of delivery concerned, as defined by the equipment manufacturer (intended use). Any other use shall be construed as not intended. The manufacturer shall not be liable for any damage resulting therefrom; all risks involved shall be borne solely by the user.
●The term „intended use“ shall also include compliance with the operating, maintenance and repair conditions specified by the manufacturer. The engine may be used, maintained and repaired only by persons who are familiar with the work concerned and who have been properly informed of the risks involved.
●Make sure that these operating instructions are available to everyone involved in operating, maintaining, and repairing the engine, and that they have all understood the contents.
●Non-compliance with these operating instructions may result in engine malfunctions and even damage or injury to persons; the manufacturer will accept no liability in such cases.
●Proper maintenance and repair work depends on the availability of all requisite equipment, tools and special implements, all of which must be in perfect condition.
●Engine parts like springs, brackets, elastic holding rings, etc., involve increased risk of injury if not handled properly.
●The relevant accident prevention regulations and other generally recognized rules relating to safety engineering and health and safety at work must all be complied with.
●Maximized cost-efficiency, reliability and long lifetime are assured only if original parts from DEUTZ AG are used.
●Engine repairs must correspond to the intended use. In the event of modification work, only parts approved by the manufacturer for the purpose concerned may be used. Unauthorized changes to the engine will preclude any liability of the manufacturer for resultant damage.
The warranty expires in case of nonobservance of these regulations!
0199 |
0297 6153-0199 |
Page III |
© 1000 |
Foreword |
Medium-sized and large engines |
Dear customer,
The engines of the DEUTZ brand have been developed for a broad spectrum of applications. A comprehensive range of different variants ensures that special requirements can be met for the individual case involved.
Your engine has been equipped to suit your own particular installation, and accordingly not all of the devices and components described in these operating instructions will actually be fitted to your engine.
We have endeavoured to present the differences involved as clearly as possible, to make it easier for you to find the operating and maintenance instructions you need for your own particular engine.
Please read this manual before you start up your engine, and follow the operating and maintenance instructions meticulously.
If you have any questions, just get in touch with us, and we will be pleased to answer them for you.
Yours sincerely,
DEUTZ AG
Page IV |
0297 6153-0199 |
© 0199 |
Medium-sized and large engines |
General |
DEUTZ engines
are the culmination of long years filled with research and development work. The in-depth know-how thus acquired, in conjunction with high standards of quality, is your guarantee for engines manufactured for long lifetime, high reliability and low fuel consumption. And of course, stringent criteria of environment-friendliness are met as well.
Care and maintenance
are crucial factors in ensuring that your engine satisfactorily meets the requirements involved. Compliance with the specified maintenance intervals and meticulous performance of care and maintenance work are therefore absolutely essential. Special attention must be paid to any more critical operating conditions deviating from the norm.
DEUTZ AG
In the event of malfunctions, or if you need spare parts, please contact one of our responsible service agencies. Our trained and qualified staff will ensure fast, professional rectification of any damage, using original parts. Original parts from DEUTZ AG have always been manufactured to the very latest state-of-the-art.
You will find details of our after-sales service at the end of these operating instructions.
Careful when the engine is running!
Carry out maintenance or repair jobs only when the engine is at a standstill. If you remove any protective features, fit them back in position after completing your work. Always wear tight-fitting clothing if you are working on the engine while it is running.
Safety
!You will find this symbol next to all safety instructions. Follow these meticulously. Pass on all safety instructions to your operating staff as well. In addition, comply with the statutory general safety and accident prevention regulations applying in your country.
Instruction
You will find this symbol next to instructions of a general nature. Follow these instructions carefully.
Asbestos
The seals and gaskets used in this engine are asbestos-free. Please use the appropriate spare parts for maintenance and repair jobs.
© 0401199 |
0297 6153-0199 |
Page V |
Medium-sized and large engines
This page intentionally left blank.
Page VI |
0297 6153-0199 |
© 0199 |
Inhaltsverzeichnis Indice
Table des matières Indice Inhoudsopgave
й„О‡‚ОВМЛВ
Hinweise zur Benutzung der Betriebsanleitung Avvertenze per l‘utilizzo delle istruzioni per l‘uso
Indications relatives à l’utilisation des instructions de service Indicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de Operación Aanwijzingen voor het gebruik van de handleiding
ì͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ̇ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ ì͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ̇ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ
Layout and Description of Engine |
2 |
Aufbau und Funktion des Motors
Struttura e funzioni del motore
Constitution et fonctionnement du moteur
Construcción y funciones de partes del motor
Samenstelling en werkwijze van de motor
KÓÌÒÚ Û͈Ëfl Ë ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰‚Ë„‡ÚÂÎfl
Technische Angaben Indicazioni tecniche Données techniques Datos técnicos Technische gegevens
нВМЛ˜ВТНЛВ ‰‡ММ˚В
Anleitung zum Betrieb des Motors Istruzioni per il servizio del motore Instructions relatives à l’emploi du moteur Instrucciones para la operación del motor
Handleiding betreffende het werken met de motor
аМТЪ ЫНˆfl ФУ ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ ‰‚Л„‡ЪВОfl
Einweisung in die Arbeitssysteme der Motorbetriebsstoffe Introduzioni ai sistemi operativi del materiali di esercizio del motore
Instructions concernant les systèmes opératoires des carburants-moteur Aclaraciones para los sistemas de medios de servicio para el motor Instructies betreffende brandstof-, smeerolieen koelsysteem
иУflТМВМЛfl Н ТЛТЪВП‡Л ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛУМ-М˚ı П‡ЪВ Л‡ОУ‚ ‰О‚ ‰‚Л„‡ЪВОВИ
Engine Operating Media Treatment |
6 |
Vorschriften über Betriebsstoffe Prescrizioni relative a mezi di esercizio Prescriptions applicables aux carburants Prescripciones para medios de servicio
Voorschriften inzake brandstof-, smeerolieen koelmiddel
и В‰ФЛТ‡МЛfl ФУ ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛУМ П‡ЪВ Л‡О‡П
Betriebsstörungen und ihre Beseitigung
Disfunzioni di esercizio e loro eliminazione
Pannes et leurs remèdes
Perturbaciones de servicio y su eliminación
Bedrijffstoringen en het verhelpen daarvan
HВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪЛ Л Лı ЫТЪ ‡МВМЛВ
Maintenance Schedules and List of Job Cards |
8 |
InstandhaltungsIntervallpläne und Arbeitskartenübersicht |
|
Schemi degli intervalli di manutenzione, visione d‘insieme delle schede di lavoro |
|
Plans des intervalles d’entretien et vue d’ensemble sur les fiches de travail |
|
Tables de mantenimiento periódico y recopilación de fichas de trabajo |
|
Onderhoudsschema en werkkaarten |
|
Й ‡ЩЛН ЛМЪВ ‚‡ОУ‚ ЪВıУ·ТОЫКЛ‚‡МЛfl Л У·БУ ‡·уЛı Н‡ Ъ |
|
Job Cards |
JC |
Arbeitskarten |
AK |
Schede di lavoro |
SL |
Cartes de travail |
CT |
Fichas de trabajo |
FT |
Werkkaarten |
WK |
P‡·ÓóË ͇ Ú˚ |
AK |
Inhaltsverzeichnis Indice
Table des matières Indice Inhoudsopgave
й„О‡‚ОВМЛВ
Hinweise zur Benutzung der Betriebsanleitung Avvertenze per l‘utilizzo delle istruzioni per l‘uso
Indications relatives à l’utilisation des instructions de service Indicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de Operación Aanwijzingen voor het gebruik van de handleiding
ì͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ̇ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ ì͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ̇ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ
Layout and Description of Engine |
2 |
Aufbau und Funktion des Motors
Struttura e funzioni del motore
Constitution et fonctionnement du moteur
Construcción y funciones de partes del motor
Samenstelling en werkwijze van de motor
KÓÌÒÚ Û͈Ëfl Ë ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰‚Ë„‡ÚÂÎfl
Technische Angaben Indicazioni tecniche Données techniques Datos técnicos Technische gegevens
нВМЛ˜ВТНЛВ ‰‡ММ˚В
Anleitung zum Betrieb des Motors Istruzioni per il servizio del motore Instructions relatives à l’emploi du moteur Instrucciones para la operación del motor
Handleiding betreffende het werken met de motor
аМТЪ ЫНˆfl ФУ ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛЛ ‰‚Л„‡ЪВОfl
Einweisung in die Arbeitssysteme der Motorbetriebsstoffe Introduzioni ai sistemi operativi del materiali di esercizio del motore
Instructions concernant les systèmes opératoires des carburants-moteur Aclaraciones para los sistemas de medios de servicio para el motor Instructies betreffende brandstof-, smeerolieen koelsysteem
иУflТМВМЛfl Н ТЛТЪВП‡Л ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛУМ-М˚ı П‡ЪВ Л‡ОУ‚ ‰О‚ ‰‚Л„‡ЪВОВИ
Engine Operating Media Treatment |
6 |
Vorschriften über Betriebsstoffe Prescrizioni relative a mezi di esercizio Prescriptions applicables aux carburants Prescripciones para medios de servicio
Voorschriften inzake brandstof-, smeerolieen koelmiddel
и В‰ФЛТ‡МЛfl ФУ ˝НТФОЫ‡Ъ‡ˆЛУМ П‡ЪВ Л‡О‡П
Betriebsstörungen und ihre Beseitigung
Disfunzioni di esercizio e loro eliminazione
Pannes et leurs remèdes
Perturbaciones de servicio y su eliminación
Bedrijffstoringen en het verhelpen daarvan
HВЛТФ ‡‚МУТЪЛ Л Лı ЫТЪ ‡МВМЛВ
Maintenance Schedules and List of Job Cards |
8 |
|
InstandhaltungsIntervallpläne und Arbeitskartenübersicht |
||
Schemi degli intervalli di manutenzione, visione d‘insieme delle schede di lavoro |
||
Plans des intervalles d’entretien et vue d’ensemble sur les fiches de travail |
||
Tables de mantenimiento periódico y recopilación de fichas de trabajo |
||
Onderhoudsschema en werkkaarten |
||
Й ‡ЩЛН ЛМЪВ ‚‡ОУ‚ ЪВıУ·ТОЫКЛ‚‡МЛfl Л У·БУ ‡·уЛı Н‡ Ъ |
||
Job Cards |
JC |
|
Arbeitskarten |
AK |
|
Schede di lavoro |
SL |
|
Cartes de travail |
CT |
|
Fichas de trabajo |
FT |
|
Werkkaarten |
WK |
|
P‡·ÓóË ͇ Ú˚ |
AK |
Inhaltsverzeichnis Indice
Table des matières Indice Inhoudsopgave
й„О‡‚ОВМЛВ
0 Table of Contents
Inhaltsverzeichnis Indice
Table des matières Indice Inhoudsopgave
й„О‡‚ОВМЛВ
Table of contents
1 Guide to this Manual
1.1General
1.2Trouble — shooting
1.3Planned Mainenance
1.4Identification of Spare Parts
1.5Specification Data
1.6Job Card No.
1.7Standard Tools
1.8Special Tools
1.9Index of DEUTZ Assembly Groups
2 Layout and Description of Engine
2.101 Cylinder Head
2.202 Crankshaft System
2.303 Engine Frame
2.404 Timing System
2.505 Speed Control System
2.606 Exhaust / Turbocharging System
2.707 Fuel System
2.808 Lubricating Oil System
2.909 Cooling Water System
2.1010 Pneumatic System
2.1111 Engine Protective System
2.1212 Engine Auxiliaries
2.1313 Engine Assemblies and Subassemblies
2.1414 Cutaway View of Engine
© 1199
Section: |
0 |
||||
Page: |
0-0-02 |
Table of contents |
|||
Engine: |
S/BVM 628 |
||||
3 Specification Data
3.1Model Designation
3.2Designation of Engine Ends and Sides and Related Definitions
3.3Basic Data
3.3.1Design Data
3.3.2Operating Data
3.3.3Setting Data for Saftey Switches
3.4Weights of Main Engine Components
3.5Tightening Specification for Heavy — duty Screwed Joints
3.5.1Tightening Schedule
3.5.2/3. Tightening Instructions
3.5.4Hydraulic Tool for Annular Nuts
3.6List of Compounds ( Sealing, Locking, Lubricating, Heat Conduction )
3.7Use of Liquid Nitrogen
3.8Dye Checking of Metal Surfaces with Distillate Fuel
4 Operating the Engine
4.1Preparatory Work before Operating the Engine with Distillate Fuel
4.1.1Preparatory Work before Operating the Engine with Heavy Fuel or MDF Blend
4.2Running the Engine with Destillate Fuel
4.2.1Running the Engine with Heavy Fuel or MDF Blend
4.3Attendance in Service
4.4Stopping the Engine Running on Destillate Fuel
4.4.1Stopping the Engine Running on Heavy Fuel or MDF Blend
4.5 |
Checking Combustion by Indicator Diagrams |
4.6 |
Runin instructions |
4.6.1 |
Drive type ”Fixed-pitch propeller and comparable drives ” |
4.6.2 |
Drive type ”C.P. propeller with shaft generator, electric generators and comparable |
drives” |
|
4.7 |
Running the Engine with Defective Turbocharger |
4.8 |
Emergency Operation |
5 |
Engine Operating Media Systems |
5.1Fuel System
5.2Lubrication Oil System
5.3Cooling Water System
5.4Pneumatic System
5.5Injection Pump Plunger Sealing System
5.6Injection Nozzle Cooling
5.7Symbols Used in Piping Diagrams 0
© 0884
6Engine Operating Media
7Trouble — shooting
7.1Summary of Potential Troubles
7.2General
7.3Trouble Chart
8 Maintenance Schedules, List of Job Cards and Job Cards
8.1Summary of Maintenance Schedules
8.1.1Initial Maintenance jobs
8.1.1.1— Engines running in countinuos operation, e.g. marine engines, >300 hour / year
8.1.1.2— Engines running in standby operation, e.g. emrgency generating sets,
<300 hours / year
8.1.2Daily maintenance jobs
These jobs are described in Section 4.3, as well as in the Brief instructions under Section * ”Monitoring of Engine Operation”.
8.1.3Periodic maintenance jobs for engines running in continuous operation > 300 hours / year, e.g. marine engines.
This schedule forms part of Brief Instructions*
8.1.4Periodic maintenance jobs for engines running in continuous operation < 300 hour / year, wich are exclusively or most of the time in standby mode, e.g. emergency generating
sets.
This schedule forms part of Brief Instructions*.
8.2List of Job Cards
by maintenance groups
8.3Job Cards
by maintenance groups
01.00.00Cylinder Head
02.00.00Crankshaft System
03.00.00Engine Frame
04.00.00Timing System
05.00.00Speed Control System
06.00.00Exhaust and Turbocharging System
07.00.00Fuel System
08.00.00Lubricating Oil System
09.00.00Cooling Water System
10.00.00Pneumatic System
11.00.00Engine Protective system
12.00.00Engine Auxiliaries
9 Appendix
Brief Instructions
* The Brief Instructions are attached to this Operating Manual
© 0996
Section: |
0 |
||||
Table of contents |
|||||
Page: |
0-0-04 |
||||
Engine: |
S/BVM 628 |
||||
This page intentionally left blank.
Hinweise zur Benutzung der Betriebsanleitung Avvertenze per l‘utilizzo delle istruzioni per l‘uso
Indications relatives à l’utilisation des instructions de service Indicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de Operació
ì͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ̇ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ ì͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ̇ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ
1 Guide to this Manual
Hinweise zur Benutzung der Betriebsanleitung Avvertenze per l‘utilizzo delle istruzioni per l‘uso
Indications relatives à l’utilisation des instructions de service Indicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de Operació
ì͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ̇ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ ì͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ̇ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ
1 Guide to this Manual
1.1General
Surely you expect high degrees of reliability and availibility of your DEUTZ engine as prerequisites for its economical application. Great importance was attached to these properties in the course of the engine’s development. However, these properties can be upheld during the engine’s entire lifespan only, if the maintenance and servicing jobs described in this Manual are carried out punctually and fully.
It is therefore essential that you become well acquainted with the contents of this Manual not only before commissioning the new engine, but also to use it as a source of information for maintaining the high value of the machine.
All safety precautions and regulations have been observed in the design, choice of materials, and manufacture of your engine. This high degree of safety and reliability will be maintained, if the servicing jobs are fully performed according to schedule by properly trained personnel, and if all guards and protective devices removed for carrying out work on the engine are afterwards refitted.
When servicing, it is essential to observe the relevant regulations regarding accident prevention and general safety.
The Maintenance Schedules give information concerning the work involved at the prescribed intervals.
The Job Cards (Section give detailed instructions for carrying out the work. The Job Cards are arranged in accordance with Maintenance Groups as per the PLanned Maintenance System 333*. On Page 1-0-05 is an alphabetical Index of DEUTZ Assembly Groups together with the relevant Job Card Nos. and Maintenance Groups.
*Institut für Schiffsbetriebsforschung, Flensburg
© 0884
Section: |
1 |
||||
Page: |
1-0-02 |
Guide to this Manual |
|||
Engine: |
S/BVM 628 |
||||
1.2Trouble-shooting
Should troubles and faults of any kind arise on the engine, please refer to Section 7, «Troubleshooting».
The Trouble Chart lists various potential causes for a certain fault, gives brief instructions for providing possible remedies, and refers to the Manual Section concerned and the Job Cards containing further details for carrying out the work involved.
1.3Planned Maintenance
Keep a regular record of the engine’s running hours and observe the schedule for maintenance and servicing accordingly
The Maintenance Schedule contains details of the maintenance work involved and the relevant Job Card Nos.
Carry out the work detailed on the Job Card.
1.4Ordering of Spare Parts
The Spare Parts Catalogue associated with this Instruction Manual contains the Part Nos. for the ordering of parts, and also design details , where necessary.
The Spare Parts Catalogue is arranged in accordance with DEUTZ Assembly Group Nos. These DEUTZ Assembly Group Nos. are also to be found in the Filing No. (not Job Card No.!) in the heading of the Job Cards. The number appearing between the hyphens, for example in the case of 0178-08- 501 1110, the -08-, is the DEUTZ Assembly Group No.
For detailed information on spare parts identification, please refer to the introductory lines of the Spare Parts Catalogue.
1.5Specification Data
Design data, operating data, and setting data for monitoring equipment are not given in the Job Cards. Please refer to Section 3, «Specification Data».
© 0884
1.6Job Card No.
In addition to the Filing No., each card is provided with a Job Card No.
Typical Job Card No.: 01.02.03, where:
01 = Maintenance Group = cylinder head
02 = Subassembly |
= rocker arm bearings |
03 = Serial No. of card
1.7Standard Tools
Standard tools are those tools which are normally included in a workshop tool box.
Hammer |
Chisel |
1 set of box wrenches |
1 set of ordinary wrenches |
Screwdriver |
Small water tube pliers |
Nippers |
Combination pliers |
Scriber |
Tape rule |
Various files |
Iron saw |
Centre punch |
Mandrel |
Socket-head wrench |
Hex. wrench |
Three-square scraper |
Non-fraying rags |
Wire brush |
Grease gun |
Rubber mallet |
1.8Special Tools
Special fitting tools and devices, normally supplied along with the engine, are listed in the associated Spare Parts Catalogue under the Assembly Group No. 49.
1.8.1These tools are available from your local Deutz distributor.
© 0884
Section:
Page: |
Guide to this Manual |
Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
1.9Index of DEUTZ Assembly Groups as Incorporated in System 333 — Job Cards, Maintenance Groups
Assembly Group |
Job Card |
Maintenance Group |
||
06 |
Big end/-bearing |
02.03.02 |
02 |
Crankshaft system |
02.03.03 |
||||
02.04.01 |
||||
02.05.01 |
||||
02.06.01 |
||||
10 |
Camshaft |
04.05.01 |
04 |
Timing system |
04.06.01 |
||||
10 |
Camshaft bearing |
04.01.01 |
04 |
Timing system |
58 |
Charge air cooler |
06.04.01 |
06 |
Exhaust / Turbocharging |
06.04.02 |
system |
|||
32 |
Charge air system |
06.02.01 |
06 |
Exhaust / Turbocharging |
system |
||||
48 |
Charge air water detector |
11.06.01 |
11 |
Engine protective system |
37 |
Coolant circulation pump |
09.07.01/02 |
09 |
Cooling water system |
37 |
Cooling water system draining |
09.00.01 |
09 |
Cooling water system |
48 |
Crankcase oil mist detector |
11.05.01 |
11 |
Engine protective system |
01 |
Crankcase relief valve |
03.01.01 |
03 |
Engine frame |
05 |
Crankshaft coupling flange |
04.16.01 |
04 |
Timing system |
05 |
Crankshaft gear |
04.11.01 |
04 |
Timing system |
05 |
Crankshaft gear |
02.01.01 |
02 |
Crankshaft system |
03.08.01 |
||||
05 |
Crankshaft deflection gauging |
02.02.01 |
02 |
Crankshaft system |
08 |
Cylinder head |
01.04.01 |
01 |
Cylinder head |
01.08.01 |
||||
01.09.01 |
||||
04 |
Cylinder liner |
01.05.04 |
03 |
Engine frame |
03.02.01 |
||||
03.02.03 |
||||
03.03.01 |
||||
03.04.01 |
||||
03.05.01 |
||||
03.06.01 |
||||
32 |
Dirt collector |
10.03.02 |
10 |
Pneumatic system |
41 |
Exhaust elbow |
06.01.03 |
06 |
Exhaust / turbocharging |
system |
||||
41 |
Exhaust manifold |
06.01.01 |
06 |
Exhaust / turbocharging |
system |
||||
© 0885
Section: |
1 |
||||||||||||
Page: |
1-0-06 |
Guide to this Manual |
|||||||||||
Engine: |
S/BVM 628 |
||||||||||||
Assembly Group |
Job Card |
Maintenance Group |
|||||||||||
08 |
Exhaust valve |
01.01.01 |
01 |
Cylinder head |
|||||||||
01.05.01 |
|||||||||||||
01.05.04 |
|||||||||||||
01.05.05 |
|||||||||||||
01.07.01 |
|||||||||||||
05 |
Flywheel |
04.09.01 |
11 |
Engine protective system |
|||||||||
46 |
Foundation bolts |
03.07.01 |
03 |
Engine frame |
|||||||||
20 |
Fuel feed pump |
07.11.01 |
07 |
Fuel system |
|||||||||
20 |
Fuel filter |
07.03.02 |
07 |
Fuel system |
|||||||||
07.10.01 |
|||||||||||||
29 |
Hydr. governor drive |
05.04.01 |
05 |
Speed control system |
|||||||||
29 |
Hydr. governor linkage |
05.04.14 |
05 |
Speed control system |
|||||||||
27 |
Hydr. speed governor |
05.00.01 |
05 |
Speed control system |
|||||||||
05.03.11 |
|||||||||||||
05.03.12 |
|||||||||||||
05.03.14 |
|||||||||||||
08 |
Inlet valve |
01.01.01 |
01 |
Cylinder head |
|||||||||
01.05.01 |
|||||||||||||
01.05.04 |
|||||||||||||
01.05.05 |
|||||||||||||
01.07.01 |
|||||||||||||
21 |
Injection piping |
07.03.01 |
07 |
Fuel system |
|||||||||
07.03.02 |
|||||||||||||
17 |
Injection pump |
07.01.01 |
07 |
Fuel system |
|||||||||
07.02.01/03/04/05/06/07 |
|||||||||||||
07.05.01 |
|||||||||||||
18 |
Injection pump removal / refitment |
07.04.01 |
04 |
Timing system |
|||||||||
22 |
Intake air cleaner |
06.03.11 |
06 |
Exhaust / turbocharging |
|||||||||
system |
|||||||||||||
19 |
Injector removal / refitment |
07.07.01 |
07 |
Fuel system |
|||||||||
07.08.01 |
|||||||||||||
07.09.01 |
|||||||||||||
15 |
Lube oil centrifuge |
08.13.01 |
08 |
Lubricating oil system |
|||||||||
15 |
PLube oil filter |
08.09.01 |
08 |
Lubricating oil system |
|||||||||
08.10.01 |
|||||||||||||
08.20.02 |
|||||||||||||
14 |
Lube oil pump |
08.01.01 |
08 |
Lubricating oil system |
|||||||||
14 |
Lube oil pressure-stat |
08.11.01 |
08 |
Lubricating oil system |
|||||||||
15 |
Lube oil system |
08.02.01 |
08 |
Lubricating oil system |
|||||||||
© 0885
Assembly Group |
Job Card |
Maintenance Group |
||
02 |
Main bearing |
02.03.02 |
02 |
Crankshaft system |
02.03.03 |
||||
02.04.01 |
||||
02.07.01 |
||||
02.08.01 |
||||
48 |
Oil level float switch |
11.07.01 |
11 |
Engine protective system |
48 |
Overspeed switch |
11.03.01 |
11 |
Engine protective system |
07 |
Piston coolant nozzle |
02.15.01 |
02 |
Crankshaft system |
07 |
Piston pin |
02.12.01 |
02 |
Crankshaft system |
07 |
Piston pin brush |
02.13.01 |
02 |
Crankshaft system |
07 |
Piston / rings |
02.09.01 |
02 |
Crankshaft system |
02.10.01 |
||||
02.10.02 |
||||
02.10.04 |
||||
02.11.01 |
||||
02.14.01 |
||||
32 |
Pneumatic system |
10.01.01 |
10 |
Pneumatic system |
32 |
Pressure reducer station |
10.06.01 |
10 |
Pneumatic system |
48 |
Pressure switch |
11.01.02 |
11 |
Engine protective system |
11 |
Rocker arm |
01.02.02 |
01 |
Cylinder head |
01.02.03 |
||||
31 |
Safety valve |
01.12.01 |
01 |
Cylinder head |
32 |
Starting air master valve |
10.03.01 |
10 |
Pneumatic system |
10.03.91 |
||||
30 |
Starting pilot air distributor |
01.02.01 |
10 |
Pneumatic system |
31 |
Starting valve |
10.11.01 |
01 |
Cylinder head |
01.11.02 |
||||
01.05.04 |
||||
48 |
Temperature switch |
11.01.01 |
11 |
Engine protective system |
51 |
Thermocouples |
11.01.05 |
11 |
Engine protective system |
09 |
Timing gear train |
04.04.01 |
04 |
Timing system |
04.08.01 |
||||
09 |
Timing gear train |
04.04.01 |
04 |
Timing system |
04.13.01 |
||||
43 |
Turbocharger |
06.05.01 |
06 |
Exhaust / turbocharging |
06.06.01 |
system |
|||
06.12.01 |
||||
06.13.01 |
||||
06.13.02 |
||||
© 0885
Section: |
1 |
|||||||||||
Page: |
1-0-08 |
Guide to this Manual |
||||||||||
Engine: |
S/BVM 628 |
|||||||||||
Assembly Group |
Job Card |
Maintenance Group |
||||||||||
11 |
Valve drive, bottom |
04.02.01 |
04 |
Timing system |
||||||||
11 |
Valve drive, top |
01.02.02 |
01 |
Cylinder head |
||||||||
08 |
Valve guide clearance |
01.06.01 |
01 |
Cylinder head |
||||||||
08 |
Valve rotator |
01.03.01 |
01 |
Cylinder head |
||||||||
01.03.02 |
||||||||||||
16 |
Valve seat lubrication |
08.14.01 |
08 |
Lubricating oil system |
||||||||
08 |
Valve seat ring |
01.07.01 |
01 |
Cylinder head |
||||||||
01.03.01 |
||||||||||||
34 |
Vibration damper |
12.01.01 |
12 |
Engine auxiliaries |
||||||||
12.01.02/03 |
||||||||||||
© 0885
Layout and Description of Engine |
2 |
Aufbau und Funktion des Motors
Struttura e funzioni del motore
Constitution et fonctionnement du moteur
Construcción y funciones de partes del motor
Samenstelling en werkwijze van de motor
KÓÌÒÚ Û͈Ëfl Ë ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰‚Ë„‡ÚÂÎfl
2 Layout and Description of Engine
Aufbau und Funktion des Motors Struttura e funzioni del motore Constitution et fonctionnement du moteur
Construcción y funciones de partes del motor Samenstelling en werkwijze van de motor
KÓÌÒÚ Û͈Ëfl Ë ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰‚Ë„‡ÚÂÎfl
Layout and Description
of Engine
2 Layout and Description of Engine
2.101 Cylinder Head
The Head iß held down on the crankcase through 4 hydraulically tightened studs.
Fitted in the head are 2 inlet valves, 2 exhaust valves, one fuel injector, a starting valve, an indicator valve and, if required, a relief valve.
The exhaust valves are equipped with rotators, the inlet valves with a seat lubrication to reduce wear. In fact, oil is injected in a metered amount into the charge air, so this seat lubrication requires no servicing. Injector and inlet/exhaust valves plus drive are protected by a rocker chamber cover. Coolant transfer from crankcase to head is made through plugged pipes within the head contour.
2.202 Crankshaft System
The drop-forged crankshaft is fitted in the crankcase in underslung arrangement. Main journals and crankpins are hardened and carried in complex-metal bearing shells. As required by the rated engine spee, the shaft is fitted with balance weights to reduce mass forces.
The bearing caps are secured to the crankshaft by 2 vertical and 2 horizontal bolts, the former ones being tightened jointly by a hydraulic tool.
The flywheel is flanged to the shaft‘s driving end, the flange being fitted on the shaft by hydraulic shrinkage. Power for secundary drives can be taken off from the shaft‘s free end.
The drop-forged connecting rod big end is split in straight (horizontal) arrangement, while the small end is of the stepped type.
The two-piece pistons are fitted with 3 compression rings and one oil control ring. The former rings are located in the steel top, the oil ring in the piston skirt above the full-float piston pin.
2.303 Engine Frame
The crankcase is a single-piece casting. Large doors permit easy access to all motion parts. Some doors may optionally be provided with relief valves safeguarding the engine in the case of crankcase of explosions.
The standard deep ”wet-type” oil sump represents the engine‘s lube oil reservoir, from which oil is forced into the lubricating circuit by a special delivery pump. Where high or low-level tanks are utilized for oil reservoir, use is made of a flat ”dry-type” sump with connections for an oil drain (to the low-level tank) or a special suction pump (to the high-level tank) respectively.
The cylinder liner is located in the crankcase at top and bottom. The liner flange is seated on a highly waer-resistant ring pressed into the crankcase. The water jackets are sealed by one ”watercooled” Viton 0-seals at the bottom. The head/liner gasket is a steel ring.
© 0883
Section: |
2 |
|||||
Layout and Description |
||||||
Page: |
2-0-02 |
|||||
of Engine |
||||||
Engine: |
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628 |
|||||
2.4 04 Timing System
ILocated at the engine‘s driving end and driven from a big gear on the crankshaft, the timing gear train drives, through idler gears, the camshaft, injection pumps and governor.
As determined by the engine‘s firing order, the camshaft, carried in bearing bushes, actuates the inlet and exhaust valves as well as the starting pilot air distributor, The shaft is split in two halves and can be pulled out of the engine lengthwise. Cams and bearing points are surface-hardened.
The pump chest at the engine‘s free end can mount, besides the standard lube oil delivery pump, one oil suction pump and 2 cooling water pumps. The pumps are gear-driven, i.e. the oil pumps direct and the coolant pumps through flexible couplings.
2.5 05 Speed Control System
The Engine is controlled by hydraulic governor which, through the injection pump‘s control rod, automatically meters the amount of fuel to be injected as a function of engine load.
Overall engine control is by an engine-mounted panel or seperately installed local or remote control units.
Emergency engine shutdown is possible by an automatic system or manually on the speed governor direct.
2.6 06 Exhaust / Turbocharging System
The non-insulated exhaust manifold running along the engine is lagged by an easily removable and multisplit casing. Only the water-cooled exhaust elbows from cylinder head to manifold are located outside this casing. Being connected through sliding pieces with 0-seals, the water jackets of the exhaust elbows form the cooling water manifold for the engine.
The engines are fitted with BBC turbochargers connected to the engine‘s cooling system. The compressors of these turbochargers are cleaned by a scavenging device. The charge air is cooled by water in special units.
The charge air pipe is divided into single sections for each cylinder. These sections are likewise connected through sliding pieces with 0-seals.
This new concept of exhaust manifold with cooled elbows and integral water manifold, the division of the charge air pipe, the plug-type water transfer pipes between cylinder head and crankcase and, last not least, the use of hydraulic tools for tightening the cylinder head studs/nuts significantly improve the ease in dismantling and refitting components at the engine top.
© 0883
Layout and Description
of Engine
Section: 2
Page: 2-0-03
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
2.707 Fuel System (see also 5.1)
The following integral in-line injection pumps are provided:
6 and 8-cylinder models: |
2 pumps with 3 and 4 elements respectively |
9-cylinder model: |
3 pumps with 3 elements each |
The type of pumps chosen and the connection of the injection piping to the cylinder head sideways gave the advantage of very short injection piping.
Pump lubrication is connected to the regular motor oil circuit. In the case of engines running on intermediate fuels a sealing-oil system prevents the lube oil from being diluted by fuel.
The multi-orifice injection nozzle is located in the middle of the cylinder head and connected to the latter by a lateral injection line.
The fuel feed pump is mounted on one injection pump. Fuel cleaning is through a change-over type duplex filter.
In the case of engines running on heavy fuel, the feed pump is installed seperately. The changeover duplex filter can be preheated by having the transferred, preheated fuel flow through the filter. If available, the injection nozzles are cooled with engine lube oil or gas oil or — in exceptional cases
— even with engine coolant.
2.808 Lubricating Oil System (see also 5.2)
From the oil sump, or the lowor high-level oil tank, as provided, the engine mounted delivery-type oil pump forces the oil through the oil-cooler, usually also engine-mounted, and the combined oil filter (paper filter followed by edge filter) into the oil gallery integrally cast inside the crankcase.
From this gallery the oil flows on through passages in the crankcase wall to crankshaft journals and crankpins and to the nozzles provided for cooling the pistons. Passages in the crankcase front, wich are connected to the oil gallery, supply the timing gear train.
Additional bypass oil filtration is by two centrifuges attached to the crankcase doors.
Connections are also available for standby oil pumps and the electric priming pump.
2.909 Cooling Water System (see also 5.3)
As requiered by the particular engine application, the following standard systems can be provided:
1. |
Single-Circuit: |
This circuit serves actual engine plus lube oil and charge air cooler. The |
water is cooled in a separate tubular heat exchanger. |
||
2. |
Double-Circuit: |
One cooling circuit is provided for the engine, a second one for oil and |
charge air cooler. The coolant heat dissipated is a separate tubular heat |
||
exchanger. |
||
3. |
Triple-Circuit: |
This system is primarily used for water cooling by radiator. Engine, oil cooler |
and charge cooler have a circuit of their own. |
Optionally available are various versions of the above two systems
© 1296
Section: |
2 |
|||||
Layout and Description |
||||||
Page: |
2-0-04 |
|||||
of Engine |
||||||
Engine: |
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628 |
|||||
2.10 |
10 Pneumatic System (see also 5.4) |
The engine is started by compressed air through starting valves in the cylinder heads, the valves |
|
being opened by pilot air from a distributor in the correct firing order. Starting air release is normally |
|
at 30 bar. |
2.11 |
11 Engine Protective System |
All engine operating media can be monitored by temperature and/or pressure switches which |
|
energize alarm and/or shutdown devices. In addition, all essential temperatures and pressures are |
|
indicated by gauges provided on panels that are either engine-mounted or seperately installed. |
|
The exhaust temperature is indicated either by pointer thermometers or through thermocouples, |
|
which can optionally and locally be connected to a pyrometer system. |
|
If necessary, a crankcase oil mist detector can also be provided. |
2.12 12 Engine Auxiliaries
Provided for this engine family is an external vibration damper either of the viscous or rubber type. The 6-cylinder model is also available without this damper.
© 1083
Section: 2
Layout and description of engine
Page: 2-1-01
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
2.13Engine Assemblies and Subassemblies (as for the relevant location, please refer
to Section 2.14)
Assy Group No. |
Description |
01 |
Exhaust manifold |
02 |
Exhaust thermometre |
03 |
Charge air cooler |
04 |
Measuring instrument panel |
05 |
Charge air pipe |
06 |
Fuel piping |
07 |
Engine control unit |
08 |
Fuel filter |
09Lube oil filter
10Lube oil filter combination
11Fuel injection pump
12Vibration damper
13Cylinder liner
14Oil dipstick
15Connecting rod
16Crankshaft
17Speed governor drive
18Oil pan
19Flywheel
20Timing gear train
21Piston
22Starting pilot air distributor
23Camshaft
24Air intake silencer
25Exhaust valve
26Pushrods
27Exhaust turbocharger
28Injector
29Cylinder head
30Valve drive
© 1296
Section: |
2 |
||||||||||||||||
2-1-02 |
Layout and description of engine |
||||||||||||||||
Page: |
|||||||||||||||||
Engine: |
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628 |
||||||||||||||||
2.14 Cutaway View of Engine |
|||||||||||||||||
(8-cyl. engine) |
|||||||||||||||||
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
30 |
29 |
28 |
27 |
26 |
25 |
24 |
23 |
22 |
21 |
20 |
19 |
© |
|||||
51452 2 |
Technische Angaben Indicazioni tecniche Données techniques Datos técnicos Technische gegevens
нВМЛ˜ВТНЛВ ‰‡ММ˚В
3 Specification Data
Technische Angaben Indicazioni tecniche Données techniques Datos técnicos Technische gegevens
нВМЛ˜ВТНЛВ ‰‡ММ˚В
Specification Data
Page: 3-0-01
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
3 Specification Data
3.1Model Designation: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
S |
= |
Marine (uni-direction) |
M |
= |
Water cooled |
B |
= |
Turbocharged |
6 |
= |
Generation No. |
V |
= |
Four stroke cycle |
28 |
= Piston stroke in cm |
|
6/8/9 |
= |
6, 8 or 9 cylinders |
3.2Designations of engine sides, cylinders and rotation direction
Viewed towards the drive-side coupling flange of the engine.
1 |
AS |
Drive side |
Coupling side KS |
|
2 |
LS |
Left side |
||
3 |
FS |
Free side |
Opposite side to coupling KGS |
|
4 |
RS |
Right side |
||
Cylinder designation |
The cylinders are counted and designated from |
|||
the drive side «AS» |
||||
Rotation direction |
The anticlockwise rotation direction is |
|||
designated «left rotation» and clockwise is |
||||
designated «right rotation». |
||||
2 |
|||||
1 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
3 |
4 |
|||||
© 80 060 0 |
|||||
© 1199 |
Specification Data
Section: 3.3
Page: 3-1-01
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9M 628
3.3 |
Basic Data |
|
Power and speed |
see acceptance test sheets |
|
Bore |
240 mm |
|
Stroke |
280 mm |
|
Capacity per cylinder |
12,66 litres |
|
Total capacity: 6 cylinder |
75,66 litres |
|
8 cylinder |
101,28 litres |
|
9 cylinder |
113,94 litres |
|
Compression ratio |
13 : 1 |
3.3.1Design Data
01 Cylinder Head
Safety valve opens at
02 Crankshaft System Crankshaft
main jounal dia.
running width of main bearing crankpin dia.
running width of big-end bearings
Piston
Material, top skirt
Pin dia.
No.of compression rings
No. of oil control rings
Mean piston speed
Connecting rod
Length
Running width of small-end bush
03 Engine frame
Material Cylinder spacing
170 ± 5 bar
210 mm
70 mm
175 mm
61 mm
heat-treated steel with hardened grooves forget light alloy
105 mm
3
1
9,33 m/s a t 1000/min
504 mm
108 mm/56 mm
ductile iron 370 mm
04 Timing system |
||||
Firing order |
||||
6-cyl. model, CL rotation: |
1- 4 — 2 — 6 — 3 — 5 |
|||
6-cyl. model, CCL rotation: |
1- 5 — 3 — 6 — 2 — 4 |
|||
8-cyl. model, CL rotation: |
1- 3 — 2 — 5 — 8 |
— 6 |
— 7 |
— 4 |
8-cyl. model, CCL rotation: |
1- 4 — 7 — 6 — 8 |
— 5 |
— 2 |
— 3 |
9-cyl. model, CL rotation |
1- 3 — 5 — 7 — 9 |
— 8 |
— 6 |
— 4 — 2 |
9-cyl. model, CCL rotation |
1- 2 — 4 — 6 — 8 |
— 9 |
— 7 |
— 5 — 3 |
Valve Timing (deg. crank angle) |
© 0491
Section: 3.3
Page: |
3-1-02 |
Specification Data |
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9M 628
Inlet valve opens |
43,5° KW |
p. PMS |
0,2 mm clearance, engine cold |
||||||
Inlet valve closes |
23,6° KW |
d. PMS |
|||||||
Exhaust valve opens |
52,9° KW |
p. PMS |
0,5 mm clearance, engine cold |
||||||
Exhaust valve closes |
38,9° KW |
d. PMS |
|||||||
Starting valve opens |
11° |
bTDC |
|||||||
Starting valve closes |
40° |
bBDC |
05 Speed Control System |
≤ 800 |
||||
Lowest idling speed |
801 — 900 |
901 — 1000/min |
|||
at full engine speed |
200 |
225 |
250/min |
||
Lowest firing speed |
80/min |
06 Exhaust / Turbocharging System
Charge air cooler see acceptance test sheet
07 Fuel System |
|||
Injection lines |
10 mm O.D. |
||
4 mm bore |
|||
3.3.2 |
Operating Data |
||
06 Exhaust / Turbocharging System |
|||
Turbocharging System |
|||
Charge air temperature at engine inlet |
see acceptance test sheet |
||
Max. intake resistance |
25 mbar (250 mm of water) |
Exhaust System
On the 8- and 9-cylinder models, the cylinder next to the turbocharger goes to the multi-pulse unit direct, so the exhaust temperatures of this cylinder are somewhat lower (see acceptance test sheet).
Exhaust teperature after turbine |
see acceptance test sheet |
Max. backpressure |
25 mbar |
Perm. deviation of individual temperatu res |
|
from mean value of all cylinders: |
+ 25 °C |
100 % rated power |
|
75 % rated power |
+ 30 °C |
50 % rated power |
+ 50 °C |
© 0491
Specification Data
Section: 3.3
Page: 3-1-03
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
07 Fuel System |
||
Fuel grade |
See Section 6 . 3 |
|
Fuel consumption |
See acceptance test sheet |
|
Filter mesh |
7 — 60 μm |
|
Fuel pressure at inj. pump inlet at rated speed |
3,0 — 4, 5 bar |
|
Fuel temperature at inj. pump inlet |
See Section 6 |
|
Injection nozzle opening pressure |
350 + 10 bar |
|
Type of nozzles |
See acceptance test sheet |
|
Combustion pressure |
See acceptance test sheet |
|
Permissible deviation of individual indicated firing |
pressure |
|
from mean value of all cylinders |
+ 4 bar |
|
Delivery of separate fuel feed |
||
pump at 5 + 2,5 bar backpressure: |
6-cyl. engine: 1,3 + 1,0 |
m3/h |
8-cyl. engine: 1,8 + 0,6 |
m3/h |
|
9-cyl. engine: 2,0 + 0,4 |
m3/h |
08 Lubricating Oil System |
||||||||||||
Oil grade |
See Section 6 . 2 |
|||||||||||
Filter mesh: |
30 μm |
|||||||||||
— |
paper cartridge |
|||||||||||
— |
edge filter |
50 μm |
||||||||||
Oil temperature at engine inlet: |
max. 65 °C |
|||||||||||
(oil cooler preceding charge air cooler) |
||||||||||||
(charge air cooler preceding oil cooler) |
max. 75 °C |
|||||||||||
Min. oil pressure after filter: |
||||||||||||
— rated speed, engine hot |
3,5 bar |
|||||||||||
— at lowest idling speed |
1,0 bar |
|||||||||||
Priming pressure after filter: |
||||||||||||
— before starting regular engine |
0,35 bar |
|||||||||||
— engine (stationary) on |
> 0,35 bar (held for 3 minutes |
|||||||||||
standby duty |
every hour) |
|||||||||||
Min. priming oil pumping at 3 bar |
6-cyl. |
8-cyl. |
9-cyl. |
|||||||||
delivery pressure (values in |
4 m3/h |
5 m3/h |
6 m3/h |
|||||||||
brackets are possible in case of |
(2,5 m3/h) |
(3 m3/h) |
(3,5 m3/h) |
|||||||||
lube oil temperatures below 50° C) |
||||||||||||
Sealing-oil pressure in injection pumps |
min. 1 bar higher than fuel pressure |
|||||||||||
Delivery pressure of mounted sealing oil pump |
min. 5 bar |
|||||||||||
Separate sealing-oil pump |
||||||||||||
(with intermediate fuel operation): |
||||||||||||
Delivery pressure: |
9 — 10 bar |
|||||||||||
Sealing-oil delivery |
6-cyl. |
8-cyl. |
9-cyl. |
|||||||||
— min. |
0,15 l/h |
0,2 l/h |
0,25 l/h |
|||||||||
— max. |
0,6 |
l/h |
0,6 l/h |
0,6 l/h |
||||||||
level tanks: |
||||||||||||
— distillate, MDF blend |
min. |
0,7 |
l/kW |
|||||||||
— heavy fuel |
> |
0,82 |
l/kW |
|||||||||
Lube oil consumption |
1 |
g/kWh |
||||||||||
Min. oil capacity of |
||||||||||||
standby engines |
0,2 |
l/kW |
© 1186
Section: |
3.3 |
||||
Page: |
3-1-04 |
Specification Data |
|||
Engine: |
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628 |
||||
Separate standby oil pump: |
||
— capacity |
6-cyl.: |
24 — 30 m3/h |
8-cyl.: |
30 — 35 m3/h |
|
9-cyl.: |
35 — 40 m3/h |
|
— Pressure |
5 bar |
Oil Sump Inclinations and Capacities
Dipstick with |
||||||||||||||||
3 marks |
||||||||||||||||
Connections for low-level tank |
||||||||||||||||
© |
51 201 |
0 |
||||||||||||||
Max. engine installation angle |
α ± = 3° |
|||||||||||||||
Max. sump inclination (incl. installation angle) |
α ± = 10° |
|||||||||||||||
Max. permanent inclination |
β ± = 22,5° |
|||||||||||||||
Max. temporary inclination |
β ± = 30° |
|||||||||||||||
(starting 22°, turbocharger will lose some oil) |
||||||||||||||||
6-cyl. |
8-cyl |
9-cyl |
||||||||||||||
max. |
Top mark |
α = |
0° |
615 |
800 |
895 |
||||||||||
level |
β = |
0° |
*3 |
|||||||||||||
Oil capacity of |
||||||||||||||||
α = |
±10° |
|||||||||||||||
deep oil sump (litres) 2) |
oil |
Medium mark |
*1 |
525 |
680 |
760 |
||||||||||
β = |
0° |
*3 |
||||||||||||||
min. |
Bottom mark |
α = |
±10° |
405 |
525 |
590 |
||||||||||
β = |
0° |
*1) Where sump inclinations α ± are below 10°, the oil level can be kept at a corresponding level between the top and medium dipstick mark to ensure maximum oil supply to the engine and hence increase oil change intervals . (1° less inclination allows for approx. 10 mm higher level above medium mark.)
*2) Sump lubrication for heavy fuel requires min. 0,82 lit/kW
*3) Due to inclined dipstick, correct maximum distance can be obtained only with β = 0°.
© 0883
Specification Data
Section: 3.3
Page: 3-1-05
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
6-cyl. |
8-cyl. |
9-cyl. |
||||||
Drain A or B |
10° |
8% |
7° |
|||||
Connection |
for inclinations α ± < |
|||||||
for low-level tank |
||||||||
> 8° — 10° |
> 7° — 10° |
|||||||
(«dry» sump) |
Drain A and B |
|||||||
for inclinations α ± |
||||||||
Oil Delivery Rate for Valve Seat Lubrication
Rated Engine Speed |
Delivery in drops / 4 min |
||||||
1/min. |
6-cyl. |
8-cyl. |
9-cyl. |
||||
1000 |
42 |
56 |
63 |
||||
900 |
37 |
50 |
56 |
||||
800 |
34 |
45 |
50 |
||||
750 |
32 |
42 |
47 |
||||
720 |
30 |
40 |
45 |
||||
Admissible deviation ± 4 gocce/4 min |
|||||||
09 |
Cooling Water System |
||||||
Water quality |
see Section 6 |
||||||
Engine system capacity |
6-cyl.: |
225 litres |
|||||
8-cyl.: |
275 litres |
||||||
9-cyl.: |
300 litres |
||||||
Max. coolant temperature at engine outlet during full-load operation |
|||||||
(In case of 2-stage charge air cooler, measured at cooler inlet) |
80°C |
||||||
— with single-circuit cooling system |
|||||||
— with twoand three-circuit cooling system |
85°C |
||||||
Temperature difference between full load and idling operation |
8 — 12 °C |
||||||
(at engine outlet) |
|||||||
Temperature difference between cooling water at engine inlet |
8 — 12 °C |
||||||
and engine outlet under full load conditions |
|||||||
(In case of 2-stage charge air cooler, measured at cooler inlet) |
|||||||
Cooling water preheating temperature |
50 °C |
||||||
— |
for standby duty |
||||||
— for engines starting with blended fuel |
|||||||
— viscosity < 180 mm2/s at 50°C (cSt) |
50 °C |
||||||
— viscosity > 180 mm2/s at 50°C (cSt) |
70 °C |
||||||
— viscosity > 380 mm2/s at 50°C (cSt) |
80 °C |
||||||
— for all other engines |
25 °C |
||||||
Max. coolant temperature at charge air cooler inlet |
50 °C |
||||||
Max. coolant temperature at built-on oil cooler inlet |
45 °C |
||||||
Max. raw water temperature at heat exchanger inlet |
32 °C |
||||||
Max. coolant pressure at engine inlet with built-on or separate pump |
~ 4 bar |
||||||
Coolant temperature at injection nozzle inlet approx. |
85°C |
||||||
Min. pressure of separate injection nozzle coolant pump |
3 bar |
© 0885
Section: |
3.3 |
||||
Page: |
3-1-06 |
Specification Data |
|||
Engine: |
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628 |
||||
10 Pneumatic System |
|
Air receiver capacity |
see Classification Societies (min. 125 lit.) |
Max. starting pressure |
30 bar |
Min. starting pressure |
10 bar |
© 0883
Specification Data
Section: 3.3
Page: 3-1-07
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
3.3.3Setting data for monitoring equipment
Minimum equipment |
marine propulsion |
auxiliary |
stationary |
||||||
engines |
marine |
engines |
|||||||
Data in “bar” |
|||||||||
Pressure monitor |
|||||||||
engine speed |
|||||||||
(referring to dropping pressure) |
≤ 600/min |
> 600/min |
|||||||
lube oil pressure: |
|||||||||
initial alarm |
– |
– |
2,0 |
– |
|||||
main alarm (engine stop) |
1,0 |
2,0 |
1,8 |
2,0 |
|||||
Temperature monitor |
Data in „°C“ |
||||||||
circ. cool. water temp |
|||||||||
circuit I |
85 |
85 |
85 |
||||||
charge air temp., max. |
65 |
65 |
65 |
||||||
Other monitors |
|||||||||
rated speed |
|||||||||
overspeed protection |
110 %n1 |
110 %n1 |
110 %n1 |
||||||
Further setting data may be obtained from the gauge point list which is included in the engine documentation.
Section:
Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
Specification Data
Section: 3.3
Page: 3-1-09
3.3.4Arrangement of Electrical Equipment
Measuring point No. as per |
Function / description of the equipment or |
separately supplied list of |
of the gauge point |
measuring points |
|
1.3.1 |
Fuel supply pressure |
1.3.3 |
Pme monitoring |
1.3.4 |
Full load (overload) monitoring |
1.3.7 |
Fuel rack travel indicator |
1.3.8 |
Monitoring of shielded injection pipings |
2.3.1 |
Speed switch — pressure monitor bridging |
2.3.2 |
Lube oil pressure n < 600 l/min |
2.3.3 |
Lube oil pressure n > 600 l/min |
2.3.4 |
Lube oil pressure |
2.3.5 |
Lube oil temperature |
2.3.7 |
Min. lube oil temperature |
2.3.8 |
Differential pressure lube oil filter |
2.3.9 |
Level — lube oil pan |
2.4.1 |
Lube oil pressure |
2.4.6 |
Lube oil temperature |
2.4.8 |
Seal oil pressure |
2.4.10 |
Lube oil pressure start inhibitor |
2.4.11 |
Level — lube oil pan, stand-by pump ON |
2.6.3 |
Lube oil temperature |
3.3.2 |
Engine jacket water temperature |
3.3.3 |
Engine jacket water pressure, circuit I |
3.3.4 |
Raw water pressure |
3.3.5 |
Min. engine jacket water temperature |
3.3.7 |
Engine jacket water, circuit II |
3.3.10 |
Speed switch — pressure monitor bridging |
3.4.4 |
Engine jacket water temperature |
3.6.4 |
Engine jacket water temperature |
4.3.1 |
Max. charge air temperature |
4.3.2 |
Min. charge air temperature |
4.3.3 |
Water detector in charge air pipe |
4.6.2 |
Charge air temperature |
5.4.1 |
Exhaust gas temperature per cylinder |
5.4.3 |
Exhaust gas temperature after turbine |
6.3.1 |
Failure crankcase monitoring system |
6.4.5 |
Crankcase monitoring system |
7.3.1 |
Starting air pressure |
7.3.2 |
Control air pressure |
7.3.3 |
Malfunction of start air interlock (engine fails to start) |
7.3.4 |
Switch — speed setting output |
7.3.5 |
Switch — speed setting input |
7.3.6 |
Switch — engine remote control unit (BVM) |
7.3.6 |
Control unit indicator, engine-mounted/remote (SBVM) |
7.3.9 |
Signal lamp — remote control ON |
7.3.10 |
3/2 -way valve change-over safeguard |
© 0685
Section: 3.3
Page: |
3-1-10 |
Specification Data |
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Measuring point No. as per |
Function / description of the equipment or |
separately supplied list of |
of the gauge point |
measuring points |
|
7.3.14 |
Tacho-generator monitor |
7.5.8 |
Solenoid — emergency shutdown |
7.5.9 |
Starting solenoid, 3/2-way valve |
7.5.10 |
Pushbutton — delocking emergency stop |
7.5.12 |
Speed control monitor |
7.5.14 |
Pushbutton — stop |
7.5.15 |
Solenoid — emergency shutdown |
7.5.16 |
Solenoid — stop |
7.5.17 |
Electr. 3-way valve (start inhibitor) |
7.5.20 |
Pushbutton — start |
8.1.1 |
Tacho-generator |
8.1.2 |
Speed indicator |
© 0685
Specification Data
Section: 3.3
Page: 3-1-11
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
3.3.4.1Exhaust Turbocharger at Driving End
25 437 2 ©
© 0984
Section: 3.3
Page: |
3-1-12 |
Specification Data |
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
25 438 2 ©
© 0984
Specification Data
Section: 3.3
Page: 3-1-13
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
3.3.4.2Exhaust Turbocharger at Free End
25 439 2 ©
© 0984
Section: 3.3
Page: |
3-1-14 |
Specification Data |
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
25 440 2 ©
© 0984
Specification Data
Section: 3.4
Page: 3-2-01
Engine: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
3.4Weight of Engine Components
(approx. kg per unit)
No. |
Description |
6-cyl. |
8-cyl. |
9-cyl. |
||||||||||||
1 |
Engine with flywheel |
9500 |
11500 |
13400 |
||||||||||||
2 |
Crankcase w/o main bearing cap |
2080 |
2617 |
3700 |
||||||||||||
Crankcase w.main bearing cap |
2310 |
2920 |
4030 |
|||||||||||||
3 |
Oil tank …(wet sump) |
365 |
430 |
470 |
||||||||||||
Oil tank …(dry sump) |
320 |
380 |
410 |
|||||||||||||
4 |
Cylinder liner |
58 |
58 |
58 |
||||||||||||
5 |
Crankshaft w/o balance weights |
790 |
995 |
1097 |
||||||||||||
6 |
Balance weights w. bolts and washers |
23 |
23 |
23 |
||||||||||||
7 |
Flywheel dia. |
Ø |
930 x |
86 |
199 |
or |
252 or |
305 |
||||||||
Ø |
970 x 130 |
480 |
or |
505 |
||||||||||||
Ø |
990 x 240 |
1040 |
||||||||||||||
Ø 1140 x 277 |
1452 |
or |
1572 |
|||||||||||||
8 |
Bearing (top and bottom shell) |
|||||||||||||||
1 main bearing |
2 |
2 |
2 |
|||||||||||||
1 big end bearing |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|||||||||||||
9 |
Connecting rod |
36,5 |
36,5 |
36,5 |
||||||||||||
10 |
Piston without piston rings |
22 |
22 |
22 |
||||||||||||
11 |
Gudgeon pin |
10,8 |
10,8 |
10,8 |
||||||||||||
12 |
Cylinder head (compl.) |
120 |
120 |
120 |
||||||||||||
13 |
Inlet or exhaust valves |
1 |
1 |
1 |
||||||||||||
14 |
Injection valve |
3,3 |
3,3 |
3,3 |
||||||||||||
15 |
Viscous-type vibration damper |
|||||||||||||||
Ø 490 x |
85 |
104 |
||||||||||||||
Ø 620 x 100 |
200 |
|||||||||||||||
Ø 640 x 120 |
255 |
|||||||||||||||
16 |
Extra weights (dia. x width) |
Ø 538 x 55 |
90 |
|||||||||||||
Ø 680 x 42,5 |
108 |
|||||||||||||||
17 |
Torsional vibration damper, rubber-type (dia. x width) |
|||||||||||||||
Ø 675 x 130 – |
145 |
— |
— |
|||||||||||||
Ø 680 x 153 |
— |
230 |
230 |
|||||||||||||
18 |
Turbocharger VTR 214 |
w/o intake air silencer |
230 |
230 |
— |
|||||||||||
VTR 251 |
— |
360 |
360 |
|||||||||||||
© 1296
Модератор: Breeze
- Активные темы
- Страница 1 из 1
|
|
Может быть у кого-то есть информация по этой машине? |
Должность: Месс бой Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 9 |
|
|
Deutz сейчас вообще сейчас совместно обьединилось с Wartsila.Работал на SBV12M628 Что именно интересует Никому Не Должен!!! |
Репутация: 474 |
|
|
Интересует все: устройство,обслуживание! |
Должность: Месс бой Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 9 |
Vikelk 09 июн 2010, 12:16 |
|
Работал на MWM TBD 484-8U. Впечатления: простой, надёжный, но довольно редкий. Возможно поэтому ЗИП для него ждёшь довольно долго. |
Откуда: Питер Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Исследовательские суда Репутация: 282 |
davero 17 окт 2010, 11:51 |
|
У кого есть мануалка по DEUTZ SV6M628 |
Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 0 |
ges014 28 апр 2012, 17:33 |
|
помогите ищу мануал на DEUTZ-MWM-TBD604BV8 |
Должность: Четвертый механик Репутация: 0 |
|
||||||||||
Повторяю вопрос.Надо !! Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
|
|
Коллеги,просьба:много шлангов на дизеле.Та маркировка,которая на шлангах,по утверждению супера,уже устарела.Может кто заказывал новые шланги по новой маркировке,то поделитесь.Мне обещают завтра доставить шланги,которые идут к подогревателю системы охлаждения от котла.Поделюсь. Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
|
|
Мдя.С супером друг друга не поняли,не те прислал .Вот маркировка на шланги от блока до анализатора масла:»HANSA-FLEX HD208 EN 853 2SN8 WP 350 BAR 3Q13″. Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
|
|
Коллеги,надо чертёж,схему(не электрическую),мануал(что угодно) датчика по обрыву топливных трубок.Разобрали,bля… Куда теперь этот белый шарик?Над штоком втыкать или под? Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
|
|
Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
jakiem 08 июн 2015, 10:56 |
|
валлера |
Должность: Моторист Тип судов: Многоцелевые суда Репутация: 105 |
|
|
jakiem Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
jakiem 08 июн 2015, 12:55 |
|
валлера
|
Должность: Моторист Тип судов: Многоцелевые суда Репутация: 105 |
|
|
jakiem Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
jakiem 08 июн 2015, 16:55 |
|
валлера |
Должность: Моторист Тип судов: Многоцелевые суда Репутация: 105 |
|
||||||||||
jakiem Второе. Вот на кой было столько резиновых шлангов на него вешать на системе охлаждения? И не только шлангов но и дюритов, типа компенсаторов вибрации. Третье. Возможно беда только моего борта. Дизель рассчитан на 900 оборотов.Но компания требует экономить топливо. Потому обороты от 680 до 750.При этих оборотах, если в балласте и против ветра помпаж, что мама не горюй. Или мастер на швартовке резко сбрасывает обороты…ежа рожаешь. Бороться только увеличением оборотов, по хрену уже экономия. Четвёртое. Топливоподготовка! Топливные фильтра бумажные. Меняются легко даже а ходу .Но топливом надо заниматься. Вроде всё. А-а-а…утечки масла. Если на Шкоде 275 работал, то не испугаешься. Добавлено спустя 4 минуты 17 секунд: Добавлено спустя 57 минут 39 секунд:
Что тут сказать?Стандартная процедура.Запусти дизель.Возьми фонарик.Проверь шланги и дюриты системы охлаждения.Это покажет сразу.Вот на утечки масла надо минут 30 поработать дизелю.Но кто ж те даст аж 30 минут? Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
jakiem 10 июн 2015, 18:48 |
|
валлера |
Должность: Моторист Тип судов: Многоцелевые суда Репутация: 105 |
|
|
jakiem Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
DOCK 02 авг 2015, 11:29 |
|
У кого есть мануал или ссылка для DEUTZ-MWM-TBD444LB ? На флоте можно годами с человеком встречаться, здороваться и разговаривать, но не знать ни имени его, ни фамилии.© |
Должность: Третий механик Тип судов: Балкеры Репутация: 8 |
|
|
Коллеги с поиском какая то фигня,поэтому здесь.До переборки реверс-редуктора как то не обращал внимания на его работу.Работает,да и работает.Фильтра менял,масло добавлял.Всё.Вчера при манёврах(Англия,Грувпорт,Хамберриве) запустился аварийный насос.Неприятно. Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
Matvey 01 ноя 2015, 15:19 |
||||||||||
Это нормально,если алярм не орёть. Добавлено спустя 5 минут 56 секунд: http://fleetphoto.ru/photo/69289/ Валера,у тебя такой? Лучше быть хорошим человеком, ругающимся матом, чем тихой, воспитанной тварью. Фаина Раневская |
Откуда: 30RUS Должность: Кадет-механик Репутация: 1500 |
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Ага.Чуток выше. Добавлено спустя 1 минуту:
Такой.Только манометр один.С левого борта. Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
Matvey 01 ноя 2015, 18:47 |
|
Если реверсируется без аларма-то нормально. Я точно не помню уставки сейчас. Лучше быть хорошим человеком, ругающимся матом, чем тихой, воспитанной тварью. Фаина Раневская |
Откуда: 30RUS Должность: Кадет-механик Репутация: 1500 |
|
|
Перезвонились с коллегами.После оверхола частое явления на трудных швартовках.Выход -электро насос р-редуктора в ручной режим на всю швартовку. Мир принадлежит терпеливым. |
Откуда: Йоенсуу-Петрозаводск Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Генеральные грузы Репутация: 824 |
|
|
Коллеги помогите! Нужна инструкция по эксплуатации DEUTZ SBV 8М640. |
Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Контейнеровозы Репутация: 5 |
|
|
Всем здравствуйте! Нужен мануал по TBD 604BV8. |
Должность: Третий механик Тип судов: Бункеровщики Репутация: 17 |
Mareks 26 мар 2021, 00:25 |
|
после запуска главный двигатель Deutz SBV 6M 628 останавливается и выходить аларм block engine на норисе.давление масла в норме.что может быть. |
Должность: Старший механик Тип судов: Оффшор: вспомогательный флот Репутация: 20 |
- Активные темы
- Страница 1 из 1
Кто сейчас на конференции Сейчас этот форум просматривают: нет зарегистрированных пользователей и гости: 1 |
||
Operation Manual
S/BV6/8/9M628
0297 7945 en
Engine Serial Number:
Please enter engine serial number here. In this way, questions concerning Customer Service, Repairs and Spare Parts can be more easily dealt with.
In view of continuos design improvements or changes, the technical specifications and the illustrations shown in this Operation Manual are subject to alteration. Reprinting and reproduction, in part or in whole, are subject to our written approval.
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This Operation Manual is destined for the following engine: ●
Engine model:
●
Type of application:
●
Name of installation:
●
Power:
●
Speed:
●
Date of commissioning:
kW / rpm .
.
Please enter the relevant data here. This you will facilitate dealing with questions concerning customer service, repairs and spare parts. Give these data to the respective SERVICE dealership whenever you are asking for service performance.
DEUTZ AG Service engineering Service documentation Deutz-Mülheimer Straße 147-149 D — 51057 Köln Tel. (0221) 822 — 0 Fax (0221) 822 — 5358 Telex 8812 — 0 khd d http://www.deutz.de Printed in Germany All rights reserved 3st edition, 10/2001 Order No.: 0297 7945 en
Page II
0297 6153-0112
© 1000
Medium-sized and large engines
● Please read all the information contained in this manual, and follow the instructions carefully. You will avoid accidents, retain the manufacturer’s warranty, and will be able to use a fully functional and operational engine. ● This engine has been built solely for the purpose appropriate to the scope of delivery concerned, as defined by the equipment manufacturer (intended use). Any other use shall be construed as not intended. The manufacturer shall not be liable for any damage resulting therefrom; all risks involved shall be borne solely by the user. ● The term „intended use“ shall also include compliance with the operating, maintenance and repair conditions specified by the manufacturer. The engine may be used, maintained and repaired only by persons who are familiar with the work concerned and who have been properly informed of the risks involved. ● Make sure that these operating instructions are available to everyone involved in operating, maintaining, and repairing the engine, and that they have all understood the contents. ● Non-compliance with these operating instructions may result in engine malfunctions and even damage or injury to persons; the manufacturer will accept no liability in such cases. ● Proper maintenance and repair work depends on the availability of all requisite equipment, tools and special implements, all of which must be in perfect condition. ● Engine parts like springs, brackets, elastic holding rings, etc., involve increased risk of injury if not handled properly. ● The relevant accident prevention regulations and other generally recognized rules relating to safety engineering and health and safety at work must all be complied with. ● Maximized cost-efficiency, reliability and long lifetime are assured only if original parts from DEUTZ AG are used. ● Engine repairs must correspond to the intended use. In the event of modification work, only parts approved by the manufacturer for the purpose concerned may be used. Unauthorized changes to the engine will preclude any liability of the manufacturer for resultant damage. The warranty expires in case of nonobservance of these regulations!
© 0199 1000
0297 6153-0199
Page III
Foreword
Medium-sized and large engines
Dear customer, The engines of the DEUTZ brand have been developed for a broad spectrum of applications. A comprehensive range of different variants ensures that special requirements can be met for the individual case involved. Your engine has been equipped to suit your own particular installation, and accordingly not all of the devices and components described in these operating instructions will actually be fitted to your engine. We have endeavoured to present the differences involved as clearly as possible, to make it easier for you to find the operating and maintenance instructions you need for your own particular engine. Please read this manual before you start up your engine, and follow the operating and maintenance instructions meticulously. If you have any questions, just get in touch with us, and we will be pleased to answer them for you. Yours sincerely, DEUTZ AG
Page IV
0297 6153-0199
© 0199
Medium-sized and large engines
General
DEUTZ engines are the culmination of long years filled with research and development work. The in-depth know-how thus acquired, in conjunction with high standards of quality, is your guarantee for engines manufactured for long lifetime, high reliability and low fuel consumption. And of course, stringent criteria of environment-friendliness are met as well. Care and maintenance are crucial factors in ensuring that your engine satisfactorily meets the requirements involved. Compliance with the specified maintenance intervals and meticulous performance of care and maintenance work are therefore absolutely essential. Special attention must be paid to any more critical operating conditions deviating from the norm. DEUTZ AG In the event of malfunctions, or if you need spare parts, please contact one of our responsible service agencies. Our trained and qualified staff will ensure fast, professional rectification of any damage, using original parts. Original parts from DEUTZ AG have always been manufactured to the very latest state-of-the-art. You will find details of our after-sales service at the end of these operating instructions. Careful when the engine is running! Carry out maintenance or repair jobs only when the engine is at a standstill. If you remove any protective features, fit them back in position after completing your work. Always wear tight-fitting clothing if you are working on the engine while it is running.
!
Safety You will find this symbol next to all safety instructions. Follow these meticulously. Pass on all safety instructions to your operating staff as well. In addition, comply with the statutory general safety and accident prevention regulations applying in your country.
Instruction You will find this symbol next to instructions of a general nature. Follow these instructions carefully.
Asbestos The seals and gaskets used in this engine are asbestos-free. Please use the appropriate spare parts for maintenance and repair jobs.
© 0401 0199
0297 6153-0199
Page V
Medium-sized and large engines
This page intentionally left blank.
Page VI
0297 6153-0199
© 0199
Table of Contents
0
Inhaltsverzeichnis Indice Table des matières Indice Inhoudsopgave Оглавление
Guide to this Manual
1
Hinweise zur Benutzung der Betriebsanleitung Avvertenze per l‘utilizzo delle istruzioni per l‘uso Indications relatives à l’utilisation des instructions de service Indicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de Operación Aanwijzingen voor het gebruik van de handleiding Указания по пользованию настоящей Указания по пользованию настоящей
Layout and Description of Engine
2
Aufbau und Funktion des Motors Struttura e funzioni del motore Constitution et fonctionnement du moteur Construcción y funciones de partes del motor Samenstelling en werkwijze van de motor Kонст укция и функция двигателя
Specification Data
3
Technische Angaben Indicazioni tecniche Données techniques Datos técnicos Technische gegevens Тенические данные
Operating the Engine
4
Anleitung zum Betrieb des Motors Istruzioni per il servizio del motore Instructions relatives à l’emploi du moteur Instrucciones para la operación del motor Handleiding betreffende het werken met de motor Инст укця по эксплуатации двигателя
Engine Operating Media
5
Einweisung in die Arbeitssysteme der Motorbetriebsstoffe Introduzioni ai sistemi operativi del materiali di esercizio del motore Instructions concernant les systèmes opératoires des carburants-moteur Aclaraciones para los sistemas de medios de servicio para el motor Instructies betreffende brandstof-, smeerolie- en koelsysteem Пояснения к системаи эксплуатацион-ных мате иалов длв двигателей
Engine Operating Media Treatment
6
Vorschriften über Betriebsstoffe Prescrizioni relative a mezi di esercizio Prescriptions applicables aux carburants Prescripciones para medios de servicio Voorschriften inzake brandstof-, smeerolie- en koelmiddel П едписания по эксплуатацион мате иалам
Trouble-shooting
7
Betriebsstörungen und ihre Beseitigung Disfunzioni di esercizio e loro eliminazione Pannes et leurs remèdes Perturbaciones de servicio y su eliminación Bedrijffstoringen en het verhelpen daarvan Hеисп авности и их уст анение
Maintenance Schedules and List of Job Cards
8
Instandhaltungs- Intervallpläne und Arbeitskartenübersicht Schemi degli intervalli di manutenzione, visione d‘insieme delle schede di lavoro Plans des intervalles d’entretien et vue d’ensemble sur les fiches de travail Tables de mantenimiento periódico y recopilación de fichas de trabajo Onderhoudsschema en werkkaarten Г афик инте валов техобслуживания и обзо абЧих ка т
Job Cards Arbeitskarten Schede di lavoro Cartes de travail Fichas de trabajo Werkkaarten PабоЧие ка ты
JC AK SL CT FT
WK AK
Table of Contents
0
Inhaltsverzeichnis Indice Table des matières Indice Inhoudsopgave Оглавление
Guide to this Manual
1
Hinweise zur Benutzung der Betriebsanleitung Avvertenze per l‘utilizzo delle istruzioni per l‘uso Indications relatives à l’utilisation des instructions de service Indicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de Operación Aanwijzingen voor het gebruik van de handleiding Указания по пользованию настоящей Указания по пользованию настоящей
Layout and Description of Engine
2
Aufbau und Funktion des Motors Struttura e funzioni del motore Constitution et fonctionnement du moteur Construcción y funciones de partes del motor Samenstelling en werkwijze van de motor Kонст укция и функция двигателя
Specification Data
3
Technische Angaben Indicazioni tecniche Données techniques Datos técnicos Technische gegevens Тенические данные
Operating the Engine
4
Anleitung zum Betrieb des Motors Istruzioni per il servizio del motore Instructions relatives à l’emploi du moteur Instrucciones para la operación del motor Handleiding betreffende het werken met de motor Инст укця по эксплуатации двигателя
Engine Operating Media
5
Einweisung in die Arbeitssysteme der Motorbetriebsstoffe Introduzioni ai sistemi operativi del materiali di esercizio del motore Instructions concernant les systèmes opératoires des carburants-moteur Aclaraciones para los sistemas de medios de servicio para el motor Instructies betreffende brandstof-, smeerolie- en koelsysteem Пояснения к системаи эксплуатацион-ных мате иалов длв двигателей
Engine Operating Media Treatment
6
Vorschriften über Betriebsstoffe Prescrizioni relative a mezi di esercizio Prescriptions applicables aux carburants Prescripciones para medios de servicio Voorschriften inzake brandstof-, smeerolie- en koelmiddel П едписания по эксплуатацион мате иалам
Trouble-shooting
7
Betriebsstörungen und ihre Beseitigung Disfunzioni di esercizio e loro eliminazione Pannes et leurs remèdes Perturbaciones de servicio y su eliminación Bedrijffstoringen en het verhelpen daarvan Hеисп авности и их уст анение
Maintenance Schedules and List of Job Cards
8
Instandhaltungs- Intervallpläne und Arbeitskartenübersicht Schemi degli intervalli di manutenzione, visione d‘insieme delle schede di lavoro Plans des intervalles d’entretien et vue d’ensemble sur les fiches de travail Tables de mantenimiento periódico y recopilación de fichas de trabajo Onderhoudsschema en werkkaarten Г афик инте валов техобслуживания и обзо абЧих ка т
Job Cards Arbeitskarten Schede di lavoro Cartes de travail Fichas de trabajo Werkkaarten PабоЧие ка ты
JC AK SL CT FT
WK AK
Table of Contents Inhaltsverzeichnis Indice Table des matières Indice Inhoudsopgave Оглавление
0
0
Table of Contents Inhaltsverzeichnis Indice Table des matières Indice Inhoudsopgave Оглавление
Table of contents
1
Section:
0
Page:
0-0-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Guide to this Manual
1.1 General 1.2 Trouble — shooting 1.3 Planned Mainenance 1.4 Identification of Spare Parts 1.5 Specification Data 1.6 Job Card No. 1.7 Standard Tools 1.8 Special Tools 1.9 Index of DEUTZ Assembly Groups
© 1199
2
Layout and Description of Engine
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14
Cylinder Head Crankshaft System Engine Frame Timing System Speed Control System Exhaust / Turbocharging System Fuel System Lubricating Oil System Cooling Water System Pneumatic System Engine Protective System Engine Auxiliaries Engine Assemblies and Subassemblies Cutaway View of Engine
Section:
0
Page:
0-0-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Table of contents
3
Specification Data
3.1
Model Designation
3.2
Designation of Engine Ends and Sides and Related Definitions
3.3
Basic Data
3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3
Design Data Operating Data Setting Data for Saftey Switches
3.4
Weights of Main Engine Components
3.5
Tightening Specification for Heavy — duty Screwed Joints
3.5.1 3.5.2 /3. 3.5.4
Tightening Schedule Tightening Instructions Hydraulic Tool for Annular Nuts
3.6
List of Compounds ( Sealing, Locking, Lubricating, Heat Conduction )
3.7
Use of Liquid Nitrogen
3.8
Dye Checking of Metal Surfaces with Distillate Fuel
4
Operating the Engine
4.1
Preparatory Work before Operating the Engine with Distillate Fuel
4.1.1
Preparatory Work before Operating the Engine with Heavy Fuel or MDF Blend
4.2
Running the Engine with Destillate Fuel
4.2.1
Running the Engine with Heavy Fuel or MDF Blend
4.3 4.4
Attendance in Service Stopping the Engine Running on Destillate Fuel
4.4.1
Stopping the Engine Running on Heavy Fuel or MDF Blend
4.5 4.6
Checking Combustion by Indicator Diagrams Run- in instructions
4.6.1 4.6.2
Drive type ”Fixed-pitch propeller and comparable drives ” Drive type ”C.P. propeller with shaft generator, electric generators and comparable drives”
4.7 4.8
Running the Engine with Defective Turbocharger Emergency Operation
5
Engine Operating Media Systems
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7
Fuel System Lubrication Oil System Cooling Water System Pneumatic System Injection Pump Plunger Sealing System Injection Nozzle Cooling Symbols Used in Piping Diagrams 0 © 0884
Table of contents
Section:
0
Page:
0-0-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
6
Engine Operating Media
7
Trouble — shooting
7.1 7.2 7.3
Summary of Potential Troubles General Trouble Chart
8
Maintenance Schedules, List of Job Cards and Job Cards
8.1
Summary of Maintenance Schedules
8.1.1 8.1.1.1
Initial Maintenance jobs Engines running in countinuos operation, e.g. marine engines, >300 hour / year Engines running in standby operation, e.g. emrgency generating sets, < 300 hours / year
8.1.1.2
8.1.2
Daily maintenance jobs These jobs are described in Section 4.3, as well as in the Brief instructions under Section * ”Monitoring of Engine Operation”.
8.1.3
Periodic maintenance jobs for engines running in continuous operation > 300 hours / year, e.g. marine engines. This schedule forms part of Brief Instructions*
8.1.4
Periodic maintenance jobs for engines running in continuous operation < 300 hour / year, wich are exclusively or most of the time in standby mode, e.g. emergency generating sets. This schedule forms part of Brief Instructions*.
8.2
List of Job Cards by maintenance groups
8.3
Job Cards by maintenance groups
01.00.00 02.00.00 03.00.00 04.00.00 05.00.00 06.00.00 07.00.00 08.00.00 09.00.00 10.00.00 11.00.00 12.00.00
Cylinder Head Crankshaft System Engine Frame Timing System Speed Control System Exhaust and Turbocharging System Fuel System Lubricating Oil System Cooling Water System Pneumatic System Engine Protective system Engine Auxiliaries
9
Appendix Brief Instructions
* The Brief Instructions are attached to this Operating Manual © 0996
Section:
0
Page:
0-0-04
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank.
Table of contents
Guide to this Manual Hinweise zur Benutzung der Betriebsanleitung Avvertenze per l‘utilizzo delle istruzioni per l‘uso Indications relatives à l’utilisation des instructions de service Indicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de Operació
Указания по пользованию настоящей Указания по пользованию настоящей
1
1
Guide to this Manual Hinweise zur Benutzung der Betriebsanleitung Avvertenze per l‘utilizzo delle istruzioni per l‘uso Indications relatives à l’utilisation des instructions de service Indicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de Operació
Указания по пользованию настоящей Указания по пользованию настоящей
Guide to this Manual
1
Guide to this Manual
1.1
General
Section:
1
Page:
1-0-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Surely you expect high degrees of reliability and availibility of your DEUTZ engine as prerequisites for its economical application. Great importance was attached to these properties in the course of the engine’s development. However, these properties can be upheld during the engine’s entire lifespan only, if the maintenance and servicing jobs described in this Manual are carried out punctually and fully. It is therefore essential that you become well acquainted with the contents of this Manual not only before commissioning the new engine, but also to use it as a source of information for maintaining the high value of the machine. All safety precautions and regulations have been observed in the design, choice of materials, and manufacture of your engine. This high degree of safety and reliability will be maintained, if the servicing jobs are fully performed according to schedule by properly trained personnel, and if all guards and protective devices removed for carrying out work on the engine are afterwards refitted. When servicing, it is essential to observe the relevant regulations regarding accident prevention and general safety. The Maintenance Schedules give information concerning the work involved at the prescribed intervals. The Job Cards (Section give detailed instructions for carrying out the work. The Job Cards are arranged in accordance with Maintenance Groups as per the PLanned Maintenance System 333*. On Page 1-0-05 is an alphabetical Index of DEUTZ Assembly Groups together with the relevant Job Card Nos. and Maintenance Groups.
*
© 0884
Institut für Schiffsbetriebsforschung, Flensburg
Section:
1
Page:
1-0-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
1.2
Guide to this Manual
Trouble-shooting Should troubles and faults of any kind arise on the engine, please refer to Section 7, «Troubleshooting». The Trouble Chart lists various potential causes for a certain fault, gives brief instructions for providing possible remedies, and refers to the Manual Section concerned and the Job Cards containing further details for carrying out the work involved.
1.3
Planned Maintenance Keep a regular record of the engine’s running hours and observe the schedule for maintenance and servicing accordingly The Maintenance Schedule contains details of the maintenance work involved and the relevant Job Card Nos. Carry out the work detailed on the Job Card.
1.4
Ordering of Spare Parts The Spare Parts Catalogue associated with this Instruction Manual contains the Part Nos. for the ordering of parts, and also design details , where necessary. The Spare Parts Catalogue is arranged in accordance with DEUTZ Assembly Group Nos. These DEUTZ Assembly Group Nos. are also to be found in the Filing No. (not Job Card No.!) in the heading of the Job Cards. The number appearing between the hyphens, for example in the case of 0178-08501 1110, the -08-, is the DEUTZ Assembly Group No. For detailed information on spare parts identification, please refer to the introductory lines of the Spare Parts Catalogue.
1.5
Specification Data Design data, operating data, and setting data for monitoring equipment are not given in the Job Cards. Please refer to Section 3, «Specification Data».
© 0884
Guide to this Manual
1.6
Section:
1
Page:
1-0-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Job Card No. In addition to the Filing No., each card is provided with a Job Card No.
Typical Job Card No.: 01.02.03, where: 01 = Maintenance Group = cylinder head 02 = Subassembly
= rocker arm bearings
03 = Serial No. of card
1.7
Standard Tools Standard tools are those tools which are normally included in a workshop tool box.
Hammer 1 set of box wrenches Screwdriver Nippers Scriber Various files Centre punch Socket-head wrench Three-square scraper Wire brush
1.8
Chisel 1 set of ordinary wrenches Small water tube pliers Combination pliers Tape rule Iron saw Mandrel Hex. wrench Non-fraying rags Grease gun Rubber mallet
Special Tools Special fitting tools and devices, normally supplied along with the engine, are listed in the associated Spare Parts Catalogue under the Assembly Group No. 49.
1.8.1
© 0884
These tools are available from your local Deutz distributor.
Section: Page: Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
Guide to this Manual
Guide to this Manual
1.9
Section:
1
Page:
1-0-05
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Index of DEUTZ Assembly Groups as Incorporated in System 333 — Job Cards, Maintenance Groups
Assembly Group
Job Card
Maintenance Group
06 Big end/-bearing
02.03.02 02.03.03 02.04.01 02.05.01 02.06.01
02
Crankshaft system
10 Camshaft
04.05.01 04.06.01
04
Timing system
10 Camshaft bearing
04.01.01
04
Timing system
58 Charge air cooler
06.04.01 06.04.02
06
Exhaust / Turbocharging system
32 Charge air system
06.02.01
06
Exhaust / Turbocharging system
48 Charge air water detector
11.06.01
11
Engine protective system
37 Coolant circulation pump
09.07.01/02
09
Cooling water system
37 Cooling water system draining
09.00.01
09
Cooling water system
48 Crankcase oil mist detector
11.05.01
11
Engine protective system
01 Crankcase relief valve
03.01.01
03
Engine frame
05 Crankshaft coupling flange
04.16.01
04
Timing system
05 Crankshaft gear
04.11.01
04
Timing system
05 Crankshaft gear
02.01.01 03.08.01
02
Crankshaft system
05 Crankshaft deflection gauging
02.02.01
02
Crankshaft system
08 Cylinder head
01.04.01 01.08.01 01.09.01
01
Cylinder head
04 Cylinder liner
01.05.04 03.02.01 03.02.03 03.03.01 03.04.01 03.05.01 03.06.01
03
Engine frame
32 Dirt collector
10.03.02
10
Pneumatic system
41 Exhaust elbow
06.01.03
06
Exhaust / turbocharging system
41 Exhaust manifold
06.01.01
06
Exhaust / turbocharging system
© 0885
Section:
1
Page:
1-0-06
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Guide to this Manual
Assembly Group
Job Card
Maintenance Group
08 Exhaust valve
01.01.01 01.05.01 01.05.04 01.05.05 01.07.01
01
Cylinder head
05 Flywheel
04.09.01
11
Engine protective system
46 Foundation bolts
03.07.01
03
Engine frame
20 Fuel feed pump
07.11.01
07
Fuel system
20 Fuel filter
07.03.02 07.10.01
07
Fuel system
29 Hydr. governor drive
05.04.01
05
Speed control system
29 Hydr. governor linkage
05.04.14
05
Speed control system
27 Hydr. speed governor
05.00.01 05.03.11 05.03.12 05.03.14
05
Speed control system
08 Inlet valve
01.01.01 01.05.01 01.05.04 01.05.05 01.07.01
01
Cylinder head
21 Injection piping
07.03.01 07.03.02
07
Fuel system
17 Injection pump
07.01.01 07 Fuel system 07.02.01/03/04/05/06/07 07.05.01
18 Injection pump removal / refitment
07.04.01
04
Timing system
22 Intake air cleaner
06.03.11
06
Exhaust / turbocharging system
19 Injector removal / refitment
07.07.01 07.08.01 07.09.01
07
Fuel system
15 Lube oil centrifuge
08.13.01
08
Lubricating oil system
15 PLube oil filter
08.09.01 08.10.01 08.20.02
08
Lubricating oil system
14 Lube oil pump
08.01.01
08
Lubricating oil system
14 Lube oil pressure-stat
08.11.01
08
Lubricating oil system
15 Lube oil system
08.02.01
08
Lubricating oil system
© 0885
Guide to this Manual
Section:
1
Page:
1-0-07
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Assembly Group
Job Card
Maintenance Group
02 Main bearing
02.03.02 02.03.03 02.04.01 02.07.01 02.08.01
02
Crankshaft system
48 Oil level float switch
11.07.01
11
Engine protective system
48 Overspeed switch
11.03.01
11
Engine protective system
07 Piston coolant nozzle
02.15.01
02
Crankshaft system
07 Piston pin
02.12.01
02
Crankshaft system
07 Piston pin brush
02.13.01
02
Crankshaft system
07 Piston / rings
02.09.01 02.10.01 02.10.02 02.10.04 02.11.01 02.14.01
02
Crankshaft system
32 Pneumatic system
10.01.01
10
Pneumatic system
32 Pressure reducer station
10.06.01
10
Pneumatic system
48 Pressure switch
11.01.02
11
Engine protective system
11 Rocker arm
01.02.02 01.02.03
01
Cylinder head
31 Safety valve
01.12.01
01
Cylinder head
32 Starting air master valve
10.03.01 10.03.91
10
Pneumatic system
30 Starting pilot air distributor
01.02.01
10
Pneumatic system
31 Starting valve
10.11.01 01.11.02 01.05.04
01
Cylinder head
48 Temperature switch
11.01.01
11
Engine protective system
51 Thermocouples
11.01.05
11
Engine protective system
09 Timing gear train
04.04.01 04.08.01
04
Timing system
09 Timing gear train
04.04.01 04.13.01
04
Timing system
43 Turbocharger
06.05.01 06.06.01 06.12.01 06.13.01 06.13.02
06
Exhaust / turbocharging system
© 0885
Section:
1
Page:
1-0-08
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Guide to this Manual
Assembly Group
Job Card
Maintenance Group
11 Valve drive, bottom
04.02.01
04
Timing system
11 Valve drive, top
01.02.02
01
Cylinder head
08 Valve guide clearance
01.06.01
01
Cylinder head
08 Valve rotator
01.03.01 01.03.02
01
Cylinder head
16 Valve seat lubrication
08.14.01
08
Lubricating oil system
08 Valve seat ring
01.07.01 01.03.01
01
Cylinder head
34 Vibration damper
12.01.01 12.01.02/03
12
Engine auxiliaries
© 0885
Layout and Description of Engine Aufbau und Funktion des Motors Struttura e funzioni del motore Constitution et fonctionnement du moteur Construcción y funciones de partes del motor Samenstelling en werkwijze van de motor Kонст укция и функция двигателя
2
2
Layout and Description of Engine Aufbau und Funktion des Motors Struttura e funzioni del motore Constitution et fonctionnement du moteur Construcción y funciones de partes del motor Samenstelling en werkwijze van de motor Kонст укция и функция двигателя
Layout and Description of Engine
2
Layout and Description of Engine
2.1
01 Cylinder Head
Section:
2
Page:
2-0-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
The Head iß held down on the crankcase through 4 hydraulically tightened studs. Fitted in the head are 2 inlet valves, 2 exhaust valves, one fuel injector, a starting valve, an indicator valve and, if required, a relief valve. The exhaust valves are equipped with rotators, the inlet valves with a seat lubrication to reduce wear. In fact, oil is injected in a metered amount into the charge air, so this seat lubrication requires no servicing. Injector and inlet/exhaust valves plus drive are protected by a rocker chamber cover. Coolant transfer from crankcase to head is made through plugged pipes within the head contour.
2.2
02 Crankshaft System The drop-forged crankshaft is fitted in the crankcase in underslung arrangement. Main journals and crankpins are hardened and carried in complex-metal bearing shells. As required by the rated engine spee, the shaft is fitted with balance weights to reduce mass forces. The bearing caps are secured to the crankshaft by 2 vertical and 2 horizontal bolts, the former ones being tightened jointly by a hydraulic tool. The flywheel is flanged to the shaft‘s driving end, the flange being fitted on the shaft by hydraulic shrinkage. Power for secundary drives can be taken off from the shaft‘s free end. The drop-forged connecting rod big end is split in straight (horizontal) arrangement, while the small end is of the stepped type. The two-piece pistons are fitted with 3 compression rings and one oil control ring. The former rings are located in the steel top, the oil ring in the piston skirt above the full-float piston pin.
2.3
03 Engine Frame The crankcase is a single-piece casting. Large doors permit easy access to all motion parts. Some doors may optionally be provided with relief valves safeguarding the engine in the case of crankcase of explosions. The standard deep ”wet-type” oil sump represents the engine‘s lube oil reservoir, from which oil is forced into the lubricating circuit by a special delivery pump. Where high or low-level tanks are utilized for oil reservoir, use is made of a flat ”dry-type” sump with connections for an oil drain (to the low-level tank) or a special suction pump (to the high-level tank) respectively. The cylinder liner is located in the crankcase at top and bottom. The liner flange is seated on a highly waer-resistant ring pressed into the crankcase. The water jackets are sealed by one ”watercooled” Viton 0-seals at the bottom. The head/liner gasket is a steel ring.
© 0883
Section:
2
Page:
2-0-02
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
2.4
Layout and Description of Engine
04 Timing System ILocated at the engine‘s driving end and driven from a big gear on the crankshaft, the timing gear train drives, through idler gears, the camshaft, injection pumps and governor. As determined by the engine‘s firing order, the camshaft, carried in bearing bushes, actuates the inlet and exhaust valves as well as the starting pilot air distributor, The shaft is split in two halves and can be pulled out of the engine lengthwise. Cams and bearing points are surface-hardened. The pump chest at the engine‘s free end can mount, besides the standard lube oil delivery pump, one oil suction pump and 2 cooling water pumps. The pumps are gear-driven, i.e. the oil pumps direct and the coolant pumps through flexible couplings.
2.5
05 Speed Control System The Engine is controlled by hydraulic governor which, through the injection pump‘s control rod, automatically meters the amount of fuel to be injected as a function of engine load. Overall engine control is by an engine-mounted panel or seperately installed local or remote control units. Emergency engine shutdown is possible by an automatic system or manually on the speed governor direct.
2.6
06 Exhaust / Turbocharging System The non-insulated exhaust manifold running along the engine is lagged by an easily removable and multisplit casing. Only the water-cooled exhaust elbows from cylinder head to manifold are located outside this casing. Being connected through sliding pieces with 0-seals, the water jackets of the exhaust elbows form the cooling water manifold for the engine. The engines are fitted with BBC turbochargers connected to the engine‘s cooling system. The compressors of these turbochargers are cleaned by a scavenging device. The charge air is cooled by water in special units. The charge air pipe is divided into single sections for each cylinder. These sections are likewise connected through sliding pieces with 0-seals. This new concept of exhaust manifold with cooled elbows and integral water manifold, the division of the charge air pipe, the plug-type water transfer pipes between cylinder head and crankcase and, last not least, the use of hydraulic tools for tightening the cylinder head studs/nuts significantly improve the ease in dismantling and refitting components at the engine top.
© 0883
Layout and Description of Engine
2.7
Section:
2
Page:
2-0-03
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
07 Fuel System (see also 5.1) The following integral in-line injection pumps are provided: 6 and 8-cylinder models:
2 pumps with 3 and 4 elements respectively
9-cylinder model:
3 pumps with 3 elements each
The type of pumps chosen and the connection of the injection piping to the cylinder head sideways gave the advantage of very short injection piping. Pump lubrication is connected to the regular motor oil circuit. In the case of engines running on intermediate fuels a sealing-oil system prevents the lube oil from being diluted by fuel. The multi-orifice injection nozzle is located in the middle of the cylinder head and connected to the latter by a lateral injection line. The fuel feed pump is mounted on one injection pump. Fuel cleaning is through a change-over type duplex filter. In the case of engines running on heavy fuel, the feed pump is installed seperately. The changeover duplex filter can be preheated by having the transferred, preheated fuel flow through the filter. If available, the injection nozzles are cooled with engine lube oil or gas oil or — in exceptional cases — even with engine coolant.
2.8
08 Lubricating Oil System (see also 5.2) From the oil sump, or the low- or high-level oil tank, as provided, the engine mounted delivery-type oil pump forces the oil through the oil-cooler, usually also engine-mounted, and the combined oil filter (paper filter followed by edge filter) into the oil gallery integrally cast inside the crankcase. From this gallery the oil flows on through passages in the crankcase wall to crankshaft journals and crankpins and to the nozzles provided for cooling the pistons. Passages in the crankcase front, wich are connected to the oil gallery, supply the timing gear train. Additional bypass oil filtration is by two centrifuges attached to the crankcase doors. Connections are also available for standby oil pumps and the electric priming pump.
2.9
09 Cooling Water System (see also 5.3) As requiered by the particular engine application, the following standard systems can be provided: 1. Single-Circuit:
This circuit serves actual engine plus lube oil and charge air cooler. The water is cooled in a separate tubular heat exchanger.
2. Double-Circuit:
One cooling circuit is provided for the engine, a second one for oil and charge air cooler. The coolant heat dissipated is a separate tubular heat exchanger.
3. Triple-Circuit:
This system is primarily used for water cooling by radiator. Engine, oil cooler and charge cooler have a circuit of their own.
Optionally available are various versions of the above two systems
© 1296
Section:
2
Page:
2-0-04
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
2.10
Layout and Description of Engine
10 Pneumatic System (see also 5.4) The engine is started by compressed air through starting valves in the cylinder heads, the valves being opened by pilot air from a distributor in the correct firing order. Starting air release is normally at 30 bar.
2.11
11
Engine Protective System
All engine operating media can be monitored by temperature and/or pressure switches which energize alarm and/or shutdown devices. In addition, all essential temperatures and pressures are indicated by gauges provided on panels that are either engine-mounted or seperately installed. The exhaust temperature is indicated either by pointer thermometers or through thermocouples, which can optionally and locally be connected to a pyrometer system. If necessary, a crankcase oil mist detector can also be provided.
2.12
12
Engine Auxiliaries
Provided for this engine family is an external vibration damper either of the viscous or rubber type. The 6-cylinder model is also available without this damper.
© 1083
Section:
2
Page:
2-1-01
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Layout and description of engine
2.13
Engine Assemblies and Subassemblies (as for the relevant location, please refer to Section 2.14)
Assy Group No.
© 1296
Description
01
Exhaust manifold
02
Exhaust thermometre
03
Charge air cooler
04
Measuring instrument panel
05
Charge air pipe
06
Fuel piping
07
Engine control unit
08
Fuel filter
09
Lube oil filter
10
Lube oil filter combination
11
Fuel injection pump
12
Vibration damper
13
Cylinder liner
14
Oil dipstick
15
Connecting rod
16
Crankshaft
17
Speed governor drive
18
Oil pan
19
Flywheel
20
Timing gear train
21
Piston
22
Starting pilot air distributor
23
Camshaft
24
Air intake silencer
25
Exhaust valve
26
Pushrods
27
Exhaust turbocharger
28
Injector
29
Cylinder head
30
Valve drive
Section:
2
Page:
2-1-02
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Layout and description of engine
Cutaway View of Engine
8
9
10
11
12
13
24
23
22
21
20
19
51452 2 ©
7 25
18
6 26
17
5 27
16
4 28
15
3 29
14
2 30
(8-cyl. engine)
1
2.14
Specification Data Technische Angaben Indicazioni tecniche Données techniques Datos técnicos Technische gegevens Тенические данные
3
3
Specification Data Technische Angaben Indicazioni tecniche Données techniques Datos técnicos Technische gegevens Тенические данные
Specification Data
3
Specification Data
3.1
Model Designation: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628 S B V 6/8/9
3.2
= = = =
Marine (uni-direction) Turbocharged Four stroke cycle 6, 8 or 9 cylinders
M 6 28
= = =
Section:
3.1 and 3.2
Page:
3-0-01
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Water cooled Generation No. Piston stroke in cm
Designations of engine sides, cylinders and rotation direction Viewed towards the drive-side coupling flange of the engine.
1 AS
Drive side
2 LS
Left side
3 FS
Free side
4 RS
Right side
Coupling side KS
Opposite side to coupling KGS
Cylinder designation
The cylinders are counted and designated from the drive side «AS»
Rotation direction
The anticlockwise rotation direction is designated «left rotation» and clockwise is designated «right rotation».
2
1
1
2
3
4
3
4 © 80 060 0
© 1199
Specification Data
3.3
3.3.1
Section:
3.3
Page:
3-1-01
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9M 628
Basic Data Power and speed Bore Stroke Capacity per cylinder Total capacity: 6 cylinder 8 cylinder 9 cylinder
see acceptance test sheets 240 mm 280 mm 12,66 litres 75,66 litres 101,28 litres 113,94 litres
Compression ratio
13 : 1
Design Data 01 Cylinder Head Safety valve opens at
170 ± 5 bar
02 Crankshaft System Crankshaft main jounal dia. running width of main bearing crankpin dia. running width of big-end bearings
210 mm 70 mm 175 mm 61 mm
Piston Material, top skirt
heat-treated steel with hardened grooves forget light alloy
Pin dia. No.of compression rings No. of oil control rings Mean piston speed
105 mm 3 1 9,33 m/s a t 1000/min
Connecting rod Length Running width of small-end bush
504 mm 108 mm/56 mm
03 Engine frame Material Cylinder spacing
ductile iron 370 mm
04 Timing system
© 0491
Firing order 6-cyl. model, CL rotation: 6-cyl. model, CCL rotation:
1- 4 — 2 — 6 — 3 — 5 1- 5 — 3 — 6 — 2 — 4
8-cyl. model, CL rotation: 8-cyl. model, CCL rotation:
1- 3 — 2 — 5 — 8 — 6 — 7 — 4 1- 4 — 7 — 6 — 8 — 5 — 2 — 3
9-cyl. model, CL rotation 9-cyl. model, CCL rotation Valve Timing (deg. crank angle)
1- 3 — 5 — 7 — 9 — 8 — 6 — 4 — 2 1- 2 — 4 — 6 — 8 — 9 — 7 — 5 — 3
Section:
3.3
Page:
3-1-02
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9M 628
Specification Data
Inlet valve opens Inlet valve closes
43,5° KW 23,6° KW
p. PMS d. PMS
0,2 mm clearance, engine cold
Exhaust valve opens Exhaust valve closes
52,9° KW 38,9° KW
p. PMS d. PMS
0,5 mm clearance, engine cold
Starting valve opens Starting valve closes
11° bTDC 40° bBDC
05 Speed Control System Lowest idling speed at full engine speed Lowest firing speed
≤ 800 200
801 — 900 225
901 — 1000/min 250/min
80/min
06 Exhaust / Turbocharging System Charge air cooler see acceptance test sheet
07 Fuel System Injection lines
3.3.2
10 mm O.D. 4 mm bore
Operating Data 06 Exhaust / Turbocharging System Turbocharging System Charge air temperature at engine inlet
see acceptance test sheet
Max. intake resistance
25 mbar (250 mm of water)
Exhaust System On the 8- and 9-cylinder models, the cylinder next to the turbocharger goes to the multi-pulse unit direct, so the exhaust temperatures of this cylinder are somewhat lower (see acceptance test sheet). Exhaust teperature after turbine
see acceptance test sheet
Max. backpressure Perm. deviation of individual temperatu res from mean value of all cylinders: 100 % rated power 75 % rated power 50 % rated power
25 mbar + 25 °C + 30 °C + 50 °C
© 0491
Specification Data
Section:
3.3
Page:
3-1-03
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
07 Fuel System Fuel grade Fuel consumption Filter mesh Fuel pressure at inj. pump inlet at rated speed
See Section 6 . 3 See acceptance test sheet 7 — 60 µm 3,0 — 4, 5 bar
Fuel temperature at inj. pump inlet
See Section 6
Injection nozzle opening pressure 350 + 10 bar Type of nozzles See acceptance test sheet Combustion pressure See acceptance test sheet Permissible deviation of individual indicated firing pressure from mean value of all cylinders + 4 bar Delivery of separate fuel feed pump at 5 + 2,5 bar backpressure: 6-cyl. engine: 1,3 + 1,0 m3/h 8-cyl. engine: 1,8 + 0,6 m3/h 9-cyl. engine: 2,0 + 0,4 m3/h
08 Lubricating Oil System Oil grade Filter mesh: — paper cartridge — edge filter Oil temperature at engine inlet: (oil cooler preceding charge air cooler) (charge air cooler preceding oil cooler) Min. oil pressure after filter: — rated speed, engine hot — at lowest idling speed Priming pressure after filter: — before starting regular engine — engine (stationary) on standby duty Min. priming oil pumping at 3 bar delivery pressure (values in brackets are possible in case of lube oil temperatures below 50° C) Sealing-oil pressure in injection pumps Delivery pressure of mounted sealing oil pump Separate sealing-oil pump (with intermediate fuel operation): Delivery pressure: Sealing-oil delivery — min. — max. level tanks: — distillate, MDF blend — heavy fuel Lube oil consumption Min. oil capacity of standby engines
© 1186
See Section 6 . 2 30 µm 50 µm max. 65 °C max. 75 °C 3,5 bar 1,0 bar 0,35 bar > 0,35 bar (held for 3 minutes every hour) 6-cyl. 4 m3/h (2,5 m3/h)
8-cyl. 5 m3/h (3 m3/h)
9-cyl. 6 m3/h (3,5 m3/h)
min. 1 bar higher than fuel pressure min. 5 bar
9 — 10 bar 6-cyl. 0,15 l/h 0,6 l/h
8-cyl. 0,2 l/h 0,6 l/h
min. 0,7 l/kW > 0,82 l/kW 1 g/kWh 0,2
l/kW
9-cyl. 0,25 l/h 0,6 l/h
Section:
3.3
Page:
3-1-04
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Specification Data
Separate standby oil pump: — capacity
6-cyl.: 24 — 30 m3/h 8-cyl.: 30 — 35 m3/h 9-cyl.: 35 — 40 m3/h 5 bar
— Pressure Oil Sump Inclinations and Capacities
Dipstick with 3 marks Dipstick with 3 marks
Connections for low-level tank © 51 201 0
α ± = 3°
Max. sump inclination (incl. installation angle)
α ± = 10°
Max. permanent inclination
β ± = 22,5°
Max. temporary inclination (starting 22°, turbocharger will lose some oil)
β ± = 30°
min.
Oil capacity of deep oil sump (litres) 2)
oil level
max.
Max. engine installation angle
Top mark
α= β=
0° 0°
*3
Medium mark
α = ±10° β= 0°
*1 *3
Bottom mark
α = ±10° β= 0°
6-cyl.
8-cyl
9-cyl
615
800
895
525
680
760
405
525
590
*1) Where sump inclinations α ± are below 10°, the oil level can be kept at a corresponding level between the top and medium dipstick mark to ensure maximum oil supply to the engine and hence increase oil change intervals . (1° less inclination allows for approx. 10 mm higher level above medium mark.) *2) Sump lubrication for heavy fuel requires min. 0,82 lit/kW *3) Due to inclined dipstick, correct maximum distance can be obtained only with β = 0°.
© 0883
Specification Data
Connection for low-level tank («dry» sump)
Drain A or B for inclinations α ± <
Section:
3.3
Page:
3-1-05
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
6-cyl.
8-cyl.
9-cyl.
10°
8%
7°
> 8° — 10°
> 7° — 10°
Drain A and B for inclinations α ±
Oil Delivery Rate for Valve Seat Lubrication Rated Engine Speed 1/min. 1000 900 800 750 720
6-cyl.
Delivery in drops / 4 min 8-cyl.
42 37 34 32 30
9-cyl.
56 50 45 42 40
63 56 50 47 45
Admissible deviation ± 4 gocce/4 min 09 Cooling Water System Water quality Engine system capacity
see Section 6 6-cyl.: 225 litres 8-cyl.: 275 litres 9-cyl.: 300 litres
Max. coolant temperature at engine outlet during full-load operation (In case of 2-stage charge air cooler, measured at cooler inlet) with single-circuit cooling system with two- and three-circuit cooling system Temperature difference between full load and idling operation (at engine outlet) Temperature difference between cooling water at engine inlet and engine outlet under full load conditions
80°C 85°C 8 — 12 °C 8 — 12 °C
(In case of 2-stage charge air cooler, measured at cooler inlet) Cooling water preheating temperature for standby duty for engines starting with blended fuel viscosity < 180 mm2/s at 50°C (cSt) viscosity > 180 mm2/s at 50°C (cSt) viscosity > 380 mm2/s at 50°C (cSt) for all other engines
50 °C 70 °C 80 °C 25 °C
Max. coolant temperature at charge air cooler inlet
50 °C
Max. coolant temperature at built-on oil cooler inlet
45 °C
Max. raw water temperature at heat exchanger inlet
32 °C
Max. coolant pressure at engine inlet with built-on or separate pump Coolant temperature at injection nozzle inlet approx. Min. pressure of separate injection nozzle coolant pump
© 0885
50 °C
~ 4 bar 85°C 3 bar
Section:
3.3
Page:
3-1-06
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Specification Data
10 Pneumatic System Air receiver capacity
see Classification Societies (min. 125 lit.)
Max. starting pressure Min. starting pressure
30 bar 10 bar
© 0883
Specification Data
3.3.3
Section:
3.3
Page:
3-1-07
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Setting data for monitoring equipment
Minimum equipment
marine propulsion engines
auxiliary marine
stationary engines
Data in “bar” Pressure monitor (referring to dropping pressure) lube oil pressure: initial alarm main alarm (engine stop)
engine speed ≤ 600/min
> 600/min
– 1,0
– 2,0
Temperature monitor
2,0 1,8
– 2,0
Data in „°C“
circ. cool. water temp circuit I charge air temp., max.
85 65
Other monitors overspeed protection
85 65
85 65
rated speed 110 %n1
110 %n1
110 %n1
Further setting data may be obtained from the gauge point list which is included in the engine documentation.
Section: Page: Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
Specification Data
Specification Data
3.3.4
3.3
Page:
3-1-09
Engine:
S/BV M 628
Arrangement of Electrical Equipment Measuring point No. as per separately supplied list of measuring points
1.3.1 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.3.7 1.3.8 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.3.4 2.3.5 2.3.7 2.3.8 2.3.9 2.4.1 2.4.6 2.4.8 2.4.10 2.4.11 2.6.3 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.7 3.3.10 3.4.4 3.6.4 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.3 4.6.2 5.4.1 5.4.3 6.3.1 6.4.5 7.3.1 7.3.2 7.3.3 7.3.4 7.3.5 7.3.6 7.3.6 7.3.9 7.3.10
© 0685
Section:
Function / description of the equipment or of the gauge point
Fuel supply pressure Pme monitoring Full load (overload) monitoring Fuel rack travel indicator Monitoring of shielded injection pipings Speed switch — pressure monitor bridging Lube oil pressure n < 600 l/min Lube oil pressure n > 600 l/min Lube oil pressure Lube oil temperature Min. lube oil temperature Differential pressure lube oil filter Level — lube oil pan Lube oil pressure Lube oil temperature Seal oil pressure Lube oil pressure start inhibitor Level — lube oil pan, stand-by pump ON Lube oil temperature Engine jacket water temperature Engine jacket water pressure, circuit I Raw water pressure Min. engine jacket water temperature Engine jacket water, circuit II Speed switch — pressure monitor bridging Engine jacket water temperature Engine jacket water temperature Max. charge air temperature Min. charge air temperature Water detector in charge air pipe Charge air temperature Exhaust gas temperature per cylinder Exhaust gas temperature after turbine Failure crankcase monitoring system Crankcase monitoring system Starting air pressure Control air pressure Malfunction of start air interlock (engine fails to start) Switch — speed setting output Switch — speed setting input Switch — engine remote control unit (BVM) Control unit indicator, engine-mounted/remote (SBVM) Signal lamp — remote control ON 3/2 -way valve change-over safeguard
Section:
3.3
Page:
3-1-10
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Measuring point No. as per separately supplied list of measuring points
7.3.14 7.5.8 7.5.9 7.5.10 7.5.12 7.5.14 7.5.15 7.5.16 7.5.17 7.5.20 8.1.1 8.1.2
Specification Data
Function / description of the equipment or of the gauge point
Tacho-generator monitor Solenoid — emergency shutdown Starting solenoid, 3/2-way valve Pushbutton — delocking emergency stop Speed control monitor Pushbutton — stop Solenoid — emergency shutdown Solenoid — stop Electr. 3-way valve (start inhibitor) Pushbutton — start Tacho-generator Speed indicator
© 0685
Specification Data
3.3
Page:
3-1-11
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Exhaust Turbocharger at Driving End
25 437 2 ©
3.3.4.1
Section:
© 0984
3.3
Page:
3-1-12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Specification Data
25 438 2 ©
Section:
© 0984
Specification Data
3.3
Page:
3-1-13
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Exhaust Turbocharger at Free End
25 439 2 ©
3.3.4.2
Section:
© 0984
3.3
Page:
3-1-14
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Specification Data
25 440 2 ©
Section:
© 0984
Specification Data
3.4
Section:
3.4
Page:
3-2-01
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Weight of Engine Components (approx. kg per unit)
No.
Description
6-cyl.
1
Engine with flywheel
9500
11500
13400
2
Crankcase w/o main bearing cap Crankcase w.main bearing cap
2080 2310
2617 2920
3700 4030
3
Oil tank …(wet sump) Oil tank …(dry sump)
365 320
430 380
470 410
4
Cylinder liner
58
58
58
5
Crankshaft w/o balance weights
790
995
1097
6
Balance weights w. bolts and washers
23
23
23
7
Flywheel dia.
199 480 1452
Bearing (top and bottom shell) 1 main bearing 1 big end bearing
2 1
2 1
2 1
9
Connecting rod
36,5
36,5
36,5
10
Piston without piston rings
22
22
22
11
Gudgeon pin
10,8
10,8
10,8
12
Cylinder head (compl.)
120
120
120
13
Inlet or exhaust valves
1
1
1
14
Injection valve
3,3
3,3
3,3
15
Viscous-type vibration damper Ø 490 x 85 Ø 620 x 100 Ø 640 x 120 Extra weights (dia. x width)
17
Torsional vibration damper, rubber-type (dia. x width) Ø 675 x 130 – Ø 680 x 153
© 1296
Turbocharger
VTR 214 VTR 251
or
305 505 1572
104 200 255
16
18
or
9-cyl.
252 or 1040 or
8
Ø 930 x 86 Ø 970 x 130 Ø 990 x 240 Ø 1140 x 277
8-cyl.
Ø 538 x 55 Ø 680 x 42,5
w/o intake air silencer
90 108
145 —
230
230
230 —
230 360
360
Section:
3.4
Page:
3-2-02
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Specification Data
Item
Description
ca. kg
19
Coupling
Series
Size
1120
1121
1300
1301
EZR 1232
133
142
181
188
217
220
305
307
373
378
479
484
594
603
736
753
EZR 1412 EZR 1422 EZR 1712 EZR 1722 EZR 2012 20
Coupling Size
Series 2100
2101
2200
2201
141
170
141
178
169
207
169
216
205
250
205
261
275
330
275
346
318
372
339
394
334
402
334
420
387
455
412
481
421
505
421
530
478
562
511
597
Rato-S 1811 Rato-S 1812 Rato-S 2011 Rato-S 2012 Rato-S 2211 Rato-S 2212 Rato-S 2411 Rato-S 2412 Rato-S 2521 Rato-S 2522 Rato-S 2611 Rato-S 2612 Rato-S 2721 Rato-S 2722 Rato-S 2811 Rato-S 2812 Rato-S 2921 Rato-S 2922 © 1185
Specification Data
Item
21
© 1185
Section:
3.4
Page:
3-2-03
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Description
6-cyl. ca. kg
8-cyl. ca. kg
9-cyl ca. kg
Charge air piping (section per cylinder)
23
23
23
Section: Page:
Specification Data
Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
© 0491
Specification Data
Section:
3.5
Page:
3-3-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
3.5
Tightening Specification for Heavy-Duty Screwed Joints
3.5.1
Table
Line No.
Constr. group
01
01
02
01
Line No.
N. costgroup
Joints tightened by hydraulic tool
Thread
Oil pressure bar
Remarks
Crankcase / cylinder head
M 33 x 2
835 bar
Job 01.09.01
Crankcase / bearing cap (vertical)
M 33 x 2
1030 bar
Section 3.5.2, Job 02.08.01
Thread
Preload torque Nm
Tightening torque Nm
Tightening angle °
Remarks
M 22 x 2
70 Nm
—
210 °
—
M 20 x 1,5
70 Nm
—
240 °
1° phase 90 ° 2° phase 90 ° 3° phase 60 °
Joints tightened by wrench
)
03
01
Crankcase / bearing cap (horizontal)
04
06
Big end / cap
05
Crankshaft / counterwheights
M 27 x 2
130 Nm
—
90 °
—
07
11
Rocker bracket / cylinder head
M 14 x 1,5
30 Nm
—
150 °
1° phase 30 ° 2° phase 60 ° 3° phase 60 °
08
11
Rocker shaft / rocker bracket / cylinder head
M 16 x 1,5
30 Nm
—
240 °
1° phase 60 ° 2° phase 90 ° 3° phase 90 °
09
09
Timing chest / crankcase
M 14
—
112 Nm
—
—
10
17
Injection pump top / base
M 12
30 Nm
—
90 °
—
11
17
Injection pump: element fastening
M 12
85 Nm
—
60 °
—
12
17
Injection pump: cramshaft / gear
M 14 x 1,5
30 Nm
—
60 °
non greased
13
17
Injection pump / crankcase
M 12
30 Nm
—
90 °
—
14
18
Injection pump drive / clutch disc
M 20 x 1,5
130 Nm
—
90 °
—
15
18
Injection pump
M 14 x 1,5
30 Nm
—
90 °
—
16
09
Injection pump drive / gear
M 16 x 1,5
30 Nm
—
90 °
—
34
Vibration damper / crankshaft
M 24 x 2
130 Nm
—
90 °
—
19
37
Water pump / shaft
M 16 x 1,5
50 Nm
—
120 °
—
20
43
Turbocharger bracket / crankcase
M 16 x 1,5
—
250 Nm
—
—
21
14
Crankshaft / gear
M 10
—
50 Nm
—
—
22
14
Gear / oil pump drive dell’olio lubrificante
M 16
50 Nm
—
90 °
—
23
19
Injector fastening
M 16 x 1,5
—
120 Nm
—
—
24
05
Flywheel / crankshaft
M30 x 2 x 100
128 Nm
—
75 °
1° phase 45 ° 2° phase 30 °
M30 x 2 x 200
128 Nm
—
150 °
1° phase 90 ° 2° phase 60 °
05 06
drive / cramshaft
17 18
© 0992
Section:
3.5
Page:
3-3-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Line No.
Constr. group
Specification Data
Joints tightened by wrench
Thread
Preload torque Nm
Tightening torque Nm
Tightening angle )°
Remarks
25
05
Crankshaft / gear
M 12
—
120 Nm
—
—
26
10
Drive gear / camshaft
M 10
—
70 Nm
—
—
27
10
Camshaft / camshaft
M 10
—
70 Nm
—
—
28
01
Crankcase door
M 10 x 30
—
70 Nm
—
—
29
14
Pump chest fastening
M 12
—
75 Nm
—
—
30
30
Starting control shaft / camshaft
M 14 x 1,5
30 Nm
—
90 °
—
31
21
Injection line / cap nut
30 Nm
—
30 °
—
M 16 x 1,5
—
250 Nm
—
—
09
Timing chest / crankcase
33
M 20 x 2
—
280 Nm
—
—
35
M 16 x 1,5
—
250 Nm
—
—
M 12 x 1,25
—
108 Nm
—
—
M 10
—
70 Nm
—
—
ATL VTR 251
M 10
30 Nm
—
240 °
1° phase180 ° 2° phase 60 °
ATL VTR 201
M 10
30 Nm
—
150 °
1° phase 90 ° 2° phase 60 °
M 16 x 1,5
—
130 Nm
—
—
M 20 x 2
—
280 Nm
—
—
EZ 121 S EZ 135 S
M 14
20-30 Nm
—
60 °
1° phase 30 ° 2° phase 30 °
EZ 142 S EZ 166 S
M 18 x 1,5
40 Nm
—
90 °
1° phase 30 ° 2° phase 60 °
EZ 171 S EZ 195 S
M 22 x 1,5
69 Nm
—
120 °
1° phase 60 ° 2° phase 60 °
EZ 201 S
M 27 x 2
128 Nm
—
60 °
1° phase 30 ° 2° phase 30 ° 1° phase 30 ° 2° phase 60 °
32
36
58
Charge air cooler bracket / crankcase
37 38 22
Air cleaner (long bolts)
39
40 09
Gear pivot pins
41 42
43 63 44
Flexible coupling (c/w adapter flange) / flywheel
45
47
52
Generator
M 30 x 2
128 Nm
—
90 °
48
34
Vibration damper / crankshaft
M 24 x 2
130 Nm
—
120 °
D. with extra mass
49
27
Governor drive / bevel gear
M 24 x 1,5
70 Nm
—
90 °
—
50
19
Injector / nozzle nut
M 28 x 1,5
—
120 Nm
—
—
EZ 121 S EZ 135 S
M 14
20 -30 Nm
—
60 °
1° phase 30 ° 2° phase 30 °
EZ 142 S EZ 166 S
M 18 x 1,5
40 Nm
—
90 °
1° phase 60 ° 2° phase 30 °
EZ 171 S EZ 195 S
M 22 x 1,5
68 Nm
—
150 °
1° phase 90 ° 2° phase 60 °
EZ 201 S
M 27 x 2
128 Nm
—
120 °
1° phase 60 ° 2° phase 60 °
51
52 63 53
54
Flexible coupling (without adapter flange) / flywheel
© 0883
Specification Data
Line No.
Page:
3-3-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Preload torque Nm
Tightening torque Nm
Tightening angle )°
55
M 10 x 20
—
60 Nm
—
—
56
M 10 x 25
—
60 Nm
—
—
M 12 x 140
—
170 Nm
—
—
58
M 14 x 35
—
220 Nm
—
—
59
M 14 x 50
—
220 Nm
—
—
M 8 x 30
—
40+5 Nm
—
—
M 10
—
50 Nm
—
—
62
M 14 x 80
—
125 Nm
—
—
63
M 16 x 40
—
280 Nm
—
—
64
M 16 x 45
—
190 Nm
—
—
65
M 16 x 50
—
280 Nm
—
—
66
M 16 x 80
—
280 Nm
—
—
M 16 x 90
—
280 Nm
—
—
68
M 16 x 170
—
280 Nm
—
—
69
M 20x 1,2×45
—
700 Nm
—
—
70
M 20×1,5×50
—
430 Nm
—
—
71
M 20×1,5×65
—
300 Nm
—
—
72
M 20 x 50
—
380 Nm
—
—
73
M 20 x 160
—
380 Nm
—
—
M 12 x 40
—
135 Nm
—
—
M 27
—
1000 Nm
—
—
M 22 x 1,5
—
900 +20 Nm
—
—
34
Joints tightened by wrench
3.5
Thread
57
Constr. group
Section:
Vibration damper / rubber element
60
29
Control rod / connecting linkage
61
10
Camshaft / guide plate
67
43
Turbocharger assembly
74
16
Piston cooling oil nozzles
75
47
Resilient bearing element / base plate
76
01
Crankcase / base plate
© 0599
Remarks
Section:
3.5
Page:
3-3-04
Engine:
S/BVM 628
3.5.2
Specification Data
Legend for Items 2 and 3
● Preload studs I and II hydraulically with max. 100 bar. ● Preload studs III and IV mechanically with 70 Nm. ● Tighten studs III and IV alternately through 90° + 90° + 30° = 210°. ● Tighten bolts I and II hydraulically to max. 1030 bar. Screw nuts in place and tighten until aquarely seated. ● Lower hydraulic pressure to 0 bar, so nut will becompletely tight. ● Reincrease pressure to 1030 bar and tighten nuts until squarely seated.
© 51 202 0
© 1187
Specification Data
3.5.3
Section:
3.5
Page:
3-3-05
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Tightening Procedure Proceed by applying lube oil or other compound to threads according to information given in the job cards. Phase 1: Screw the bolts (screws, nuts) in place Phase 2: Preload the bolts (screws, nuts) ● Torques up to 30 Nm Hold socket wrench with tommy bar, hands being closed together and preload bolts evenly (alternately and crosswise, where applicable). When using a plain or box wrench, the thumb should touch the wrench. ● Torques above 30 Nm Preload bolts by torque wrench to the torque tabulated (crosswise and in stages, where applicable). If a standard tool must be used, see adjoining figure and table below with typical values
rce
Phase 3
Fo
● Tighten the bolts (srews, nuts) Tighten bolts evenly to the tabulated angle (alternately and crosswise, where applicable). Use extension, if necessary. Where several bolts are involved and the angle is greater than 60°, tighten in stages of max. 60°.
lever length
© 51 203 0
Preloading torque
© 1187
Lever Length
Force
Nm
mm
N
30
500
60
40
500
80
70
1000
70
130
1000
130
Section:
3.5
Page:
3-3-06
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Specification Data
Do not simply back overtightened bolts, but release them comletely and tighten again as specified. Should necking of shank be found after several tightening procedures, renew bolt.
3.5.4
Information on the Hydraulic Tool for Annular Nuts For equipment design, oil filling and bleeding procedures see Job Card No. 02.16.02, which also gives a list of hydraulic oils recommended.
© 0685
Specification Data
3.6 Designation
Section:
3.6
Page:
3-4-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Sealing, Locking, Lubrication and Heat Conductor Compounds Description
Application condition
Use
1,5 mm thick
lube oil, gas oil
2,0 mm thick
Combustion gases
Remarks
Equivalent product
Sealing compounds:
It-Ö Asbestos
Asbestos with loil-resistant bonding agent Serpentine type
Gi Deutz 2b
Rubber (natural or synthetic)
Water -20 to +110 °C with anti-freeze and anti-corrosive
Deutz DW 5
Paper
0,3 mm thick
Air, water, lube oil, gas oil
Deutz DW 20
Leather board
1,5 mm thick
Water up to 65 °C lube oil, gas oil
Deutz DW 30
Gasket
Deutz DW 40
Gasket
Deutz DW 47
Amine-hardening compound
Exhaust system
Deva metal from Deventer
Asbestos w. artif. resin
Exhaust piping
Reinz 4402 or Ferrolastic from Diring
Silicone India rubber
Tough-elastic engine frame joints
Silastik Q3-3305, black from Fa. DOW-CORNING, Düsseldorf
Silicone vulcanisate
Touch-elastic joints
Silastik 732 RTV from Dow-Corning, Brussels and Terrostat 33, black, from Teroson GmbH.,Heidelberg
Deutz DW 48
Compound
Deutz DW 49
Compound
Deutz DW 50
Compound
Liquid seal
Deutz DW 51
Compound
Liquid seal
Core hole plugs
Fire risk
Compound No. 54 from Sonderhoff, Cologne
Pump cases etc. Teroson fluid
Fire risk
Curil or
Fire risk
Compound Sigma from Sonderhoff, Cologne
Locking Compounds: Deutz DW 55
Liquid singlecomponent plastics hardening on metal under air exclusion
Low viscosity agent becoming very tight
Threads up to M 16, bearings, bushes gears, pins etc.
Loctite 601
High viscosity agent becoming very tight
Threads from M 10, esp. studs, surfaces
Loctite AVX
Deutz DW 57
Low-viscosity agent easily removable
Threads up to M14 (adjusting screws)
Loctite 221
Deutz DW 59
Medium-viscosity agent becoming very tight
Threads and surfaces
Loctite 270
Deutz DW 60
High-viscosity agent becoming medium tight
Threads and faces hydr. and pneum.
Loctite CVX
Deutz DW 56
.
Deutz DW 61
Activator
Only with DW 56 and DW 60 for non-metallic and surface treated components
non-corrosive
Locquic T
Section:
3.6
Page:
3-4-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Designation
Description
Specification Data
Application Condition
Use
Remarks
Equivalent Product
Lubricating Compounds: Deutz S1
Heatresistant
Deutz S2
Special compound
Deutz S4
Molybdic sulfide
Prevention of thread seizure (e.g. exhaust system)
„Never Seez“ from P.H. Weidling & Sohn KG
Sliding compound
Hydraulic system sliding seals, waisted bolts / studs
Molycote G-n rapid
Compound
Reduces / prevents friction and resultant corrosion of tight-fit components. For temperatures -40 °C to +450 °C.
Compound or spray
Deutz F2
Synthetic silicone compound
Electric insulating compound for plug/socket connections in ignition systems
Deutz F5
Acid-free lubricant
Multi-purpose grease for all bearings, -30 to +120 °C
Extra-high pressure grease, extremely adhesive, good corrosion buona protezione inhibitor
Bearings, splines and couplings for temperatures -25 to +110 °C
MOLYKOTE Longterm 2
Initially clean
components w. peror tri-chlorethylene apply compound very «thin»: some 0,005 mm
DOW-CORNING, Düsseldorf or Van Laar, Ratingen
Molykote special compound G-n rapid
Heat Conductor Compounds: Deutz P1
Cond. compound: copper w. oil-containing bonding agent
Temperature switches
Heat compound from Stein & Sohn, Hamburg
© 0883
Specification Data
3.7
Section:
3.7
Page:
3-5-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Use of Liquid Nitrogen Fitment of metal parts with the aid of liquid nitrogen can be carried out only in a workshop.
Beware of liquid nitrogen coming into contact with the skin. Never touch undercooled parts with bare hands. Use pliers or other suitable tool when placing parts into liquid nitrogen.
Application of liquid nitrogen For minor work of short duration it will be sufficient to have two concentric containers of varying diameter placed into each other and to have the clearance between the two containersfilled with the mineral wool, cork meal or sand. To begin with, pour the nitrogen into the special basin and then dip the parts into this liquid. The start of the undercooling process is indicated by heavy «boiling». Bubbles will form until the parts have assumed the nitrogen temperature of — 196° C. Once no more bubbles form, the part is ready for fitment.
Quantity of nitrogen needed Under normal conditions, one kilogram of metal to be cooled from +15° to -196° C requires the following quantity of liquid nitrogen: Steel Aluminium Bronze, copper, brass Cast iron
© 0883
0,60 0,96 0,45 0,66
litres litres litres litres
Section: Page:
Specification Data
Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
© 0984
Specification Data
3.8
Section:
3.8
Page:
3-6-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Dye Checking of Metal Surfaces The dye checking process for detecting metal surface flaws requires the following agents: Detergent (trichlorethylene), Diffusion fluid (red), Developer(white)
Cleaning the part — Apply the detergent at least one hour before applying the diffusion fluid to ensure that any grease is removed from the metal surface and its flaws (cracks, fissures, etc.) (Fig. 1) (see safety instruction, page 3-6-02)
Applying the diffusion Fluid — Apply fluid by spraying gun, hair brush or by dipping part into the directionsfor use (Fig. 2). — Wash off surface by water, so fluid will remain in the flaws only (Fig. 3). — Wipe surface clean with a dry rag.
Applying the developer — Once the surface is dry, apply on a thin film of developer by spray gun or hair brush. — Let developer dry for one or two minutes. — The «blotting paper effect» of the white developer will make the red fluid become visible in the flaws (Fig. 4).
© 0883
© 25 459 1
Section:
3.8
Page:
3-6-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Specification Data
Appraisal —
Red lines in the white film indicate cracks. Red dots indicate pittings or porosity.
Hair cracks may need some hours to become visible. A red dotted line is caused by: ● hair cracks, ● metal fatigue marks, ● non-continuous cracks. Trichlorethylene is toxic. Ensure adequate ventilation of the workshop. Do not inhale vapours. Wear protective clothing (such as goggles, gloves) when working with trichlorethylene.
© 0883
Operating the Engine Anleitung zum Betrieb des Motors Istruzioni per il servizio del motore Instructions relatives à l’emploi du moteur Instrucciones para la operación del motor Handleiding betreffende het werken met de motor Инст укця по эксплуатации двигателя
4
4
Operating the Engine Anleitung zum Betrieb des Motors Istruzioni per il servizio del motore Instructions relatives à l’emploi du moteur Instrucciones para la operación del motor Handleiding betreffende het werken met de motor Инст укця по эксплуатации двигателя
Operating the Engine
4.1
Section:
4
Page:
4-0-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Preparations for Operating the Engine on Distillate Fuel (see also sections 7, 8.2, 8.3 and «Summerized Instructions» hereto) A Commissioning Run-in Engines Following a Brief Idle Period B Commisioning Engines Following Overhaul Including Replacements of Pistons, Cylinder Liner or Bearings C Commisioning New Engines or Run-in Engines Following a Prolonged Idle Period (over 3 months)
Item
Job
1
Depreservation
2
Cylinder head
A
B
Remove all preserving agent inside and outside of engine Check inlet and exhaust valve clearance
4
Foundation bolts
Inspect / tighten to the instructions of the building contractor
Speed control system
Check that control rod moves freely Check oil level in hydraulic governor
5
Exhaust / turbocharging system
● Job 01.01.01 ●
●
●
●
Job 03.07.01
●
Job 07.01.01
●
Job 05.03.11
Check oil of hydraulic governor
●
Job 05.03.11
Bleed hydraulic governor
●
Job 05.03.12
●
Job 06.05.01
●
Job 06.06.01
Check oil level in turbocharger Inspect turbocharger
© 0486
Reference section 6
Check that inlet and exhaust valves move freely in their guides 3
C
●
Section:
4
Page:
4-0-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Item
Job
6
Fuel system
Operating the Engine
A
Reference
●
Top up fuel service tank
●
●
Clean fuel filter
●
●
Job 07.10.01
Test fuel injectors
●
●
Job 07.08.01
Check oil level in sealing oil tank
●
●
Drain fuel service tank
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Bleed fuel system
Job 07.03.02
Lube oil system ●
Top up lube oil reservoir Check up lube oil reservoir
●
Service lube oil filter combination
8
C
Clean fuel service tank
Open shut-off valve of fuel service tank and switch on fuel feed pump (if installed)
7
B
Cooling water system
●
●
●
●
Job 08.10.01
> 0,35 bar
Switch on priming pump and keep priming pressure for min. 3 minutes
●
●
●
Switch on priming pump (if standby oil pump)
●
●
●
●
Top up water level Check up water level in header tank Bleed water system, if need be
●
●
●
●
●
© 0185
Operating the Engine
Item
Job
8
Cooling water system
Section:
4
Page:
4-0-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
A
Treat water with additives
B
C
●
●
Open valves in all water pipework and check for correct valve pos.
Pneumatic system
© 0585
Engine protective system
●
●
Standby sets: Check that preheating temperature (if provided)
●
●
●
Clean separate raw water filter (if provided)
●
●
●
Check that master and starting valves move freely
●
●
Job 01.11.01 Job 10.03.01
Drain condensate from dust coll.
●
●
Job 10.03.02
Drain condensate from pressure reducer station
●
●
Job 10.06.01
●
●
Job 10.03.91
Clean / install running -in screen upstream of master valve
10
Section 6.4
●
Switch on water preheater, if provided
9
Reference
Section 3.3.2
Drain water from air receivers
●
●
●
Job 10.01.01
Check pressure in air receivers
●
●
●
Job 10.01.01
Separate pumps: check pressures / temperatures in operating media (fuel etc.)
●
●
●
Test audible and visual alarms
●
●
●
Section: Page: Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
Operating the Engine
Operating the Engine
4.1.1
Section:
4
Page:
4-0-05
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Preparation for Operating the Engine on blended Fuel (heavy Fuel) (see also sections 7, 8.2, 8.3 and «Summarized Instructions» hereto).
A
Commissioning run-in engines following a brief idle period
B
Commissioning engines following overhaul including replacements of pistons, cylinder liner or bearings
C
Commissioning new engines or run-in engines following a prolonged idle period (over 3 months)
Item
Job
1
Depreservation
2
Cylinder head
A
B
Remove all preserving agent linside and outside of engine
Check inlet and exhaust valve clearance
●
4
Foundation bolts
Speed control system
Exhaust / turbocharging system
●
Inspect / tighten to the instruction of the building contractor Check that control rod moves freely
●
Job 03.07.01
●
Job 07.01.01
Job 05.03.11
Change oil in hydraulic governor
●
Job 05.03.11
Bleed hydraulic governor
●
Job 05.03.12
●
Job 06.05.01
●
Job 06.06.01
●
Job 06.13.03
Check oil level in turbocharger
●
Inspect turbocharger
Check scavenging water quantity
© 0486
Section 6.5
●
Check oil level in hydraulic governor
5
Reference
Job 01.01.01 ●
Check that inlet and exhaust valves move freely in their guides 3
C
●
Section:
4
Page:
4-0-06
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Item
Job
6
Fuel system
Operating the Engine
A
B
Lube oil system
Reference
●
Clean fuel service tank
7
C
Top up fuel service tank
●
●
Clean fuel filter
●
●
Job 07.10.01
Test fuel injectors
●
●
Job 07.08.01
Check oil level in sealing oil tank
●
●
Preheat fuel service tank
●
●
●
Drain fuel service tank
●
●
●
Open shut-off valve of fuel service tank
●
●
●
Switch on sealing oil pump
●
●
●
Switch on fuel feed pump as 6+2 bar sealing oil pressure has been obtained
●
●
●
Heat separate f uel filter if engine has been stopped on heavy fuel
●
●
●
Section 6.3
Inserire l’impianto di regolazione della viscosità.
●
●
●
Section 6.3
Bleed fuel system
●
●
●
Job 07.03.02
Switch on standby oil pump if used for priming pump Top up lube oil reservoir
Section 6.3
●
●
Check level in lube oil reservoir
●
●
●
●
Clean lube oil filter
●
●
●
Switch on priming pump and keep min. 0,35 bar pressure for min. 3 minutes
●
●
●
08.10.01
© 0883
Operating the Engine
Item
Job
8
Cooling water system
Section:
4
Page:
4-0-07
Engine:
S/BVM 628
A
B
Reference
●
Top up water level Check water level in header tank
C
●
●
●
Bleed water system if necessary
●
●
Treat water with additives
●
●
Clean separate raw water filter (if provided)
Section 6.4
●
Open valves in all water pipework and check for correct valve positions
●
●
Switch on water preheater
●
●
●
Switch on injection valve water preheater (if provided)
●
●
● Section 6.3
Switch on injection valve coolant pump 9
Pneumatic system
●
●
Check that master and starting valves move freely
Job 01.11.01 ●
●
Job 10.03.01
Drain condensate from dust coll.
●
●
Job 10.03.02
Drain condensate from pressure reducer station
●
●
Job 10.06.01
●
●
Job 10.03.91
Clean / install running-in screen upstream of master valve
© 0185
●
Drain water from air receivers
●
●
●
Job 10.01.01
Check pressure in air receivers
●
●
●
Job 10.01.01
Section:
4
Page:
4-0-08
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Item
Job
10
Engine protective system
Operating the Engine
A
B
C
Separate pumps: check pressures / temperatures in operating media (fuel etc.)
●
●
●
Test audible and visual alarms
●
●
●
Reference
© 0883
Operating the Engine
4.2
Section:
4
Page:
4-1-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Running the Engine on Distillate Fuel
Item
Procedure
A
B
C
1
Open indicator valves
●
●
●
2
Turn engine over twice by barring gear, but not later than 1 hour after prelubricating, otherwise repeat prelubricating
●
●
3
Place speed control in lowest possible position
●
●
Section 3.3.1
4
Keep assistance ready at the emergency stop drive
●
●
Job 05.00.01
●
●
●
5
With air receivers closed, move engine control lever from «Stop» to «Start» position. Slowly open air shut-off valves and — with indicator valves opened briefly turn engine over. Close air receivers, move control lever back to «Stop» position and close indicator valves
Reference
6
Open air receiver fully
●
●
●
7
Move local control lever from «Stop» to «Start» position and — when firing speed is attained move on to «Run» position
●
●
●
Section 3.3.1
●
●
●
Section 7
●
●
●
Section 3.3.2
●
●
●
8
9
10
11
© 0185
Should the engine fail to fire at the end of some 3 seconds, wait for a while and repeat starting attempt. If several such starting attempts are unsuccessful, trace cause of trouble and remedy. Switch off water preheater (if provided) at temperature specified Where the standby lube oil pump is used for priming, switch off pump once idling speed is reached or when the starting inhibitor, if provided, releases Raise engine speed slowly
●
●
Section:
4
Page:
4-1-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Item
Procedure
12
Run in engine
13
Once working temperature is reached, put engine on load
Operating the Engine
A
B
C
●
●
●
Reference
Section 4.6
●
Acceptance documents
On stationary engines use start and stop button respectively for items 5 and 7.
© 0883
Operating the Engine
4.2.1
Section:
4
Page:
4-1-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Running the Engine on Blended Fuel (Heavy Fuel)
Item
Procedure
A
B
C
1
Open indicator valves
●
●
●
2
Turn engine over twice by barring gear, but not later than 1 hour after prelubricating, otherwise repeat prelubricating
●
●
3
Place speed control in lowest possible position
●
●
Section 3.3.1
4
Keep assistance ready at the emergency device
●
●
Job 05.00.01
●
●
●
5
With air receivers closed, move engine control lever from «Stop» to «Start» position. Slowly open air shut-off valves and — with indicator valves opened briefly turn engine over. Close air receivers, move control lever back to «Stop» position and close indicator valves
Reference
6
Open air receiver fully
●
●
●
7
Move local control lever from «Stop» to «Start» position and — when firing speed is attained move on to «Run» position
●
●
●
Section 3.3.1
●
●
●
Section 7
●
●
●
8
9
10
© 0486
Should the engine fail to fire at the end of some 3 seconds, wait for a while and repeat starting attempt. If several such starting attempts are unsuccessful, trace cause of trouble and remedy. Where the standby lube oil pump is used for priming, switch off pump once idling speed is reached or when the starting inhibitor, if provided, releases Operate engine at high speed with some 25% power, raising to some 60% power
●
●
Section:
4
Page:
4-1-04
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Operating the Engine
Item
Procedure
11
Run in engine
12
Switch off coolant preheater (upon attaining appropriate temperature)
●
●
●
13
Switch off separate preheated filter
●
●
●
14
Switch off injector preheater (if provided).
●
●
●
Once working temperature is reached, put the engine on load
●
●
●
15
A
B
C
●
Reference
Section 4.6
Section 3.3.2
Section 3.3.2
On stationary engines use start and stop button respectively for items 5 and 7.
© 0885
Operating the Engine
4.3
Section:
4
Page:
4-2-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Attendance in Service
Record readings right from the start, unless automatically printed where periodically unattended service is provided. See also section 3.3.
Item
Daily Checks and Servicing Jobs
1
General
Reference (Section 8.3)
Reading
Listen to running noise Check colour of exhaust
Section 7
Inspect entire engine for leaks, especially external pipework Compare engine operating data with acceptance documents 2
Temperatures
Lube oil temperature at engine inlet
Section 3.3.2
max. 65 °C max. 75° C
Water temperature a t engine outlet
Section 3.3.2
max. 80 °C max. 85 °C
Water temperature differential at engine inlet / outlet Fuel temperature in injection pump
3
Pressures
Section 6.3
Charge air temperature at engine inlet (full load)
Acceptance documents
Exhaust temperature at turbine outlet
Acceptance documents
Lube oil pressure at filter outlet (engine hot, rated speed) Sealing oil pressure in injection pumps
© 0885
8 — 12 °C
≥ 3,5 bar
Section 3.3.2
Section:
4
Page:
4-2-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Operating the Engine
Item
Daily Check and Servicing Jobs
3
Pressures
Reference (section 8.3)
Water pressure at engine inlet
~ 4 bar
Fuel pressure at injection pump inlet Charge air pressure
Reading
3,0 + 1,5 bar
Acceptance documents
Starting air pressure, max / min
30/10 bar
Raw water pressure 4
Speed control system
Check oil level in hydraulic governor
5
Exhaust / turbocharging system
Clean turbocharger air side Check exhaust mean temperatures (differences between cylinders are irrelevant for power output). Check limit temperatures Check oil level in turbocharger
6
Fuel system
05.03.11
06.12.01 Acceptance documents section 3.3.2
06.05.01
Drain water from fuel tank Check fuel level in service tank Check flow switch for monitoring shielded injection lines (if provided)
7
Lube oil system
11.01.03
Check oil levels Service wire coil edge-type filter
08.09.01
Check service gauge of oil filter
08.10.01
Inspect valve seat lubrication
08.14.01
© 0185
Operating the Engine
Item
Daily Checks and Servicing Jobs
8
Cooling system
Check coolant level in hydraulic governor
9
Pneumatic system
Charge air receivers and drain condensate after cool-down
© 0285
Section:
4
Page:
4-2-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Acceptance documents
Drain condensate from dust collector
10.03.02
Drain condensate from pressure reducer station
10.06.01
Reading
Section: Page:
Operating the Engine
Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
© 0984
Operating the Engine
4.4
Section:
4
Page:
4-3-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Stoppage / Layoff of Engine Running on Distillate Fuel A Short period (Engine remains readily available) B Prolonged Period C Period exceeding 3 months
Item
Job
1
To prevent heat accumulation, let engine idle for 10 minutes or so before shutting down from prolonged full-load service. Where separate oil and coolant pumps are provided, keep them going for 10 minutes following engine shutdown.
A
B
C
●
●
●
●
●
●
2
Stop engine
3
Close shut-off valve of air receiver
●
●
4
Close shut-off valves of fuel service tank
●
●
5
Close shut-off valves before and after water colle
●
●
6
When frost is imminent, switch on water preheater, unless an anti-freeze has been added, or drain all water from engine and attachments (see Job Card 09.00.01)
●
7
Drain all water from engine and attachments (see Job Card 09.00.01)
●
Drain all lubricating oil from engine and attachments (except speed governor)
●
9
Preserve engine (section 6.5)
●
10
While the engine is out of service, switch on standby lube oil pump once a week, open indicator valves and turn engine over. (This applies only in the case of vibration of the shut-down engine, e.g. due to other engines in service)
8
© 0185
●
Section: Page: Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
Operating the Engine
Operating the Engine
Section:
4
Page:
4-3-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
4.4.1
Stoppage / Layoff of Engine Running on Heavy Fuel or MDF Blend
A
Short Period (Engine remains readily available)
B
Prolonged Period
C
Period exceeding 3 months
Item
Job
1
When operating with blended fuel < 380 mm2 /s (cSt) / 50 °C , we recommend running the engine for at least 1 hour with distillate fuel before shutdown
A
B
C
●
●
When operating with blended fuel > 380 mm2 /s (cSt) / 50° C , the engine must be run for at least 1 hour with distillate fuel before shut-down — longer than 72 hours — until the fuel system is completely filled with distillate fuel. 2
To prevent heat accumulation, let engine idle for 5 minutes or so before shutting it down from prolonged full-load service. Where separate oil and coolant pumps are provided, keep them going for 5 minutes following shut-down.
●
●
●
3
Stop engine
●
●
●
4
Switch off viscosity control, injector coolant pump, fuel feed pump and fuel plunger sealing oil pump
●
●
5
Close shut-off valve of air receiver
●
●
6
Close shut-off valve of fuel service tank
●
●
7
Close shut-off valves before and after water cooler
●
●
8
When frost is imminent, switch on water preheater, unless an anti-freeze has been added, or drain all water from engine and attachments (see Job 09.00.01)
●
9
© 0885
Drain all water from engine and attachments (see Job 09.00.01)
●
Section:
4
Page:
4-3-04
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Operating the Engine
Item
Job
A
B
C
10
Drain lube oil completely from engine, accassories, pipings and fittings (but not from speed governor).
●
11
Preserve engine (section 6.5)
●
12
When engine is out of service, switch on standby lube oil pump once a week, open indicator valves and turn engine over. (This applies only in the case of vibration of the shut-down engine, e.g. due to other engines in service)
●
© 0885
Operating the Engine
4.5
Section:
4
Page:
4-4-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Taking Combustion Indicator Diagrams
Be sure closely to observe the instructions issued by the indicator manufacturer, or readings are liable to be incorrect. The instrument recommended by us is the Mahaik torsionspring indicator, type S, plunger 1/2, with the following springs:
Max. combustion pressure
Spring
100 bar
F 100 bar No. 50
120 bar
F 120 bar No. 60
140 bar
F 140 bar No. 70
160 bar
F 160 bar No. 80
Pressures see acceptance records.
Taking Indicator Diagrams Thoroughly blow through the indicator valves to prevent any carbon particles entering the gauge. Then screw indicator firmly in its place. Put indicator paper on the recording drum and draw the zero line. Open indicator valve and slowly turn drum from recording the combustion pressures For recording the compression pressure, cut out injection pump (Job Card 07.01.01) and check that control rod of the injection pump does not abut at its load limit. The following data should be entered upon the diagram: Date, spring scale, cylinder No., corresponding exhaust temperature, control rod position, speed and charge air pressure.
Assessing the Readings Compare readings with the values given in the Acceptance Record.
© 0185
Section: Page: Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
Operating the Engine
Operating the Engine
4.6
Section:
4
Page:
4-5-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Run-in Instructions Engines which leave the manufacturer’s works have been run in; thus run-in at site is not necessary. Following servicing work on main and big-end bearings, pistons, piston rings and cylinder liners the engine must be run in again. The following run-in programs apply to the different drive types:
4.6.1
Drive type «Fixed-pitch propeller and comparable drives» (Engine load is mainly dependent on speed, n = variable)
● Start engine, sections 4.1 and 4.2, and run at low speed for 5 minutes. ● Stop engine, section 4.4. ● Check bearings and crankshaft. If the engine has warmed up noticeably, the cause must be locked for immediately and remedied. ● Start engine again and r un at low speed for 30 minutes. ● Stop engine again. ● Check bearings and crankshaft. If the engine has warmed up noticeably, the cause must be locked for immediately and remedied. ● Start engine again and increase speed gradually according to the following table.
Run-in time in minutes
Engine speed in % of rated speed
60
35
30
45
60
55
15
35
45
70
15
55
45
80
With propeller drives, this part of the
15
65
program must not be run with the
45
90
vessel tied on!
15
70
45
95
● Check engine operating data and compare with those of repair / acceptance test record. In case of major deviations cause must be locked for and remedied. During the following 24 hours engine should not be run with control rod set to fuel stop and reduced speed, nor with overload, in order to intensify run-in effect.
© 0996
Section:
4
Page:
4-5-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
4.6.2
Operating the Engine
Drive type «C.P. propeller with shaft generator, electric generators and comparable drives» (Engine load adjustable independent of speed, n = constant)
● Start engine, sections 4.1 and 4.2, and run at low speed for 5 minutes. ● Stop engine, section 4.4. ● Check bearings and crankshaft. If the engine has warmed up noticeably, the cause must be locked for immediately and remedied. ● Start engine again and r un at low speed for 30 minutes. ● Stop engine again. ● Check bearings and crankshaft. If the engine has warmed up noticeably, the cause must be locked for immediately and remedied ● Start engine again and increase speed gradually according to the following table.
Run-in time in minutes
Engine speed in % of rated speed
Engine power in % of rated power
60
30 — 50
bis 5
30
50
5 — 10
60
100
bis 20
15
30 — 50
bis 5
45
100
30 — 40
15
100
bis 25
With propeller drives,
45
100
50 — 60
this part of the program
15
100
20 — 30
must not be run with
45
100
80 — 90
the vessel tied on!
15
100
30 — 40
45
100
80 — 90
● Check engine operating data and compare with those of repair / acceptance test record. In case of major deviations cause must be locked for and remedied. During the following 24 hours engine should not be run with control rod set to fuel stop and reduced speed, nor with overload, in order to intensify run-in effect.
© 0996
Operating the Engine
4.7
Section:
4
Page:
4-6-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Running the Engine with Defective Turbocharger If blades of the turbocharger rotor are warped or broken (indicated primarily by turbocharger vibration or abnormal noise) or if bearings have run hot, it will be recommendable to take the turbocharger out of service (BBC instruct.). In this case it will be necessary to reduce engine speed / power substantially to make sure that the exhaust temperatures at full load as stated in the acceptance test sheet will not be exceeded. The remaining b.m.e.p will be 4,5 bar only. This applies both to engines with a single turbocharger and engines with several turbochargers where not all rotors have been inactivated. The following table of maximum obtainable speeds / loads as a function of the b.m.e.p. of the rated BRAKE MEAN EFFECTIVE PRESSURE power (Acceptance documents) fixed-pitch propeller.
Max. Obtainable Speeds / Outputs with Inactivated Turbocharger
B.m.e.p. of rated power (Accepted documents) bar
Obtainable speed in % of rated speed approx.
Obtainable power in % of rated power approx.
11
64
26
14
56,5
18
16
53
15
18
50
12,5
20
47,5
11,5
Section: Page: Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
Operating the Engine
Operating the Engine
Section:
4
Page:
4-7-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
4.8
Emergency Operation
4.8.1
Engine Operation by Use of the Emergency Operation Device In case of failure of the engine operating device (control console or remote control), the engine can be started and shut down by hand. The specifications as per sections 4.1 to 4.4. are to be observed here. To avoid faulty switchings, the lever at the pressure reducing unit (control console or remote control) is to be put in the position shown in Fig.1.
© 51 204 0
Fig. 1 4.8.1.1
Starting the Engine Pull out locking device at knurled nut (1) Fig. 2 -, and pull lever down. If the engine does not start after approx. 3 seconds, repeat starting procedure. If the engine fails to start after repeated starting attempts, determine the cause and remedy.
© 25 135 1
Fig. 2
© 0484
Section:
4
Page:
4-7-02
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
4.8.1.2
Operating the Engine
Speed Setting The speed is to be set in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
4.8.2
Engine Shutdown The engine is shut down by pressing the shutdown button, see the instructions of the governor manufacturer. Furthermore, the engine can be shut down by using an open-end spanner (5) at the lever of the governor shaft (6) which is to be turned in the direction of the driving end. This method can be applied, provided that the governor linkage is set correctly (see Fig. 3).
© 25 281 1
Fig. 3
© 0484
Engine Operating Media Einweisung in die Arbeitssysteme der Motorbetriebsstoffe Introduzioni ai sistemi operativi del materiali di esercizio del motore Instructions concernant les systèmes opératoires des carburants-moteur Aclaraciones para los sistemas de medios de servicio para el motor Instructies betreffende brandstof-, smeerolie- en koelsysteem Пояснения к системаи эксплуатацион-ных мате иалов длв двигателей
5
5
Engine Operating Media Einweisung in die Arbeitssysteme der Motorbetriebsstoffe Introduzioni ai sistemi operativi del materiali di esercizio del motore Instructions concernant les systèmes opératoires des carburants-moteur Aclaraciones para los sistemas de medios de servicio para el motor Instructies betreffende brandstof-, smeerolie- en koelsysteem Пояснения к системаи эксплуатацион-ных мате иалов длв двигателей
Engine Media Systems
Section:
5
Page:
5-0-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
5
Engine Media Systems
5.1
Fuel System
5.1.1 5.1.2 5.1.3
Legend for Piping Diagrams Piping Diagram for Distillate Fuel and MDF Blend Piping Diagram for Heavy Fuel
5.2
Lubricating Oil System
5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4
Legend for Piping Diagrams Deep («Wet») Sump High-Level Tank («Dry Sump») Low-Level Tank («Dry Sump»)
5.3
Cooling Water System
5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.4
Legend for Piping Diagrams Single-Circuit System Double-Circuit System Triple-Circuit System
5.4
Pneumatic System
5.4.1 5.4.2
Legend for Piping Diagrams Starting / Control / Pilot Air
5.5
Sealing Oil System
5.5.1 5.5.2 5.5.3
Legend for Piping Diagrams Fuel Conveyer Pump mounted on the Engine Fuel Conveyer Pump not mounted on the Engine
5.6
Injection Nozzle Cooling
5.7
Legend for Symbols Used in Piping Diagrams (acc. to DIN)
© 0583
Section: Page:
Engine Media Systems
Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
© 1185
Section:
Engine Media Systems
5.1
© 0583
Fuel System
5
Page:
5-1-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Section:
5
Page:
5-1-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Engine Media Systems
5.1
Fuel System
5.1.1
Legend for Piping Diagrams
5.1.1.1
Engine Components F 16.2 Piping panel for pressure monitoring *) K 1 Fuel transfer pump K 9 Fuel feed pump *) K 10 Microfilter K 11 Injection pumps *) K 37 Flow switch for shielded injection lines
5.1.1.2
Engine Pipe Connections H 375 Connection for pressure monitoring *) H 401 Suction pipe on fuel transfer pump *) H 402 Delivery pipe on fuel transfer pump H 404 Suction pipe on feed pump H 405 Overflow pipe, microfilter to injection pump H 406 Return flow from injectors *) H 408 Delivery pipe from standby feed pump *) H 410 Feed to microfilter *) H 413 Feed pipe on injection pump (separate filter) *) H 417 Backleakage pipe from shielded injection pipes *) H 418 Drain from backleakage sump *) optional Legend for symbols see section 5.7
© 0885
Section:
Engine Media Systems
Page: Engine:
5.1.2
Piping Diagram for Distillate Fuel
5.1.2.1
Built-on Fuel Feed Pump
5 5-1-03 S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
© 51 377 0
© 0885
Section: Page: Engine:
5 5-1-04
Engine Media Systems
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.1.2
Piping Diagram for Distillate Fuel
5.1.2.2
Built-on Fuel Feed Pump
© 51 378 0
© 0885
Section:
Engine Media Systems
Page: Engine:
5.1.3
Piping Diagram for Blended Fuel (Heavy Fuel)
5.1.3.1
Fuel System Open
5 5-1-05 S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
© 51 379 0
© 0885
Section: Page: Engine:
5 5-1-06
Engine Media Systems
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.1.3
Piping Diagram for Blended Fuel (Heavy Fuel)
5.1.3.2
Fuel System Closed
© 51 380 0
© 0885
Engine Media Systems
5.2
Lubricating Oil System
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Engine Media Systems
5.2
Lubricating Oil System
5.2.1
Legend for Piping Diagrams
5.2.1.1
Engine Components F 16.2 Piping panel for pressure monitoring S 2 Suction pump S 4 Delivery pump S 7 Oil cooler S 8 Edge filter S 22 Oil centrifuge S 33 Microfilter in full flow S 35 Pressure monitor S 37 Thermometer S 40 Temperature monitor S 57 Level sensor S 62 Check valve S 63 Oil distributor
*)
5.2.1.2
*)
Engine Pipe Connections H 375 Connection for pressure monitoring H 601 Drain from oil sump H 604 Delivery pipe on suction pump H 605 Suction pipe on delivery pump H 608 Inlet into filter from separate cooler H 609 Suction pipe to standby pump H 610 Delivery pipe from standby pump H 617 Suction pipe from pump on separator H 618 Delivery pipe from pump on separator H 620 Delivery pipe to delivery pump H 622 Engine inlet H 627 Suction pipe to priming unit H 628 Delivery pipe to priming unit H 632 From self-cleaning oil filter H 633 To self-cleaning oil filter H 634 Dirty oil drain from combined edge / microfilter H 635 Oil return in oil sump H 644 Connection for removing residual oil H 657 Clean-oil supply
*)
optional
*) *) *) *)
Legend for symbols see section 5.7
© 0686
Engine Media Systems
5.2.2
Oil Sump Lubrication
5.2.2.1
Built-on Oil Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
© 51 209 0
© 0686
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-04
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Engine Media Systems
This page intentionally left blank
©␣ 0883
Engine Media Systems
5.2.2
Oil Sump Lubrication
5.2.2.1
Built-on Oil Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-05
Engine:
S/BVM 628
5.2.2.1.1 Self-Cleaning Filter Incorporated in Engine Oil System
© 51 210 0
© 0686
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-06
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Engine Media Systems
This page intentionally left blank
© 0984
Engine Media Systems
5.2.2
Oil Sump Lubrication
5.2.2.1
Separate Oil Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-07
Engine:
S/BVM 628
5.2.2.1.1 With or w/o Self-Cleaning Filter Incorporated in Engine Oil System
© 51 211 0
© 0686
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-08
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Engine Media Systems
This page intentionally left blank
© 0883
Engine Media Systems
5.2.3
High-Level Tank («Dry Sump»)
5.2.3.1
Built-on Oil Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-09
Engine:
S/BVM 628
© 51 212 0
© 0686
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-10
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.2.3
High-Level Tank («Dry Sump»)
5.2.3.1
Built-on Oil Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-11
Engine:
S/BVM 628
5.2.3.1.1 With Self-Cleaning Filter Incorporated in Engine Oil System
© 51 213 0
© 0686
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-12
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.2.4
Low-Level Tank («Dry Sump»)
5.2.4.1
Built-on Oil Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-13
Engine:
S/BVM 628
© 51 214 0
© 0686
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-14
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.2.4
Low-Level Tank («Dry Sump»)
5.2.4.1
Built-on Oil Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-15
Engine:
S/BVM 628
5.2.4.1.1 Self-Cleaning Filter Incorporated in Engine Oil System
© 51 215 0
© 0686
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-16
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.2.4
Low-Level Tank («Dry Sump»)
5.2.4.2
Separate Oil Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-17
Engine:
S/BVM 628
5.2.4.2.1 With or w/o Self-Cleaning Filter Incorporated in Engine Oil System
© 51 216 0
© 0686
Section:
5
Page:
5-2-18
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.3
© 0583
Cooling Water System
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Engine Media Systems
5.3
Cooling Water System
5.3.1
Legend for Piping Diagrams
5.3.1.1
Engine Components A 4 Turbocharger F. 16.2 Piping panel for pressure monitoring L 2 Charge air cooler R 5 Raw water pump S 7 Oil cooler U 1 Water collecting pipe U 2 Water pump U 6 Water distributing pipe U 9 Pressure gauge U 15 Temperature monitor U 16 Bleeder (automatic) U 22 Pressure monitor U 34 CHeck valve U 43 Thermometer
*)
5.3.1.2 *) *)
*)
*)
*)
*) *) *) *) *)
*)
Engine Pipe Connections H 101 Suction pipe on raw water pump H 102 Delivery pipe on raw water pump H 109 Feed to charge air cooler H 110 Discharge from charge air cooler H 117 Breather pipe H 201 Suction pipe on fresh water pump H 202 Delivery pipe on raw water pump H 204 Feed to distributing pipe H 206 Delivery pipe from standby fresh water pump H 207 Discharge from collecting pipe H 209 Breather pipe from engine H 210 Compensation pipe from header tank H 213 Preheating pipe (feed) H 214 Preheating pipe (discharge) H 222 Breather pipe from charge air cooler H 223 Feed to charge air cooler H 224 Discharge from charge air cooler H 226 Feed to injector water cooler H 228 Connection for breather pipe on turbocharger H 234 Suction pipe on L.T. water pump H 235 Delivery pipe from standby L.T. water pump H 237 Breather pipe from L.T. charge air cooler H 238 Discharge from H.T. charge air cooler H 239 Connection: Bypass of L.T. charge air coolers H 240 L.T. compensation pipe H 251 Supply to oil cooler H 252 Discharge from oil cooler H 253 Delivery pipe on L.T. water pump H 375 Connection for pressure monitoring optional Legend for symbols see section 5.7.
© 1186
Engine Media Systems
5.3.2
Single-Circuit Cooling System
5.3.2.1
Built-On Oil Cooler before Single-Stage Air Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-03
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.3.2.1.1 Built-On Coolant Pump, Raw Water Pump can be Mounted
© 25 321 0
*
© 0686
On SBVM only H 222 On BVM optionally H 222 or U 16
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-04
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.3.2
Single-Circuit Cooling System
5.3.2.1
Built-On Oil Cooler before Single-Stage Charge Air Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-05
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.3.2.1.2 Separate Coolant Pump, Raw Water Pump can be Mounted
© 51 381 0
*
© 0686
On SBVM only H 222 On BVM optionally H 222 or U 16
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-06
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.3.3
Single-Circuit Cooling System
5.3.3.1
Built-On Oil Cooler before Single-Stage Charge Air Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-07
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.3.3.1.1 Two Built-On Coolant Pumps
© 51 382 0
*
© 0686
On SBVM only H 222 On BVM optionallyH 222 or U 16
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-08
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.3.3
Double-Circuit Cooling System
5.3.3.1
Built-On Oil Cooler before Single-Stage Charge Air Cooler
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-09
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.3.3.1.2 Separate Coolant Pumps
© 51 383 0
*
© 0686
On SBVM only H 222 On BVM optionally H 222 or U 16
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-10
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-11
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.3.3
Double-Circuit Cooling System
5.3.3.2
Built-On Oil Cooler behind Two-Stage Charge Air Cooler, with Disconnection of L.T. Circuit
5.3.3.2.1 Two Built-On Coolant Pumps
© 51 384 0
*
© 0686
On SBVM only H 222 resp. H 237 On BVM optionally H 222 resp. H 237 or U 16
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-13
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.3.3
Double-Circuit Cooling System
5.3.3.2
Built-On Oil Cooler behind Two-Stage Charge Air Cooler, with Disconnection of L.T. Circuit
5.3.3.2.1 Separate Coolant Pumps
© 51 385 0
*
© 0686
On SBVM only H 222 resp. H 237 On BVM optionally H 222 resp. H 237 or U 16
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-14
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-15
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.3.4
Double-Circuit Cooling System
5.3.4.1
Two-Stage Charge Air Cooler, without Disconnection of L.T. Circuit, Separate Oil Cooler
5.3.4.1.1 Two Built-On Coolant Pumps
© 51 386 0
*
© 0686
On SBVM only H 222 resp. H 237 On BVM optionally H 222 resp. H 237 or U 16
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-16
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-17
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.3.4
Triple-Circuit Cooling System
5.3.4.1
Two-Stage Charge Air Cooler, without Disconnection of L.T. Circuit, Separate Oil Cooler
5.3.4.1.2 Separate Coolant Pumps
© 51 387 0
*
© 0686
On SBVM only H 222 resp. H 237 On BVM optionally H 222 resp. H 237 or U 16
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-18
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-19
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.3.4
Triple-Circuit Cooling System
5.3.4.2
Two-Stage Charge Air Cooler, without Disconnection of L.T. Circuit, Separate Oil Cooler
5.3.4.2.1 Two Built-On Coolant Pumps
© 51 388 0
*
© 0686
On SBVM only H 222 resp. H 237 On BVM optionally H 222 resp. H 237 or U 16
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-20
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-21
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
5.3.4
Triple-Circuit Cooling System
5.3.4.2
Two-Stage Charge Air Cooler, without Disconnection of L.T. Circuit, Separate Oil Cooler
5.3.4.2.2 Separate Coolant Pumps
© 51 389 0
*
© 0686
On SBVM only H 222 resp. H 237 On BVM optionally H 222 resp. H 237 or U 16
Section:
5
Page:
5-3-22
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.4
© 0686
Pneumatic System
Section:
5
Page:
5-4-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Section:
5
Page:
5-4-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
5.4
Pneumatic System
5.4.1
Legend for Piping Diagrams
5.4.1.1
Engine Components D 6 Starting air master valve D 8 Starting pilot air distributor D 54 Quick-release valve F 1 Engine control unit F 5 Governor F 16.1 Piping panel for pneumatic system F 16.2 Piping panel for pressure monitoring F 34 Booster S 56 Crankcase oil mist detector K 11 Injection pump
*)
5.4.1.2
Engine Media Systems
*)
Engine Pipe Connections H 302 Starting air pipe H 371 Connections for remote control unit H 375 Connections for pressure monitoring H 702.2 Crankcase breather
*)
optional
*)
Legend for symbols see section 5.7.
© 0285
Engine Media Systems
5.4
Pneumatic System
5.4.2
Starting / Control / Pilot Air
Section:
5
Page:
5-4-03
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
© 51 390 0
© 0285
Section:
5
Page:
5-4-04
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.5
© 0285
Sealing-Oil System
Section:
5
Page:
5-5-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Section:
5
Page:
5-5-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
5.5
Sealing-Oil System
5.5.1
Legend for Piping Diagrams
5.5.1.1
Engine mounted components F K S S S
5.5.1.2
16.2 11 28 49 55
Engine Media Systems
Piping panel for pressure monitoring Injection pump Sealing-oil filter Sealing-oil pump Two-way valve
Engine Pipe Connections H 375 H 640 H 641
Connection for pressure monitoring Pressure connection from sealing oil pump Pressure connection from high-level tank (sealing oil)
Legend for symbols see section 5.7.
© 0285
Engine Media Systems
5.5
Sealing-Oil System
5.5.2
Fuel Conveyer Pump mounted on the Engine
Section:
5
Page:
5-5-03
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
© 51 391 0
5.5.3
Fuel Conveyer Pump not mounted on the Engine
© 51 392 0
© 0285
Section:
5
Page:
5-5-04
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.6
© 0285
Injection Nozzle Cooling
Section:
5
Page:
5-6-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Section:
5
Page:
5-6-02
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
5.6
Section:
5
Page:
5-6-03
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Injection Nozzle Cooling List of Engine Pipe Connections H 504 Feed to injectors H 505 Discharge from injectors
© 51 393 0
© ©0285
Section:
5
Page:
5-6-04
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Media Systems
Section:
5
Page:
5-7-01
Engine:
S/BV M 628
5.7
Symbols Used in Piping Diagrams (Definitions to DIN 30600)
5.7.1
Piping
Item .
DIN No. Ser. No.
Description
Symbol
30600 No.
Remarks
1.01
2481 4.01
Principal Media
Cooling water, lube oil, fuel oil, compressed air
1.02
2481 4.01
Direction of flow
Arrow above or incorporated
1.03
2481 4.01
Raw water
2481
Control line
1.04
1.05
1.06
1.07
1.08
1.09
Insulated pipe
1.10
1.11
2481 4.25 2429 1.7
Intersection of two pipes w/o junction
1.12
2429 1.8
Intersection of two pipes with junction
e.g. on thermostat
Section:
5
Page:
5-7-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Item
DIN No. Ser. No.
Description
Engine Media Systems
Symbol
30600 No.
Remarks
1.13
1.14
1.15
2429 4.1.1.5
Flexible joint
Hose
1.16
2481 4.32
DRain tundish
582
1.17
2481 4.36
Pipe cross section reduction / expansion piece
580
1.18
2481
Outlet to atmosphere Rain cap
583
1.19
5.7.2
Shut-off Fittings
2.01
2481 5.05
Shut-off valve through-way valve
588
2 . 02
2481 5.07
Angle valve
590
2 . 03
2481
Three-way valve
591
2.06
2481 5.10
Non-return / through-way valve
604
Dot at inlet end indicates the non-return (check) function
Engine Media Systems
Description
S ymbol
Section:
5
Page:
5-7-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Item
DIN No. Ser. No.
30600 No.
2.07
2481
Angled non-return valve
605
2.08
2481
Pressure reducing through-way valve
594
5.17
2.09
2481
Angled pressure reducing valve
595
2.10
2481 5.15
Floating-ball valve
578
2.11
2481
Gate valve
586
2.12
2481 5.25
Through-way
599
2.13
2481 5.26
Angled cock
600
2.14
2481
Three-way change-over cock
601
2.15
2418
Four-way change-over cock
602
2. 17
2481 5.29
Shut-off flap, not adjustable
607
2.18
2481 5.30
Shut-off flap, infinitely adjustable
608
2.16
Remarks
Larger cross section = lower pressure
Section:
5
Page:
5-7-04
Engine:
S/BVM 628 Description
Engine Media Systems
Item
DIN No. Ser. No.
Symbol
2.19
2481 5.31
2.20
2429 3.2.2.1
2.21
2481 5.34
Drive by hand
2.22
2481 5.36
Drive by solenoid
2.23
2481 5.36
Drive by motor
2.24
2481 5.37
Drive by f luid
e.g. hydraulic or pneumatic
2.25
2481 5.40
Drive by weight
Quick.closing valve
2.26
2481 5.42
Relief valve spring-loaded
Angular design 2.02
2.28
2481 5.58
Shut-off element closed
Shows working condition of system
2.29
2481 5.59
Shut-off element opened
Non-return flap
30600 No.
Remarks
606
Dot indicates inlet end
Intake strainer with foot valve (flap)
M
2 27
2.30
Engine Media Systems
Description
5
Page:
5-7-05
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Item
DIN No. Ser. No.
2.31
2481 5.65
Flow limiter using restrictor plate (single orifice)
612
2.32
2481 5.67
Flow inspection
611
2.34
24300 page 3 2.3
5.7.3
Accessories
Symbol
Section:
30600 No.
Remarks
Two-way valve
3.01
2481 5.72
Silencer
615
3.02
2481 5.79 2429 5.2
Condensate trap
629
3.03
2421 5.1
Separator
3.04
2429 5.3
Strainer
3. 05
2429
Filter, single- element
3.06
Filter, twin-element
3.07
Filter, four-element
3.08
Back-flushing filter with treatment of flushing oil
B
B M
A
Energy 9.02 or 9.03 B: clean oil
Section:
5
Page:
5-7-06
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Item
DIN No. Ser. No.
Description
3.09
Breather valve
3.10
Preheater for engine coolant
Engine Media Systems
Symbol
30600 No.
Remarks
Energy also 9.05
M
3.11
Preheater for engine coolant and lube oil I: engine coolant II: lube oil
A I
M
I
Energy also 9.05
B II C
A : from oil reservoir B : to engine C : to oil reservoir
M II 3.12
Viscometer
B
A : heavy oil inlet B : heavy oil outlet
T M
Energy also 9.05
A
B 3.13
Separator, manually cleaned
D C A
M
M
A : B: C : D : E :
dirty oil inlet clean oil outlet water inlet water outlet sludge outlet
E B 3.14
D C A
Separator self-cleaning
M
M
E
3.15
Sea box
3.16
Over- / Under-pressure valve
S
D
S : suction end D : delivery end
Engine Media Systems
Item
DIN No. Ser. No.
Description
Symbol
Section:
5
Page:
5-7-07
Engine:
S/BVM 628
30600 No.
Remarks
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
5.7.4
4.01
5.7.5
Heavy Exchangers
2481
Surface heat exchanger with media crossing
Containers
5.01
2431 10.02
Tank
5.02
2481 10.08
Tank with pipe coil
Zigzag pipe carries heat-absorbing medium
Section:
5
Page:
5-7-08
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Item
DIN No. Ser. No.
Description
Engine Media Systems
Symbol
30600 No.
Remarks
732
A = charging pipe B = discharging pipe E =drain
e.g. turbo charger
5.03
5.04
43609 3.2.2.2
Air receiver with valve head
B
A
E
5.7.6 Machinery 5.7.6.1 Driving Machines
6.01
2481 11.01
Turbine
632
6.02
2481 11.11
Diesel engine
633
6 . 03
2481 11.14
Electric motor
M
635
6.04
6.05
5.7.6.2 Driven Machines
6.06
2481 11.47
Electric generator
6.07
2481 11.22
Centrifugal pump
708
6.08
2481 11.23
Reciprocating pump
697
G
636
Engine Media Systems
Item
DIN No. Ser. No.
6. 09
2481
6.10
Description
Gear-type pump
Symbol
Section:
5
Page:
5-7-09
Engine:
S/BVM 628
30600 No.
Remarks
702
Hand-operated pump
6.11
2481 11.33
Rotary compressor
715
e.g. fan
6.12
2481 11.34
Reciprocating compressor
716
e.g. compressor
6.13
2481 11.37
Turbo compressor
724
e.g. turbocharger
6.14
6.15
6.16
5.7.7
Water Heat Exchangers
7.01
2481 14.01
7.02
7.03
7.04
Cooling tower
658
Section:
5
Page:
5-7-10
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Item
DIN No. Ser. No.
Description
Engine Media Systems
Symbol
30600 No.
Remarks
Gauge
Gauge shown alternately with or w/o circle
5.7.8
Measuring and Control
8.01
2481 15.01
Flow
687
Code letter F
8.02
2481
Level
776
Code letter L
8.03
2481 15.04
Pressure
681
Code letter P
8.04
2481 15.03
Temperature
688
Code letter T
8.05
Service gauge
8.06
8.07
Thermostat (flow divider)
B
A : from engine B : to pump C : to cooler
C A
8.08
Thermostat (blender)
C
A : blended temp. B : hot C : cold
B A
8.09
8.10
5.7.9
Energies (shown in drawings only in horizontal position)
9.01
2481 16.01
Mechanical energy
273
Engine Media Systems
Page:
5-7-11
Engine:
S/BVM 628
DIN No. Ser. No.
9.02
2481 16.02
Pneumatic energy
274
9.03
2481 16.06
Electric energy
278
9.04
2481 16.07
Hydraulic energy
279
9.05
2431 16.03
Heat energy
275
9.06
2481 16.04
Stream energy
276
9.08
Symbol
5
Item
9.07
Description
Section:
30600 No.
Remarks
Section: Page: Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
Engine Media Systems
Engine Operating Media Treatment Vorschriften über Betriebsstoffe Prescrizioni relative a mezi di esercizio Prescriptions applicables aux carburants Prescripciones para medios de servicio Voorschriften inzake brandstof-, smeerolie- en koelmiddel П едписания по эксплуатацион мате иалам
6
6
Engine Operating Media Treatment Vorschriften über Betriebsstoffe Prescrizioni relative a mezi di esercizio Prescriptions applicables aux carburants Prescripciones para medios de servicio Voorschriften inzake brandstof-, smeerolie- en koelmiddel П едписания по эксплуатацион мате иалам
Operating Media
6
Section:
6
Page:
6-0-1
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Operating Media For information on the operating media used in your engine please refer to our technical circulars which are consistently kept up-to-date.
Technical circulars currently in force are the following :
6.1
TR 0199-99-2082 concerning lube oils for ABB turbochargers
6.2
TR 0199-2090
concerning motor oils
6.3
TR 0199-2089
concerning fuels
6.4
TR 0199-2091
concerning cooling water
6.5
TR 0199-99-2116 concerning engine preservation
© 1199
Section:
6
Page:
6-0-2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Operating Media
Operating Media
6.1
6.1
Page:
6-1-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Instructions for use of lube oils for ABB turbocharger see TR 0199-99-2082 enclosed.
© 1199
Section:
Section:
6.1
Page:
6-1-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Operating Media
Operating Media
6.2
Instructions for Use of Motor Oils see TR 0199-2090 enclosed
© 1199
Section:
6.2
Page:
6-2-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Section:
6.2
Page:
6-2-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Operating Media
Operating Media
6.3
Instructions for Use of Fuels see TR 0199-2089 enclosed.
© 0690
Section:
6.3
Page:
6-3-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Section:
6.3
Page:
6-3-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Operating Media
Operating Media
6.4
Instructions for Colling Water see TR 0199-2091 enclosed
© 0691
Section:
6.4
Page:
6-4-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Section:
6.4
Page:
6-4-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Operating Media
Operating Media
6.5
Instructions for Engine Preservation see TR 0199-99-2116 enclosed.
© 1199
Section:
6.5
Page:
6-5-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Section:
6.5
Page:
6-5-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Operating Media
Trouble-shooting Betriebsstörungen und ihre Beseitigung Disfunzioni di esercizio e loro eliminazione Pannes et leurs remèdes Perturbaciones de servicio y su eliminación Bedrijffstoringen en het verhelpen daarvan Hеисп авности и их уст анение
7
7
Trouble-shooting Betriebsstörungen und ihre Beseitigung Disfunzioni di esercizio e loro eliminazione Pannes et leurs remèdes Perturbaciones de servicio y su eliminación Bedrijffstoringen en het verhelpen daarvan Hеисп авности и их уст анение
Trouble-shooting
7
Trouble-shooting
7.1
Summary of Potential Troubles
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Page Engine fails to start
7-0-02
Engine fails to fire or stalls
7-0-03 7-0-05
Engine fails to develop full power
7-0-04
Engine knocks
7-0-05
Power/speed failing off Sluggish governor action
Excessive engine speed
7-0-06
Control lever unable to stop engine Deficient oil pressure Rising oil temperature
7-0-07
Heavy emission of oil mist from crankcase Lube oil contaminated by water Low turbocharging pressure High turbocharging pressure
7-0-08
High charge air pressure Air receiver pressure falling off Starting air pipe getting hot 7-0-09 High engine coolant temperature Black exhaust Poor combustion:
Blue exhaust White exhaust
Secondary alarm released by crankcase oil mist detector
© 1283
7-0-10
7-0-11 7-0-12
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
7.2
Trouble-shooting
General Should trouble arise during engine starting or running, be sure to stop the engine immediately and to restart the engine only after the fault has been remedied. The following trouble chart is not exclusive. When opening crankcase, be sure to observe safety precautions (job 02.00.01).
7.3
Trouble Chart
Trouble
Potential Cause
Remedy
Engine fails to start
Low starting air pressure
Charge air receiver
Incorrect valve clearance *)
Adjust clearance
01.01.01
Leaky inlet or exhaust valves *)
If necessary, regrind valves
01.07.01
Inlet or exhaust valves binding *)
Free valve with a blend of 50% diesel fuel and 50% lube oil; inspect valve springs
01.05.01
Starting pilot air distributor valve binding *)
Recondition distributor
10.02.01
Starting air master valve binding
Recond ition valve
10.03.01
Master valve runningin screen not removed after 250 hours servizio
Remove screen
10.03.91
Leaky starting or relief valves or air piping
If necessary, regrind valves; close pipe leaks
01.11.01
*) Caused by one or several cylinders
Section / Job Card
© 1283
Trouble-shooting
Trouble
Engine fails to fire or stalls
7
Page:
7-0-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Potential cause
Remedy
Section / Job Card
Oil pressure switch defective or out of adjustment, so slenoid valve preventing engine start
Adjust switch or replace
11.01.02
Safety feature in starting air pipe defective
Recondition safety device
01.12.01
No fuel supply
Open fuel cock, switch on fuel feed pump and fill up service tank. If necessary, clean piping and filter and bleed.
07.10.01
07.03.02
Air in fuel piping
Inspect L.P. piping for leaks; bleed piping
07.03.02
Water in fuel tank
Drain water from tank, filter, piping and clean. Fill in fresh fuel and bleed system
07.10.01 07.03.02
Poor fuel quality
Use better fuel, clean injection nozzles
Section 6.3
Injection pump not working properly
Replace any defective pump element
07.01.01 07.02.01
Test injector
07.08.01
Preheat fuel service tank and filter. Open bypass pipe to preheat the fuel filter mounted on the engine and close again once a temperature of approx. 50°C is reached on the filter.
Section 4.1.1
No compression
© 1283
Section:
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-04
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Trouble
Trouble-shooting
Potential Cause
Remedy
Section / Job Card
Free the fuel low pressure system, the injection pumps, piping and valves.
Section 6.3
Insufficient engine fluid
Switch on the coolant pre-heating device to preheat.
Section 4.1.1
Faulty injection pump operation
Check injection pump, replace defective pump element, if necessary.
01.07.01
07.02.01 Test injectors
Engine fails to develop full power
07.08.01
Inlet / exhaust valve jammed or has serious leak (no compression), free as required. Check valve shaft for signs of run-out. Regrind valves, if necessary
Check valve springs. Clean valves with a mixture of 50% gas oil and 50% lubricating oil.
Insufficient compression, Piston rings are defective.
Remove piston and clean; replace rings
02.10.01
Injection pump control rod or governor needle binding?
Free as required
05.04.14 07.01.01
Firing speed not reached?
Inspect for defects like seizures of piston or bearings
Low compression. Piston rings damaged.
Replace piston rings, if applicable
02.10.01
Inlet / exhaust valve leaky
Regrind valve
01.07.01
Nozzles blocked by carbon; needles seized
Clean nozzles or replace
07.08.01
Injection pump element seized
Replace element
07.02.01
01.07.01
© 1283
Trouble-shooting
Trouble
Engine knocks
© 1283
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-05
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Potential Cause
Remedy
Section / Job Card
Fuel feed pump defective
Replace pump
07.11.01
Low charge air pressure
Clean pressure charger, air cleaner and cooler; eliminate air and exhaust gas losses
06.12.01 06.03.11 06.04.02
Air in injection system
Bleed system
07.03.02
Fuel reduction by governor as a function of engine speed, charge pressure
Have checked by Deutz
Injection line restricted in the area of screwed joint
Replace injection line
07.03.03
Piston defective or seized
Stop engine immediately, remove piston and overhaul; inspect cylinder linerl
03.02.01 02.10.01
Run engine again
Section 4.6
Bearing(s) seized
Stop engine; have crankshaft inspected for cracks by Deutz
Excessive big-end bearing clearance
Measure clearance Replace bearing
02.03.03 02.04.01
High combustion pressure of all cylinders
Take indicator diagram, check injection timing
Section 4.5 07.06.01
High combustion pressure of one cylinder
Match pressure to rest of cylinders.
07.06.01 07.08.01
One cylinder overloaded
Check injection pump
07.01.01
Excessive exhaust temperature of one cylinder
Inspect thermocouple and injector; examine exhaust valve. Have injection pump adjusted by Deutz
11.01.05 07.08.01 01.07.01 07.02.01
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-06
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Trouble
Power / speed falling off
Sluggish governor action
Trouble-shooting
Potential Cause
Remedy
Section / Job Card
Engine overloaded
Reduce load
Faulty injector operation
Test injectors
07.08.01
Low charge air pressure
Clean pressure charger, air cleaner and cooler; eliminate air and exhaust gas losses
06.12.01 06.03.11 06.04.02
Turbocharger defective
Overhaul charger
06.06.01
Foundation bolts loose
Tighten bolts
03.07.01
Defective valve drive
Recondition valve drive
04.02.01
Several cylinders fail to fire
See «Engine fails to fire»
Page 7-0-03
Poor combustion
See «Poor combustion»
Page 7-0-10
Piston or bearing seizure
See «Engine knocks»
Page 7-0-05
Engine overloaded
Reduce load
Low / high charge air pressure
Clean turbocharger, air cleaner and charge air cooler
06.12.01 06.03.11 06.04.02
Turbocharger defective
Have turbocharger overhauled
06.06.01
Fuel filter blocked
Clean filter
07.10.01
Governor / linkage not working properly
Inspect governor and linkage
05.04.14 07.01.01
Governor linkage binding
Free linkage
05.04.14 07.0.01
© 1283
Trouble-shooting
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-07
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Trouble
Potential Cause
Remedy
Section / Job Card
Excessive engine speed
Governor linkage binding or maladjusted
Free linkage or readjust
05.04.14 07.01.01
Control lever unable to stop engine
Injection pump on/off control maladjusted or worn
Stop fuel supply and hence engine, and readjust on/off control
05.00.01
Deficient oil pressure
Low oil level in tank
Top up oil
08.02.01
Oil too thin or diluted by fuel
Test injectors and leak oil barrier of the injection pump.
07.08.01 08.20.01
Renew oil
08.02.02
Oil filter blocked
Clean filter
08.10.01
Oil piping leaky or blocked
Remove leaks or clean
Oil pressure gauge defective
Replace gauge
Oil pump relief valve binding
Free valve
08.04.01
Oil pump worn
Recondition pump or replace
08.04.01
Oil ressurestat dirty or binding
Clean or free valve
08.11.01
Main / big-end bearing clearance excessive
Replace bearing (s)
02.03.03
Oil cooler dirty
Clean cooler Inspect thermostat
Rising oil temperature
© 11283
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-08
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Trouble-shooting
Trouble
Potential Cause
Remedy
Heavy emission of oil mist from crankcase
Piston rings seized or defective. Combustion gas is penetrating the crankcase and then visibly emerging at the crank chamber exhaust.
Remove pistons; replace rings and / or overhaul piston
Lube oil contaminated by water
Crankcase, cylinder head or exhaust valve cage cracked
Inspect parts
Liner jacket o-seals defective
Remove liner; replace o-seals
Leaky oil cooler
Subject cooler to pressure test; if necessary, eliminate tube leak(s)
Oil separator works with additional water
Check separator setting
Intake air cleaner or charge air cooler dirty
Clean cleaner or cooler
06.03.11 06.04.02
Charge air pipe leaky
If necessary, renew gaskets
06.02.01
Exhaust gas leaking between engine and turbocharger
Inspect exhaust pipe and expansion joint
06.01.01
Pressure charger dirty
Clean charger
06.12.01
Faulty combustion; turbine dirty
Check injection timing, inspect exhaust valves; clean turbine
07.06.01 01.07.01
Low turbocharging pressure
High turbocharging pressure
Section / Job Card
02.10.01
03.04.01 03.05.01
© 1283
Trouble-shooting
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-09
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Trouble
Potential Cause
Remedy
Section / Job Card
High charge air pressure
Charge air cooler dirty
Clean cooler
06.04.02
High intake air temperature
Reduce load (over 45°C temperature rise = 2% reduction in power).
Raw water flow insufficient
Check flow; clean filter, if necessary. Check charge air thermostat
High raw water temperature
Reduce load
Air receiver pressure failing off
Leaky valves on air receiver
Clean valves, regrind seats or renew cones
Starting air pipe getting hot
Leaky starting valves
Remove and regrind valves
01.11.02
High engine coolant temperature
Coolant quantity insufficient
Fill up with fresh water (evaporation losses) or treated water (leakage losses)
Section 6.4
Raw water flow insufficient
Check raw water flow. If necessary, clean filter
Thermostat not working properly
Inspect thermostat
Air in system
Bleed system
Cooler, valves or piping blocked
Clean parts
© 11283
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-10
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Trouble-shooting
The following table specifies the possible causes and remedies for three operating troubles — black, blue and white exhaust.
Trouble
Potential Cause
Remedy
Section / Job Card
Poor Combustion: Black Exhaust
Incomplete Combustion
Inspect injectors
07.08.01
Low charge air pressure
Clean intake air cleaner, turbocharger, charge air cooler. Check air piping gaskets,replace if necessary
06.03.11 06.12.01 06.04.02
Injectors defective
Recondition injectors
07.08.01
Engine is run at reduced speed, whereby the injection pump control rod is binding.
Reduce load
Inlet and exhaust valves leaky
Adjust valve clearance, if necessary, regrind valves
01.01.01
Nozzles blocked
Clean and check nozzles
07.08.01
Injection out of timing
Retime injection
07.06.01
Low combustion / compression pressure ratio
Retime injection; check combustion
07.06.01
Unsuitable fuel
Change fuel; clean nozzles
Section 6.3
Engine overloaded (exhaust smoking)
Check injection timing and governing linkage setting
07.06.01
01.07.01
05.04.14 Section 4.5
© 1283
Trouble-shooting
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-11
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Trouble
Potential Cause
Remedy
Section / Job Card
B. Blue Exhaust (lube oil in exhaust)
Oil control rings sticking or worn
Renew rings
02.10.01
Feed from oil reservoir insufficient
Check oil level
Heavy liner scoring
Service liners
03.02.01
Fuel fails to fire
Check heavy fuel temperature and injection timing
Section 6.3
Injectors defective
Recondition injectors
07.08.01
Engine undercooled
Check temperatures of engine coolant, lube oil and charge air
Section 3.3.2
Fuel contaminated by water
Change fuel; inspect injectors
Section 6.3 07.08.01
Charge air cooler leaky
Recondition cooler
06.04.01
Engine coolant leaking into combustion chambers (e.g. through cracks in cylinder head, liner, exhaust valve cage)
Inspect parts, make pressure tests and replace as necessary
01.08.01
Secondary alarm released by crankcase oil mist detector.
No power supply
Check mains and fuse
11.05.01
Light «Ready» goes out. No signal «main alarm».
Light intensity above some 50% of maximum value due to sensitivity control
Clean windows in test track
11.05.01
C. White Exhaust (fuel or water in exhaust)
© 1283
07 . 06 . 01
Section:
7
Page:
7-0-12
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Trouble
Trouble-shooting
Potential Cause
Remedy
No propulsion air
Check air supply
Open cover of measuring unit, e.g. due to cleaning
Close cover
Dirty air cleaner
Clean or replace
Detector leaky
Inspect cover gaskets between measuring unit and mounting plate as well as bellows
Section / Job Card
11.05.01
© 1283
Maintenance Schedules and List of Job Cards Instandhaltungs- Intervallpläne und Arbeitskartenübersicht Schemi degli intervalli di manutenzione, visione d‘insieme delle schede di lavoro Plans des intervalles d’entretien et vue d’ensemble sur les fiches de travail Tables de mantenimiento periódico y recopilación de fichas de trabajo Onderhoudsschema en werkkaarten Г афик инте валов техобслуживания и обзо абЧих ка т
8
8
Maintenance Schedules and List of Job Cards Instandhaltungs- Intervallpläne und Arbeitskartenübersicht Schemi degli intervalli di manutenzione, visione d‘insieme delle schede di lavoro Plans des intervalles d’entretien et vue d’ensemble sur les fiches de travail Tables de mantenimiento periódico y recopilación de fichas de trabajo Onderhoudsschema en werkkaarten Г афик инте валов техобслуживания и обзо абЧих ка т
Maintenance Schedules and Job Cards
Section:
8
Page:
8-0-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
8
Maintenance Schedules, List of Job Cards and Job Cards
8.1
Summary of Maintenance Schedules All fittings, shutoff and control devices of the operating media piping systems as well as of the compressed air piping system not listed in these schedules shall be maintained according to manufacturer’s specifications.
8.1.1 8.1.1.1 8.1.1.2
Initial maintenance jobs — Engines running in continuous operation, e.g. marine engines, > 300 hours / year — Engines running in standby operation, e.g. emergency generating sets, < 300 hours / year
8.1.2
Daily maintenance jobs These jobs are described in Section 4.3, as well as in the brief instructions* under Section ”Monitoring of Engine Operation”.
8.1.3
Periodic maintenance jobs for engines running in continuous operation > 300 hours / year, e.g. marine engines. — This schedule forms part of the brief instructions*
8.1.4
Periodic maintenance jobs for engines running in continuous operation < 300 hours / year, which are exclusively or most of the time in standby mode, e.g. emergency generating sets.
8.2
List of Job Cards by maintenance groups
8.3
Job Cards by maintenance groups
*
© 0795
The brief instructions are attached to this operation manual.
Section:
8
Page:
8-0-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
Maintenance Schedules and Job Cards
Maintenance Schedules
Section:
8
Page:
8-1-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
8.1.1 Initial Maitenance Jobs
Job … RH after commissioning
8.1.1.1
Engines running in continuous operation, e.g. marine engines, > 300 hours / year
Job Card No.
Checking and servicing engine coolant containing additives on non-mineral oil basis x1
See Footnotes
X 1
25 RH
Checking inlet and exhaust valve clearances Checking crankweb deflection / gauging axial clearance Cleaning fuel twin filter Servicing centrifugal lube oil filter Inspecting crankcase oil mist detector
01.01.01 02.02.01 07.10.01 08.13.01 11.05.01
— — — — x
50 RH
Checking engine alignment and elastic mounting Analyzing lube oil samples Servicing lube oil paper microf ilter Cleaning strainer in front of master starting valve Cleaning filter for pressure reducer station
03.07.01 08.01.01 08.10.01 10.03.91 10.06.01
x — — — x
100 RH
Changing oil of exhaust turbocharger
06.05.01
—
125 RH
Checking engine coolant containing anti-corrosive oil according to section 6.4
—
x
250 RH
Analyzing lube oil samples Cleaning raw water filter Functional check of starting and control air system Cleaning dirt trap Removing strainer in front of master starting valve
08.01.01 — 10.01.01 10.03.02 10.03.91
— x — — —
1000 RH
Checking engine alignment and elastic mounting
03.07.01
x
2000 RH
Checking engine alignment and elastic mounting
03.07.01
x
3000 RH
Checking engine alignment and elastic mounting
03.07.01
x
4000 RH
Checking engine alignment and elastic mounting
03.07.01
x
© 1199
x
Depending on engine type and additive used
x1
Depending on engine type and additive used (intervall to be entered in Maintenance S chedule acc. to Section 6.4 of Operation Manual)
Section:
8
Page:
8-1-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Job.. RH after commisioning
8.1.1.2
Maintenance Schedules
Engines running in continuous operation, e.g. marine engines, > 300 hours / year
Job Card No.
Checking and servicing engine coolant containing additives on non-mineral oil basis
See Footnotes
X 1
50 RH
Checking inlet and exhaust valve clearances Checking crankweb deflection / gauging axial clearance Checking engine alignment and elastic mounting Cleaning fuel twin filter Servicing centrifugal lube oil filter Analyzing lube oil samples Servicing lube oil paper microf ilter Cleaning strainer in front of master starting valve Cleaning filter for pressure reducer station Inspecting crankcase oil mist detector
01.01.01 02.02.01 03.07.01 07.10.01 08.13.01 08.01.01 08.10.01 10.03.91 10.06.01 11.05.01
— — x — — — — — x x
1Year
Checking engine alignment and elastic mounting
03.07.01
x
2 Years
Checking engine alignment and elastic mounting
03.07.01
x
x
Depending on engine type and additive used
x1
Depending on engine type and additive used (intervall to be entered in Maintenance S chedule acc. to Section 6.4 of Operation Manual)
© 0795
Maintenance Schedule
Section:
8
Page:
8-1-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
8.1.2
Daily maintenance jobs, see Section 4.3
8.1.3
Periodic maintenance jobs for engines running in continuous operation, e.g. marine engines > 300 hours / year.
All fittings, shutoff and control devices of operating media systems as well as of compressed air piping system shall be maintained according to manufacturer’s specifications. Ser. No.
Periodic Maintenance Jobs
Job Card No.
Checking and servicing engine coolant containing additives on non-mineral oil basis 1
2
3
4
5
© 1199
See Footnotes X1
Interval: every 250 engine running hours Inspecting valve rotator Cleaning turbocharger turbine (depending on fuel quality grade) Servicing centrifugal lube oil filter Servicing light barrier of crankcase oil mist detector Inspecting coolant circulation pump
01.03.01 06.13.01 08.13.01 11.05.01 09.07.01
Interval: every 500 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. No. 1 Cleaning fuel twin filter Cleaning filter of pressure reducer station
07.10.01 10.06.01
Interval: every 750 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. No. 1 Checking engine coolant containing anticorrosive oil acc. to Section 6.4
M1/M2/M3 X X
X X
X
Interval: every 1000 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 and 2 Checking inlet and exhaust valve clearances Inspecting combustion chamber Changing oil of turbocharger Inspecting injectors Cleaning dirt trap Inspecting crankcase oil mist detector
01.01.01 01.05.04 06.05.01 07.08.01 10.03.02 11.05.01
M3 M3 X5 M3
Interval: every 1500 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 3 Checking inlet and exhaust valve clearances Inspecting combustion chamber Inspecting injectors Analyzing lube oil samples Servicing lube oil paper microf ilter Inspecting temperature monitors for oil, water and air Inspecting pressure monitors for oil, water and air Inspecting flow monitor Inspecting overspeed protection Inspecting oil level float switch Inspecting service-alarm switch for lube oil wire edge filter
01.01.01 01.05.04 07.08.01 08.01.01 08.10.01 11.01.01 11.01.02 11.01.03 11.03.01 11.07.01 11.08.01
D/M1/M2 M1 / M2 M1 / M2
X
M1/M2/ M3 X X X
Section:
8
Page:
8-1-04
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Ser No.
Periodic Maintenance Jobs
6
7
8
9
10
11
Maintenance Schedule
Job Card No.
See Footnotes
Interval: every 3000 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 5 Inspecting combustion chamber Servicing cylinder head Checking crankweb deflection / gauging axial clearance Inspecting foundation bolts Changing oil of hydr. governor Changing oil of turbocharger Inspecting control linkage of injection pump Inspecting injectors Repairing injectors Servicing lube oil paper microf ilter Checking delivery rate of valve seat lubrication Cleaning lube oil microfilter (lube oil seal)
01.05.04 01.08.01 02.02.01 03.07.01 05.03.11 06.05.01 07.01.01 07.08.01 07.09.01 08.10.01 08.14.01 08.20.02
D M3
Interval: every 4500 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 5 Servicing cylinder head Changing oil of turbocharger Repairing injectors
01.08.01 06.05.01 07.09.01
Interval: every 6000 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 6 Inspecting main running gear Inspecting piston Inspecting governor control linkage Inspecting charge air system Cleaning charge air cooler, air side Repairing injectors Functional check of starting and control air system Inspecting rubber vibration damper
02.01.01 02.10.01 05.04.15 06.02.01 06.04.02 07.09.01 10.01.01 12.01.02
Interval: every 8000 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1, 2 and 4 Servicing the turbocharger
06.06.01
Interval: every 9000 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 7 Inspecting piston Inspecting charge air system
02.10.01 06.02.01
M1 / M2 M1 / M2
Interval: every 12000 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 6 and 8 Servicing cylinder head IF DISTILLED FUEL Inspecting piston Inspecting gear train Inspecting drive for hydr. governor Servicing telescope piece Inspecting charge air system Servicing master starting valve Renew flexible lines, -compensators, rubber tubes
01.08.01 02.10.01 04.08.01 05.04.01 05.04.15 06.02.01 10.03.01 —
D D
X X5 D M3 D
M1 / M2 X5 M1 / M2
M3 X2 M3 D X
X X D
© 0101
Maintenance Schedule
Ser.. No.
Periodic Maintenance Jobs
12
Interval: every 15000 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 6 Inspecting main bearing Inspection of injection pump at DEUTZ SERVICE Replacing viscous-type torsional vibration damper
13
Interval: every 18000 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 8 and 10 Inspecting main bearing Inspection of injection pump at DEUTZ SERVICE
14
Interval: every 24000 engine running hours Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 6, 8, 9 and 11 Inspecting main bearing Inspecting piston pin, pin bush and pin bore Servicing cylinder liner Inspecting exhaust elbow crankshaft bearing Inspection of injection pump at DEUTZ SERVICE Servicing lube oil pump Repairing wire edge filter Repairing coolant circulation pump Maintaining plant-specific fittings and control devices
15
16
X X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 D M1 M2 M3
Section:
8
Page:
8-1-05
Engine:
S/BVM 628 Job Card No.
See Footnotes
02.04.01
M3 M3 X
12.01.01
02.04.01
M1 / M2 M1 / M2
02.04.01 02.13.01 03.02.03 06.01.03 04.01.01
D
D 08.04.01 08.09.01 09.07.02 —
X X4
Interval: every 10 years Repairing rubber torsional vibration damper
12.01.02
X
As required Repairing valve rotator Cleaning turbocharger turbine Cleaning intake air cleaner of turbocharger Cleaning charge air cooler, air side Servicing lube oil filter combination Repairing viscous-type torsional vibration damper
01.03.02 06.13.01 06.03.11 06.04.02 08.10.01 12.01.01
M1/M2/M3 X
X
Depending on engine type Depending on engine type and additive used (Interval as per Section 6.4, to be entered in MaintenanceSchedule) Annually, at the latest, or after max. 500 start ing manoeuvres After 2 years, at the latest, or after max. 1000 starting manoeuvres Shorter intervals specified by zhe manufcturer of the bought-of-item, if any, must be considered. See Section 6.1 Distillate fuel, Section 6.3 Intermediate fuel, British Standard / Class B2, Section 6.3 Intermediate fuel, British Standard MA 100 / Class M3, CIMAC A 10 / B10 / E25, Section 6.3 Intermediate fuel, CIMAC C10 / D15, Section 6.3 Extension or reduction of intervals The inspections shall be carried out after the running hours quoted in the maintenance schedule. As a result of the inspections the intervals may be extended or reduced, however, to suit local conditions. The maintenance schedules summarise all inspection, servicing and repair jobs, while making reference to the individual sections and job cards of Section 8.
© 1199
Section: Page: Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedules
Section:
8
Page:
8-1-07
Engine:
S/BVM 628
8.1.4
Periodic maintenance jobs for engines running < 300 hours / year, which are exclusively or for the greater part of time in standby mode (DEUTZ minimum requirement). In addition, there exist numerous national and international standards which may also be applied if they do not restrict the specifications given here. All fittings, shutoff and control devices of operating media systems as well as of compressed air piping system shall be maintained according to manufacturer’s specifications.
Ser. No.:
Interval: Job:
1
Interval: Checking: Draining:
2
3
Interval: every three months Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 and 2 Engine test run for 1/2 hour under max possible load (min. 25% load)
Checking: Inspecting: Servicing: Checking: Checking:
© 0394
daily Starting air pressure Dirt trap
Interval: weekly Jobs as under ser. No. 1 Checking: Circulating lube oil level Checking: Fuel level in service tank Checking: lCoolant level in header tank Servicing: Draining of the compressed air vessel Servicing: Draining leak-oil-tank Inspecting: Engine and operating media piping systems for leaks
Checking:
4
Engine ready for operation ?
yes 10.03.02
yes
08.02.01
yes
see Section 4
Operating data, pressures, temperatures, etc. and comparing with acceptance test record — under steady-state conditions about 1/2 hour after start — before stopping the engine Turbocharger turbine slow-down Lube oil system Operating wire edge lube oil filter Temperature monitors Pressure monitors
Interval: every six months Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 3 Analyzing engine coolant
Job Card or Section No.
08.02.02 08.09.01 11.01.01 11.01.02 yes yes
see Section 6.4
Section:
8
Page:
8-1-08
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Maintenance Schedules
Ser. No.:
Interval: Job:
5
Interval: every year Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 4 Checking: Inlet and exhaust valve clearances Inspecting: Inner crankcase Inspecting: Engine mounting (foundation) Inspecting: Control governor control linkage x1 Cleaning: Air cleaner (w. oil bath or dry air cleaner depending on degree of contamination) Inspecting: Control rod Inspecting: Fuel injector Cleaning: Fuel filter Servicing: Lube oil filter combination (renewing cartridge and cleaning filter combination) Cleaning: Wire edge filter Servicing: Changing oil — Engine — Hydr. governor Inspecting: Overspeed protection Inspecting: Oil level float switch
6
7
Interval: after 2 years Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 5 Servicing: Telescopic piece x2 Changing oil of turbocharger X3 Interval: after 4 years Jobs as under ser. Nos. 1 to 6 Servicing: Cylinder head Inspecting: Piston Inspecting: Big-end bearing Servicing: Cylinder liner Servicing: Cleaning charge air cooler Servicing: Replacing wire edge filter elements Servicing: Starting air distr ibutor Servicing: Master starting valve Servicing: Dirt trap Sostituzione: Pressure monitors Riparazione: Engine control unit sostituzione di: — Solenoid valves, pressure reducing valves, control valves — Servicing H.P. filter
Engine ready for operation ?
Job Card or Section No.:
no
01.01.01 02.01.01 03.07.01 05.04.01 06.03.01
07.01.01 07.08.01 07.10.01 08.10.01 08.09.01 08.02.02 05.03.11 11.03.01 11.07.01
no no
05.04.15 06.05.01
no
01.08.01 02.10.01 02.04.01 03.02.01 06.04.02 08.09.01 10.02.01 10.03.01 10.03.02 11.01.02
© 1199
Maintenance Schedules
Ser. No.:
Interval: Job:
8
Interval: Inspecting:
Servicing:
Section:
8
Page:
8-1-09
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Engine ready for operation ? after 7 — 8 years Main bearings (2 pcs) Visual inspection of cams and rollers Visual inspection of gear train Turbocharger Replacing temperature monitors Replacing thermocouples (exhaust pyrometer unit) Renew flexible lines, -compensators, rubber tubes
no
Job Card or Section No.:
02.04.01 04.02.01 04.08.01 06.06.01 11.01.01 11.01.04 —
Following expiry of the above operating period, please consult a DEUTZ-specialist to determine subsequent maintenance intervals.
In the case of emergency generating sets very high demands are placed on the engine reliability. To meet these requirements, the following actions must be taken to prevent ”early failures”. ● The engine shall be commissioned by a DEUTZ-trained engineer who will check preheating, oil priming and automatic starting and who, during the commissioning run of the engine, will check the indicating, warning and shutdown devices and rectify if necessary. ● The operating instructions of the engine manufacturer shall be observed in respect of cooling water, fuel and lube oil. ● The instructions for operation of the engine given in Section 4 of this manual shall be observed. ● The engines shall be maintained in accordance with the present maintenance schedules and shall regularly undergo the specified test runs. Where the engines are run for substantially more than 300 hours per year, maintenance shall be carried out according to 8.1.3. ● Continuous idle running must not exceed 24 hours. At the end of prolonged idling periods, the engine should always be run with min. 50% load for min. 30 minutes to remove all carbon residues liable to have formed during idling in the combustion chamber and the exhaust system as well as on the valves.
x1 After max. 500 starting manoeuvres, at the latest x2 After max. 1000 starting manoeuvres, at the latest X3 See section 6.1
© 0101
Section: Page: Engine:
This page intentionally left blank
Maintenance Schedules
List of Job Cards
8.2
Section:
8
Page:
8-2-01
Engine:
S/BVM 628
List of Job Cards
The Job Cards cover the following work: Inspection
Assy. Group
Job Card No.
Servicing
Job (see also Maintenance Schedule here to for)
Repairing Mounting
© 0185
01.00.00
CYLINDER HEAD
11
01.01.01
Inlet / Exhaust Valve Clearance Checking
11
01.02.02
Rocker Arm Removal / Refitment
11
01.02.03
Rocker Arm Bearing Inspection/Repairing
●
08
01.03.01
Valve Rotator / Inspecting
●
08
01.03.02
Valve Rotator Servicing / Repairing
08
01.04.01
Cylinder Head Removal
●
08
01.05.01
Inlet / Exhaust Valve Removal / Refitment
●
08
01.05.04
Inlet / Exhaust Valve Inspection
08
01.05.05
Valve Spring Removal / Refitment
08
01.06.01
Valve Guide Inspection / Repairing
●
08
01.07.01
Inlet/Exhaust Valve Servicing/Repairing
●
08
01.08.01
Cylinder Head Servicing
08
01.09.01
Cylinder Head Refitment
31
01.11.01
Starting Valve Inspection / Testing
31
01.11.02
Starting Valve Servicing
●
31
01.12.01
Safety Valve Servicing
●
08
01.13.01
Valve-seat Ring
● ● ●
●
● ● ● ●
●
● ● ●
●
Section:
8
Page:
8-2-02
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Assy. Group
Job Card No.
List of Job Cards
Job The Job Cards cover the (see also Maintenance Schedule heretofore) following work: Inspection Servicing Repairing Mounting
02.00.00
CRANKSHAFT SYSTEM
05
02.00.01
Crankshaft System Precautions
05
02.01.01
Crankshaft System Inspection
●
05
02.02.01
Crankweb Deflection Gauging
●
06
02.03.02
Bearing Shell Spread Gauging
●
06
02.03.03
Bearing Clearance Gauging
●
06
02.04.01
Bearing Shell (Wear Pattern) Inspection
●
06
02.05.01
Big-end Bearing Removal
●
06
02.06.01
Big-end Bearing Refitment
●
01
02.07.01
Main Bearing Removal
●
01
02.08.01
Main Bearing Refitment
●
07
02.09.01
Piston Removal
●
07
02.10.01
Piston Inspection / Servicing
●
07
02.10.02
SPiston Ring / Groove Gauging
●
07
02.10.04
Piston Reconditioning
●
07
02.11.01
Piston Ring / Groove Reconditioning
●
07
02.12.01
Piston Pin Removal / Refitment
07
02.13.01
Piston Pin Bush Gauging / Reconditioning
07
02.14.01
Piston Refitment
07
02.15.01
Piston Coolant Nozzle Inspection
49
02.16.02
Hydraulic Tool for Annular Nuts Servicing
●
63
02.17.01
Flexible Coupling (Vulkan)
●
●
●
● ● ● ●
© 0785
List of Job Cards
Assy. Group
Job Card No.
Section:
8
Page:
8-2-03
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Job The Job Cards cover the (see also Maintenance Schedule heretofore) following work: Inspection Servicing Repairing Mounting
© 0983
03.00.00
ENGINE FRAME
01
03.01.01
Crankcase Relief Valve Inspection/Servicing
04
03.02.01
Cylinder Liner Servicing
●
04
03.02.03
Cylinder Liner Servicing/Reconditioning
●
04
03.03.01
Cylinder Liner Inspection/Gauging
04
03.04.01
Cylinder Liner Removal
●
04
03.05.01
Cylinder Liner Refitment
●
04
03.06.01
Cylinder Liner Servicing
46
03.07.01
Foundation Bolts Inspection
46
03.08.01
Crankshaft system reconditioning of resiliently mounted engines
04.00.00
TIMING SYSTEM
10
04.01.01
Camshaft Bearing Inspection/Recond.
11
04.02.01
Lower Valve Drive Reconditioning
09
04.04.01
Timing Gear Train Removal/Refitment
●
10
04.05.01
Camshaft Removal
●
10
04.06.01
Camshaft Refitment
●
10
04.06.02
Valve Timing Checking
●
09
04.08.01
Timing Gear Train Inspection/Gauging
●
05
04.09.01
Flywheel Removal/Refitment
●
05
04.11.01
Crankshaft Gear Removal/Refitment
●
14
04.13.01
Water Pump Idler Gear Removal/Refitment
●
14
04.14.01
Pump Chest Removal/Refitment
●
05
04.16.01
Coupling Flange Removal/Refitment
●
49
04.16.02
Filling of Oil Pump
●
●
●
●
●
● ● ●
●
● ●
Section:
8
Page:
8-2-04
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Assy. Group
Job Card No.
List of Job Cards
Job The Job Cards cover the (see also Maintenance Schedule heretofore) following work: Inspection Servicing Repairing Mounting
05.00.00
SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM
27
05.00.01
Speed Control System Safety Precautions
27
05.03.11
Hydraulic Governor Servicing (Oil Change)
27
05.03.12
Hydraulic Governor Setting
27
05.03.13
Electr. Governor Speed Pick-up Rem./Ref.
27
05.03.14
Hydr. and electr. Governor Serv./Recond.
27
05.04.01
Governor Drive Inspection
29
05.04.14
Governor Linkage Setting
29
05.04.15
Governor Linkage Servicing
●
29
05.04.15
Control Linkage
●
● ● ● ●
●
● ● ●
● ●
© 0486
List of Job Cards
Assy. Group
Job Card No.
Section:
8
Page:
8-2-05
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Job The Job Cards cover the (see also Maintenance Schedule heretofore) following work: Inspection Servicing Repairing Mounting
© 0885
06.00.00
EXHAUST / TURBOCHARGING SYSTEM
41
06.01.01
Exhaust Manifold Inspection
●
41
06.01.03
Exhaust Elbow
●
87
06.02.01
Charge Air System Inspection
●
87
06.03.11
Intake Air Cleaner Servicing
58
06.04.02
Charge Air Cooler Water Side Servicing
58
06.04.02
Charge Air Cooler Water Side Servicing
●
43
06.05.01
Turbocharger Servicing (Oil Change)
●
43
06.06.01
Turbocharger Servicing/Reconditioning
●
43
06.12.01
Turbocharger Compressor Servicing
●
43
06.13.01
Turbocharger Turbine Servicing
●
43
06.13.02
Turbocharger Scavenging Attachm. Serv.
●
43
06.13.03
Turbocharger Scavenging Nozzles
● ●
●
●
Section:
8
Page:
8-2-06
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Assy. Group
Job Card No.
List of Job Cards
Job The Job Cards cover the (see also Maintenance Schedule heretofore) following work: Inspection Servicing Repairing Mounting
07.00.00
FUEL SYSTEM
17
07.00.01
Instructions — Fuel System
17
07.01.01
Inj. Pump Element Locking Contr. Rod Insp.
17
07.02.01
Injection Pump Element Removal/Refitment
17
07.02.02
Idle Stroke Setting
17
07.02.03
Injection Pump Control Rod Rem./Refitm.
17
07.02.04
Injection Pump Element Seal Recond.
17
07. 02. 05
Constant Delivery Setting
17
07.02.06
Roller Tappet Bush Rem./Refitm.
17
07.02.07
Firing Pressure and Exhaust Temperature
21
07.03.01
Removing and Refitting Injection Piping
17
07.03.02
Fuel System Servicing (Bleeding)
21
07.03.03
Injection Piping Reconditioning
17
07.04.01
Injection Pump Removal/Refitment
●
17
07.05.01
Injection Pump Camshaft Removal/Refitment
●
17
07.06.01
Injection Timing
19
07.07.01
Injector Removal/Refitment
19
07.08.01
Injector Testing
19
07.09.01
Injector Reconditioning
20
07.10.01
Fuel Duplex Filter Servicing
20
07.11.01
Fuel Feed Pump Removal/Refitment
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
© 1284
List of Job Cards
Assy Group
Job Card No.
Section:
8
Page:
8-2-07
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Job The Job Cards cover the (see also Maintenance Schedule heretofore) following work: Inspection Servicing Repairing Mounting
08.00.00
LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM
16
08.00.01
Instructions — lubricating oil System
15
08.01.01
Oil Sampling
●
15
08.02.01
Oil System Inspection
●
15
08.02.02
Oil Change
●
14
08.04.01
Oil Pump Servicing
●
15
08.09.01
Oil Edge Filter Servicing/Reconditioning
●
15
08.10.01
Oil Paper Microfilter Servicing
●
16
08.11.01
Oil Pressurestat Inspection
15
08.13.01
Centrifugal Oil Cleaner Servicing
16
08.14.01
Valve Seat Lubrication Inspection
17
08.20.01
Two-Way Valve (Sealing Oil System) Serv.
●
17
08.20.02
Oil Microf ilter (Sealing Oil System) Serv.
●
© 0983
● ● ●
Section:
8
Page:
8-2-08
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Assy. Group
Job Card No.
List of Job Cards
Job The Job Cards cover the (see also Maintenance Schedule heretofore) following work: Inspection Servicing Repairing Mounting
09.00.00
COOLING WATER SYSTEM
37
09.00.00
Cooling Water System Draining
37
09.07.01
Coolant Circulation Pump Water and Oil Seals
37
9.07.02
Coolant Circulation Pump
10.00.00
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
32
10.01.01
Pneumatic System
30
10.02.01
Starting Pilot Air Distributor
●
32
10.03.01
Starting Air Master Valve
●
32
10.03.02
Dirt Collector
●
32
10.03.91
Running-in Screen Start. Air Master Valve
●
32
10.06.01
Pressure Reducer Station
● ● ●
●
●
●
●
© 0185
List of Job Cards
Assy. Group
Job Card No.
Section:
8
Page:
8-2-09
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Job The Job Cards cover the (see also Maintenance Schedule heretofore) following work: Inspection Servicing Repairing Mounting
© 1087
11.00.00
ENGINE PROTECTIVE SYSTEM
48
11.01.01
Temperature Switches (Oil, Water, Air)
●
48
11.01.02
Pressure Switches (Oil, Water, Air)
●
48
11.01.03
Flow Switch
●
48
11.01.04
Rem./Refitm. Exhaust Gas Thermocouples
48
11.01.05
Exhaust Gas Thermocouples
●
48
11.03.01
Engine Safety System
●
48
11.05.01
Crabnkcase Oil Mist Detector
●
48
11.06.01
Charge Air Pipe Condensate Detector
●
48
11.07.01
Oil Level Float Switch
●
48
11.08.01
Service-warning Switch on Lube Oil Filter
●
12.00.00
TORSIONAL VIBRATION DAMPER
34
12.01.01
Viscous-type Damper
34
12.01.02
Rubber-type Damper
34
12.01.03
Removal/Refitment Rubber-type Damper
● ●
●
● ●
●
● ●
Section:
8
Page:
8-2-10
Engine:
S/BVM 628
This page intentionally left blank
List of Job Cards
Job Cards Arbeitskarten Schede di lavoro Cartes de travail Fichas de trabajo Werkkaarten PабоЧие ка ты
JC AK SL CT FT
WK AK
JC
Job Cards
AK SL CT FT WK AK
Arbeitskarten Schede di lavoro Cartes de travail Fichas de trabajo Werkkaarten PабоЧие ка ты
Job Card No.:
01.01.01
Valve Clearance Checking
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-11-10 1065
Checking
Tools:
Check inlet and exhaust valve clearance and adjust as necessary. Inspect upper valve drive.
—
Standard tools, Feeler gauge
Excessive clearance causes the valves to open jerkily, so the cams may be damaged; insufficient clearance results in failure of the valves to close completely, so they will be destroyed by the gases streaming out.
Job: Open indicator valves of all cylinders. Unscrew bolts (1) and remove rocker chamber cover (2). Turn crankshaft so the respective piston is in compression TDC and the tappet roller will rest on the cam base circle. Clearance «X» between valve stem (6) and socket (5) should be 0,2 mm (inlet) and 0,5 mm (exhaust) respectively with engine cold. If clearance is not correct, release locknut (3), insert feeler gauge beween stem (6) and socket (5) and turn pressure screw (4) until gauge can only be moved with a slight drag. Retain screw (4) in this position and retighten locknut (3). Recheck clearance. Before refitting cover (2), check that gasket (7) is intact, otherwise renew. Close indicator valves. For ease in determining compression TDC (both valves closed), proceed as follows: Remove inspection cover from injection pump ansd observe respective pump element spring: as the spring starts being compressed while crankshaft is slowly turned, the exact TDC position is obtained.
© 0185
© 50 541 1
Job Card No.:
Valve Clearance Checking Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-11-10 1065
Job Card No.:
Rocker Arm Removal / Refitment
01.02.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-11-10 1066
Job:
Job Cards:
Observe safety precautions. Open indicator valves. Turn camshaft so in tappet roller of the lower valve drive rests on the cam base circle and the rocker arm is unloaded. Unscrew bolts (5) to remove cover (1).
—
Removing: Exhaust Rocker with Fulcrum Unscrew bolts (2) with washers (14) and raise rocker (3) with fulcrum (4). Withdraw fulcrum from rocker.
—
01.01.01 02.00.01
Tools: Standard tools Brass arbor
Removing: Inlet Rocker with Bracket Unscrew bolts (11) and remove rocker (7) with brakket (6). Drive fulcrum out of bracket by brass arbor. The diameter of the fulcrum bearings differ at both ends. The notched end ist thicker Cleaning: Clean all components. Blow through all oil passages in rockers and pressure screws abd check all passages are free. Before reassembly, apply oil to fulcrum and bearing bushes. Clean bracket seat on cylinder head. Be sure no dowel bushes are damaged or lost. Refitting: Inlet Rocker with bracket Hold Rocker (7) in bracket (6) and drive fulcrum (8) into bracket by arbor. Note correct location of notch (9). Place bracket (6) with rocker (7) on cylinder head, threading in dowel bushes (12). Screw in bolts (11) with washers (10) © 50 542 1
Refitting: Exhaust Rocker with Bracket Slip rocker (3) over fulcrum (4) and place on bracket (6), threading in dowel bushes (13). Screw in bolts (2) with washers (14). Tightening Waisted Bolts Tighten bolts (2) as under Section 3.5, item 8 and bolts (11) as under item 7. Be sure to preload the bolts through the torques specified.
© 0185
Job Card No.:
Rocker Arm Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No..:
This page intentionally left blank.
0178-11-10 1066
Job Card No.:
Rocker Arm Inspection / Reconditioning
01.02.03 Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-11-10 1067
Filing No.:
Inspection
Tools:
Check running clearance and replace bushes if required.
—
Standard tools, Feeler gauge (or caliper gauge), Brass arbor
Job Card:
Job: Remove arm (Job 01.02.02). Clean all components. Check radial clearance between bush (2) and fulcrum (3) by feeler gauge. Note that the bush bottom zone will present most wear. Note that the bush bottom zone will present the most wear.
New Condition
Wear Limit
0,041 — 0,115
0,2
—
01.02.02
KONTROL ET
Permissible Clearance: When using a caliper gauge, measure bush bore «D» and fulcrum diameter «d». Clearance = D less d. Inspect adjusting screw (1), thrust pad (4) and faces (6) for wear and replace as necessary.
Reconditioning If wear limit has been reached or other defects are discovered, remove bush (2) by brass arbor of suitable size. Clamp down arm with new bush in a vice and carefully press in new bush with oil hole at bottom. Do not cant bush. Carefully drive in bush farther by arbor up to 1,5 mm before edge as shown. Slip arm over fulcrum (3) and check clearance. When replacing pad (4), check that notch (5) is properly located.
EĞİM VERMEK,EĞİK TUTMAK
© 0595
© 51 231 0
Job Card No.:
Rocker Arm Inspection / Reconditioning
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-11-10 1067
Job Card No.:
Valve Rotator Inspection
01.03.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-11-10 1797
S/BVM 628
Inspection
Tools:
Every 250 hours check while engine is running that exhaust valves rotators move freely.
—
Standard tools, Lamp, Clock
Job: Unscrew plug (1) and O-seal (2) from rocker chamber cover (3). Check with lamp that rotator (4) moves freely: at 700/min engine speed check time needed for a full revolution by watching cam (5). If this time is more than 40 seconds, replace rotator on the next occasion since rotator will most likely be out of function soon. Where rotator fails to move at all, replace once engine can be stopped. For rotator reconditioning see job 01.03.02. If O-seal (2) is defective, replace. Screw plug with O-seal into rocker chamber cover and tighten moderately.
© 25 466 1
© 1083
Job Card No.:
Valve Rotator Inspection
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-11-10 1797
Job Card No.:
Valve Rotator Reconditioning
01.03.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-08-10 1382
Reconditioning
Job Cards:
If, upon inspection of valve rotator (Job 01.03.01), the rotator is found to be malfunctioning, renew same.
—
01.01.01 01.02.02 01.03.01 01.05.05
Tools: —
Standard tools
Job: Remove rocker arm (Job Card 01.02.02) and replace rotator (Job Card 01.05.05). Refitment is made in the reverse order. Check valve clearance (Job Card 01.01.01).
© 0285
Job Card No.:
Valve Rotator Reconditioning
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-08-10 1382
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Head Removal
01.04.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-08-10 1798
S/BV 6/8/9M 628
Job Cards: —
01.08.01 01.09.01 02.00.01 02.16.02 09.00.01
Tools: —
Standard tools, Puller screw, Hydraulic tool for annular nuts (Section 1.8), Head removing device (Section 1.8) , Wooden support
© 51 394 0
Fig. 1
Job: Observe safety precautions (Job Card 02.00.01). Drain cooling water. Remove rocker chamber cover (4) — fig 1 — and turn engine so that inlet and exhaust valves are closed. Release valve clearance adjusting screws (3) on rocker arms. Disconnect pilot air pipe at the joint above the starting pipe. Release two hex. bolts securing indicator cock and turn cock. If necessary, remove. Release locks (16) — fig 3 — on sliding piece of the charge air piping (5) and move sliding pieces sideways. Disconnect injection piping and main starting air pipe from cylinder head. Unscrew 4 bolts (22) — fig 2 — on exhaust elbow (20). Screw puller screw (19) into exhaust elbow and remove exhaust gasket (21). © 24 814 2
Fig. 2
© 51 233 0
Bild 3 © 0583
Job Card No.:
01.04.01
Cylinder Head Removal
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-08-10 1798
Releasing Annular Nut (15) — Fig. 4 Assemble hydraulic tool (10) with hoses and pump and fill with hydraulic oil. Clean thread of stud (14) with gas oil acc. to Job Card 02.16.02. Screw stud (12) in place. Position bushes (11) (two pairs — fig. 5) with yoke (7) and tool (19). Make sure that no bush is in contact with an adjacent cylinder. Fit washers (9) and screw together with hex. nuts (8) until tool piston is flush with cylinder. Back nuts (8) through one turn.
© 24 868 1
Fig. 4 Operate pump until pressure is as specified under Section 3.5, item 1. If necessary, raise pressure slowly 10 to 20 bar, so annular nut (15) is actually loose. Introduce pin (13) through aperture in bush (11) into lateral nut holes and turn up nut (15) in 10 stages.
© 51 234 0
Fig. 5 © 0583
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Head Removal
01.04.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-08-10 1798
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
To avoid jamming *) — fig 4 — of nut (15) by stud (12), be sure not to screw nut (15) against the stud. Unload pressure and disconnect hose. Unscrew hex. nuts (8) and remove tools (10) with bushes (11). Unscrew stud (12) and annular nuts (15). Unscrew hexagon nuts (8) and remove tools (10) with bushes (11). Unscrew stud (12) and annular nuts (15). Mount cylinder head removing device and carefully raise head by hoist, so as not to damage joints or studs (14). Put down head on wooden support. Servicing cylinder head seeJjo Cardb 01.08.01. Refitting cylinder head see Job Card 01.09.01.
© 24 870 3
Fig. 6
© 0583
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Head Removal
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-08-10 1798
Job Card No.:
Inlet Valve Removal / Refitment Filing No.:
01.05.01 Engine:
0178-08-10 1580
S/BVM 628
Job Cards: —
01.01.01 01.04.01 01.05.05 01.07.01
Tools: —
Standard toolsi, Valve removing / refitting device (Section 1.8)
Job: Removing the Valve After removing the cylinder head (see Job Card 01.05.01), remove clamping cone (7) by using removing device (see Job Card 01.05.05). Take down spring cap (6), springs (4) and (5), and spring cap (9). Withdraw valve downwards. Renew O-seal (10). Clean valve components, inlet ducts in head, head base and check valve seats. For reconditioning see Job Card 01.07.01. Refitting the Valve Check that groove for clamping cone (7) and groove (11) for removing / refitting device in the valve stem are absolutely free from burrs to avoid damage to Oseal (10). Install valve (8) with oil and retain at the bottom. Make sure that 0-seal (10) will not become defective. Fit springs (4) and (5) . Next, install cap (6). Mount refitting decvice (see Job Card 01.05.05) and install clamping cone (7). Release and remove refitting device. Be sure clamping cones are located correctly.
© 24 999 1
© 0184
Job Card No.:
Inlet Valve Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-08-10 1580
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Valve Removal / Refitment
01.05.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-08-10 2067
Job Cards: —
01.01.01 01.04.01 01.05.05 01.07.01
Tools: —
Standard tools Valve removing / refitting device (Section 1.8)
Job: Removing the Valve After removing the cylinder head (see job 01.05.01), remove clamping cone (7) by using removing device (see job card 01.05.05). Take down rotor (2), compression springs (4) and (5), and spring cap (3). Withdraw exhaust valve downwards. Renew O-seal (10). Clean valve components, inlet ducts in head, head base and check valve seats. For reconditioning see job card 01.07.01. Refitting the Valve Check that groove for clamping cone (7) and groove (11) for removing / refitting device in the valve stem are absolutely free from burrs to avoid damage to Oseal (10). Install valve (8) with oil and retain at the bottom. Make sure that 0-seal (10) will not become defective. Fit springs (4) and (5) . Next, installrotor (2). Mount refitting decvice (see job card 01.05.05) and install clamping cone (7). Release and remove refitting device. Be sure clamping cones are located correctly.
© 25 220 1
© 1090
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Valve Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-08-10 2067
Job Card No.:
Inlet and Exhaust Valves Inspection (by Endoscope)
01.05.04
Page1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-08-10 1660
Inspection
Job Card:
The use of an endoscope enables both valves (plus cylinder wall) to be inspected without removing the head.
—
The endoscope with transformer for 110/220 volts a.c., as well as the valve pliers, can be obtained from the Deutz head office.
07. 07. 01
Tools: —
Standard tools, Endoscope and valve pliers (optional)
Job: Refitting Remove rocker arm cover. Turn crankshaft until the relevant piston is in TDC position and the valves to be inspected are fully open. Remove injector (job 07.07.01) and clean injector bore in cylinder head (3). Connect endoscope (2) to transformer (1). Lower endoscope (with weak light) into the injector bore until valve tulips and valve seats are visible. Use endoscope, if possible, with max. 11 volts and no longer than necessary, owing to the high heat development. Never touch lamp nor distort or strike endoscope. Handle carefully !
© 51 235 0
© 0185
Job Card No.:
01.05.04
Inlet and Exhaust Valves Inspection (by Endoscope)
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-08-10 1660
Inspecting the Valves Turn endoscope until valve seat is in full view. Location of stem (6), seat (7) and plate (8): see «X». (Note that endoscope view appears as mirrored image and upside down). Vary light intensity with the regulator on the transformer as required. If you are irritated by a dazzling effect, adjust endoscope level. Pliers (9) enable valve tulips to be rotated for allround inspection. IIf the combustion chamber is in poor condition, servicing as per Job Card 01.08.01 or 03.02.01 should be carried out. In case the valves show drops from the engine coolant, exhaust elbows should be inspected as per Job Card 06.01.03.
© 21 236 0
© 1199
Job Card No.:
Valve Spring Removal / Refitment
01.05.05 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-08-10 1073
When working on cylinder head in fitted condition, the piston must be in TDC.
Job Card: —
01.05.01
Tools: —
Valve removing device
Job: Removing the Springs Push up sleeve (4) and spread with suitable screwdriver. Place removing device on spring cap and let both dogs engage in groove of valve stem. Press sleeve down until removing device is safely secured to valve stem. Do not re-use valves with worn groove. Discontinue use of worn dogs. Replace component (3). Dogs must have a safe grip, or the loaded valve springs may «shoot» the removing device out of place.
Turn nut (1) by wrench so as to compress the springs and take out clamping cone (6). Fully unload springs by releasing nut (1). Push up sleeve (4) to take down the removing device. With the cylinder head fitted, there is no need to remove parts (3) and (4). The spring cap can be slipped over. Refitting the Springs Refitment is made in the reverse order, using again the valve removing device.
© 50 059 1
© 0785
Job Card No.:
Valve Spring Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
Job Card No.:
Valve Guide Clearance Checking / Reconditioning
01.06.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-08-10 1799
Checking
Job Cards:
When reconditioning valves (Job Card 01.07.01), check the valve stem guide clearance.
—
01.05.01 01.07.01
Tools: —
Standard tools, Caliper gauge, Brass arbor
Job: Pull valve out of guide bush (1) / (2). Clean both. Measure bore of guide bushes (1) and (2) within a range of up to about 10 mm from the bottom end. If the inside diameter in this zone exceeds 16,2 mm, renew the guide bush.
For Inlet
For Exhaust
Reconditioning Replacing Guides Since inlet and exhaust valve guides are of different length, be sure not to interchange them. Length of valve guides: Inlet — 136 mm, Exhaust — 179 mm. Drive out guide (1) / (2) with a brass arbor without damaging the receiving bore. Smoothen squeezed edges with a scraper. For installation of the valve guides, see page 2.
© 0595
© 51 237 0
Job Card No.:
01.06.01
Valve Guide Clearance Checking / Reconditioning
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-08-10 1799
Refitment of guides is done after undercooling (shrinking) in liquid nitrogen (boiling temperature: -195,8°C) down to between -170°C and -195°C. To ensure that the guides are cooled deep into their cores, check that the nitrogen has stopped boiling (see also Section 3.7). Make also sure that all shrink-fit surfaces are perfectly clean (metallically bright). Introduce valve guide into cylinder head until the dimensions specified (page 1) have been reached. Grind-in and check valve (Job Card 01.07.01). Renew the 0-ring for sealing the valve stem abd push it into its groove with the aid of the valve stem, using a second valve stem to prevent the ring slipping beyond the groove. Install valves (Job Card 01.05.01).
© 51 238 0
© 1084
Job Card No.:
Valve Seat Ring and Valve Cone
01.07.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-08-297 6506
Checking and Reconditioning Inlet and Exhaust Valve Cones and Valve Seat Rings Before re-using the valves, these are to be checked and reconditioned, if necessary, as described in the following: Faulty condition of the engine, inadequate preheating and treatment of fuel and cooling water, and non-permissible lugging operation (speed drop with control lever at fuel stop), etc. can — among other causes — bring about premature failure of valves. Observance of the following instructions is prerequisite for an acceptable valve operating life.
Tools: —
Standard tools, Dial gauge, Magnifying glass (min. 4-fold magnification)
Auxiliaries: —
Distillate fuel
Job Cards: —
01-05-01 06.02.01
Job: Preparation ● Remove valves (job 01.05.01) ● Clean off deposits on seating surfaces. ● Remove carbon from valve discs and valve-seat rings with a scraper and wash with distillate fuel. To facilitate removal of water-solulable sulphurous deposits, the used valve cones can be soaked in water for a few hours. Checking valve cones The valve cones can be re-used, if the following preconditions are fulfilled: — Seats free from burnt spots, blow-by, cracks or pounding marks, — no damage on cone clamp groove, — within the zones X and Y (Fig. on page 2) no interrupt of the (bright) chromium layer,
245 Exhaust valve 205 Inlet valve
285 Exhaust valve 215 Inlet valve
befor reworking © 50 659 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
01.07.01
Valve Seat Ring and Valve Cone
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-08-297 6506
Filing No.:
245 Exhaust valve 205 Inlet valve
285 Exhaust valve 215 Inlet valve
befor reworking © 50 659 0
—
in the areas X and Y no interruption of the (shiny) chrome layer
—
between the zones X and Y (Fig on Page 2) — no corrosion pittings deeper than 0,2 mm, — stem diameter at no point < 15,5 mm. Out-of truth (deviation) of the cleaned disc edge relative to stem not exceeding 0,2 mm. To measure place stem on knife-edges at points A and B. On no account straighten valve cones! Renew valve cones, if the out-of-truth is excessive.
—
The seats of the valve cones are to be reworked if: — the cleaned seat is not free from carbon scars, blow-bys, pittings and other damage (check with magnifying glass) or — the out-of-truth (deviation) of the otherwise perfect seat relative to the stem is > 0,1 mm. Checking valve-seat rings The seat rings can be re-used if the following preconditions are fulfilledi: — Seats free from burnt spots, blow-bys, cracks or pounding marks. The seat surface of the seat rings is to be reworked in installed condition — in the cylinder head — if: — the cleaned surface is not free from carbon scars, blow-bys, pittings, scorning, shoulders (see Fig.), corrosion and other damage (check with magnifying glass) In the case of corrosion damage to the inlet valve seat rings, check also the charge air pipe for salt deposits and corrosion and the charge air cooler for leaks (see Job Card 06.02.01). Reconditioning This reconditioning work may only be done by DEUTZ Service workshops which are especially equipped to carry out such work.
© 51 240 0
© 0484
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Head
01.08.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-08-10 1982
Servicing
Job Cards:
The cylinder servicing intervals may differ very considerably since they are governed by engine application and load, as well as by fuel and lube oil qualities. To arrive at a rational servicing interval, we suggest that the following method be adopted.
—
01.04.01 01.05.04 01.09.01
Inspection When using an endoscope all cylinder heads are to be inspected as per Job Card 01.05.04. Should abnormal wear be found, remove one cylinder head per cylinder bank. To avoid any misjudgements, we recommend removal of the cylinder head (Job Card 01.04.01) having the poorest appearance, for checking and maintenance. The removed and dismantled cylinder head serves as comparison. When adopting the above procedure, it is essential to observe the intervals for inspection of the combustion chamber per endoscope, in accordance with the Maintenance Schedule. It should be generell noted, however, that the use of the endoscope serves, firstly, to simplify maintenance work and, secondly to help determine the lifespan of the components, depending on the application concerned. If no endoscope is available, one cylinder head of each cylinder bank (not one of the end cylinder heads) is to be removed (Job Card 01.04.01) for checking and servicing. The cylinder head servicing should be carried out together with the following jobs: ● Rocker Arm Inspection,
Job 01.02.03
● Valve Guide Clearance Checking,
Job 01.06.01
● Valve Seat and Cone Checking,
Job 01.07.01
● Starting Valve Inspection,
Job 01.11.01
● Safety Valve Servicing,
Job 01.12.01
● Exhaust Manifold Inspection,
Job 06.01.01
● Exhaust Elbow Inspection,
Job 06.01.03
If these initial inspections reveal no faults, inspection of the remaining cylinder heads in the manner described can be postponed until the next check becomes due in accordance with the Maintenance Schedule IIf the findings again prove to be positive, maintenance of all of the cylinder heads can be put off again until the next inspection becomes due. However, should it be found during one of these inspections that the dismantled cylinder head has defects, be sure to remove also the remaining heads for inspection and maintenance. For refitting the cylinder head, see Job Card 01.09.01. The Number of running hours up to the time when all cylinder heads must be serviced should be locally entered in the Maintenance Schedule as the regular service interval to be opbserved in future.
© 1199
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Head
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-08-10 1982
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Head Refitment
01.09.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0178-08-10 1801
Cylinder Head Refitment
Job Cards: —
01.01.01 02.16.02 06.02.01
Tools: —
Standard tools hoist puller screws special tools (Section 1.8), — Hyrdaulic clamping tool — Cylinder head lifting device
Spare Parts: —
0-seals for plug-in pieces Cylinder head gasket if necessary
Job: Preparation ● Clean all joint faces thoroughly. Watch for corrosion in the area of annular gap between waisted stud shank (8) — Fig. 1 — and crankcase upper part (9). In case slight corrosion, remove and clean waisted stud. In case of more distinct corrosion marks, renew waisted studs, see under «Note». ● Replace 0-seals (1) to (5) on the plug-in pieces (Fig. 1). ● Grease plug-in pieces and insert in crankcase. ● Fit centering pin (7).
© 24 872 2
● Position cylinder head gasket (6) in place.
● Fit lifting device (1) — Fig. 2 -. ● Insert pushrods for valve drive.
Fig. 1
Cylinder Head Refitment
SÖKERKEN BU SIRALAMAYI TEYİD ET,YERİNE KONMADANMI TAKILMALI?
● Position cylinder head in place. — Do not tilt cylinder head. — See to it that plug-in pieces and cen tering pin slide smoothly into the cylin der head. — Check with feeler gauge that between head and crankcase there is an equal distance around the entire periphery. ● Remove lifting device (1).
© 24 870 3
Fig. 2 © 0992
Refitting device
Job Card No.:
01.09.01
Cylinder Head Refitment
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-08-10 1801
Tightening Annular Nuts (Fig. 3) Apply oil to studs (14). Check that annular nuts (15) turn easily over the entire stud length. Screw nuts in place and tighten by hand. Check by feeler gauge that nuts are squarely seated. Fit hydraulic tool and pump as in job card 01.04.01 (Releasing Nuts) and build up pressure (Section 3.5, item 1). The stud thus having been lengthened as specified, retighten nuts (15) by pin (13) until again squarely seated. Make sure that the number of tightening stages (partial rotations) is equal on all nuts. Slowly release hydraulic pressure, disconnect hoses and remove tool from studs. Push sliding pieces (23) — Fig. 4 — of charge air pipe into their appropriate position.Fit lateral locking pieces (16) and tighten by bolt (18) with lockwasher (17).
© 24 869 1
Fig. 3
© 51 233 1
Fig. 4 © 0784
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Head Refitment
01.09.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-08-10 1801
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Fit puller screw (19) in exhaust manifold (20) — Fig. 5 — and press off manifold from head until gasket (21) can be fitted in the gap. Screw in two bolts (22), so gasket cannot fall out. Unscrew bolts (19) and securely tighten remaining bolts (22). Connect air and fuel piping. Set valve clearance (Job Card 01.01.01). Bring indicator cock in normal position and tighten bolts. Following functional and lubrication test, fit rocker chamber cover (Job Card 01.01.01). When fitting new studs (14) — Fig. 3 — into the cylinder head, apply Deutz DW 57 locking compound to stud threads. After screwing studs (14) in as far as they will go, tighten through 130 Nm torque. Close annula r gap between stud shaft and crankcase with Deutz DW 48 sealing compound.
© 1083
© 24 809 2
Fig. 5
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Head Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-08-10 1801
Job Card No.:
Starting Valve Inspection
01.11.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-31-10 1606
S/BVM 628
Inspection Check valve for free movement and freedom from leaks.
Job Cards: —
01.11.02 02.00.01
Tools: —
Standard tools
If the starting air pipe gets hot at the cylinder head when the engine is running, this suggeststhat the associated starting valve is leaky.
Job: Observe safety precautions (job 02.00.01). Checking Valve Stem and Guide Piston from Free Movement Unscrew banjo bolt (58) — Fig. 1 -and press down valve (1) with an arbor. If there is lack of free movement, remove valve and overhaul (Job Card 01.11.02). Checking the Valve for Tightnes Remove banjo bolt (57) at starting air distributor (Fig. 2) and, in its place, fit a hex. bolt, sealing washers (67) and a hex. nut to seal off the starting air line. Turn the engine so that the respective piston is a compression TDC (inlet and exhaust valves closed). Place engine control lever in «Start» position and slowly open shut-off valve on air receiver. If this causes air to come out through the indicator valve, this suggests that the starting valve is leaky. However, before removing valve, check whether carbon deposits or valve binding are the cause of the leak. To do this, unscrew banjo bolt (58) — Fig. 1 — at the air pipe, remove sealing washers (66) and, after unscrewing hex. bolt (10), take off lockwasher (11) and cover (8). Apply a socket wrench to locknut (7) and move valve to and fro to remove any carbon deposizs. If this measure fails to eliminate the leak at the valve seat, remove valve (Job Card 01.11.02).
© 24 971 1
Fig. 1
© 51 563 0
Fig. 2 © 0983
Job Card No.:
Starting Valve Inspection
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-31-10 1606
GEREKİRSE OKU
Starting Valve Servicing
Job Card No.:
01.11.02
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-31-10 1869
S/BVM 628
Servicing When servicing the cylinder head (Job Card 01.08.01) , the starting valve is also due for removal and servicing.
Job Card: —
01.04.01
Tools: —
Valve seat miller (Section 1.8.1), Socket spanner (Section1.8.), Standard tools, Grinding-in paste
Job: Place cylinder head on a wooden support. Unscrew hex. bolt (10) — Fig. 1 — with lockwasher (11), and remove cover (8). Place cylinder head on the side, remove circlip (12) and release locked nuts (7) and (6) as follows: Place a socket on hex. nut (7) and slip socket spanner over it to move hex. nut (6). Piston (3) is loaded by spring (2). Remove washer (5). Dismantle valve. Clean components in gas oil and check for wear. Oil components slightly. Inspect valve seat and, if necessary, recondition with milling tool (Fig. 2), then grind in. To grind in, apply an even film of fine grinding-in paste to seat. Equip starting valve (1) with piston (3) to act as guide when grinding in. Turn valve cone with a screwdriver until the entire periphery of the sealing surface presents a shade of matt-grey. Remove all residues. © 24 923 2
Fig. 1
© 25 054 0
Fig. 2 © 1084
Job Card No.:
01.11.02
Starting Valve Servicing
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-31-10 1869
Installation of the starting valve in the cylinder head is carried out in reverse order. Renew 0-ring (9) and, if necessary, packing rings (4). Tighten hex. nut (6) with socket spanner, while holding the starting valve (1) with a screwdriver in the slot of the valve disc. Counterlock hex. nut (7) with socket and hex. nut (6) by means of the socket spanner. Mount circlip (12). Before placing on cover (8), check starting valve for easy movement. In the case of improper locking of hex. nuts (6) and (7), there is a risk of the nuts loosening and the starting valve falling into the cylinder. This can result in very serious consequential damage. In the case of the V-type engines, starting valves are fitted in one bank of cylinder engine, and B1 to 8 of the 16-cylinder engine. The cylinder banks A1 to 6 and A1 to 8 respectively are provided with blanking plugs.
© 0684
Safety Valve Servicing
Job Card No.:
01.12.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-31-10 1080
S/BVM 628
Servicing When servicing the cylinder head or when a safety valve has become leaky, remove valve, dismantle and, if necessary, regrind.
Tools: —
Standard tools, Fine grinding compound
Aid: —
Asbestos cord, Deutz S1 compound (Section 3.6),
Never try to remove a leak by increasing zhe valve spring loading.
Job:
© 51 246 0
GEREKİRSE OKU
Stop engine. Depressurize combustion chamber by opening the indicator valve. Screw safety valve (9) out of cap (12). Release nut (2) and adjusting screw (1). Remove valve (4), spring (5), bushes (7) from body (3). Clean all components and inspect for wear. If necessary, grind valve tulip on its seat in the casing with compound. Therafter remove all traces of compound. Renew washer (13) and asbestos cord (10). Apply oil to all components before reassembly. Introduce valve (4), bushes (7) (proper location see fig. ) and spring (5) into body (3). Screw in adjusting screw (1), set pressure by means of injector testing outfit (job 07.08.01) and lock by nut (2). Apply S1 compound to thread of body (3) position safety valve (9) and screw into cap (12).
© 51 247 0
© 0595
Job Card No.:
Safety Valve Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-31-10 1080
Job Card No.:
Valve Seat Ring Removal / Refitment
01.13.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-08-10 1854
In accordance with the engine equipment specificatio — depending on the type of fuel stated when the engine is ordered — the cylinder heads can be provided with cooled or uncooled exhaust valve-seat rings. Inlet valve-seat rings are always uncooled.
Job Cards: —
01.05.01 01.07.01
Tools: —
Standard tools, Puller tool for fitting and removing valve-seat rings (Section1.8). Locking compound Deutz DW 57 (Section 3.6).
Job: First remove valve (Job Card 01.05.01). Removing the Uncooled Valve-Seat Ring — Fig.1 Clean deposits out of the groove between valve-seat ring and cylinder head and insert circlip (6). Place puller bush (5) through inlet or exhaust passage respectively onto the circlip and, from the combustion chamber side, screw plate (7) onto the puller bush. This is necessary to ensure that the circlip is not pressed out of its groove during the pulling operation. Now screw the hex. bolt (4), together with washers (2), bearing (3) and puller support (1) into the puller bush. Pull out the valve-seat ring by tightening the hex. bolt. Clean receiving bore in the cylinder head without damaging it.
© 1084
© 25 138 2
Fig. 1
Job Card No.:
01.13.01
Valve Seat Ring Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-08-10 1854
Removing the Cooled Valve-Seat Ring — Fig . 2 Place puller bush (5) through the exhaust passage onto the valve-seat ring. From the combustion chamber side, screw hex. bolt (4), together with washer (2), bearing (3) and puller support (1), into the puller bush. Pull out the valve-seat ring by tightening the hex. bolt. Clean receiving bore in the cylinder head without damaging it. Before fitting, gauge the receiving bore in the cylinder head. If the diameter of the receiving bore in the case of: —
uncooled valve-seat ring is greater than 79,03 mm,
—
cooled valve-seat ring is greater than 72,03 mm and/or at the bottom is greater than 91,03 mm,
© 25 137 2
Fig. 2 an oversize ring must be fitted. Further details can be obtained from our Deutz Service Departments. Canting or the formation of burrs must be avoided! Hammering-in instead of pulling-in with puller tool is not permisible! Fitting the Uncooled Valve-Seat Ring — Fig. 3 Lightly oil seat ring on outer periphery and push it into the cylinder head. Mount threaded spindle (1), together with hex. nut (6), washers (5), bearing (4) and bush (3). The seat ring is pulled onto its seat by tightening the hex. nut (6). Ensure full seating! A repetition of the pulling-in operation results in a certain enlargement of the receiving bore in the cylinder head, so that an oversize ring may then be necessary.
© 25 140 2
Fig. 3
© 1084
Valve Seat Ring Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
01.13.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-08-10 1854
Fitting the Cooled Valve-Seat Ring — fig. 4 Apply Deutz DW 57 to the entire seat ring receiving bore in cylinder head and to sealing surfaces of the valve-seat ring. Check that coolant passage between cylinder head and valve-seat ring is not blokked. Push seat ring into cylinder head. Mount threaded spindle (1), together with hex. nut (6), washer (5), bearing (4) and bush (3). Screw on sleeve (2). By tightening hex. nut (6), the valve-seat ring is pulled in up to the axial contact surface. A repetition of the pulling-in operation results in a certain enlargement of the receiving bore in the cylinder head, so that an oversize ring may then be necessary. After a waiting period of at least 1 hour, check cylinder head for leaks by subjecting to a pressure test with coolant (see Section 6.4) for at least 5 minutes. Test-pressure: 7 bar. After Fitting: Grind-in valve cone on the valve-seat (Job Card 01.07.01).
© 1084
S/BVM 628
© 25 139 2
Fig. 4
Job Card No.:
Valve Seat Ring Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-08-10 1854
Crankshaft System Overhaul Safety Precautions
Job Card No.:
02.00.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-01-10 1081
S/BVM 628
Prior to Work ● ● ● ● ●
Stop engine. Close shut-off valve on air receivers. Bleed air piping to engine. Open indicator valves. Wait 10 minutes before removing crankcase doors and some further minutes, allowing crankcase oil mist to dissipate, before starting work. Remove cover (3) along with oil dipstick (1) and guide tube (2).
During Work Make sure that — No further persons are present before turning the crankshaft. — No tools will interfere with crankshaft turning. — The motion parts will not be put out of balance by removing components. — The propeller shaft, where provided, will be disengaged or otherwise the propeller can turn freely. — The barring gear is properly engaged. — The engine will not turn as the propeller shaft is turned. Before refitting crankcase doors, check that all tools, rags etc. have been removed from the crankcase interior. After the work ● Before refitting the crankcase door, ensure that all tools, rags etc. have been removed from the crankcase interior. ● Replace any defective door gaskets. ● Tighten fastening bolts of crankcase doors. ● Before putting the engine back to service, turn crankshaft with indicator valves open. ● Close indicator valves.
©1084
© 25 231 1
Job Card No.:
Crankshaft System Overhaul Safety Precautions
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-01-10 1081
Job Card No.:
Crankshaft System Inspection
02.01.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-05-10 1082
Inspection
Job Cards:
Inspect system at regular intervals.
—
Job:
02.00.01 02.15.01 04.02.01
Observe safety precautions (Job Card 02.00.01).
Tools: Open indicator valves. 10 minutes after stopping of engine and interruption of oil circulation remove crankcase doors. Touch main and big-end bearings with your hands and check that they have abn even temperature.
—
Tuning bar (Section. 1.8) Standard tools
Inspect the degree of system soiling, paying particular attention to the presence of bearing metal in the oil sump, to corrosion and water leaks. Carefully inspect liner bores and seals, with the pistons in TDC. Operate oil priming pump and check that oil emerges from each bearing. Check rocker arm bearings likewise, after removing the rocker chamber cover. Turn engine and inspect cam surfaces (Job Card 04.02.01). Smoothen minor scores or high spots with oil stone. When performing the above jobs, be sure not to foul the piston coolant jets (Job Card 02.15.01).
© 0984
Job Card No.:
Crankshaft System Inspection
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-05-10 1082
Job Card No.:
Crankweb Deflection Gauging
02.02.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
03120364-0178
Inspection
Job Card: —
In addition to regular gaugings, check deflection whenever this seems necessary.
02.00.01
Tools: —
Dial gauge with extension (web distance 85 mm) Hand mirror with handle
Deflection values consist of: —
absolute amount of deflection, measurable by the difference between greatest and smallest web distance during one cranks haft rotation,
—
plus or minus sign as shown below.
Normally, gauge readings increase as web distances decrease, and vice versa. Be sure to make readings when the engine is cold, since the values differ according to the engine temperature.
Gauge
Punch mark Readings should not be taken when the ship is in dock.
Plus Deflection
Distance a4 > a1
Zero Deflection
Distance a4 = a1
© 51 248 0
Minus Deflection
Distance a4 < a1 © 51 249 0
© 1001
Job Card No.:
02.02.01
Crankweb Deflection Gauging
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
03120364-0178
Job: Introduce gauge into marks punched into webs (not beween balance weights) and rotate several times in this position. Set gauge to 25/100 of scale in measuring positions (1) or (2).
Meßstellungen Measuring positions
When using a mirror, check readings especially carefully. For taking readings, turn crankshaft counterclockwise, without touching the gauge. With piston in situ: Take readings in position 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 With piston removed: Take readings in positions 1, 3, 4 and 5.
Measuring position as viewed from the engine’s driving end: Measuring position
Crankpin position
1
Lowest
2
First auxiliary
3
First horizontal
4
Highest
5
Second horizontal
6
Second auxiliary © 51 250 0
For measuring the deflection, turn crankshaft counter-clockwise.
© 1001
Job Card No.:
Crankweb Deflection Gauging
02.02.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
03120364-0178
Filing No.:
Typical Gauging Sheet Engine Model:
Engine Serial No.:
Engine hot
Engine stopped for
Engine preheated
Measuring position
hours °C
Water temp
Crankpin position
°C
Cyl. temp.
Reading in Throw of Cylinder No.:
Line
A/B 1
1
Lowest
2
First auxiliary
3
First horizontal
4
Highest
5
Second horizontal
6
Second auxiliary
Vertical deflection ( ∆ „a“)
Pos. 1 min. 4 or Pos. Z1.2+Z1.6 min. Z1.4 2
Horizontal deflection ( ∆ „a“ )
Pos. 3 min. 5
A/B 2
A/B 3
Crankshaft end float:
A/B 4
A/B 5
A/B 6
A/B 7
A/B 8
max. 1,5 mm
Reading declines as distance «a» grows and vice versa Remarks: Max permissible deflection ∆ „a“ (engine hot) = difference between two crankweb positions
No. 1 throw Overhung flywheel
+ 0,00 — 0,10
Flywheel with pedestal bearing, or no flywheel + 0,06 — 0,06
Last throw: Power take-off at free end
Remaining throws
* + 0,03 * — 0,08
+ 0,03 — 0,06
If readings exceed those above, inspect bearings and, if necessary, realign engine. *
© 1001
In the case of radial power take-off at crankshaft — e.g. belt drive — at free end, other deflection readings are permissible (regarding this, please consult the Service Department of Head Office).
Job Card No.:
Crankweb Deflection Gauging
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
03120364-0178
Job Card No.:
Bearing Shell Spread Gauging
02.03.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BV M 628
0178-06-10 1603
Gauging Main and big-end bearing shells to be fitted must have sufficient positive spread, so they will have preload in their receiving bores.
Tools: —
Caliper gauge
All new shells have apositive spread unless they have been improperly handled, for instance in transit. İLGİNÇ BİR BİLGİ…
Job: The spread is positive when — measured at room temperature — dimension «a» is larger than «D» which is stamped on the shell back. (If illegible, see table below.)
„D“ stamped here
If a used shell has a negative spread («a» smaller than «D»), this may suggest that the bearing has been strained by overheating and thus has lost preload. Descard shells with negative spread, because the inner edges of such «loose» shells are liable to cut off the oil film on the shaft journal or crankpin respectively.
Main Bearing „D“
Do not perform a correction with own means, as there is a risk that the bearing metal may detach from the support shell or the bearing may become deformed. Damage of this kind may lead to serious operating faults.
© 0595
Nominal size
Ø 220,0
+0,029 0,000
Undersize
Ø 220,5
+0,029 0,000
Undersize
Ø 221,0
+0,029 0,000
Undersize
Ø 221,5
+0,029 0,000
Undersize
Ø 222,0
+0,029 0,000
© 51 251 0
Big-end Bearing „D“ Ø 182,0
+0,029 0,000
Job Card No.:
Bearing Shell Spread Gauging
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-06-10 1603
Job Card No.:
Bearing Clearance Gauging
02.03.03 Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-06-10 1085
Filing No.:
Gauging
Tools:
Check running clearance in all cases of doubt.
—
Normally, the running clearance need not be checked, since only new and genuine Deutz bearings may be fitted in new bores and the bolts tightened according to specification.
Dial gauge with magnetic support, Feeler gauge, Square timber of about 2000 mm length
Job Card: —
02.00.01
Job: Measuring the Big-end Bearing Clearance Turn respective crankpin to BDC. Fasten gauge (3) and its support (2) to connecting rod (1). Set gauge (3) to zero position. Raise rod (1) by timber block and read clearance «S» from gauge, making allowance for 0,05 mm oil film thickness (5). Measuring the Main Bearing Clearance Measure clearance above and below shaft journal by feeler gauge or plastic materials. Measuring the Locating Bearing Clearance Remove RH and LH crankcase doors at No. 2 bearing and gauge side clearance between segment and crankshaft flange on both sides.
Running Clearance (mm) Main bearing Big-end bering Side Clearance ( mm) Locating Bearing
New condition
Wear Limit
0,160 — 0,248 0,140 — 0,224
0,3 0,3
0,6 — 0,754
1,5
When wear limits are exceeded, never remachine shells or segments but replace.
© 51 252 0
© 0595
Job Card No.:
Bearing Clearance Gauging
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-06-10 1085
Job Card No.:
Bearing Shell Inspection
02.04.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-01-10 1852
S/BVM 628
Inspection
Job Cards:
Inspection of big-end bearings is required whenever removing pistons. If the wear pattern is unsatisfactory of if deep scoring and/or embedments of foreign particles are discovered.
—
Inspect one main bearing also, in accordance with the Maintenance Schedule, and, if in bad shape, the rest als. The first bearing to be inspected should be the central one.
02.03.02 02.03.03 02.05.01 (Big-end bearings) 02.06.01 (Big-end bearings) 02.07.01 (Main bearings) 02.08.01 (Main bearings)
Big-end bearings and main bearings which have already been running for 20 000 hours with distillate fuel, 18 000 hours with mixed oil or heavy oil 1 and 15 000 hours with heavy oil 2 must be renewed, even if they are still of good appearance, since they are likely to have lost their running-in properties due to advanced wear and tear at this stage. Renewal of all big-end bearings and main bearings is due at the end of about 40.000 running hours. Bearings to be refitted must be inspected with regard to: ● adequate spread (Job Card 02.03.02), ● correct running clearance (Job Card 02.03.03), ● wear pattern. Depending on the number of running and operating conditions, the wear patterns of bearing shells may differ widely. In all cases of doubt, therefore, it will be advisable to consult a DEUTZ serviceman.
© 1083
Job Card No.:
Bearing Shell Inspection
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-01-10 1852
Job Card No.:
Big-end Bearing Removal
02.05.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-06-10 1087
Job Cards: —
02.00.01 02.06.01
Tools: —
Standard tools, Possibly square timber, Socket spanner (Section 1.8)
Job: Bearing Removal with Piston Removal Observe Safety Precautions given on Job Card 02.00.01. On S/BV12/16M 628 engines use a ben tsokket spanner to loosen the big-end bolts on cylinder A1.
sadece 12/16 cyl V makinelerde
Turn crankshaft so that the big-end bolts (6) can be loosened with tool (piston approx. in TDC). Support cap (5) and unscrew bolts completely. Remove cap (5) out of crankcase. Take bottom shell out of cap (5). Remove top shell when drawing the piston (Job Card 02.09.01). Wrap adhesive tape (no transparent Scotch tape), cleaning rag or oil paper around the crankpin to protect the oil bore against contamination. Without piston removal The top shell can also be removed with the piston fitted. Remove support cap (5) as described under ”Bearing Removal with Piston Removal”. Place square timber underneath piston. Turn crankshaft slowly until the piston lowers onto the square timber revealing the freely hanging connecting rod. Remove top shell. For assessment of shell wear pattern see Job Card 02.04.01.
© 51 253 0
©1084
Job Card No.:
Big-end Bearing Removal
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-06-10 1087
Job Card No.:
Big-end Bearing Refitment
02.06.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0178-06-10 1088
Inspect shells for wear pattern and renew, if required (job 02.04.01). Used shells, caps and bolts must always be refitted in their original location. Shells, caps, connecting rods and pistons carry mating Nos. (cylinder No.). Inspect condition of crankpin. It should not be out-of-round for more than 0,1 mm.
Job Cards: —
02.03.03 02.14.01 02.15.01
Tools: —
Standard tools, possibly square timber,
Job: Carefully clean crankpin, top shell (1) and big-end (8). Carefully inspect pin surface and smoothen with an oil stone any pressure marks that may have been produced in removing the bearing. Bearing Refitment with Piston Removed Install piston (Job Card 02.14.01) and lower it until shell can be fitted. Check markings «x» and «y». Apply oil to running surfaces of shell and pin, but keep shell back and joint free from grease and oil to ensure perfect heat transfer. Top and bottom shells being identical, make sure that they are refitted in their original location. Make sure that lugs (3) of top and bottom shells properly engage in the rod/cap grooves. Now slowly lower piston/rod assembly down to crankpin. Ensure that the lugs (3) of the top and bottom shells correctly engage in the rod/cap grooves. Slowly lower connecting rod with the piston onto the crankpin.
© 51 396 0
©1084
Job Card No.:
02.06.01
Big-end Bearing Refitment
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0178-06-10 1088
Filing No.:
Bearing Refitment with the Piston not Removed In the case of piston and big-end bearing not being removed, lift and support big-end bearing with square timber, insert bearing shell (1) as described under «Bearing Refitment with Piston Removed», and slowly turn crankpin into head. Remove square timber. Clean cap (5) and shell (4) and apply oil to shell inside. Check that shell back and joints are free from oil or grease, otherwise heat transfer may be affected. Install cap (5) with shell (4). Fix bearing cap in place with prallel pins (2). Screw in connecting rod bolts (6) with washers (7) and tighten crosswise (Section 3.5, item 04). If necessary, measure bearing running clearance (Job Card 02.03.03). The rod side clearance should be as follows: New Condition
Wear Limit
0,40 — 0,64 mm
0,75 mm
Yukarda max 0.3 diyordu,burda kastedilen ne acaba?
For running in new or used bearing shells, see Section 4.6. When performing the job above, be careful not to foul the piston coolant nozzles (Job Card 02.15.01).
© 51 254 0
©1186
Job Card No.:
Main Bearing Removal
02.07.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-01-10 1836
To begin with, make sure that cylinder No. markings are provided on bearing cap fronts and face the engine’s driving end. Provide marks if missing.. Remove only every second bearing at a time, to prevent crankshaft sagging. Support flywheel when removing the bearing next to it.
Job Cards: —
02.00.01 02.16.02 02.04.01
Tools: —
Standard tools, Driving pin (Section 1.8), Hydr. tool assembly (Section 1.8), H.P. pump with pressure gauge (Section 1.8), H.P. hoses and distributor (Section 1.8), Spreader (Section 1.8), Lever (Section 1.8).
Job: Observe safety precautions (Job Card 02.00.01). Unscrew bolts (3) — Fig. 1 — on both engine sides. Fill two hydraulic tools with oil (Job Card 02.16.02) for releasing annular nuts (4) — Fig. 2 — . Procedure for releasing one nut (other side analogous); Screw clamping nut (7) onto stud (2) as far as it will go. Fit bush (8) onto nut (7). Push retainer (12) onto bush (8) and install hydraulic tool (11). By means of bolt (10) and washers (9), screw tool (11) together until the piston is flush with the cylinder end.
© 51 255 0
Fig. 1
©0683
Job Card No.:
02.07.01
Main Bearing Removal
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-01-10 1836
Back bolt (10) through one turn. Connect hydr. pump with hoses and operate pump to obtain the pressure specified (Section 3.5, item 2). Introduce pin (13) Fig. 3 — through aperture in bush (8). If annular nut (4) still resists turning, slowly raise oil pressure (10 to 20 bar). Check by mirror when pumping that the marking groove (Fig. 2) i n the piston will not project beyond the cylinder. Using pin (13), screw back nut (4) up to a little ahead of clamping nut (7), which requires some (9) strokes in the slot of bush (8) — Fig. 3 -. Take off oil pressure. Disconnect hoses from tools. Remove tools and push piston into cylinder until flush with the end. Fit lever (27) — Fig. 4 -. Unscrew nuts (4) — Fig. 1 -. Lower bearing cap onto a wooden board of about 10 mm thickness in the oil sump. Should cap (17) resist lowering, use spreader (16) Fig. 1 -. In this case, nuts (4) remain in situ. Release f oundation bolts on the engine side having no fitted studs and expand crankcase slightly with spreader (16) by turning nut (18). Unscrew nuts (4) and lower cap with lever (27) — Fig. 4 — onto a wooden board in the oil sump, as described above.
© 51 256 0
Fig. 2
© 51 257 0
Fig. 4
© 51 258 0
Fig. 3 ©0683
Job Card No.:
Main Bearing Removal
02.07.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-01-10 1836
S/BVM 628
Removing the Shells Take out lower bearing shell and make sure that its lug is provided with a marking on the back. NIf upper shell (14) cannot be pushed out by hand, insert driver pin (15) into oil passage ‘X’ of crankshaft (1) and carefully turn crankshaft in the arrowed direction (Fig. 5) until the flat of pin (15) contacts the joint of upper shell (14). Carefully turn farther until the upper shell can be removed by hand. Inspect upper shell for the lug marking (see job 02.08.01). Provide mark if missing. Remove pin (15). To keep dust, etc., out of the crankshaft oil passage, close the holes with a non-transparent adhesive tape, so that it will be noticed for removal when reassembly is done. DEMEKKİ BİRİLERİ TRANSPARENT KOYUP SONRA UNUTMUŞ © 51 259 0
Shell wear patterns: See Job Card 02.04.01. Fig. 5
©0683
Job Card No.:
Main Bearing Removal
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-01-10 1836
Job Card No.:
Main Bearing Refitment
02.08.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-01-10 1837
S/BVM 628
Job Cards: —
02.03.02 02.03.03
Tools: —
Standard tools, Driving pin (Section 1.8), Hydr. tool assembly (Section 1.8), H.P. pump with pressure gauge (Section 1.8), H.P. hoses and distributor (Section 1.8), Lever (Section 1.8), Deutz S2 compound (Section 3.6)
Inspect bearing shells and renew as necessary (job 02.04.01). Used shells must be refitted in their original location. Unlike bottom shell (5), to shell (14) — Fig. 1 — is provided with oil grooves. New shells, being of the precision type, must not be modified by scraping, etc. Like the old shells, they must be provided on one lug with amarking that is permanent but will not give high spots. The top and bottom shells must always be installed so that the marks will mate. Note marking of cap (17) on its front facing the engine’s driving end. Inspect journal and, if necessary, smoothen by oil stone.
Job: Refitting the Shells Clean all components. Remove protection coverings from oil bores of crankshaft (1) — Fig. 2 -. Apply film of oil to journal and shell running surface, but keep shell back and seat dry. Usually, shell (14) — Fig. 1 — can be fitted by hand. © 51 260 0
Failing this, insert driving pin (15) into oil bore of crankshaft (1) and turn shaft until driving pin (15) is in the appropriate position for turning top shell (14) in place (see Fig. 2).
Fig. 1
© 25 578 1
Fig. 2 ©0185
Job Card No.:
02.08.01
Main Bearing Refitment
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-01-10 1837
Slowly turn crankshaft as arrowed until top shell (14) — Fig. 1 — is equidistant from cap joints. Be sure not to damage the shell lug. Remove driving pin (15) — Fig 2 — and put bottom shell (5) — Fig. 1 — (mark facing driving end) into cap (17). Apply motor oil to threads of studs (2), and check that nuts (4) turn easily over the entire thread length. Install cap (17) with the aid of lever (27) — Fig. 3 — and screw nuts (4) in place hand-tight. To faciliate introduction of cap (17) into lateral guide, the crankcase can be spread at this point by means of tool (16) — Fig. 4 -. To do this, release foundation bolts on the engine side opposite the fitted studs and turn nut (18) — Fig. 4 — for spreading. Cap (17) — Fig 1 — can now be installed and handtightened by means of nuts (4). Remove spreader (16) — Fig. 4 — and retighten foundation bolts as locally specified.
Tightening Annular Nuts Fill two hydraulic tools with oil (job 02.16.02). Screw clamping nuts (7) — Fig. 3 — onto studs (2) as far as they will go. Fit clamping bushes (8) on clamping nuts (7). Slip retainer (12) over bushes (8). Install tools (11) and screw together by hex. bolts (10) and washers (9) until pistons are flush with cylinder ends. Back bolts (10) through one turn. Connect hydraulic pump with hoses. Apply Deutz S2 compound to seats of bolts (3) — see Fig 1 -. After the first expansion of studs (2), screw in bolts (3) together with washers (19). For enture expansion process, see Section 3.5.2. Following fitment of new shells, gauge clearance (Job Card 02.03.03). Attach crankcase doors.
© 51 261 0
Fig. 3
Run in engine, (Section 4.6).
© 51 262 0
Fig. 4 ©0185
Job Card No.:
Main Bearing Refitment
02.08.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-01-10 1837
Where studs (2) must be renewed, apply Deutz DW 60 compound to length of threads of new studs, screw into crankcase as far as they will go and tighten through 130 Nm (13 kpm). Refit oil sump (if removed) after application of Deutz DW 48 compound as a continuous «bead» (Fig. 5) of 2 — 3 mm width (not more) on the joint face.
Bead
© 51 263 0
Fig. 5
©0185
Job Card No.:
Main Bearing Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-01-10 1837
Job Card No.:
Piston Removal
02.09.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-06-10 1091
S/BVM 628
Job Cards: —
01.04.01 02.05.01 03.02.01
Tools: —
Standard tools Piston removing / refitting device (Section 1.8) 2 liner retainers (Section 1.8), Tap M 10 Hoist
Job: Remove cylinder head (job 01.04.01) and big-end bearing cap (Job Card 02.05.01). Place both liner retainers (7) — Fig. 1 — on two opposite studs and tighten annular nut (6) moderately. Firmly screw thrust pad (11) on liner. Turn up piston (5) until bright liner running surface is just blanked off by piston top edge. Close gap between piston top and liner by grease and then scrape off carbon from liner top section without using a grinder. Inspect reversing mark of top ring; if this mark has become so deep that piston rings are liable to catch here, grind mark away (Job Card 03.02.01). Turn up piston to TDC. Clean M 10 tapholes in piston top by means of tap and mount removing/refitting device (1). Carefully raise piston (5) and connecting rod by hoist. Do not remove the layer of carbon on the piston crown until the piston has been removed. During removal, check that rod big end will not foul the piston-cooling oil nozzle.
© 24 969 1
Fig. 1 Remove top shell. Put down piston/rod assembly in wooden rack (9) — Fig. 2 — or between two blocks on a wooden support. Secure rod against rocking. Wrap non-transparent adhesive tape, oil paper or a clean rag around crankpin to protect from dirt or damage.
© 51 264 0
Fig. 2 ©0199
Job Card No.:
Piston Removal
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-06-10 1091
Job Card No.:
Piston
02.10.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-07-297 5843
Inspection
Tools: —
The piston servicing intervals with regard to «Scheduled Maintenance» are very different, depending on engine application and loading. The following procedure has been established so that efficient servicing intervals can be determined.
Job:
Standard tools
Job Cards: —
01.05.04 01.08.01 02.04.01 02.09.01 02.10.02 02.10.04 02.12.01 03.02.01 06.02.01
● When the first piston inspection becomes due according to the maintenance schedule, the condition of pistons and piston rings is checked by inspecting the cylinder liner working surfaces from the combustion chamber using an endoscope (Job Card 01.05.04), or from the crankcase. If the cylinder heads have been removed, inspect as per Job Card 01.08.01. ● Thereafter draw one piston per cylinder bank. Remove that piston whrer the liner working surface appears to be in the worst shape (Job Card 02.09.01), in order to prevent faulty assesment of the piston status.. ● Remove connecting rod as per Job Card 02.12.01. ● Clean cooling spaces, supply and discharge bores in the piston crown and body. ● Carefully remove oil carbon disposits in the piston using a scraper. If the disposit layer is > 3 mm, check piston for consequential damage. ● Measure the combustion chamber contour of the piston. The centre of the piston in the case of motors with a compreesion ratio of e = 11.7 mm it must stand back by 0.8 mm — 1.1 mm e = 13.0 mm it must stand back by 2.3 mm — 2.6 mm ● If — the working surfaces of all cylinder liners are free from bright spots, scores and other defects, see also job 03.02.0, — the drawn pistons are in perfect condition, (in the case of engines, running on HFO, it must be checked whether there are oil carbon deposits in the piston cooling space. For this purpose introduce a screwdriver through the cooling oil discharge bore and check whether there exist any deposits. If a deposit layer is perceivable, i.e. exceeding ca. 0,5 mm, all pistons must be inspected and reconditioned as per Job Card 02.10.04.), — erosions of max. 1 mm in the area of the injection nozzle jets, — all piston rings are free from burned spots (brown/blue), — all piston rings are moving freely and not excessively worn, i.e.: — Running layers still fully intact and without signs of crumbling, no sharp edges, — Chromium plating on the rectangular ring still fully in tact and without cracks, — No running edge on the chamfered oil control ring exceeding 1 mm. the inspection of the remaining pistons may be postponed to the next inspection specified in the Maintenance Schedule. At that time a second inspection is carried out in the way as described above. If the findings are once again in order, servicing of all pistons may be postponed by another inspection interval. ● Should it become obvious during one of these inspections that the drawn piston shows any defects, all other pistons must be removed and serviced. If deviating values are measured, do not re-use piston! It is necessary to consult DEUTZ Service. ● For grater safety, inspect all other liners from the crankcase. The engine running hours up to the time when all pistons must be removed for the first time are considered as regular servicing interval for pistons in accordance with «S cheduled Maintenance». Enter the servicing interval in the Maintenance Schedule.
© 0693
Job Card No.:
02.10.01
Piston
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-07-297 5843
Servicing:
Tools: — Piston ring pliers (Section 1.8)
All rings of adrawn piston must be renewed. Only in exceptional cases and after thorough inspection piston rings having run less than 1000 hours may be refitted.
Aid: —
Ground piston ring (100 mm long) Fine emery cloth, No. 250 Carborundum
Spare parts: —
Set of piston ring
Job Card: —
02.10.02
Job: ● Remove piston rings with piston ring pliers (1). ● Free piston from carbon. ● Carefully clean ring grooves, using a ring fragment as scraper. Because of the chamfered face, scrape with the inner side of the ring and be sure not to damage the radii of the grooves and the groove flanks. ● Smoothen minor friction and seizure marks on the piston running surface with fine carborundum. In the case of major defects or heavy scoring, renew piston. ● Before refitting a cleaned piston, gauge the grooves, see job 02.10.02. ● Fit the piston rings, starting with the lowest. Use only piston ring pliers for this work.
© 24 962 1
Fig. 1
Piston ring pliers
“Top” on the piston ring flanks must always point upward.
© 0785
Job Card No.:
Piston
02.10.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-07-297 5843
Ring Pack 1. Rectangular ring 2. Taper-faced compression ring 3. Bevelled-edge oil control ring After removal of piston control big-end bearingr, see Job Card 02.04.01.
© 51 265 0
Fig. 2
Ring pack Dimensions Specified for Piston Rings and Grooves
New Condition
Clearance
Ring 1
4,925 — 4,940
Groove 1
5,130 — 5,150
Ring 2
4,925 — 4,940
Groove 2
5,100 — 5,120
Ring 3
6,965 — 6,987
Groove 3
7,050 — 7,070
0,190 — 0,225
0,160 — 0,195
0,063 — 0,105
© 1083
Job Card No.:
Piston
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-07-297 5843
Piston ring grooves
Job Card No.:
02.10.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-07-10 1093
S/BVM 628
Checking Piston Ring Grooves Following each piston removal renew piston rings and gauge axial clearance «S» between new piston ring and bottom flank or ring groove at 8 points offset by 45°, Fig. 1.
Tools: —
Feeler gauge
Job Cards: —
02.10.01 02.11.01
© 50 618 1
Fig. 1
Measuring points for gauging axial clearances
Job: ● Fit new piston rings as per job 02.10.01. ● Mark the insertion depth of 5 mm on a 0,4 mm feeler gauge, Fig. 2. ● Press new piston ring against groove base in the area of gauge point. ● Introduce feeler gauge at bottom flank of piston ring between piston and ring. If at any location the gauge can be inserted more than 5 mm, the piston must be reconditioned as per Job Card 02.11.01. Reconditioning will also be necessary if it must be expected that the axial clearance «S» is exceeded within the next piston overhaul interval according to the Maintenance Schedule.
© 0392
© 50 696 1
Fig. 2
Measuring procedure for gauging axial clearances
Job Card No.:
Piston ring grooves
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-07-10 1093
Job Card No.:
Piston
02.10.04
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-07-297 5844
Reconditioning
Job Cards:
Normally, dismantling of the piston is not necessary. If, however, dismantling is indispensable because of the gauging results, this work may only be carried out by DEUTZ AG or an authorzed workshop.
—
03.20.02 02.10.02
Auxiliaries: —
Job:
Lubricant DEUTZ S2 (Section 3.6)
Tools:
Removal ● Inspect piston as per Job Card 02.10.01. ● Inspect piston rings grooves as per Job Card 02.10.02. ● Unscrew nuts (4) and take thrust pieces (5) out of piston base (3). ● Separate piston top (1) from base by hammering copper or plastic drift through cooling oil dis charge bore of the piston base. ● Clean all parts.
—
Standard tools Slide Copper or plastic drift
Do not damage components! No manual or mechanical reworking is per missible on seating surfaces between piston top and base or on centering seats ● Measure dimension «X» of waisted studs with depth gauge. If dimension «X» exceeds 96 mm, renew waisted stud. ● Renew all worn and damaged parts. Reassembly ● Screw waisted studs (6) with 25 Nm into piston top, if necessary. ● Place piston top (1) on its base (3) with dowel pin (2) properly engaged. © 50 627 0
● Slide thrust pieces (5) onto studs so that spherical end faces towards the piston top. ● Apply DEUTZ S2 to threads and contact surfaces of nuts (4).
© 0792
Fig. 1
Reconditioning of piston
Job Card No.:
02.10.04
Piston
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-07-297 5844
● Screw nuts (4) onto studs (6). —
Tighten nuts crosswise with 35 Nm. Release nuts. STighten nuts crosswise with 15 Nm. Tighten nuts further through 60° — 90°.
Check: — Tighten nuts with 35 Nm, while doing this the nuts must not continue to turn. Otherwise determine and remedy cause; contact surfaces may be dirty or damaged, etc.
© 50 627 0
Fig. 2
Reconditioning of piston
© 0792
Piston Ring Grooves
Job Card No.:
02.11.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-07-297 5838
S/BVM 628
Reconditioning If it becomes obvious during an inspection of the piston ring grooves that the piston needs to be reconditioned, this can only be done by chromium-plating carried out by DEUTZ AG or by an authorized workshop.
© 0292
Job Card No.:
Piston Ring Grooves
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-07-297 5838
Piston Pin Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
02.12.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-07-10 1656
S/BVM 628
Job Cards: —
02.09.01 02.13.01 02.14.01
Tools: —
Circlip pliers Hoist
Remove piston (job 02.09.01). Before removing piston pin, check that respective cylinder No. is marked at piston, shank, and big-end bearing cap (points I, II, and III in adjacent Fig.). Provide marks, if missing. Following pin removal, gauge small-end bush and pin (job 02.13.01).
Job: Removing the Pin Attach rod/piston assembly to hoist, with piston (7) at bottom and carefully place on piston crown. Remove circlips (6) and push out pin (5). Raise rod out of piston by hoist. Clean pin receiving bore, pin, and brush. Replacing one Conrod When replacing a conrod by a new one, make sure that the cylinder No. is marked at the points «II» and «III», before assembling the conrod and the big-end bearing cap (see Fig. 1). Refitting the Pin Install one circlip (6) in piston (7). Position rod by hoist so that, when introducing the rod into the piston, the cylinder Nos. marked on piston (I) and rod (II) are in line one above the other (see Fig. 1). © 51 268 0
Apply oil to pin (5) and bush. Afterwards push in pin and install the second circlip.
Fig. 1
When installing circlips (6), check that their gaps are facing towards the big-end (3) ( see Fig. 2). NEDEN ACABA?
© 51 269 0
Fig. 2 © 1083
Job Card No.:
Piston Pin Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-07-10 1656
Piston Pin, Piston Pin Bush, Piston Pin Bore Gauging / Reconditioning
Job Card No.:
02.13.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-07-10 1096
Filing No.:
Gauging
Tools:
Measure the bearing clearance.
—
Job: Remove pin (job 02.12.01). Put rod (3) upright. Introduce cleaned pin (1) into cleaned bush until pin projection «a» is equal at both bush ends.
Feeler gauge, Inside micrometer, Outside micrometer, Removing/Refitting device for big-end bush (Section 1.8.1)
Measure bearing clearance «S» by feeler gauge. Insert piston pin in cleaned piston pin bore and measure clearance. When the specified wear limit has been exceeded, the components must be individually gauged and the worn items renewed.
Clearance
New Condition
Wear Limit
Pin / Bush
0,09 — 0,155
0,2
Pin / Piston Bore
0,01 — 0,03
0,1
105,090 to 105,145
105,15
Diameter Pin bush inner diameter Piston pin
104,990 to 105,000
104,95
Piston pin bore
105,010 to 105,020
105,07
Reconditioning Press out old bushes with a suitable tool after applying a saw. Undercool new bush with liquid nitrogen, if available, (see Section 3.7) or by placing the bush in the freezer. Heat small end in oil bath to 80-90°C. Introduce bush by removing/refitting device so that the bush projects the conrod eye evenly on the right and left. Afterwards, check bush for roundness and then check — with the adjoining fixture (4) — that the unparallelism between the small-end/ big-end bearing centre lines is max. 0,04 mm per 100 mm length. If such fixture is not available, proceed as follows:
© 1084
© 51 270 0
Job Card No.:
02.13.01
Piston Pin, Piston Pin Bush, Piston Pin Bore Gauging / Reconditioning
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-07-10 1096
Remove rings from piston (job 02.10.01). Install piston (job 02.14.01), however, without piston rings. Introduce a feeler gauge between piston and liner and check that clearance endwise and crosswise to the engine are identical. If there is no equal clearance or if the unparallelism exceeds the specification, replace rod. Straightening is not alllowed.
© 1084
Job Card No.:
Piston Refitment
02.14.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-07-10 1339
To begin with check, maintain and measure rings as under Job Cards 02.10.01 and 02.10.02. Inspect liner (Job Card 03.02.01). Matching of rings to grooves: see Job Card 02.10.01. If piston/rod assembly was dismantled, see Job Card 02.12.01.
Job Cards: —
01.09.01 02.06.01 02.10.01 02.10.02 02.12.01 02.15.01 03.02.01
Tools: —
Suspension device (Section 1.8), Ring compressor (Section 1.8), Ring pliers (Section 1.8), Hoist.
Job: Mount suspension device (1) on piston (5). Make sure that joint of spring in conformable oil control ring is displaced by 180° relative to ring gap. Install rings by pliers, beginning with the oil control ring, and evenly distributing the ring gaps around the piston periphery. Apply ample oil to piston skirt and rings. Fit ring compressor (2) in place and tighten wingnut (6) while knocking the band on alternate sides with the hands. This is to ensure that the rings are properly seated in their grooves. Turn respective crankpin to TDC and remove protective wrapping. Apply an ample amount of oil to liner, crankpin and running surface of top big-end shell. Install shell in big-end. To guide the piston, a pipe can be placed on suspension device (1). Check that big-end marking faces the crankcase door. Introduce piston/rod assembly into liner, taking care that the big rod end will not damage the liner. While introducing piston further into liner, check that ring compressor (2) is squarely seated on the inner liner shoulder, thus preventing breakage of the rings. Lower piston/rod assembly still further until the big-end settles with the top shell on the crankpin. Remove suspension device (1) and compressing tool (2). For big-end bearing assembly, see Job Card 02.06.01. If removed, refit piston coolant nozzles in their original location as marked by their cylinder Nos. Check nozzle alignment by test pin (Job Card 02.15.01). Observe running-in instructions, Section 4.6.
© 24 968 1
© 0983
Job Card No.:
02.14.01
Piston Refitment
Page 1 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank.
0178-07-10 1339
Job Card No.:
Piston Coolant Nozzle Inspection
02.15.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-16-10 1980
Inspection To ensure proper piston cooling, check that the coolant jet centrally enters the inlet hole of the piston. Make sure, therefore, the coolant nozzle is properly located.
Tools: —
Pocket lamp, Mirror (Section 1.8), Check pin (Section 1.8), Aligning tool (Section 1.8).
Job: Inspecting the Check Pin Make sure the bottom end of pin (2) is free from defects and the whole pin is straight. Install pin (2) in a spare nozzle and turn by hand. If the upper end is wobbling, straighten the pin. Alignment Test Remove crankcase door. Move piston to TDC. Place mirror (4) so that coolant inlet (1) in piston and coolant nozzle (3) are clearely to be seen. Fix a string to pin (2) and secure string to the engine exterior, to ensure that the pin cannot fall into the sump. Carefully lower the piston by turning the crankshaft by about 30° crank angle, while guiding the pin ends into coolant inlet (1) and coolant nozzle (3). Check that pin can be rotated freely, i.e. without contacting the check valve. Failing this, correct nozzle position with the aid of the aligning tool and the mirror. Remove check pin after test!
© 51 271 0
© 0385
Job Card No.:
Piston Coolant Nozzle Inspection
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-16-10 1980
Job Card No.:
Hydraulic Tool for Annular Nuts Servicing
02.16.02
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-49-10 1100
Servicing
Job Cards:
(Filling and Bleeding)
—
Although satisfactory operation of this equipment requires complete freedom from air in piping etc., specific bleeding is normally not required since the automatic couplings keep oil in and air out. 1 2 3 4 5 6
Pump Oil reservoir Filler plug Hand lever Retaining spring Hand wheel for shut-off valve
7 8 9 10 11 12
01.04.01 01.09.01 02.07.01 02.08.01
Pressure gauge Hose Distributor Safety half-coupling Ram cylinder Safety half-coupling
© 51 272 0
© 0683
Job Card No.:
02.16.02
Hydraulic Tool for Annular Nuts Servicing
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-49-10 1100
Filing No.:
Design and Function Pump (1) builds up oil pressure which reaches rams (11) through hoses (8). Overpressure is avoided by a relief valve. Gauge (7) is used for setting the oil pressure required for the spec ific screwed joint. Hand wheel (6) is turned to let off pressure afterwards. Safety hose couplings (10) and (12) are used in combination with H.P. hoses (8) and distributor (9). If less than four rams are operated, the unused hoses must be closed with half-coupling (10) and their locking nipples.
Filling and Bleeding The normal working position of pump (1) is horizontal, but the vertical position — hose connection down — is also permissible. Use only one of the following hydraulic oils: BP Energol Hydraulici 50 BV E 100 Heavy- duty oil Esso Zerice 36 Gasolin Special AS
Mobil Hydraulic oil Shell AB 11 oil Viscobil Sera I oil Viscobil oli CL 40 oil
Any other oils are liable to affect sealing materials. Definitely unsuitable are brake fluids, dashpot oils, gas, oil, kerosene or gasoline/petrol.
Job: Fill pump (1) through hole (3) with min. 1,5 litres of oil. Connect pump (1), support for gauge (7), distributor (9) to hoses. Operate pump lever (4) until hoses are bled. Unscrew safety half-coupling (12) from tool. Fill tool with oil and refit half-coupling. Connect hoses. All parts of the hydraulic device must be in perfect shape. This applies in particular to the hoses, which must never be sharply bent or pulled.
© 0583
Hydraulic Tool for Annular Nuts Servicing
Job Card No.:
02.16.02
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-49-10 1100
S/BVM 628
If trouble arises, for instance with the build-up or drop of hydraulic pressure, proceed as follows: with pump (1) in vertical position (hose connection down), work lever (4) quickly up and down, while opening and closing shut-off wheel (6). Inspect ball valve in the support of gauge (7) and, if necessary, recondition. Included in the set of reserve parts supplied with the engine is a pressure gauge also fitted with a safety halfcoupling (12) for connection to one of hoses (8); this spare gauge can be used for calibrating regular gauge (7).
© 51 273 0
© 0683
Job Card No.:
Hydraulic Tool for Annular Nuts Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-49-10 1100
Job Card No.:
Flexible Coupling (Vulkan-type with Flange)
02.17.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine:
Coupling size:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0178-52-10 1608
Filing No.:
EZ 121 S / EZ 135 S EZ 142 S / EZ 166 S
Tools: —
The coupling can be radially removed without affecting engine and driven machine.
Standard tools, Hoist, Puller bolts.
Job: Removing the Coupling Attach coupling to hoist. Mark flanged jacket (4) Fig. 1 — relative to flywheel (6), and coupling flange (9) relative to flanged hub (10). Slacken hex. bolts (1) consecutively in stages through dimension «X».
Coupling size EZ 121 S / EZ 135 S EZ 142 S / EZ 166 S
Dimension„X“ 12 mm 13 mm
Apply light blows to the heads of bolts (1) to work loose cover (2) from rubber element (3) and press it out from the locating seat of jacket (4). In doing so, dowel sleeves (5) remain fixed in jacket (4) and, for piloting, partially in cover (2). Unscrew hex. bolts (7) and take off washers (14). Remove any dowel pins (8) and lockplates (13). Unscrew hex. bolts (11) and remove pin (12). Using puller bolts M 18×50 / M 20×50, press back jacket (4) Fig.2 — from flywheel (6) until the locating seats of flywheel and hub come clear. By means of puller bolts remove hub (10) out of location seat of flange (9). Remove coupling. For element replacement, see Vulkan instructions.
© 51 274 0
Fig. 1
© 0385
Job Card No.:
02.17.01
Flexible Coupling (Vulkan-type with Flange)
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
Refitting and Coupling Refitment is done in reverse order: after installing the coupling, restore connection between flywheel (6) and jacket (4). Tighten bolts (7) as specified (Section 3.5, Item 42 for couplings EZ 121 S / EZ 135 S, and Item 43 for couplings EZ 142 S / EZ 166 S). Finally, attach flange (9) — Fig. 2 — to hub (10) and secure external element fastenings.
© 51 275 0
Fig. 2
© 0385
Job Card No.:
Flexible Coupling (Vulkan-type w/o Flange)
02.17.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
Coupling Size:
S/BVM 628
0178-52-10 1610
EZ 121 S, EZ 135 S, EZ 142 S, EZ 166 S, EZ 171 S, EZ 195 S, EZ 201 S
Tools: —
Standard tools, Puller bolts.
Elements can be radially removed without affecting engine and driven machine.
Job: Replacing Elements Release hex. bolts (1) consecutively in stages and remove with washers as follows: with the bolts still in cover (2) through half the thread length, apply light blows to the bolt to work loose cover (2) from element (3) and press it out from the location seat of jacket (4). In doing so, dowel sleeves (5) remain fixed in jacket (4). Unscrew hex. bolts (7) with washers (14). Remove any dowel pin (8) and lockplate (13). Press back jacket (4) by puller bolts and remove ring (15). For further element replacement see Vulkan instructions. For refitment, connect jacket (4) to flywheel (6) by fitting dowel pin (8) and lockplate (13) — if any -, tightening bolts (7) with washers (14) — see Section 3.5, Item 51 for couplings EZ 121 S / EZ 135 S, Item 52 for couplings EZ 142 S / EZ 166 S, Item 53 for couplings EZ 171 S / EZ 195 S, and Item 54 for coupling EZ 201 S -.
© 51 276 0
© 0385
Job Card No.:
Flexible Coupling (Vulkan-type w/o Flange)
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-52-10 1610
Job Card No.:
Crankcase Relief Valve
03.01.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-01-10 1101
Inspection
Tools:
Inspect gaskets of crankcase doors and test relief valves.
—
Standard tools
Following removal of doors (1) with valves (4) inspect liner seals between water jackets and crankcase interior. Prime lubricating circuit and check that all bearings are supplied with oil. Clean oil sump from any sludge.
Job: Unscrew hex. bolts (3) and remove door (1) with relief valve (4). Press valve by hand from inside and release. If disk plate (6) jams when pushing or if the screw spring (10) prevents the plate from pressing back against the 0-seal (7), dismantle and clean the relief valve.
Servicing Dismantling the aRelief Valve Unscrew hex. bolts (14) and remove sealing rings (13). Unscrew cheese-head screws (9) and remove round flange gasket (11) and ring carrier (8) with 0-seal (7). Disk plate (6) and spring(10) are beared in relief valve housing (4). Replace any defective part. Before reassembling, check round flange seal (11), gasket (2), and 0-seal (7) and replace, if required. Tighten hex. bolts (3).
© 25 229 1
© 0985
Job Card No.:
Crankcase Relief Valve
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-01-10 1101
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Liner Servicing
03.02.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-04-10 1102
Servicing
Job Cards:
At every piston inspection, check also liner running surface and cylinder head gsket seat.
—
Renew heavily scored liners. Remove any slight scores or high spots with emery cloth. Remove any shoulder marks. The nitrided cylinder liners need not to be extra re-roughened.
02.09.01 03.03.01 03.06.01
Tools: —
Standard tools Emery cloth (grain size 200)
Job: Before cleaning the liner, cover up the crankcase interior. Prior to piston removal, any severe top ring TDC reversing marks must be removed, and in any case when installing oversize rings. To avoid damage to the liner running surface in the zone of the reversing mark and below, the following procedure is recommendable: Place a metal plate, 1 mm smaller in diameter than the liner, on the piston. Turn piston high enough so that the ceconditioning work will not affect the running surface below the reversing mark. Before starting the job, close clearance between piston and liner with grease. Remove reversing mark by means of emery cloth. When the job is finished, clean liner thoroughly. After cleaning the liner, gauge the wear (job 03.03.01). Liners are to be roughened whenever pistons are removed (job 03.06.01). © 24 873 1
© 0683
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Liner Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-04-10 1102
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Liner
03.02.03 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-04-10 1853
Servicing
Job Cards:
Remove all cylinder liners, check and recondition or renew as necessary.
—
Any necessary reconditioning of the cylinder liners and possibly of the crankcase must be carried out by DEUTZ Service.
03.02.01 03.03.01 03.04.01 03.05.01 03.06.01 09.00.01
Tools: —
Standard tools
Job: ● Drain off cooling water (Job Card 09.00.01). ● Remove cylinder liner (Job Card 03.04.01) and clean. ● Inspect liner running surface for scores and wear-shoulder; inspect also cylinder head set — see Job Card 03.02.01. ● Gauge inside diameter and ovality (Job Card 03.03.01). ● Check outside of liner for damage, cavitation, corrosion or scale. Corrosion and scale suggest unsuitable coolingwater. Observe instructions given in Section 6. ● Renew 0-rings (for sealing-off the cooling chamber) and sealing ring below the liner collar. ● Install liner (Job Card 03.05.01).
© 1083
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Liner
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-04-10 1853
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Liner
03.03.01 Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-04-10 2068
Filing No.:
Inspection / Gauging Check (TDC) piston reversing mark. If it exceeds some 0,2 mm, gauge liner. Following installation of a new liner, a check for roundness will be sufficient.
Tools: —
Stadia (fabricated locally), Block gauge
To begin with, carefully clean liner and stadia and cover up the crankcase interior below the liner.
Job: Set micrometer to nominal liner diameter. Suspend stadia (1) in liner (2). Gauge liner axially and radially at the stadia levels provided. To do this, hang stad ia in the respective direction. The gauging levels are provided by 3 holes in the stadia. Record all readings. When the specified limit is exceeded, replace liner. Nominal bore Wear limit (measured at TDC of 1st and 2nd compression ring) Maximum ovality
Ø 240 mm dia.
Ø 241 mm dia. 0,072 mm
If ovality is exceeded, remove liner and trace cause (Job Ca rd 03.04.01). Gauging levels from liner top: a = 60 — 61 mm b= 190 mm c= 340 mm Renew cylinder liners which have almost reached the wear limit after more than 50,00 running hours.
© 51 277 0
© 1090
Job Card No.:
Cylinder Liner
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-04-10 2068
Job Card No.:
Cylinder lining Removal
03.04.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-04-10 1104
Cylinder lining removal
Job Cards:
Remove the cylinder lining once the max. admissible degree of wear or required repair has been reached.
—
Prior to removing the cylinder lining, take the standard measurement See job card 03.03.01
01.04.01 03.02.01 03.03.01 09.00.01
Tools: —
Removal and refitment tool (section 1.8). Standard tools Straight edge Hoist Scribing iron
Aid: —
Felt pen, water-proof
Job: ● Drain cooling water from the crankcase, job card 09.00.01 ● Remove cylinder head, job card 01.04.01. ● Cover the crank cavity. ● Clean the cylinder lining collar and the crankcase seating surface. ● Place a straight edge on the cylinder lining collar, against 2 special cheese head screws, Fig. 1. ● Mark the refitment position of the cylinder lining in the crankcase along the straight edge using a water-proof felt pen. It may also be marked by means of the scribing iron, however, ensure that the sealing surface is not damaged, i.e., scribe on the outer circumfe rence of the cylinder lining collar. ● Mark the cylinder lining with the cylinder designa tion, e.g. A2 in Fig. 1. ● Fit bridge (2) on crankcase (5), Fig. 2 ● Fit tension rod screw (3) through the hole of the bridge (2) in the cylinder lining. ● Press the pulling bracket (6) against the cylinder lining from the crank cavity. ● Screw tension rod screw (3) into the pulling brac ket (6), and fit hexagon nut (4). ● Tighten hexagon screw (4) until the cylinder lining raises out of the guide. Use a lifting device to pull the cylinder lining vertically out of the crankcase, and deposit on a wooden support. ● Remove the seal (1). ● Check the running surface of the cylinder lining, job card 03.02.01. ● Thoroughly clean the cylinder lining on the outsi de, particularly the grooves in the round seals.
© 51 521 0
Fig. 1
Marking the refitment position
Deposit of boiler scale is an indication of unsuitable coolant, observe the regulations, section 6.4. Decide whether additional linings must be removed on the basis of the findings.
© 50 083 1
Fig. 2 © 0698
Removal and refitment tools
Job Card No.:
Cylinder lining Removal
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-04-10 1104
Job Card No.:
Cylinder liner Refitment
03.05.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0178-04-10 1105
Gauge new liner after installation max. ovality 0,15 mm. When refitting used liners, inspect reversing marks of upper piston rings (see job 03.02.01).
Job Cards: —
03.02.01 03.03.01 03.06.01
Tools: —
Standard tools, Lubrificant Deutz F5 (Section 3.6), Liner removing / refitting device (Section 1.8) , Hoist, Square timber (70 x 70 x 300)
Job: Cover up crankcase interior and clean wall of water space, seating surface of liner flange, as well as guide surfaces and conical introduction zones for 0seals. Grease Viton 0-seals (7 and (5 and 4 mm Ø) with Deutz F5 and insert into grooves without diatorting them. Be sure to use always new genuine seals. Inspect seal (6), renew when necessary, and insert in the locating seat provided in the crankcase. Mount liner removing/refitting device. For liner protection insert square timber (5) between bridge (1) and liner flange. Attach liner to hoist and let liner slide into crankcase. When exerting slight pressure, the liner slides ontoits seat. Detach liner removing/refitting device (see Job Card 03.03.01). Roughen running surface with a honing device (Job Card 03.06.01), unless this has already been done. If no hoing device is available, use emery cloth No. 200 (see Job Card 03.06.01 concerning roughening direction). When roughening is completed, clean liner thoroughly. Run in engine again. See Section 4.6, run-in instructions.
© 50 081 1
© 0985
Job Card No.:
Cylinder liner Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-04-10 1105
Honing Cylinder Liner
Job Card No.:
03.06.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-04-10 2063
S/BVM 628
Honing Cylinder Liner A liner must be honed, — upon installation of new piston rings or new piston, — if running surface has become partially or totally bright, i.e. honing grooves are no longer visible, — if grooves are too deep. The honing may only be carried out by DEUTZ AG workshops which are especially equipped to do that job.
© 1192
Job Card No.:
Honing Cylinder Liner
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-04-10 2063
Job Card No.
Foundation Bolts Inspection
03.07.01
0178-46-10 1173
S/BVM 628
Engine: Filing No.:
Inspection
Job Card: —
The effects of heat and internal stressing may effect the foundation, so make sure that engine foundation bolts are tight (even where piping renders the access difficult).
02.02.01
Tools: —
Standard tools
Inspection is especially important during the initial 50 running hours of the engine.
Job: Strike chocks/shims (2) and (3) respectively with a hammer and check that this will produce a solid metallic sound. Failing this, bolts (4), (5), (6) are liable to be slack and must therefore be retightened as specified by the foundation erector. Thereafter, measure crankweb deflection (job 02.02.01).
Cleanliness is very important, in particular, do not let the foundation come in contact with oil or water.
Rigid Mounting
Resilient Mounting
© 51 278 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Foundation Bolts Inspection
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-46-10 1173
Job Card No.:
Crankshaft System — Reconditioning of Resiliently Mounted Engines
03.08.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-46-10 1604
Reconditioning
Tools:
Resiliently mounted engines call for the least possible imbalance of the crankshaft system.
—
When disassembling the crankshaft system of resilienly mounted engines, make sure that pistons, connecting rods and bearings are marked with the relevant cylinder No. During reassembly, it is necessary — as usual — that pistons, connecting rods and bearings are reinstalled for the same cylinder and in the same paired sets. This is particularly important in the case of resiliently mounted engines, in order to prevent any further imbalance of the crankshaft system.
© 1283
Weighing scale (if required)
Job Card No.:
Crankshaft System — Reconditioning of Resiliently Mounted Engines
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-46-10 1604
Job Card No.:
Camshaft Bearings
04.01.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine:
0178-10-10 1824
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
Inspection / Gauging
Job Cards:
Measure clearance of accessible bearings. If wear is discovered, examine other bearings also. To do this, remove injection pumps (Job Card 07.04.01).
—
02.00.01 04.05.01 04.06.01 07.04.01
Tools:
Replacement of bearing bushes requires camshaft removal (Job Card 04.05.01).
—
Standard tools, Feeler gauge
Job: Remove cover (1) and fit feeler gauge between camshaft and bearing bush. Nominal clearance: Wear limit:
0,111 — 0,208 mm 0,3 mm
Once 0,3 mm has been reached, bearing replacement is due.
Reconditioning We recommend that reconditioning work be entrusted to a Deutz Service Station. Removing the Bearing Bushes Remove injection pump with drive (Job Card 07.04.01). Detach cover (1) and remove camshaft (Job Card 04.05.01). Either saw through bearing bushes (2) and/or drive out of the crankcase (3) with a brass pin (Ø 0,94 mm), or withdraw with a puller. Fitting New Bearing Bushes Prior to installation, the bearing bushes are to be undercooled (shrunk) in liquid nitrogen down to between 170°C and -196°C (see Section 3.7). Make sure that all shrink-fit surfaces (bushes and their receiving bores in the bushes in crankcase) are perfectly clean, i.e. metallically bright. Be sure to install the bushes in the location shown overleaf, i.e. with the bores in the bushes coinciding with the bores in the crankcase.
© 0985
Job Card No.:
04.01.01
Camshaft Bearings
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-10-10 1824
Filing No.:
Oil bores must coincide !
Detail „X“ © 51 279 0
Detail «X» Install camshaft (Job Card 04.06.01). Refit cover (1), tightening as per Section 3.5, item 28. Finally, mount injection pump (Job Card 07.04.01).
© d0985
Job Card No.:
Lower Valve Drive
04.02.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-11-10 1346
Inspection
S/BVM 628
Job Cards: —
Inspect accessible tappet rollers and cams. If wear is found, inspect other tappet rollers and cams. To do this, remove injection pumps (Job Card 07.04.01 ).
01.04.01 01.09.01 07.04.01
Tools: —
Job: Remove accessible covers (10) — Fig. 1 -. Turn engine and check for perfect running of the rollers and that the cams have a perfectly smooth surface. Especially critical defects are:
Standard tools Lamp Prism Hard-wood block or aluminium plate
● scaling and cracks ● blue heat discoloration on the cams If cams and rollers are found to be in perfect order, refit covers (10), tightening fastening bolts as per Section 3.5, item 28.
Reconditioning Reconditioning is primarily required when rollers have become defective or the valve drive is jamming. Depending on the valve drive’s location, it is necessary to remove injection pump drive (see Job Card 07.04.01 ).
© 50 123 1
Fig. 1
© 1285
Job Card No.:
04.02.01
Lower Valve Drive
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-11-10 1346
turned by 90°
© 50 116 1
Fig. 2
Job: Removing the Drive Remove cylinder head (Job Card 01.04.01). Take out pushrods (25) — Fig. 2 — and remove bolts (16) together with spring lock-washers (17). Raise tappet guide (30) by means of a screwdriver inserted into the pocket provided in the flange of the tappet guide. Remove washer and compression spring (if provided). Inspect all parts for wear, especially tappet guide (30), tappet (29), roller (31) and socket (28). Replace any defective parts.
© 1285
Lower Valve Drive
Job Card No.:
04.02.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-11-10 1346
S/BVM 628
Removing Tappet Roller After removing the complete tappet (29), the roller can be removed. The best way to do this is to use a prism, on which the tappet is placed to press out the roller pin (32) — Fig. 3 -. If no prism is to hand, the tappet can be placed on a hard-wood block (33) or on an aluminium plate provided with a suitable large hole for free passage of the roller pin when being pressed out. Before pressing out the pin by means of a brass drift and a press, place a 0,3 — 0,4 mm-thick plate (34) between both sides of tappet (29), in order to prevent possible deformation of the lower part of the tappet.
© 50 117 1
Fig. 3 Refitting the Drive Clean all drive components, apply some oil and assemble in the reverse order. Check tappet roller (31) for easy rotation. Install tappet guide (30) provided with a new 0-seal (14) along with tappet (29) into crankcase, paying attention to dowel sleeve (15). Slit of dowel sleeve (15) must face longitudinal direction of engine. Screw in bolts (16) provided with lockwashers (17) and tighten securely. Check that tappet (29) moves freely in guide (30). Install pushrods (25) and refit cylinder head (Job Card 01.09.01). Set valve clearance (Job Card 01.01.01) . Hint for Faciliating Removal of Camshaft The cylinder heads can remain in situ. Only the pushrods (25) neeed be removed. By means of weld ing wires, the tappets (29) can be raised and the camshaft removed as perJob Card 04.05.01. At the upper edge of the tappet (29) is a bore-hole, into which a wire can be inserted. Then raise the tappet and suspend it at the top edge of the cylinder head.
© 1285
Job Card No.:
Lower Valve Drive
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-11-10 1346
Job Card No.:
Lower Valve Drive
04.02.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-11-10 1992
Inspection
S/BVM 628
Job Cards: —
Inspect accessible tappet rollers and cams. If wear is found, inspect the other tappet rollers and cams. To do this, remove injection pumps (job 07.04.01).
01.04.01 01.09.01 07.04.01
Tools: —
Standard tools Lamp Prism Hard-wood block or aluminium plate
Job Remove accessible covers (10) — Fig. 1 -. Turn engine and check for perfect running of the rollers and that the cams have a perfectly smooth surface. Especially critical defects are: ● scaling and cracks ● blue heat discoloration on the cams If cams and rollers are found to be in perfect order, refit covers (10), tightening fastening bolts as per Section 3.5, item 28.
Reconditioning Reconditioning is primarily required when rollers have become defective or the valve drive is jamming. Depending on the valve drive’s location, it is necessary to remove injection pump drive (see Job Card 07.04.01 ).
© 1285
© 50 123 1
Fig. 1
Job Card No.:
04.02.01
Lower Valve Drive
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-11-10 1992
turned by 90°
© 50 040 1
Fig. 2
Job: Removing the Drive Remove cylinder head (Job Card 01.04.01). Take out pushrods (25) — Fig. 2 — and remove bolts (16) together with spring lock-washers (17). Raise tappet guide (30) by means of a screwdriver inserted into the pocket provided in the flange of the tappet guide. Remove circlip (23). Inspect all parts for wear, especially tappet guide (30), tappet (29), roller (31) and socket (28). Replace any defective parts.
© 1285
Lower Valve Drive
Job Card No.:
04.02.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-11-10 1992
S/BVM 628
Removing Tappet Roller After removing the complete tappet (29), the roller can be removed. The best way to do this is to use a prism, on which the tappet is placed to press out the roller pin (32) — Fig. 3 -. If no prism is to hand, the tappet can be placed on a hard-wood block (33) or on an aluminium plate provided with a suitable large hole for free passage of the roller pin when being pressed out.
© 50 118 1
Fig. 3 Refitting the Drive Clean all drive components, apply some oil and assemble in the reverse order. Check tappet roller (31) for easy rotation. Install tappet guide (30) provided with a new 0-seal (14) along with tappet (29) into crankcase, paying attention to dowel sleeve (15). Slit of dowel sleeve (15) must face longitudinal direction of engine. Screw in bolts (16) provided with lockwashers (17) and tighten securely. Check that tappet (29) moves freely in guide (30). Install pushrods (25) and refit cylinder head (job 01.09.01). Set valve clearance (job 01.01.01) . Hint for Faciliating Removal of Camshaft The cylinder heads can remain in situ. Only the pushrods (25) neeed be removed. By means of weld ing wires, the tappets (29) can be raised and the camshaft removed as perJob Card 04.05.01. Proceed by slightly bending the welding wires at the lower end. Then push the wires into the oil return bores of the tappets, raise the tappets, and suspend them at the upper edge of the cylinder heads by bending the wires accordingly.
© 1285
Job Card No.:
Lower Valve Drive
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-11-10 1992
Job Card No.:
Timing Gear Train Removal / Refitment
04.04.01
Page 1 of 4
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-09-10 1601
Observe safety precautions (see job 05.00.01). Do not allow any components to fall into the crankcase.
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Tools: —
Standard tools, Removing device for pivot pins (42), (44) and (14), Deutz DW 60 compound (see section 3.6).
Job Cards:
Job: Remove covers (24), (30) and (36).
—
04.05.01, 04.06.01, 04.06.02, 04.08.01, 05.00.01, 07.04.01, 07.06.01, 10.02.01
Marking cast integral with timing chest © 51 397 0
Fig. 1
© 1283
Job Card No.:
04.04.01
Timing Gear Train Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 4
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-09-10 1601
Removing Idler Gear (26) Turn flywheel until its aperture coincides with bolt (39). Unscrew bolts (41) and take down retainer plate (40). Unscrew bolt (39). Using removing device (see section 1.8). Withdraw fulcrum (42) from the centering, while retaining gear (26) and was her (45). Then withdraw fulcrum (42) completely. Remove gear (26) and washer (45) sideways. Clean all components. Inspect gear (26) for wear and bearing bush plus washer (45) for score marks. Inspect O-seals (49) and (51) and renew as required.
© 51 398 0
Fig. 2 Removing Idler Gear (35). Turn flywheel until its aperture coincides with bolt (32). Unscrew cap nut (43). Then proceed as described for removing idler gear (26).
© 50 399 0
Fig. 3 © 1283
Timing Gear Train Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
04.04.01
Page 3 of 4
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-09-10 1601
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Removing Injection Pump Drive Gear (8) Remove oil pump with cover and piping (job 07.06.01). Remove screws (9). While retaining gear (8), pull out part (10). Take out gear sideways. Clean all components. Inspect gear (8) for wear and bearing bush for score marks.
Removing Camshaft Gear (5). Take off cover (104) and gasket (52). For further procedure, see job 04.05.01.
Removing Idler Gear (20). Proceed as described for removing idler gear (26).
Refitting Idler Gear (20). Place No. 1 cylinder crankpin in topmast position (compression TDC). Apply light film of oil to fulcrum (14) and bush in gear (20). Push O-seal (16) onto fulcrum (14). Apply grease to washer (19) and stick in recess of gear (20). Position gear (20) in timing chest so that notch (46) agrees with marking (47) — Fig. 1. Install fulcrum (14). Fit retainer plate (18). Screw bolts (17) in place, using DEUTZ DW 60. Fit O-seal (48) onto bolt (15). Insert bolt (15) in fulcrum (14) and screw in place in timing chest. Tighten as specified (section 3.5, item 41).
Refitting Idler Gear (26) — Fig. 2 Turn flywheel until its aperture coincides with bearing hole in timing chest. Apply thin film of oil to fulcrum (42) and bearing bush in gear (26). Apply grease to washer (45) and stick in recess of gear (26). Raise gear (26) in chest and install fulcrum (42) with O-seal (49). Fit retainer plate (40), srew bolt (41) in place with DEUTZ DW 60. Fit O-seal (51) onto bolt (39). Insert bolt (39) in fulcrum (42) and secure in chest, tightening as specified (section 3.5, item 41).
© 51 400 0
Fig. 4 © 1283
Job Card No.:
04.04.01
Timing Gear Train Removal / Refitment
Page 4 of 4
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-09-10 1601
Refitting Idler Gear (35) — Fig. 3 Turn flywheel until its aperture coincides with bearing hole in timing chest. Apply thin film of oil to fulcrum (44) and bearing bush in gear (35). Apply grease to washer (46) and stick in recess of gear (35). Raise gear (35) in chest and install fulcrum (44) with O-seal (50). Fit retainer plate (34), srew bolt (33) in place with DEUTZ DW 60. Fit O-seal (52) onto bolt (32). Insert bolt (32) in fulcrum (44) and secure by cap nut (43), tightening as specified (section 3.5, item 40).
Refitting Camshaft Gear (5) See job 04.06.01. Mount cover (104) together with gasket (52) (renew gasket if necessary).
Refitting Injection Pump Drive Gear (8) — Fig. 4 Apply thin film of oil to part (10) and bearing bush in flange (12). Install gear (8) in chest and push part (10) into flange (12) and gear (8). Fit screws (9). Time injection (job 07.06.01). After installing the Gears: Check backlash of the gears (job 04.08.01). Inspect gaskets (25), (31) and (37), renewing if necessary. Mount covers (24), (30) and (36), together with gaskets.
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Engine Timing
04.05.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-10-10 2069
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Camshaft Removal Removal is required when replacing camshaft bearings or repairing the camshaft. If in confined spaces the complete camshaft unit cannot be removed from the crankcase towards driving end («KS») or free end («KGS»), it is separated in the middle, at the flanged connection.
Job Cards: —
01.02.02 04.02.01 07.04.01 10.02.01
Tools: —
—
Standard tools Straight edge Special tool (Section 1.8) — Torque wrench — Socket insert Special tool (Section 1.8.1) — Guide arbor
© 50 524 2
Fig.1
Camshaft
Auxiliary Material: —
Locking compound DEUTZ DW 55 (section 3.6) Distillate fuel
Job Preparatory work ● Unscrew plug ● Rotate crankshaft until «R» mark or resp. notch (3) on gear (1) coincides with mark on timing chest, at inspection hole centreline. ● If necessary, remove injection pumps, job card 07.04.01. ● If necessary, take assembly cover off crankcase in the area of camshaft. ● Remove rocker arms, job card 01.02.02. ● Lift lower valve gear, job card 04.02.01. ● Take off cover with rotary starting air distributor, job card 10.02.01.
© 50 521 2
Fig. 2
Camshaft drive gear marking
Removing Camshaft towards Engine Free End („KGS“) ● Screw off hex. nuts (13) and unscrew hex. bolts (9). ● Take off cover (14) and gasket (8). ● Bend up locking plate (12). ● Turn out hex. bolt (11). ● Take off guide roller (7) and guide plate (6). ● Remove dowel pin (10).
© 51 278 0
Fig. 3 © 0592
Camshaft fixing «KGS»
Job Card No.:
04.05.01
Engine Timing
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Filing No.:
0178-10-10 2069
Unscrew waisted hex. bolt (5). Take off starting cam (4). Remove dowel pin (6). Remove locking wires of cheese-head bolts (3) and turn out bolts Take off gear (1). Remove dowel pin (2). Screw guide arbor with its short grub screw end into camshaft at engine driving end. Carefully pull out camshaft while turning it. Carfully place camshaft on two wooden supports.
© 50 528 1
Fig. 4
Camshaft drive gear «KS»
Removing camshaft towards engine driving end ● Screw off hex. nuts (13) and unscrew hex. bolts (9). ● Take off cover (14) and gasket (8). ● Bend up locking plate (12). ● Turn out hex. bolt (11). ● Take off guide roller (7) and guide plate (6). ● Remove dowel pin (10). ● Screw guide arbor with its long grub screw end into camshaft at engine free end.
© 50 642 1
Fig. 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Camshaft fixing
Unscrew hex. bolt (5). Take off starting cam (4). Remove dowel pin (6). Remove locking wires of cheese-head bolts (3) and turn out bolts Take off gear (1). Remove dowel pin (2). Turn camshaft and pull or resp. push out. Carefully pull out camshaft while turning it.
© 50 528 1
Fig. 6
Camshaft drive gear «KS» © 0592
Job Card No.:
Engine Timing
04.05.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-10-10 2069
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Camshaft Removal in Confined Spaces ● Remove camshaft, as described above, towards driving or free end of engine, until flanged connection moves beyond bearing zone when pulling our pushing out camshaft; then connection may be detached. Secure first half-camshaft against falling down. ● ● ● ●
Remove locking wire (2). Turn out cheese-head bolts (1). Remove dowel pin (3). Pull out half-shaft and place carefully on two wooden supports. Secure second half-shaft against falling down.
© 50 523 2
Fig. 7
Camshaft flange connection
● Pull out half-shaft and place carefully on two wooden supports. Finishing Work ● Clean all parts with distillate fuel. ● Inspect cam running surfaces; smoothen possible running marks with oil stone; if necessary, consult one of our service agencies. ● Unscrew stud (15) from guide plate (6). ● Check guide plate with straight edge for evenness and guide roller (7) for wear; renew if necessary. ● Screw studs by hand into guide plate using lokking compound DEUTZ DW 55; allow locking compound to cure.
© 50 595 1
Fig. 8
© 0592
Camshaft guide roller, guide plate
Job Card No.:
Engine Timing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-10-10 2069
Job Card No.:
Engine Timing
04.06.01
Page 1 of 4
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-10-10 2070
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Camshaft Refitment Job Cards: —
01.01.01 01.02.02 04.02.01 04.06.02 04.08.01 07.04.01 10.02.01
Tools: —
—
Standard tools Special tool (Section 1.8) — Torque wrench — Socket insert Special tool (Section 1.8.1) — Guide arbor
© 50 524 2
Fig. 1
Camshaft
Auxiliary Material: —
Lube oil
Spare parts: —
Locking wire Gasket for cover at engine free end
Job Preparatory work ● Lubricate bearing positions ● Hand-tighten dowel pin (10), guide roller (7), new locking plate (12) and hex. bolt (11), refit. Camshaft must be released, i.e. valve gear is lifted. Crankshaft must be in firing TDC position of cylinder 1, i.e. valves are closed. © 50 643 1
Refitting camshaft from engine free end. ● Screw guide arbour with its short grub screw end into camshaft at engine driving end. ● Push camshaft with guide arbour carefully through camshaft bearings. ● Shortly before reaching end position, insert guide plate (6) into groove of guide roller (7) and push camshaft further into its end position. ● Remove guide arbor.
Fig. 2
Camshaft fixing
Fig. 3
Camshaft drive gear «KS»
Contact surfaces between gear (1) and cams haft must be absolutely clean and free from oil and grease. ● Insert dowel pin (2) into camshaft end. ● Position gear (1) in place. ● Screw in cheese head bolts (3) and tighten according to specification, section 3.5, line 26. ● Lock cheese head bolts with new locking wire. ● Advance camshaft until gear can rotate freely, i. e. it is not engaged with idler gear.
© 0592
© 50 644 1
Job Card No.:
04.06.01
Engine Timing
Page 2 of 4
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-10-10 2070
● Rotate gear (1) until ”R” mark or resp. notch (3) on gear coincides with mark on timing chest — at inspection hole centreline. ● Mesh gear with idler gear.
© 50 521 2
Fig. 4
Camshaft drive gear marking
● ● ● ● ●
Screw in hex. bolt (11) with new locking plate (12). Tighten hex. bolt (11) an secure locking plate (12). Refit cover (14) with new gasket (8). Screw in hex. bolts (9) and tighten. Tighten hex. nuts (13) according to specification, section 3.5, line 61. ● Measure backlash on camshaft gear, job card 04.08.01.
© 50 645 1
Fig. 5
Camshaft fixing «KGS»
Refitting camshaft from engine driving end Contact surfaces between gear (1) and camshaft must be absolutely clean and free from oil and grease. ● Insert dowel pin (2) into camshaft end. ● Position gear (1) in place. ● Screw in cheese head bolts (3) and tighten according to specification, section 3.5, line 26.
© 50 644 1
Fig. 6
Camshaft drive gear «KS» © 0592
Job Card No.:
Engine Timing
04.06.01
Page 3 of 4
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-10-10 2070
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
● Screw guide arbour with its long grub screw end into camshaft at engine driving end. ● Carefully introduce camshaft through bearing bushes with guide arbour. ● Rotate camshaft with gear until ”R” mark or resp. notch (3) on gear (1) coincides with mark on timing chest sealing surface. ● Mesh gear with idler gear. ● Screw off guide arbour.
© 50 521 2
Fig. 7
Camshaft drive gear marking
● nsert dowel pin (10) and position guide roller (7) with guide plate (6). ● Screw in hex. bolt (11) together with locking plate (12). ● Tighten hex. bolt (11) and secure with locking plate (12). ● Fit cover (14) with new gasket (8). ● Tighten hex. bolts (9). ● Tighten hex. nuts (13) according to specification, section 3.5, line 61. ● Measure backlash of gear, job card 04.08.01.
© 50 642 1
Fig. 8 Finishing Work ● Fit cover with rotary starting air distributor and new gasket as per job card 10.02.01. ● Release lower valve gear, job card 04.02.01. ● Fit rocker arms, job card 01.02.02. ● Adjust valve clearance, job card 01.01.01. ● Check valve timing, job card 04.06.02. ● Fit rocker chamber cover. ● If removed, refit injection pumps, job card 07.04.01. ● If removed, refit crankcase cover in the camshaft area with new gaskets; tighten hex. bolts according to specification, section 3.5, line 28.
© 0592
Camshaft fixing «KGS»
Job Card No.:
04.06.01
Engine Timing
Page 4 of 4
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-10-10 2070
Refitment in confined spaces The joint faces of the half-camshafts must be absolutely clean and free from oil and grease. ● Introduce first half-shaft with guide arbour and dowel pin (3) into crankcase. ● Introduce second half-shaft and tighten with cheese head bolts (1) according to specification, section 3.5, line 27. ● Lock cheese head bolts with locking wire (2). ● Rotate camshaft by hand at free end and check true run at the overhung end. ● Further refitment from driving or free end of engine and described heretofore. © 50 232 2
Fig. 9
Camshaft flange connection
© 0592
Job Card No..:
Valve Timing Checking
04.06.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-10-10 1113
S/BVM 628
Checking
Tools:
Check inlet/exhaust valve timing.
—
Standard tools Tape rule
A timing check is required following camshaft fitment (Job Card 04.06.01) and when inspecting or working on the timing gears.
Job: Check valve clearance (Job Card 01.01.01). Turn crankshaft in the normal running direction until the valve drive of No. A1/1 and B1/7 or 9 cylinders have frictional contact so inlet/exhaust pushrods are heavy to turn.In this position mark flywheel to agree with the fixed pointer on the crankcase. From this mark to the TDC mark of No. 1 cylinder (in-line engines) or No. A1/B1 cylinder (V-type engines) measure distance «b» on flywheel periphery and flywheel diameter. α
=
360 x b d x π
where b = distance on periphery and d = diameter. The value obtained for must conform to the timing data (Section 3.3.1) within + 4° crank angle, otherwise inspect upper and lower valve drives (Job Card 04.02.01) and timing gears (Job Card 04.08.01).
Job Card No.:
Valve Timing Checking
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-10-10 1113
Job Card No.:
Timing Gear Train Inspection / Gauging
04.08.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: F iling No.:
0178-09-10 1114
Inspection / Gauging Inspect and measure backlash of gears in main timing gear train (engine’s driving end) and pump drive (engine’s free end).
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Tools: —
Standard tools
Dial gauge with magnetic holder
While gear fulcrums are connected to the engine’s main lube circuit, the gears themselves are lubricated by oil jet. Although gears normally have a long life, the ingress of foreign particles may cause premature wear and tear.
Job: Inspecting the Gears Remove lateral cover on timing chest and turn engine. Inspect gears, especially tooth flanks, for defects, and check that all bolts are locked where necessary. Operate priming pump and make sure that all gears are properly lubricated. Gauging the Backlash Measure backlash with a dial gauge. To do this, fix one gear by wooden chock and move mating gear in both directions. Read difference from gauge. For moving camshaft gears, release screws for valve clearance adjustment. Renew gears with an unsatisfactory mesh pattern or excessive backlash. If necessary, consult Deutz (Job Card 04.04.01). The following timing gear train diagram below shows agreement of mating marks with the No. 1 piston in compression TDC (both valves closed).
© 0199
Job Card No.:
04.08.01
Timing Gear Train Inspection / Gauging
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0178-09-10 1114
Filing No.:
Backlash of drive end gears
Gears
1/2 2/3 3/4 5/6 6/7 6/8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Marked tooth at inspection hole centre line
Backlash (mm) 0,130 0,096 0,094 0,060 0,070 0,070
— 0,320 — 0,344 — 0,365 — 0,340 — 0,360 — 0,360
Crankshaft gear Idler gear Idler gear Governor drive gear Idler gear Idler gear Camshaft drive gear Injection pump drive gear
Backlash of free end gears Speed Stage I Gears
9 9 9 12
/ 10 / 11 / 12 / 13
Addendum Ø line (mm)
Backlash (mm)
324 / 147 324 / 132 324 / 183 183 / 123
0,27 — 0,44 0,27 — 0,44 0,28 — 0,48 0,12 — 0,40 © 51 401 0
Speed Stage II Gears
Addendum Ø line (mm)
Backlash (mm)
303 / 168 303 / 153 303 / 183 183 / 129
0,27 — 0,44 0,27 — 0,44 0,28 — 0,48 0,12 — 0,40
9 9 9 12
/ 10 / 11 / 12 / 13
9 10 11 12 13
Crankshaft gear Oil pump gear Oil pump gear Id ler gear Water pump gear
Where two water pumps are provided, backlash 9 / 12 and 12 / 13 applies to both pumps.
© 51 289 0
© 0199
Job Card No.:
Flywheel Removal / Refitment
04.09.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-05-10 1924
Flywheel removal is required for replacement of the crankshaft gear.
S/BVM 628
Tools: —
Standard tools Hoist Eye screw
Job Card —
05.00.01
Job Observe safety precautions (job 05.00.01). Mark position of drive shaft relative to adapter flange or flexible coupling, and of flywheel to crankshaft. Removing the Flywheel Fit eye screw (4) and hold flywheel (1) by hoist. Unscrew bolts (2) and remove along with washers (3). Carefully withdraw flywheel from crankshaft. Refitting the Flywheel Observe markings and refit flywheel in the reverse order. Tightening bolts (2) see section 3.5, item 24.
© 25 406 1
© 0884
Job Card No.:
Flywheel Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank.
0178-05-10 1924
Crankshaft Gear Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
04.11.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-15-10 1602
S/BVM 628
Tools: — Standard tools — Wrench with insert for socket-head screws (Section 1.8), — 2 hex. bolts M 8×80 — Deutz DW 57 compound
Job Card: —
04.16.01
Job: Removing the gear Remove coupling flange (job 04.16.01). Unscrew hex. bolts (2) and remove deflector (1). Now remove all socket-head srews (3). In two opposing bores for bolts (2), screw in the two hex. bolts M 8×80 and pull the gear off the crankshaft (note dowel sleeve (4).
© 50 290 0
Refitting the Gear Thoroughly clean joint faces of crankshaft and gear. Fit gear in place, noting dowel sleeve (4). Screw in socket-head screws (3) with Deutz DW 57 and tighten as specified (Section 3.5, item 25. Mount deflector (1) and secure with hex. bolts (2), using Deutz DW 57. Mount coupling flange (job 04.16.01).
© 50 291 0
© 0595
Job Card No.:
Crankshaft Gear Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank.
0178-15-10 1602
Job Card No.:
Water Pump Idler Gear Removal / Refitment
04.13.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-14-10 1118
To begin with, remove water pump (job 09.07.02).
Tools: —
Standard tools Deutz DW49 compound (Section 1.
Job Cards: —
04.08.01 09.07.02
Job Removing the gear Disconnect oil pipe to gear. Unscrew nuts (2) and carefully withdraw fulcrum holder (6) with fulcrum (10). Retain gear (8) and washer (9) by hand. Take out components through timing chest aperture (11) of pump. Unscrew bolts (5).
Speed stage l: eccentric at top (as shown) Speed stage ll: eccentric at bottom (Stages see Job Card 04.08.01) © 51 292 0
Fig. 1 © 1283
Section L1 — M1 (see Fig. 2)
Job Card No.:
04.13.01
Water Pump Idler Gear Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-14-10 1118
Refitting the Gear Clean gear and inspect for wear. If defective, replace gear (8),fulcrum (10), washer (9), bush (11) . Replace 0seals (4) and (7) in any case. Gear refitment is made in the reverse order, paying attention to correct location of eccentric (Fig. 1). Check gearlash (Job Card 04.08.01).
© 51 293 0
Fig. 2 © 1283
Job Card No.:
Pump Chest Removal / Refitment
04.14.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-14-10 1119
Prior to pump chest removal, remove oil pump(s) (job 08.04.01), water pump(s) (job 09.07.02), vibration damper (jobs 12.01.01. and 12.01.02) and piping.
S/BVM 628
Tools: —
Standard tools Deutz DW48 compound (Section 1.8) Hoist Crowbar
Job Cards: —
08.04.01 09.07.02 12.01.01 12.01.02 04.08.01
Job Removing the Chest Unscrew nuts (5) and take down oil deflector (4). Unscrew bolts (1) and (6) of chest (3) and bolts (10). Retain chest by hoist with lugs (12) (Fig. 2). Since the chest is secured to crankcase and oil sump by adhesive compound, hold wooden block behind chest at the side and carefully work loose chest by crowbar, until bushes (9) are cleared. Take care not to damage surfaces by crowbar. Raise chest by hoist from oil sump and lower on wooden support. Refitting the Chest Carefully clean all surfaces, removing pressure marks carefully by a smooth file or oil stone. Apply Deutz DW 48 as a continuous bead (11) — Fig. 3 — to all joint faces, but of no more than 3 mm width.
© 51 294 0
Fig. 1 © 1283
Job Card No.:
04.14.01
Pump Chest Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-14-10 1119
© 51 296 0
© 51 295 0
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
© 51 298 0
© 51 297 0
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Locate chest (3) with dowel bushes (9). Install both tubes (8) and screw in all bolts (1) and (6) with washers (9) plus bolts (10). Fit oil deflector. Fit pumps, vibration damper and piping (see pertaining job cards). Gauge backlash (job 04.08.01).
View Z
Section J — K
© 51 299 0
Fig. 6 © 1283
Job Card No.:
Pump Chest Removal / Refitment
04.14.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine:
0178-14-10 1119
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
© 51 430 0
Fig. 7
Section N — O View
Section P — Q View
© 51 300 0
Fig. 8 © 1283
© 51 301 0
Fig. 9
Job Card No.:
Pump Chest Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank.
0178-14-10 1119
Job Card No.:
Crankshaft Coupling Flange Removal / Refitment
04.16.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-05-10 1502
This job should preferably be entrusted to Deutz servicemen.
Tools: —
Standard tools Hydraulic flange spreader assy. (Section 1.8.1).
Job Cards: —
04.09.01 04.16.02
Job: Removing the Flange (see also page 3) Normal Procedure Remove flywheel (Job Card 04.09.01). Screw stud (4) into crankshaft jounal. Fit crossbearer (2) and screw nut (3) in place on stud (4). Unscrew plug (11) from connection in flange (12) and screw adapter (6) in place. Fill pump (1) with oil (Job Card 04.16.02), screw into adapter so that pump will not foul crossbearer (2). Tighten bolts between flange (12) and adapter (6) plus bolts between adapter and pump (1) so that the hydraulic oil used for flange spreading will stay in. After releasing valve screw (10) somewhat, operate pump a few times until oil comes out through valve screw (10) free from bubbles. Tighten screw (10). Operate pump up to 2000 bar or so, whereupon flange (12) will normally easily come off the crankshaft journal.
© 50 302 0
The flange must not «shoot off» the crankcase, but come off in stages. To this end make sure that the distance between bearer (2) and retaining nut (3) will not exceed 5 mm in each stage. Exceptional Procedure To assist in the hydraulic action, additionally turn about crossbearer (2) and use puller bolts (7). To secute bearer and flange, screw nut (3) up to bearer. Whenn pulling off flange (12), be sure not to put your hands between flange and crossbearer.
© 0595
Job Card No.:
04.16.01
Crankshaft Coupling Flange Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-05-10 1502
Refitting the Flange (see also page 3) Unscrew plug (11) from flange (12). Check that oil passages and groove of flange and joint faces between flange, taper sleeve (8) and crankshaft (13) are perfectly clean, but use only detergents that cause no corrosion. Also check that joint between crankshaft (13) and taper sleeve (8) is completely dry. Put spacer plate (9) on gear (14) and slip sleeve (8) — heated to 100°C or so — over journal (13) as far as it will go. After lubricating inside, fit flange (12) on sleeve (8) so that the identical marks (Nos.) (5) of sleeve and flange mate with punch mark (16) on journal (13) — Fig. 2 -. This agreement must be ensured also when the flange has reached its final position. Screw Stud (4) into cranlshaft (13), fit crossbearer (2) and screw nut (3) in place. Tighten flange (12) with the device comprising items (2), (3) and (4). Screw adapter (6) into flange (12). Fill hydraulic pump (1) with oil (Job Card 04.16.02), screw into adapter (6) and turn with adapter so that pump will not foul crossbearer (2). Tighten bolts between flange (12) and adapter (6) plus bolts between adapter and pump (1) so that the hydraulic oil used for flange spreading will stay in. After releasing valve screw (10) somewhat, operate pump a few times until oil comes out through valve screw free from bubbles. Tighten screw (10). Expand flange by operating pump (1) and turn nut (3) by wrench (5) to pressflange by crossbearer (2) onto taper sleeve (8) as far as it will go. In doing so, keep flange from rotation. Be sure to apply the maximum pressure of 1500 — 2000 bar and hence get a maximum spreading of the flange, so the flange can be mounted smoothly without «seizing» of components.
Repairs of Sleeve (8) and Flange (12) Should scores between sleeve and flange affect hydraulic action, thoroughly smoothen scores and fill up whatever is left with Omni PLUS FE, Spachtelmetall supplied by: Omni Technic GmbH Triebstr. 9, 80993 München 50. Following assembly, bleed pump (1) through valve screw (10) and unscrew pump (1) with adapter (6). Close connection in flange (12) with plug (11). This plug must not be locked and not project from the joint face of the flange (12). Remove crossbearer (2) and stud (4). After allowing oil pressure to be dispersed within min. 1hour. Mount flywheel (Job Card 04.09.01). Following fitment of flange, wait 24 hours before starting up the engine.
Detail «X»
© 51 303 0
Fig. 1 © 0595
Crankshaft Coupling Flange Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
04.16.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-05-10 1502
Filing No.:
Removing the Flange
Refitting the Flange
Section a — B
Removal in steps of approx. 5 mm
Removing the Flange Normal Procedure
Exceptional Procedure
© 51 304 0
Fig. 2 © 1283
Job Card No.:
Crankshaft Coupling Flange Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank.
0178-05-10 1502
Job Card No.:
Coupling Flange Oil Pump Filling
04.16.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-49-10 1501
Filling
S/BVM 628
Tools: —
Container for hydraulic fluid
The hydraulic fluid should be SAE 30 motor oil only. To avoid corrosion, no other fluid is permissible. Especially not an aggressive one..
Job: Unscrew reservoir (10) from pump and dip nipple (12) into a fluid container. Pull piston (11) to fill reservoir (10). Hold nipple (12) up and slightly press valve ball (13) in order to bleed any air present. Screwing reservoir (10) into pump will automatically push in ball (13) so as to open the valve.
© 51 305 0
For cleaning the pump body, pull out pin to which the handle is linked and remove piston (11). The remaining components are removed in the following order: valve screws (6) and (8), balls (5) and (7), pin (4), ball (3) and pin (2) through the pump outlet, and finally ball (1) through the cylinder. After cleaning pump body, reassemble components in the reverse order.
© 0595
Job Card No.:
Coupling Flange Oil Pump Filling
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank.
0178-49-10 1501
Speed Control System Safety Precautions (Barber-Colman Electronic Governor Plus
Job Card No.:
05.02.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-27-10 1590
BVM 628
If work is to be carried out on a speed governor, engine control unit, governing linkage and injection pump, strictly observe the following safety precautions.
Prior to Work Stop engine. Close shut-off valve (2) on air receivers (1). Bleed air supply line (3) to starting air master valve (4). Following Work Open shut-off valves (2) on air receivers (1). Should the engine tend to race on starting, operate main switch (7). © 25 575 1
Provided the linkage is properly adjusted, the engine can also be stopped by turning the lever on governor (terminal) shaft (6) toward the engine’s driving end, using wrench (5) of SW 27 (mm a/fl).
© 50 000 1
© 25 281 1
© 0385
Job Card No.:
Speed Control System Safety Precautions (Barber-Colman Electronic Governor Plus
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1590
Speed Control System Safety Precautions (Woodward UG 8 D/L Hydraulic Governor)
Job Card No.:
05.01.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-27-10 1985
S/BVM 628
If work is to be carried out on a speed governor, engine control unit, governing linkage and injection pump, strictly observe the following safety precautions.
Prior to Work Stop engine. Close shut-off valve (2) on air receivers (1). Bleed air supply line (3) to starting air master valve (4). Following Work Open shut-off valves (2) on air receivers (1). Provided the linkage is properly adjusted, the engine can also be stopped (to prevent racing) by turning the lever on governor (terminal) shaft (6) toward the engine’s driving end, using wrench (5) of SW 27 (mm a/fl).
© 25 575 1
With UG 8 D governor engine may also be stopped by setting «Load Limit» button to zero.
© 25 281 1
© 0585
© 50 041 1
Job Card No.:
Speed Control System Safety Precautions (Woodward UG 8 D/L Hydraulic Governor)
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1985
Speed Control System Safety Precautions Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor
Job Card No.:
05.00.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-27-10 1987
S/BVM 628
If work is to be carried out on a speed governor, engine control unit, governing linkage and injection pump, strictly observe the following safety precautions.
Prior to Work Stop engine. Close shut-off valve (2) on air receivers (1). Bleed air supply line (3) to starting air master valve (4). Following Work Open shut-off valves (2) on air receivers (1). Should the engine tend to race on starting, press stopping button (5). Provided the linkage is properly adjusted, the engine can also be stopped by turning the lever on governor (terminal) shaft (6) toward the engine’s driving end, using wrench (5) of SW 27 (mm a/fl).
© 25 575 1
© 50 046 1
© 25 281 1
© 0585
© 50 047 1
Job Card No.:
Speed Control System Safety Precautions Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1987
Job Card No.:
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Servicing
05.03.11 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-27-10 1122
Servicing
Tools:
(Oil Change) Contaminated oil will lead to governor trouble.
—
Standard tools
Job Card: Be sure to use fresh oil only as specified by governor manufacturers which will guarantee proper, satisfactory operation and long service life of governor.
—
05.03.12
The old oil is drained in hot condition. Before filling in new oil check that the containers used are clean. If necessary, wash them in clean diesel fuel. During the oil change the governor may be removed or in position on engine. To change the oil proceed according to the Woodward manual. Observe safety precautions (job card 05.00.01) when restarting the engine and during the test run.. Adjust needle valve (job card 05.03.12) if governor does not function properly..
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1122
Woodward UG 8 D/L Hydraulic Governor Servicing (Oil Change)
Job Card No.:
05.03.11 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-27-10 1988
Servicing
Tools:
(Oil Change) Contaminated oil will lead to governor trouble.
—
Be sure to use fresh oil only as specified by governor manufacturers which will guarantee proper, satisfactory operation and long service life of governor.
Standard tools
Job Card: —
05.03.12
The old oil is drained in hot condition. Before filling in new oil check that the containers used are clean. If necessary, wash them in clean diesel fuel. During the oil change the governor may be removed or in position on engine. To change the oil proceed according to the Woodward manual. Observe safety precautions (job card 05.00.01) when restarting the engine and during the test run. Adjust needle valve (job card 05.03.12) if governor does not function properly..
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Woodward UG 8 D/L Hydraulic Governor Servicing (Oil Change)
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1988
Woodward UG 8 D/L Hydraulic Governor Setting
Job Card No.:
05.03.12 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-27-10 1587
Inspection
Tools:
Occasionally or after a governor oil change (job card 05.03.11) the compensation (needle valve) may need adjustment.
—
Standard tools
Job Card: —
05.03.11
When sudden load changes result in heavy over- or underspeeding and sluggish return to the preset speed, this suggests wrong compensation setting. When engine temperatures and governor oil temperature have reached the normal service values adjust compensation, oreferably at lowest engine load and speed, in accordance with the Woodward manual. Observe safety precautions (job card 05.00.01) when restarting the engine and during the test run.. The governor droop setting is made by the governor manufacturers on the basis of the specific engine application and is then verified during the works accetance test run of the engine. The droop setting may not be changed.
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Woodward UG 8 D/L Hydraulic Governor Setting
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1587
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Setting
Job Card No.:
05.03.12 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-27-10 1989
Setting
Tools:
Occasionally or after a governor oil change (job card 05.03.11) the compensation (needle valve) may need adjustment.
—
Standard tools
Job Card: —
05.03.11
When sudden load changes result in heavy over- or underspeeding and sluggish return to the preset speed, this suggests wrong compensation setting. When engine temperatures and governor oil temperature have reached the normal service values adjust compensation, oreferably at lowest engine load and speed, in accordance with the Regulateurs Europa Ltd. manual. Observe safety precautions (job card 05.00.01) when restarting the engine and during the test run.. Governor Droop Setting The governor droop setting is made by the governor manufacturers on the basis of the specific engine application and is then verified during the works accetance test run of the engine. The droop setting may not be changed.
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Setting
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1989
Setting the Magnetic Frequency Generator
Job Card No.:
05.03.13
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-27-10 1591
Setting the magnetic frequency generator
Tools: —
The magnetic frequency generator (Fig. 1) is attached to the gearbox at the height of the intermediate wheel in relation to the speed control drive, Fig. 2. It creates electrical impulses proportionally to the speed of the intermediate wheel by sensing the teeth of the gearwheel moving past the speed generator, and passes these impulses on to the control electronics.
Standard tools
Job card: —
04-08-01 05-04-14
Aid: —
DEUTZ DW 66
A frequency generator (3) incorrectly set to the intermediate wheel, as well as adhering metal particles on the permanent magnet of the frequency generator influence the impulse output to the control electronics. The frequency generator is factory set, therefore, only remove for an important reason.
Job: Removal ● Loosen knurled screw (1) and disconnect the plug-in connection. ●· Loosen locknut (4). ● Manually remove the frequency generator (3). Check ● Check frequency generator for possibly adhering metal particles or soiling, clean, if necessary. Refitment ● Coat frequency generator (3) and screw-in hole with the DEUTZ DW 66 compound. Screw in the frequency generator. ● Turn the gearwheel (5) until the tip of a tooth is positioned opposite the frequency generator. ● Manually screw the frequency generator down to the tip of a tooth. ● Turn back the frequency generator 180° — 360° (1/2 — 1 revolution) Spacing ”X” between the gearwheel (5) and frequency generator (3) must amount to 0.5….. 1.0 mm. The hole (2) on the frequency generator must be positioned in or opposite the motor rotational direction (6), if necessary, turn back slightly. ● Once the setting has been completed, tighten locknuts (4) (ensure that the position of the frequency generator is not changed). ●· Establish the plug-in connection. ● Retighten knurled nut (1).
1 2 3 4
5
6 © 51 032 1
Fig. 1
© 0198
Setting the frequency generator
Job Card No.:
05.03.13
Setting the Magnetic Frequency Generator
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-27-10 1591
Filing No.:
BV 6/8/9 M 628
BV 12/16 M 628
© 51 307 0
Fig. 2
Mounting point of the frequency generator
© 0198
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Servicing / Reconditioning
Job Card No.:
05.03.14 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-27-10 1124
S/BVM 628
Servicing / Reconditioning Any servicing or reconditioning work on the «Europa» governor should be carried out strictly in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions or preferably by the manufacturers themselves. Before removing governor from engine, mark connections. Any loss of oil requiring replenishment more than once a week should be eliminated by replacing governor drive shaft seal (1) according to the manufacturers’ instructions.
© 51 308 0
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Servicing / Reconditioning
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1124
Woodward UG 8 D/L Hydraulic Governor Servicing / Reconditioning
Job Card No.:
05.03.14 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-27-10 1589
S/BVM 628
Servicing / Reconditioning IAny servicing or reconditioning work on the «Europa» governor should be carried out strictly in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions or preferably by the manufacturers themselves. Before removing governor from engine, mark connections. Any loss of oil requiring replenishment more than once a week should be eliminated by replacing governor drive shaft seal (1) according to the manufacturers’ instructions.
© 50 042 1
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Woodward UG 8 D/L Hydraulic Governor Servicing / Reconditioning
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1589
Barber-Colman Plus 8 Electronic Governor Servicing / Reconditioning
Job Card No.:
05.03.14 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-27-10 1592
S/BVM 628
Servicing / Reconditioning Any servicing or reconditioning work on the «Europa» governor should be carried out strictly in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions or preferably by the manufacturers themselves. Before removing governor from engine, mark connections.
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Barber-Colman Plus 8 Electronic Governor Servicing / Reconditioning
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1592
Job Card No.:
Hydraulic Governor Drive Inspection
05.04.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-27-10 1612
Inspection / Gauging Unscrew governor fastening parts from governor drive. Dismantle drive and inspect for wear.
Before dismantling drive, make sure it turns freely. In addition, gauge backlash between bevel gears. Excessive backlash may be eliminated by shim (9 or 20). IShould the bearings be worn, it will be recommendable to install new bearings and bevel gears.
Tools: —
Standard tools Feeler gauge
Job Card: —
04.08.0 05.00.0 05.04.14
Job: Close shut-off valve on air receivers and exhaust air supply pipe to engine. Remove governi ng linkage (Job Card 05.04.14). Unscrew bolts (8) (Regulateurs Europa LTD) or nuts (1) (Woodward), remove bolts (15) and withdraw governor (32) upwards out of casing (2). Check that shaft (33) in gear (6)does not jam. Remove gasket (31). Unscrew bolts (16) and (34) and pull out drive from timing chest (37). Release locking plate (24) and pull off gear (27). Remove key (26) and bush (28). Unlock bolts (23) and unscrew. Pull out flanged bearing (29) complete and withdraw from casing (2). In doing so, do not lose shims (20) required for correct backlash between bevel gears (6) and (17) when reassembling.
© 50 049 1
© 0585
Job Card No.:
05.04.01
Hydraulic Governor Drive Inspection
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-27-10 1612
For further dimantling of bearing (39), drive shaft of gear (17) out of ball bearings (21) and (36). Drive bearing (21) out of bearing (29) and take out bush (18). Remove outer circlip (30) also . Unscrew bolts (11) and withdraw fulcrum (12) with gear (6). Remove shims(9), which are likewise required for correct backlash of bevel gears (6) and (17). Pull fulcrum (12) out of gear (6). Remove bearing (7), circlip (5) and needle bearing (4). Clean all components in diesel fuel, inspect for wear and, if necessary, replace. Reassembling the Drive Slightly apply oil to all components. Drive Shaft with Bevel Gear (6) Install needle bearing (4) in bevel gear (6). Fit circlip (5). Slip ball bearing (7) onto fulcrum (12) and jointly install in gear (6). Fit shims (9), push fulcrum (12) plus gear (6) into casing (2) and secure by bolts (11). Use shims (9) to obtain 0,6 mm clearance ‘a’ as a basis for setting backlash of bevel gears. Flanged Bearing (29) Install inner circlip (30) and push ball bearing (36). For this purpose be sure to use a sleeve, so the gauging pin of the gear will not be damaged. Fit bush (18) and introduce bearing (21). Install complete flanged bearing with shims (20) into casing (2) and secure by bolts (23). Vary clearances ‘a’ and ‘b’ with shim (29) and (9) respectively until both ‘c’ and ‘d’ are 0,5 + 0,5 mm. For checking ‘d’, unscrew the plug fitted in the casing side. Tighten bolts (23) and lock by wire (22). Screw bush (28) in place and fit key (26). Fit gear (27) and locking plate (24). Screw nut (25) in place, tighten as specified (section 3.5, item 49) and lock by plate (24).
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Hydraulic Governor Drive Inspection
05.04.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-27-10 1612
Refitting the Drive Place gasket (19) on casing (2). Push casing with driving parts into timing chest and secure by bolts (16) and (34). Ba cklash between gear (27) and idler gear: see job 04.08.01 . Fit gasket (31) and install governor with toothed shaft into drive shaft (6) , taking note of the dowel pin (78). Screw in bolts (8) and tighten. Fit governing linkage (Job Card 05.04.14).
Section A — B
Start engine and check correct functioning of governor. When start ing the engine and during the trial run be sure to observe all safety precautions (Job Card 05.00.01). © 50 056 1
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Hydraulic Governor Drive Inspection
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-27-10 1612
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 1 of 11
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1806
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Servicing / Setting
Tools:
For removing the injection pumps, it is necessary to remove the linkage between the pumps and to detach the linkage between pump and governor. After the pumps have been refitted , the linkage has to be checked and adjusted as necessary. After a governor has been remounted, the setting of the linkage between governor and pump has also to be checked and adjusted as necessary.
—
Standard tools Sealing compound Deutz DW 59 (Section 3.6), Sealing wax red, part No.: 0100 7740
Job Card: —
05.00.01
We recommend that these jobs be entrusted to a DEUTZ specialist, since otherwise the warranty will possibly be affected. Only in emergency may this work be carried out by machine-room personnel. In that case, a DEUTZ specialist should be called in at the next opportunity to check and seal the control linkage.
Job Stop engine and observe safety precautions (Job Card 05.00.01).
Removing the Linkage When Removing Injection Pumps Remove linkage covers,. Remove covers at points A21 and A24 (Fig. 1).
© 24 914 1
Fig. 1 © 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 2 of 11
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1806
Unscrew chees-head screws (60) — Fig. 2 -. Remove gaskets (64). Push covers (59) and bellows (29) towards the middle of links (55). Then undo cheese-head screws (62) and scrap. Remove flat irons (63). Slacken eccentrics (61) and carefully lift links out of the injection pumps.
© 24 924 1
Fig. 2 After undoing the fastening screw A5 (Fig. 1) of the link C1, the injection pumps can be taken down.
© 1084
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 3 of 11
Engine:
0178-29-10 1806
Filing No.:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Midpos.
When Removing Governor Unscrew fastening bolt (*) — Fig. 3), remove link C3 and take down governor.
© 24 925 1
Fig. 3 Refitting the Linkage For following operations, see also Fig. 1. Checking Linkage Settings 1.
Before refitting links C1and C3, check pertaining distance dimensions. They must be as follows:
© 0593
Link C1
=
310 mm, see Fig. 3
Link C3
=
86 mm, see Fig. 3
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 4 of 11
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1806
Synchronizing the Injection Pumps 2.
Detach link C1 at point A5 (*) — Fig. 4 -.
© 24 926 1
Fig. 4 3.
Fully screw in stop screw (*) at point A 13 — Fig. 5 -. Record screw setting (**) where linkage is adjusted repeatedly.
© 24 927 1
Fig. 5 4.
Release screw (*) — Fig. 6 — to remove lever on starting fuel allowance stop, point A17.
© 24 928 1
Fig. 6 © 1283
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 5 of 11
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1806
S/BV 6/8 M 628
© 24 929 1
Fig. 7 5.
Use tools (*) — Fig. 7 — to pull control rods of all injection pumps against the gauges (**) contacting check stops (***) at points A18 and A19. Leave tools (*) mounted for the time being.
6.
Setting the Linkage Mount the linkage in the reverse order as described for «Removing the Linkage when Removing Injection Pumps», but do not yet tighten the new cheese-head screws (***) — Fig. 8 -. First of all, turn the eccentric (**) at the left hand end of the link (*) (pointA21) to the middle position, i.e., with the slit in the eccentric horizontal. Insert new cheese-head screws (***) and tighten according to specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60.
© 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 6 of 11
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1806
© 24 973 3
Fig. 8 Then, at the right-hand end of the link (*) (point A24), adjust the length of the link by means of the eccentric (**) so that the control rods contact the check stops without pressure, with the gauges inserted (see Fig. 7). Insert new cheese-head screws according to tightening specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60. If the setting at the right-hand eccentric is insufficient , rectify at the left-hand eccentric. Having completed the setting, the cheese-head screws have to be lead-sealed.
7.
Remove tools (Fig. 7). Move linkage in the direction «Stop» until one or more stop screws abut at points C12 and C13 (Fig. 9).
© 24 931 1
Fig. 9 © 0589
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 7 of 11
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1806
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Then adjust distance between stop piston («Stop» position) at point A15 (Fig. 10) and shock absorber. Lock grooved nut (*).
© 24 932 1
Fig. 10 8.
Refit the tools (see under 5.) , then check whether, at operating position of the springloaded cylinder A15 (Fig. 11) and contact of the control rods at the check stops (points A18 and A19), there is a clearance of approx. 15 mm. Secure grooved nut (*) with Deutz DW 59 as specified.
© 24 933 1
Fig. 11
© 0583
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 8 of 11
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1806
Governor link 9. Turn governor output shaft to graduation 5 (midposition) — Fig. 12 -, then fasten lever C11 (*) on output shaft in roughly vertical position.
Governor output shaft
© 24 934 1
Fig. 12 10.
Turn governor to graduation (10) — Fig. 13 — and secure link C1 to point A5 (*). Adjust length of link at point C5 (**) to ensure freedom from internal stressing. Remove tool from all injection pumps (see Fig. 7).
© 24 935 1
Fig. 13
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 9 of 11
Engine: Filing No.:
11.
S/BV 6/8 M 628
0178-29-10 1806
Adjust linkage at points C8 (*) or C10 (**) Fig. 14 — so as to obtain the settings scheduled in table below. Then tighten all locknuts.
Graduation Governor
Injection Pump
2
0
0
— 2,5 to — 5
9
approx. 14
Section A — B © 24 937 1
Fig. 14 Typical setting
Governor
Injection Pump
© 24 936 1
© 0583
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 10 of11
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628 12.
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1806
Set stop screw A13 so that load indicator on injection pump points to graduation (14) — Fig. 15.
© 24 938 1
Fig. 15 13.
Check that linkage abuts at stop screw (*) Fig. 16 — when pushed to maximum load (point A13). Upon completion of the setting, lead-seal the engine output (**).
© 24 939 1
Fig. 16 14.
After the engine has been put back to service and final load setting has been made, check that the governor scale gives the following readings: No load Full load
= =
graduation 2 graduation 8
Failing this, adjust linkage (points C8 or C10 under 11.).
© 0583
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 11 of 11
Engine: Filing No.:
15.
0178-29-10 1806
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Setting the starting fuel limit: While the engine is running at 11 bar b.m.e.p., pressurize air cylinder of fuel limit and adjust refitted lever so that there is contact at point (**) — Fig. 17 — . Tighten screw (*), depressurize air cylinder.
After finally completing the settings, refit the covers at points A21 and A24 — Fig. 1 -, together with new gaskets, if necessary. Remount the linkage covers.
© 24 940 1
Fig. 17
© 0595
Job Card No.:
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank.
0178-29-10 1806
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 1 of 11
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1807
S/BV 9 M 628
Servicing / Setting
Tools:
For removing the injection pumps, it is necessary to remove the linkage between the pumps and to detach the linkage between pump and governor. After the pumps have been refitted , the linkage has to be checked and adjusted as necessary. After a governor has been remounted, the setting of the linkage between governor and pump has also to be checked and adjusted as necessary.
—
Standard tools Sealing compound Deutz DW 59 (Section 3.6), Sealing wax red, part No.: 0100 7740
Job Card: —
05.00.01
We recommend that these jobs be entrusted to a DEUTZ specialist, since otherwise the warranty will possibly be affected. Only in emergency may this work be carried out by machine-room personnel. In that case, a DEUTZ specialist should be called in at the next opportunity to check and seal the control linkage.
Job Stop engine and observe safety precautions (Job Card 05.00.01).
Removing the Linkage When Removing Injection Pumps Remove linkage covers,. Remove covers at points A22, A23, A25 and A26 (Fig. 1).
© 24 912 1
Fig. 1 © 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 2 of 11
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1807
Unscrew cheese-head screws (60) — Fig. 2 -. Remove gaskets (64). Push covers (59) and bellows (29) towards the middle of links (55). Then undo cheese-head screws (62) and scrap. Remove flat irons (63). Slacken eccentrics (61) and carefully lift links out of the injection pumps.
© 24 924 1
Fig. 2 After undoing the fastening screw A5 (Fig. 1) of the link C1, the injection pumps can be taken down.
© 1084
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 3 of 11
Engine:
0178-29-10 1807
Filing No.:
S/BV 9 M 628
Midpos.
When Removing Governor Unscrew fastening bolt (*) — Fig. 3 -, remove link C3 and take down governor.
© 24 925 1
Fig. 3 Refitting the Linkage For following operations, see also Fig. 1. Checking Linkage Settings 1.
Before refitting links C1and C3, check pertaining distance dimensions. They must be as follows:
© 0583
Link C1
=
310 mm, see Fig. 3
Link C3
=
86 mm, see Fig. 3
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 4 of 11
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1807
Synchronizing the Injection Pumps 2.
Detach link C1 at point A5 (*) — Fig. 4 -.
© 24 926 1
Fig. 4 3.
Fully screw in stop screw (*) at point A 13 — Fig. 5 -. Record screw setting (**) where linkage is adjusted repeatedly.
© 24 927 1
Fig. 5 4.
Release screw (*) — Fig. 6 — to remove lever on starting fuel allowance stop, point A17.
© 24 928 1
Fig. 6 © 0484
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 5 of 11
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1807
S/BV 9 M 628
© 24 929 1
Fig. 7 5.
Use tools (*) — Fig. 7 — to pull control rods of all injection pumps against the gauges (**) contacting check stops (***) at points A18, A19 and A20. Leave tools (*) mounted for the time being.
6.
Setting the Linkage Mount the linkage in the reverse order as described for «Removing the Linkage when Removing Injection Pumps», but do not yet tighten the new cheese-head screws (***) — Fig. 8 -. First of all, turn the eccentric (**) at the left hand end of the link (*) (points A22, A23) to the middle position, i.e., with the slit in the eccentric horizontal. Insert new cheese-head screws (***) and tighten according to specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60.
© 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 6 of 11
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1807
© 24 930 3
Fig. 8 Then, at the right-hand end of the link (*) (point A24), adjust the length of the link by means of the eccentric (**) so that the control rods contact the check stops without pressure, with the gauges inserted (see Fig. 7). Insert new cheese-head screws according to tightening specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60. If the setting at the right-hand eccentric is insufficient , rectify at the left-hand eccentric. Having completed the setting, the cheese-head screws have to be lead-sealed.
7.
Remove tools (Fig. 7). Move linkage in the direction «Stop» until one or more stop screws abut at points C12, C13 and C14 (Fig. 9).
© 24 931 1
Fig. 9 © 0589
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 7 of 11
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1807
S/BV 9 M 628
Then adjust distance between stop piston («Stop» position) at point A15 (Fig. 10) and shock absorber. Lock grooved nut (*).
© 24 932 1
Fig. 10 8.
Refit the tools (see under 5.) , then check whether, at operating position of the springloaded cylinder A15 (Fig. 11) and contact of the control rods at the check stops (points A18 A19 and A20), there is a clearance of approx. 15 mm. Secure grooved nut (*) with Deutz DW 59 as specified.
© 24 933 1
Fig. 11
© 0583
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 8 of 11
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1807
Governor link 9. Turn governor output shaft to graduation 5 (midposition) — Fig. 12 -, then fasten lever C11 (*) on output shaft in roughly vertical position.
Governor output shaft
© 24 934 1
Fig. 12 10.
Turn governor to graduation (10) — Fig. 13 — and secure link C1 to point A5 (*). Adjust length of link at point C5 (**) to ensure freedom from internal stressing. Remove tool from all injection pumps (see Fig. 7).
© 24 935 1
Fig. 13
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 8 of 11
Engine: Filing No.:
11.
S/BV 9 M 628
0178-29-10 1807
Adjust linkage at points C8 (*) or C10 (**) — Fig. 14 — so as to obtain the settings scheduled in table below. Then tighten all locknuts.
Graduation Governor
Injection Pump
2
0
0
— 2,5 to — 5
9
approx. 14
Section A — B © 24 937 1
Fig. 14 Typical setting
Governor
Injection Pump
© 24 936 1
© 0583
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 10 of 11
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628 12.
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1807
Set stop screw A13 so that load indicator on injection pump points to graduation (14) — Fig. 15.
© 24 938 1
Fig. 15 13.
Check that linkage abuts at stop screw (*) Fig. 16 — when pushed to maximum load (point A13). Upon completion of the setting, lead-seal the engine output (**).
© 24 939 1
Fig. 16 14.
After the engine has been put back to service and final load setting has been made, check that the governor scale gives the following readings: No load Full load
= =
graduation 2 graduation 8
Failing this, adjust linkage (points C8 or C10 under 11.).
© 0583
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 11 of 11
Engine: Filing No.:
15.
0178-29-10 1807
S/BV 9 M 628
Setting the starting fuel limit: While the engine is running at 11 bar b.m.e.p., pressurize air cylinder of fuel limit and adjust refitted lever so that there is contact at point (**) — Fig. 17 — . Tighten screw (*), depressurize air cylinder. After finally completing the settings, refit the covers at points A22, A25, A23 and A26 — Fig. 1 -, together with new gaskets, if necessary. Remount the linkage covers.
© 24 940 1
Fig. 17
© 0583
Job Card No.:
Regulateurs Europa Ltd. Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank.
0178-29-10 1807
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 1 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1808
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Servicing / Setting
Tools:
For removing the injection pumps, it is necessary to remove the linkage between the pumps and to detach the linkage between pump and governor. After the pumps have been refitted , the linkage has to be checked and adjusted as necessary. After a governor has been remounted, the setting of the linkage between governor and pump has also to be checked and adjusted as necessary.
—
Standard tools Sealing compound Deutz DW 59 (Section 3.6), Sealing wax red, part No.: 0100 7740
Job Card: —
05.00.01
We recommend that these jobs be entrusted to a Deutz specialist, since otherwise the warranty will possibly be affected. Only in emergency may this work be carried out by machine-room personnel. In that case, a DEUTZ specialist should be called in at the next opportunity to check and seal the control linkage.
Job: Stop engine and observe safety precautions (job 05.00.01).
Removing the Linkage When Removing Injection Pumps Remove linkage covers,. Remove covers at points A21 and A24 (Fig. 1).
© 24 914 1
Fig. 1 © 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 2 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1808
Unscrew chees-head screws (60) — Fig. 2 -. Remove gaskets (64). Push covers (59) and bellows (29) towards the middle of links (55). Then undo cheese-head screws (62) and scrap. Remove flat irons (63). Slacken eccentrics (61) and carefully lift links out of the injection pumps.
© 24 924 1
Fig. 2 After undoing the fastening screw A5 (Fig. 1) of the link C1, the injection pumps can be taken down.
© 1084
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 3 of 12
Engine:
0178-29-10 1808
Filing No.:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Midpos.
When Removing Governor Unscrew fastening bolt (*) — Fig. 3), remove link C3 and take down governor.
© 24 925 1
Fig. 3 Refitting the Linkage For following operations, see also Fig. 1. Checking Linkage Settings 1.
Before refitting links C1and C3, check pertaining distance dimensions. They must be as follows:
© 0583
Link C1
=
310 mm, see Fig. 3
Link C3
=
78 mm, see Fig. 3
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 4 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1808
Synchronizing the Injection Pumps 2. Detach link C1 at point A5 (*) — Fig. 4 -.
© 24 926 1
Fig. 4 3.
Fully screw in stop screw (*) at point A 13 — Fig. 5 -. Record screw setting (**) where linkage is adjusted repeatedly.
© 24 927 1
Fig. 5 4.
Release screw (*) — Fig. 6 — to remove lever on starting fuel allowance stop, point A17.
© 24 928 1
Fig. 6 © 1283
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 5 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1808
S/BV 6/8 M 628
© 24 929 1
Fig. 7
5.
Use tools (*) — Fig. 7 — to pull control rods of all injection pumps against the gauges (**) contacting check stops (***) at points A18 and A19. Leave tools (*) mounted for the time being.
6.
Setting the Linkage Mount the linkage in the reverse order as described for «Removing the Linkage when Removing Injection Pumps», but do not yet tighten the new cheese-head screws (***) — Fig. 8 -. First of all, turn the eccentric (**) at the left hand end of the link (*) (pointA21) to the middle position, i.e., with the slit in the eccentric horizontal. Insert new cheese-head screws (***) and tighten according to specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60.
© 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 6 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1808
© 24 973 3
Fig. 8 Then, at the right-hand end of the link (*) (point A24), adjust the length of the link by means of the eccentric (**) so that the control rods contact the check stops without pressure, with the gauges inserted (see Fig. 7). Insert new cheese-head screws according to tightening specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60. If the setting at the right-hand eccentric is insufficient , rectify at the left-hand eccentric. Having completed the setting, the cheese-head screws have to be lead-sealed.
7.
Remove tools (Fig. 7). Move linkage in the direction «Stop» until one or more stop screws abut at points C12 and C13 (Fig. 9).
© 24 931 1
Fig. 9 © 0589
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 7 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1808
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Then adjust distance between stop piston («Stop» position) at point A15 (Fig. 10) and shock absorber. Lock grooved nut (*).
© 24 932 1
Fig. 10 8.
Refit the tools (see under 5.) , then check whether, at operating position of the springloaded cylinder A15 (Fig. 11) and contact of the control rods at the check stops (points A18 and A19), there is a clearance of approx. 15 mm. Secure grooved nut (*) with Deutz DW 59 as specified.
© 24 933 1
Fig. 11
© 0583
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 8 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1808
Governor link 9.
Governor UG8D (Fig. 12) Turn knob of LOAD LIMIT to scale graduation 10 and output shaft to midposition (arrow).
© 24 954 1
Fig. 12 Governor UG8L (Fig. 13) Turn output shaft to mid-position 5
© 24 955 1
Fig. 13 Thereafter proceed on both models as follows: Secure lever C11 (*) — Fig. 14 — to governor output shaft so that the lever is roughly vertical. Governor output shaft
© 24 958 1
Fig. 14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 9 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1808
S/BV 6/8 M 628
© 24 950 1
Fig. 15 10.
Turn governor to graduation (10) — Fig. 15 — and secure link C1(Fig. 16) to point A5 (*). Adjust length of link (**) at point C5 to ensure freedom from internal stressing. Remove tool from all injection pumps (see Fig. 7).
© 24 959 1
Fig. 16
© 0583
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 10 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628 11.
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1808
Adjust linkage at points C8 (*) or C10 (**) — Fig. 17 — so as to obtain the settings scheduled in table at right. Then tighten all locknuts.
Graduation Governor
Injection Pump
2
0
0
— 2,5 to — 5
9
approx. 14
Section A — B © 24 937 1
Fig. 17 Typical setting
Governor
Injection Pump
© 24 936 1
© 0583
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 11 of 12
Engine:
0178-29-10 1808
Filing No.:
12.
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Set stop screw A13 so that load indicator on injection pump points to graduation (14) — Fig. 18.
© 24 938 1
Fig. 18 13.
Check that linkage abuts at stop screw (*) Fig. 19 — when pushed to maximum load (point A13). Upon completion of the setting, lead-seal the engine output (**).
© 24 939 1
Fig. 19 14.
After the engine has been put back to service and final load setting has been made, check that the governor scale gives the following readings: No load Full load
= =
graduation 2 graduation 8
Failing this, adjust linkage (points C8 or C10 under 11.).
© 0583
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 12 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628 15.
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1808
Setting the starting fuel limit: While the engine is running at 11 bar b.m.e.p., pressurize air cylinder of fuel limit and adjust refitted lever so that there is contact at point (**) — Fig. 20 — . Tighten screw (*), depressurize air cylinder. After finally completing the settings, refit the covers at points A21 and A24 — Fig. 1 -, together with new gaskets, if necessary. Remount the linkage covers.
© 24 940 1
Fig. 20
© 0583
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 1 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1809
S/BV 9 M 628
Servicing / Setting
Tools:
For removing the injection pumps, it is necessary to remove the linkage between the pumps and to detach the linkage between pump and governor. After the pumps have been refitted , the linkage has to be checked and adjusted as necessary. After a governor has been remounted, the setting of the linkage between governor and pump has also to be checked and adjusted as necessary.
—
Standard tools Sealing compound Deutz DW 59 (Section 3.6), Sealing wax red, part No.: 0100 7740
Job Card: —
05.00.01
We recommend that these jobs be entrusted to a Deutz specialist, since otherwise the warranty will possibly be affected. Only in emergency may this work be carried out by machine-room personnel. In that case, a DEUTZ specialist should be called in at the next opportunity to check and seal the control linkage.
Job Stop engine and observe safety precautions (job 05.00.01).
Removing the Linkage When Removing Injection Pumps Remove linkage covers,. Remove covers at points A22, A23, A25 and A26 (Fig. 1).
© 24 912 1
Fig. 1 © 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 2 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1809
Unscrew cheese-head screws (60) — Fig. 2 -. Remove gaskets (64). Push covers (59) and bellows (29) towards the middle of links (55). Then undo cheese-head screws (62) and scrap. Remove flat irons (63). Slacken eccentrics (61) and carefully lift links out of the injection pumps.
© 24 924 1
Fig. 2 After undoing the fastening screw A5 (Fig. 1) of the link C1, the injection pumps can be taken down.
© 1084
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 3 of 12
Engine:
0178-29-10 1809
Filing No.:
S/BV 9 M 628
Midpos.
When Removing Governor Unscrew fastening bolt (*) — Fig. 3 -, remove link C3 and take down governor.
© 24 925 1
Fig. 3 Refitting the Linkage For following operations, see also Fig. 1. Checking Linkage Settings 1.
Before refitting links C1and C3, check pertaining distance dimensions. They must be as follows:
© 0583
Link C1
=
310 mm, see Fig. 3
Link C3
=
78 mm, see Fig. 3
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 4 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1809
Synchronizing the Injection Pumps 2.
Detach link C1 at point A5 (*) — Fig. 4 -.
© 24 926 1
Fig. 4 3.
Fully screw in stop screw (*) at point A 13 — Fig. 5 -. Record screw setting (**) where linkage is adjusted repeatedly.
© 24 927 1
Fig. 5 4.
Release screw (*) — Fig. 6 — to remove lever on starting fuel allowance stop, point A17.
© 24 928 1
Fig. 6 © 0484
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 5 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1809
S/BV 9 M 628
© 24 929 1
Fig. 7 5.
Use tools (*) — Fig. 7 — to pull control rods of all injection pumps against the gauges (**) contacting check stops (***) at points A18, A19 and A20. Leave tools (*) mounted for the time being.
6.
Setting the Linkage Mount the linkage in the reverse order as described for «Removing the Linkage when Removing Injection Pumps», but do not yet tighten the new cheese-head screws (***) — Fig. 8 -. First of all, turn the eccentric (**) at the left hand end of the link (*) (points A22, A23) to the middle position, i.e., with the slit in the eccentric horizontal. Insert new cheese-head screws (***) and tighten according to specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60.
© 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 6 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1809
© 24 930 3
Fig. 8 Then, at the right-hand ends of the links (*) (point A25, A26), adjust the length of the link by means of the eccentric (**) so that the control rods contact the check stops without pressure, with the gauges inserted (see Fig. 7). Insert new cheese-head screws according to tightening specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60. If the setting at the right-hand eccentric is insufficient , rectify at the left-hand eccentric. Having completed the setting, the cheese-head screws have to be lead-sealed.
7.
Remove tools (Fig. 7). Move linkage in the direction «Stop» until one or more stop screws abut at points C12, and C13 (Fig. 9).
© 24 931 1
Fig. 9 © 0589
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 7 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1809
S/BV 9 M 628
Then adjust distance between stop piston («Stop» position) at point A15 (Fig. 10) and shock absorber. Lock grooved nut (*).
© 24 932 1
Fig. 10 8.
Refit the tools (see under 5.) , then check whether, at operating position of the springloaded cylinder A15 (Fig. 11) and contact of the control rods at the check stops (points A18 A19 and A20), there is a clearance of approx. 15 mm. Secure grooved nut (*) with Deutz DW 59 as specified.
© 24 933 1
Fig. 11
© 0583
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 8 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1809
Governor link 9.
Governor UG8D (Fig. 12) Turn knob of LOAD LIMIT to scale graduation 10 and output shaft to mid-position 5 (arrow).
© 24 954 1
Fig. 12 Governor UG8L (Fig. 13) Turn output shaft to mid-position 5.
© 24 955 1
Fig. 13 Thereafter proceed on both models as follows: Secure lever C11 (*) — Fig. 14 — to governor output shaft so that the lever is roughly vertical. Governor output shaft
© 24 958 1
Fig. 14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 9 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1809
S/BV 9 M 628
© 24 950 1
Fig. 15 10.
Turn governor to scale graduation 10 — Fig. 15 — and secure link C1(Fig. 16) to point A5 (*). Adjust length of link (**) at point C5 to ensure freedom from internal stressing. Remove tool from all injection pumps (see Fig. 7).
© 24 959 1
Fig. 16
© 0595
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 10 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628 11.
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1809
Adjust linkage at points C8 (*) or C10 (**) — Fig. 17 — so as to obtain the settings scheduled in table at right. Then tighten all locknuts.
Graduation Governor
Injection Pump
2
0
0
— 2,5 to — 5
9
approx. 14
Section A — B © 24 937 1
Fig. 17 Typical setting
Governor
Injection Pump
© 24 952 1
© 1283
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 11 of 12
Engine:
0178-29-10 1809
Filing No.:
12.
S/BV 9 M 628
Set stop screw A13 so that load indicator on injection pump (Fig. 18) points to graduation 14.
© 24 938 1
Fig. 18 13.
Check that linkage abuts at top screw (*) — Fig. 19 — when pushed to maximum load (point A13). Upon completion of the setting, lead-seal the engine output (**).
© 24 939 1
Fig. 19 14.
After the engine has been put back to service and final load setting has been made, check that governor scale gives the following readings: No load
=
graduation 2
Full load
=
graduation 8
Failing this, adjust linkage (points C8 or C10 under 11.).
© 0595
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Woodward UG8D/UG8L Hydraulic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 12 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628 15.
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1809
Setting the starting fuel limit: While the engine is running at 11 bar b.m.e.p., pressurize air cylinder of fuel limit and adjust refitted lever so that there is contact at point (**) — Fig. 20 — . Tighten screw (*), depressurize air cylinder. After finally completing the settings, refit the covers at points A22, A25, A23 and A26 — Fig. 1 -, together with new gaskets, if necessary. Remount the linkage covers.
© 24 940 1
Fig. 20
© 1283
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 1 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1810
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Servicing / Setting
Tools:
For removing the injection pumps, it is necessary to remove the linkage between the pumps and to detach the linkage between pump and governor. After the pumps have been refitted , the linkage has to be checked and adjusted as necessary. After a governor has been remounted, the setting of the linkage between governor and pump has also to be checked and adjusted as necessary.
—
Standard tools Sealing compound Deutz DW 59 (Section 3.6), Sealing wax red, part No.: 0100 7740
Job Card: —
05.00.01
We recommend that these jobs be entrusted to a DEUTZ specialist, since otherwise the warranty will possibly be affected. Only in emergency may this work be carried out by machine-room personnel. In that case, a DEUTZ specialist should be called in at the next opportunity to check and seal the control linkage.
Job Stop engine and observe safety precautions (job 05.00.01).
Removing the Linkage When Removing Injection Pumps Remove linkage covers,. Remove covers at points A21 and A24 (Fig. 1).
© 24 914 1
Fig. 1 © 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 2 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1810
Unscrew chees-head screws (60) — Fig. 2 -. Remove gaskets (64). Push covers (59) and bellows (29) towards the middle of link (55). Then undo cheese-head screws (62) and scrap. Remove flat irons (63). Slacken eccentrics (61) and carefully lift links out of the injection pumps.
© 24 924 1
Fig. 2 After undoing the fastening screw A5 (Fig. 1) of the link C1, the injection pumps can be taken down.
© 1084
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 3 of 12
Engine:
0178-29-10 1810
Filing No.:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Midpos.
When Removing Governor Unscrew fastening bolt (*) — Fig. 3 -, remove link C3 and take down governor.
© 24 925 1
Fig. 3 Refitting the Linkage For following operations, see also Fig. 1. Checking Linkage Settings 1.
Before refitting links C1and C3, check pertaining distance dimensions. They must be as follows:
© 1283
Link C1
=
310 mm, see Fig. 3
Link C3
=
78 mm, see Fig. 3
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 4 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1810
Synchronizing the Injection Pumps 2. Detach link C1 at point A5 (*) — Fig. 4 -.
© 24 926 1
Fig. 4 3.
Fully screw in stop screw (*) at point A 13 — Fig. 5 -. Record screw setting (**) where linkage is adjusted repeatedly.
© 24 927 1
Fig. 5 4.
Release screw (*) — Fig. 6 — to remove lever on starting fuel allowance stop, point A17.
© 24 928 1
Fig. 6 © 1283
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 5 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1810
S/BV 6/8 M 628
© 24 929 1
Fig. 7 5.
Use tools (*) — Fig. 7 — to pull control rods of all injection pumps against the gauges (**) contacting check stops (***) at points A18 and A19. Leave tools (*) mounted for the time being.
6.
Setting the Linkage Mount the linkage in the reverse order as described for «Removing the Linkage when Removing Injection Pumps», but do not yet tighten the new cheese-head screws (***) — Fig. 8 -. First of all, turn the eccentric (**) at the left hand end of the link (*) (pointA21) to the middle position, i.e., with the slit in the eccentric horizontal. Insert new cheese-head screws (***) and tighten according to specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60.
© 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 6 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1810
© 24 973 3
Fig. 8 Then, at the right-hand end of the link (*) (point A24), adjust the length of the link by means of the eccentric (**) so that the control rods contact the check stops without pressure, with the gauges inserted (see Fig. 7). Insert new cheese-head screws (***) and tighten according to specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60. If the setting at the right-hand eccentric is insufficient , rectify at the left-hand eccentric. Having completed the setting, the cheese-head screws have to be lead-sealed.
7.
Remove tools (Fig. 7). Move linkage in the direction «Stop» until one or more stop screws abut at points C12 and C13 (Fig. 9).
© 24 931 1
Fig. 9 © 0491
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 7 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1810
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Then adjust distance between stop piston («Stop» position) at point A15 (Fig. 10) and shock absorber. Lock grooved nut (*).
© 24 932 1
Fig. 10 8.
Refit the tools (see under 5.) , then check whether, at operating position of the springloaded cylinder A15 (Fig. 11) and contact of the control rods at the check stops (points A18 and A19), there is a clearance of approx. 15 mm. Secure grooved nut (*) with Deutz DW 59 as specified.
© 24 933 1
Fig. 11
© 0695
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 8 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1810
Actuator Link 9.
Secure lever C11 (*) (Fig. 12) to actuator so that the lever is roughly vertical when the actuator shaft (Fig. 13) is in mid-position. (Shaft rotation is max. 45°.) Governor output shaft
© 24 958 1
Fig. 12 Mark vertical lever position on external free shaft end (**)
Governor
se
rea
Inc l
fue Middle position
© 24 949 1
Fig. 13
Job Card No.:
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
05.04.14
Page 9 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
With governing linkage removed, the actuator shaft will always be in «Stop»position. Turn shaft to maximum fuel (Fig. 14).
x. f u
el
Governor
ma
10.
S/BV 6/8 M 628
0178-29-10 1810
© 24 953 1
Fig. 14 Then secure linkage C1 (Fig. 15) to point A5 (*) and adjust length of link at point C5 (**) to ensure freedom from internal stressing. Remove tools from all injection pumps (see Fig. 7).
© 24 959 1
Fig. 15
© 0695
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 10 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628 11.
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1810
Adjust linkage at points C8 (*) or C10 (**) — Fig. 17 — so as to obtain the settings scheduled in table below. Then tighten all locknuts.
Graduation Actuator 9° from Stop
Injection Pump 0
Stop limit position
— 2,5 to — 5
34° from Stop
approx. 14
Section A — B © 24 937 1
Fig. 16 Typical setting
Governor
Injection Pump
© 24 951 1
Fig. 17 © 0199
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 11 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
12.
0178-29-10 1810
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Set stop screw A13 so that load indicator on injection pump points to graduation (14) — Fig. 17.
© 24 938 1
13.
Check that linkage abuts at stop screw (*) Fig. 18 — when pushed to maximum load (point A13). Upon completion of the setting, lead-seal the engine output (**).
© 24 939 1
Fig. 18
© 1283
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 12 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628 14.
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1810
After the engine has been put back to service and final load setting has been made, check that the governor scale gives the following readings: No load Full load
= =
9° rotation 34° rotation
measured from Stop position
Failing this, adjust linkage (points C8 or C10 under 11.).
15.
Setting the starting fuel limit: While the engine is running at 11 bar b.m.e.p., pressurize air cylinder of fuel limit and adjust refitted lever so that there is contact at point (**) — Fig. 19 — . Tighten screw (*), depressurize air cylinder.
After finally completing the settings, refit the covers at points A21 and A24 — Fig. 1 -, together with new gaskets, if necessary. Remount the linkage covers.
© 24 940 1
Fig. 19
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 1 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1811
S/BV 9 M 628
Servicing / Setting
Tools:
For removing the injection pumps, it is necessary to remove the linkage between the pumps and to detach the linkage between pump and governor. After the pumps have been refitted , the linkage has to be checked and adjusted as necessary. After a governor has been remounted, the setting of the linkage between governor and pump has also to be checked and adjusted as necessary.
—
Standard tools Sealing compound Deutz DW 59 (Section 3.6), Sealing wax red, part No.: 0100 7740
Job Card: —
05.00.01
We recommend that these jobs be entrusted to a DEUTZ specialist, since otherwise the warranty will possibly be affected. Only in emergency may this work be carried out by machine-room personnel. In that case, a DEUTZ specialist should be called in at the next opportunity to check and seal the control linkage.
Job: Stop engine and observe safety precautions (job 05.00.01).
Removing the Linkage When Removing Injection Pumps Remove linkage covers,. Remove covers at points A21 and A24 (Fig. 1).
© 24 912 1
Fig. 1 © 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 2 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1811
Unscrew chees-head screws (60) — Fig. 2 -. Remove gaskets (64). Push covers (59) and bellows (29) towards the middle of link (55). Then undo cheese-head screws (62) and scrap. Remove flat irons (63). Slacken eccentrics (61) and carefully lift links out of the injection pumps.
© 24 924 1
Fig. 2 After undoing the fastening screw A5 (Fig. 1) of the link C1, the injection pumps can be taken down.
© 1084
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 3 of 12
Engine:
0178-29-10 1811
Filing No.:
S/BV 9 M 628
Midpos.
When Removing Governor Unscrew fastening bolt (*) — Fig. 3 -, remove link C3 and take down governor.
© 24 925 1
Fig. 3 Refitting the Linkage For following operations, see also Fig. 1. Checking Linkage Settings 1.
Before refitting links C1and C3, check pertaining distance dimensions. They must be as follows:
© 1283
Link C1
=
310 mm, see Fig. 3
Link C3
=
78 mm, see Fig. 3
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 4 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1811
Synchronizing the Injection Pumps 2.
Detach link C1 at point A5 (*) — Fig. 4 -.
© 24 926 1
Fig. 4 3.
Fully screw in stop screw (*) at point A 13 — Fig. 5 -. Record screw setting (**) where linkage is adjusted repeatedly.
© 24 927 1
Fig. 5 4.
Release screw (*) — Fig. 6 — to remove lever on starting fuel allowance stop, point A17.
© 24 928 1
Fig. 6 © 1283
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 5 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1811
S/BV 9 M 628
© 24 929 1
Fig. 7
5.
Use tools (*) — Fig. 7 — to pull control rods of all injection pumps against the gauges (**) contacting check stops (***) at points A18, A19 and A20. Leave tools (*) mounted for the time being.
6.
Setting the Linkage Mount the linkage in the reverse order as described for «Removing the Linkage when Removing Injection Pumps», but do not yet tighten the new cheese-head screws (***) — Fig. 8 -. First of all, turn the eccentric (**) at the left hand end of the link (*) (points A22, A23) to the middle position, i.e., with the slit in the eccentric horizontal. Insert new cheese-head screws (***) and tighten according to specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60.
© 0484
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 6 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1811
© 24 930 3
Fig. 8 Then, at the right-hand end of the link (*) (points A25, A26), adjust the length of the link by means of the eccentric (**) so that the control rods contact the check stops without pressure, with the gauges inserted (see Fig. 7). Insert new cheese-head screws (***) and tighten according to specification, see «Specification Data», Section 3.5, line 60. If the setting at the right-hand eccentric is insufficient , rectify at the left-hand eccentric. Having completed the setting, the cheese-head screws have to be lead-sealed.
7.
Remove tools (Fig. 7). Move linkage in the direction «Stop» until one or more stop screws abut at points C12, C13 and C14 (Fig. 9).
© 24 931 1
Fig. 9 © 0491
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 7 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1811
S/BV 9 M 628
Then adjust distance between stop piston («Stop» position) at point A15 (Fig. 10) and shock absorber. Lock grooved nut (*).
© 24 932 1
Fig. 10 8.
Refit the tools (see under 5.) , then check whether, at operating position of the springloaded cylinder A15 (Fig. 11) and contact of the control rods at the check stops (points A18, A19 and A20), there is a clearance of approx. 15 mm. Secure grooved nut (*) with Deutz DW 59 as specified.
© 24 933 1
Fig. 11
© 1283
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 8 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1811
Actuator Link 9.
Secure lever C11 (*) (Fig. 12) to actuator so that the lever is roughly vertical when the actuator shaft (Fig. 13) is in mid-position. (Shaft rotation is max. 45°.) Governor output shaft
© 24 958 1
Fig. 12 Mark vertical lever position on external free shaft end (**)
Governor
se
rea
Inc l
fue Middle position
© 24 949 1
Fig. 13
Job Card No.:
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
05.04.14
Page 9 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BV 9 M 628
With governing linkage removed, the actuator shaft will always be in «Stop»position. Turn shaft to maximum fuel (Fig. 14).
x. f u
el
Governor
ma
10.
0178-29-10 1811
© 24 953 1
Fig. 14 Then secure linkage C1 (Fig. 15) to point A5 (*) and adjust length of link at point C5 (**) to ensure freedom from internal stressing. Remove tools from all injection pumps (see Fig. 7).
© 24 959 1
Fig. 15
© 1283
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 10 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628 11.
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1811
Adjust linkage at points C8 (*) or C10 (**) — Fig. 17 — so as to obtain the settings scheduled in table at right. Then tighten all locknuts.
Graduation Actuator 9° from Stop
Injection Pump 0
Stop limit position
— 2,5 to — 5
34° from Stop
approx. 14
Section A — B © 24 937 1
Fig. 16 Typical setting
Governor
Injection Pump
© 24 951 1
© 1283
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Page 11 of 12
Engine: Filing No.:
12.
0178-29-10 1811
S/BV 9 M 628
Set stop screw A13 so that load indicator on injection pump points to graduation (14) — Fig. 17.
© 24 938 1
Fig. 17 13.
Check that linkage abuts at stop screw (*) Fig. 18 — when pushed to maximum load (point A13). Upon completion of the setting, lead-seal the engine output (**).
© 24 939 1
Fig. 18
© 1283
Job Card No.:
05.04.14
Barber-Colman plus 8 Electronic Governor Linkage Setting
Page 12 of 12
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628 14.
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 1811
After the engine has been put back to service and final load setting has been made, check that the governor scale gives the following readings: No load Full load
= =
9° rotation 34° rotation
measured from Stop position
Failing this, adjust linkage (points C8 or C10 under 11.).
15.
Setting the starting fuel limit: While the engine is running at 11 bar b.m.e.p., pressurize air cylinder of fuel limit and adjust refitted lever so that there is contact at point (**) — Fig. 19 — . Tighten screw (*), depressurize air cylinder. After finally completing the settings, refit the covers at points A22, A25, A23 and A26 — Fig. 1 -, together with new gaskets, if necessary. Remount the linkage covers.
© 24 940 1
Fig. 19
Job Card No.:
Control Linkage
05.04.15
Page 1 of 5
Engine: Filing No.::
0178-29-10 2004
Inspection
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Tools:
Check function of the telescopic pieces; check link bearings for wear.
—
Proper condition of the link bearings and of the telescopic pieces is essential for problemfree operation of the engines. This calls for regular inspection and servicing of the telescopes — by greasing — and of the link bearings by checking the degree of wear.
—
Standard tools Locking compound, Deutz DW 57 and 60 (Section 3.6) Lubricating compound, Deutz S2 (Section 3.6) Sealing compound, Deutz DW 48 (Section 3.6)
Job Cards: —
05.00.01 05.04.14
We strongly recommend having these jobs carried out by our Service Organization. However, should it be necessary for the control linkage to be serviced by the engine operator, it is essential that it be checked and lead-sealed by our Service Organization at the next earliest opportunity.
Inspecting Link Bearings Remove linkage covers between speed governor and injection pumps. Move link rods C1 (Fig. 1) and C3 to and fro. If play is found to exist, the link heads are worn and must be replaced (see «Reconditioning»). Similarly check the play of the link bearings in the bearing block (2) by moving the two levers (5) up and down and to and fro. If necessary, renew the link bearings
© 50 114 1
Fig. 1 © 0199
Linkage
Job Card No.:
05.04.15
Control Linkage
Page 2 of 5
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 2004
Inspecting Telescopic Piece C1(Fig. 1) Undo fitted hex. bolt (*) — Fig. 2 -. At the other end of the link, release locking plate and screw out fitted hex. bolt. Take link rod out of forked lever, compress by hand, and release. The resistance thereby occurring should result solely from the compression spring inside the telescopic piece (1) — Fig. 1 -. The link rod should then return to its original position. If not, the telescopic piece must be reconditioned. Reassembly is in the reverse order, the fitted hex. bolt (*) — Fig. 2 — then being inserted with locking compound Deutz DW 57. The sliding surface of the link ends (**) must be absolutely free of locking compound. At the other end of the link rod, secure the fitted hex. bolt with a new locking plate.
© 50 069 1
Fig. 2
Telescopic piece
Reconditioning Renewing Heads of Links C3 — Fig. 1 Release locking plates of the two fitted hex. bolts (*) — Fig. 3 — and remove the bolts. Take link rod C3 out of the forks.
© 50 071 1
Fig. 3
Linkrod © 0199
Control Linkage
Job Card No.:
05.04.15
Page 3 of 5
Engine: Filing No.::
0178-29-10 2004
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Loosen hex. nuts (13) and (15) — Fig. 4 — and turn out link heads (10) and (16). Parts (10) and (13) have left-hand threads. Clean all parts in diesel fuel. Fit new heads and reassemble link rods in the reverse order. Check and set linkage as per job card 05.04.14. Remount as described under «Inspecting Telescopic Pieces». Lead-seal hex. nuts (13) and (15).
© 50 072 1
Fig. 4
Heads of links
Renewing Heads of Link C2 — Fig. 1 Dismantling procedure is analogous to that described under «Inspecting Telescopic Pieces». Loosen hex. nuts (13) — Fig. 5 — and (15) and turn out link heads (10) and (16). Parts (10) and (13) have left-hand threads Clean all parts in diesel fuel. Fit new link heads, check and set linkage as per job card 05.04.14. Refitting procedure is analogous to that described under «Inspecting Telescopic Pieces». Lead-seal hex. nuts (13) and (15). © 50 075 1
Fig. 5
© 0199
Heads of the telescopic piece
Job Card No.:
05.04.15
Control Linkage
Page 4 of 5
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-29-10 2004
Renewing Link Bearings of Bearing Block (2) Fig. 1 Release link rods C1 and C3 — Fig. 6 — at the levers (5), as described under ”Renewing Link Heads”. Unlock hex. bolts (7) and remove. Take off levers (5) and Woodruff keys (6). Remove Allen-head screws (43), take off bearing block. Carefully drive out shaft (44) with brass drift and remove link bearings (3). Clean all parts in diesel fuel and rub dry with a non-fraying cloth. First, push one link bearing onto shaft (44) as far as the stop, after having applied a film of locking compound DW 57 to the seat of the inner ring and to the seat of the outer ring. The sliding surfaces of the links must be absolutely free of locking compound. Push shaft with link bearing into bearing block. Then fit the second link bearing in similar manner, provided with Deutz DW 57, and push on as far as the stop. When the locking compound has hardened, check shaft for ease of movement. Position the two levers (5) together with the Woodruff keys (6) and push on to butt against the link bearings (3), free of axial play. Screw in hex. bolts (7), tighten and lock with locking plates. Fasten link rods C1 and C3 to levers (5) as described under ”Renewing Link Heads”.
© 50 077 1
Fig. 6
Link bearings of bearing block
© 0199
Control Linkage
Job Card No.:
05.04.15
Page 5 of 5
Engine: Filing No.::
0178-29-10 2004
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
© 50 073 1
Fig. 7
Reconditioning of the telescopic pieces
Reconditioning Telescopic Pieces Dismantle link rod C1 — Fig. 1 — as described under ”Inspecting Telescopic Piece”. Loosen hex. nuts (15) — Fig. 7 — and remove link heads (16) and (10), the latter together with turnbuckle (14). Carefully screw off union nut (4), which is under pressure of compression spring (9) inside the telescope. Take out connecting piece (7) and compression spring (9). Clean all parts in diesel fuel and check for wear and corrosion, renewing any damaged parts. When re-assembling the telescopic piece (1), fit a new packing ring (6) — wetted completely on the outside with Deutz DW 48 — in the union nut (4). Apply a coating of Deutz S2 to the sliding surfaces between telescopic piece (1) and connection piece (7). Completely coat thread of telescopic piece with Deutz DW 60 for receiving union nut (4). Now insert compression spring (9). Fit union nut over connecting piece (7), screw onto telescopic piece (1), and tighten. Mount the link heads in reverse order as for removal. Check function of telescopic piece as described under ”Inspecting Telescopic Piece”. Check and set the linkage as per Job Card 05.04.14. Lead-seal hex. nuts (15). Mount linkage as described under ”Inspecting Telescopic Piece”. Upon completion of the work, check control linkage in mounted condition for proper operation.
© 0199
Job Card No.:
Control Linkage
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank.
0178-29-10 2004
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Manifold
06.01.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BV 6 M 628
0178-41-10 1998
Tools:
Inspection
—
When the cylinder head is due for servicing (job 01.08.01), inspect the manifold for leaks and contamination inside, see also job card 06.01.03. If heavy deposits of soot are inside, remove and clean manifold.
—
Standard tools Lubricating compound «Deutz S1» (Section 3.6) Brush
Job Cards: —
01.08.01 06.01.03
Job: Check manifold for leaks. Leaks due to cracks or slack bolting are usually indicated by black discolouring or carbon black/soot deposits at the ventilation slots of the legging. Remove part of legging involved for sealing/tightening up leaks and replacing gaskets, expansion joints or manifold sections. Check that all bolts are tight. Where the entire legging has been removed, be sure to refit all cover plates, especially the strip covering the ventilation slot at the top. Failing this, operating media (fuel or oil) may find ingress into the legging, e. g. from leaks of adjacent piping. If the entire exhaust manifold has been removed, it is necessary when re-assembling to observe correct allocation of individual cylinders to the manifold sections, as shown in Fig. 2 and 3. When refitting expansion compensators, observe the direction of flow. The bead-over of the inner pipe and the wide overlap of the flange must be on the flow approach side (see Fig. 1). When reassembling the exhaust manifold, be sure to use the right, partly heat-resistant bolts and nuts, as listed in the spare parts book.
Installed length
© 25 252 1
Fig. 1 © 0885
Job Card No.:
06.01.01
Exhaust Manifold
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BV 6 M 628
0178-41-10 1998
Filing No.:
Turbocharger
Turbocharger
© 50 119 1
«KGS» = Free end «KS»
= Driving end
Compensator
Laid length
b
88 +1 -4
c
88 +1 -6
Fig. 3
© 0885
Exhaust Manifold
Job Card No.:
06.01.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-41-10 1998
S/BV 6 M 628
© 50 043 0
Fig. 4 Mount fillers at the end of the exhaust manifold sections as per Fig. 4. The marking groove is always situated opposite to the exhaust inlet of the upper cross pipe of the Tshaped exhaust bend, as shown. Boltings of the exhaust gas system which are subject to thermal stress loads have to be coated with protective lubricating compound ”Deutz S1” to facilitate later dismantling. To do this, clean boltings thoroughly, then apply thin coat of compound using brush, or, if available, a spray can.
© 0885
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Manifold
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-41-10 1998
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Manifold
06.01.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-41-10 1986
S/BV 8 M 628
Tools:
Inspection
—
When the cylinder head is due for servicing (job 01.08.01), inspect the manifold for leaks and contamination inside, see also job 06.01.03. If heavy deposits of soot are inside, remove and clean manifold.
—
Standard tools Lubrificating compound „Deutz S1“ (Section 3.6) Brush
Job Cards: —
Job: Check manifold for leaks. Leaks due to cracks or slack bolting are usually indicated by black discolouring or carbon black/soot deposits at the ventilation slots of the legging. Remove part of legging involved for sealing/tightening up leaks and replacing gaskets, expansion joints or manifold sections. Check that all bolts are tight.
01.08.01 06.01.03
Where the entire legging has been removed, be sure to refit all cover plates, especially the strip covering the ventilation slot at the top. Failing this, operating media (fuel or oil) may find ingress into the legging, e. g. from leaks of adjacent piping. If the entire exhaust manifold has been removed, it is necessary when reassembling to observe correct allocation of individual cylinders to the manifold sections, as shown in Fig. 2 and 3. When refitting expansion compensators, observe the direction of flow. The bead-over of the inner pipe and the wide overlap of the flange must be on the flow approach side (see Fig. 1). When reassembling the exhaust manifold, be sure to use the right, partly heat-resistant bolts and nuts, as listed in the spare parts book.
Installed length
© 25 252 1
Fig. 1 © 0885
Job Card No.:
06.01.01
Exhaust Manifold
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BV 8 M 628
0178-41-10 1986
Filing No.:
View X
Turbocharger
Turbocharger
© 50 035 1
Fig. 2 «KGS»
=
Free end
«KS»
=
Driving end
Compensator
Laid length
a
88 +1
b
88 +1 -4
c
68 +1 -6
g
68 +1 -2
Fig. 3
© 0885
Exhaust Manifold
Job Card No.:
06.01.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-41-10 1986
S/BV 8 M 628
© 50 043 1
Fig. 4 Mount fillers at the ends of the exhaust manifold sections as per Fig. 4. The marking groove is always situated opposite to the exhaust inlet of the upper cross pipe of the Tshaped exhaust bend, as shown. Boltings of the exhaust gas system which are subject to thermal stress loads have to be coated with protective lubricating compound ”Deutz S1” to facilitate later dismantling. To do this, clean boltings thoroughly, then apply thin coat of compound using brush, or, if available, a spray can.
© 0885
Job Card No.:
06.01.01
Exhaust Manifold
Page 4 of 3
Engine:
S/BV 8 M 628
Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-41-10 1986
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Manifold
06.01.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-41-10 1999
S/BV 9 M 628
Tools:
Inspection
—
When the cylinder head is due for servicing (Job Card 01.08.01), inspect the manifold for leaks and contamination inside, see also Job Card 06.01.03. If heavy deposits of soot are inside, remove and clean manifold.
Standard tools „Deutz S1“ compound (Section 3.6) Brush
Job Cards: —
01.08.01 06.01.03
Job: Check manifold for leaks. Leaks due to cracks or slack bolting are usually indicated by black discolouring or carbon black/soot deposits at the venting slots of the legging. For replacement of gaskets, expansion joints or manifold sections, only the associated partial lagging need be removed. Check that all fastening bolts are tight. Where the entire legging has been removed, be sure to refit all cover plates, especially the strip covering the ventilation slot at the top. Failing this, operating media (fuel or oil) may find ingress into the legging, e. g. from leaks of adjacent piping. If the entire exhaust manifold has been removed, it is necessary when re-assembling to observe correct allocation of individual cylinders relative to the exhaust lines, as shown in Fig. 2 and 3. When refitting expansion compensators, observe the direction of flow. The bead-over of the inner pipe and the wide overlap of the flange must be on the flow approach side (see Fig. 1). When re-assembling the exhaust manifold, be sure to use the right, partly heat-resistant bolts and nuts, as listed in the spare parts book.
Installed length
© 25 252 1
Fig. 1 © 0885
Job Card No.:
06.01.01
Exhaust Manifold
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
0178-41-10 1999
Filing No.:
View X
Turbocharger
Turbocharger
© 25 600 1
Fig. 2
Compensator
Laid length
a
88 +1
b
88 +1 -4
c
68 +1 -6
g
68 +1 -2
Fig. 3
© 0885
Exhaust Manifold
Job Card No.:
06.01.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-41-10 1999
S/BV 9 M 628
© 50 043 1
Fig. 3 Mount fillers at the ends of the exhaust manifold sections as per Fig. 4. The marking groove is always situated opposite to the exhaust inlet of the upper cross pipe of the Tshaped exhaust bend, as shown. Bolting subjected to thermal stressing are to be treated with Deutz S1 compound to facilitate dismantling work. To do this, clean boltings thoroughly, then apply thin coat of compound using brush, or, if available, by a spraying can.
© 0885
Job Card No.:
06.01.01
Exhaust Manifold
Page 4 of 3
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-41-10 1999
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Elbow
06.01.03 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-41-297 6504
Inspection
Tools:
Check exhaust elbow inside for corrosion damage.
—
—
Flashlight Special tool — Ultrasonic tester (see Section 1.8.1)
Initially after 24000 running hours Thereafter every 12000 running hours
Job ● Illuminate elbow inside using flashlight. If corrosion damage (1) is visible inside of elbow, measure wall thickness with an ultrasonic tester. DEUTZ Service will be at your disposal for such purpose. If the wall thickness is < 3 mm, the exhaust elbow must be renewed; otherwise coolant leakage may occur which again may result in water shock.
© 50 647 0
© 0199
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Elbow
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-41-297 6504
Charge Air System
Job Card No.:
06.02.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-87-10 1133
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Inspection When a piston is overhauled, inspect charge air piping inside and clean as necessary.
Tools: —
Standard tools „Deutz F5“ (Section 3.6)
If the water detector in the charge air pipe gives an alarm check charge air cooler (2) for leaks.
© 50 402 0
Fig. 1
Job: Remove covers (3) and (4). For removal of the latter loosen bolts (5) and tilt cover. Inspect pipe inside. When cleaning the pipe, be sure no dirt or detergents will find ingress into the cylinder head inlet. Refit cover (3) with new gasket (6) and cover (4) with O-seal (7). If seal (7) is defective, replace. Install seal with a coat of Deutz F5 compound.
© 50 403 0
Fig. 2 Check that bolts securing charge air cooler to brakket and bolts (8) securing charge air pipe to cylinder heads are tight.
© 50 404 0
Fig. 3 © 0595
Job Card No.:
Charge Air System
06.02.01 Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
Job Card No.:
Intake Air Cleaner (Plastics)
06.03.11
Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
178-87-10 1134
Servicing
Tools: —
This job card refers only to ”Fibroid-elastov 30” filtering mats produced by Delbag. The cleaner consists of two or three segments.
Detergents: —
If removal of a filtering mat from one of the segments during engine service causes the air pressure to rise, service entire air cleaner. It is recommendable always to keep one set of mats in reserve, enabling it to be cleaned while the engine is running.
Standard tools
—
The detergent chosen should suit the particular type of soiling. A typical detergent should be a mixture of 200g of Henkel P3-T308 with 20 litres of water, the temperature being approx. 50°C. or a detergent of the same quality from a different company.
Job Stop engine. Open clips (1) of one segment and remove one mat (2). Put mat in a vessel filled with detergent and let soak for a few minutes. Wash mat and rinse in fresh water. Let mat drip off and dry. Reinstall mat (2) and tighten clips (1). Never squeeze or fold mats! Insert dry filter mat (2) back into the filter segment and tighten clips (1). Use can also be made of expendable plastics-type Freudenberg Viledon PSB 1290 filter mats, which are temperature-resistant up to approx. 70°C. Being only of 15 mm thickness, two layers of mats must be installed in one segment.
© 51 311 0
© 0595
Job Card No.:
Intake Air Cleaner (Plastics) Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
178-87-10 1134
Job Card No.:
Charge Air Cooler Removal / Refitment
06.04.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-58-10 1136
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Job:
Tools:
Removing the Cooler Close shut-off valves in water feed and discharge piping. Open drain cock. Disconnect water piping. Retain charge air pipe (1) plus control unit and support to prevent turning sideways. Retain cooler (2) by hoist. Unscrew (6) bolts (7) and remove pipe (5). Unscrew bolts (9) and remove cooler (2).
—
Standard tools Hoist
Refitting the Cooler Inspect gasket (8) and (10) and replace if defective. Cooler refitment is made in the reverse order. Connect feed and discharge piping as well as breather pipe. Fill up system with a newly prepared coolant (see Section 6.4).
© 51 405 0
Fig. 1 © 0595
Job Card No.:
Charge Air Cooler Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-58-10 1136
Job Card No.:
Charge Air Cooler
06.04.02
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0178-58-10 6509
Tools:
Cleaning Charge Air Cooler Air Side Engine-Mounted
—
At the intervals given in the maintenance chart of the Operation Manual, or when the differential pressure at full load has risen through 100 %, the cooler air side is due for cleaning. If time and cost reasons forbid removal of the charge air cooler, air side cleaning of the engine-mounted cooler is possible by pumping-through with detergent.
—
Standard tools Flashlight Liquid pump Suction strainer with filter screen Shut-off valve PVC hose — NW 8, Approx. 2,5 m length — NW 30, approx. 5 m length Special tools (Section 1.8.1) — for cleaning engine-mounted cooler
Aids: —
Vessel, min. caoacity 50 lit. Detergent — P3T 768 — P3T — 5308 — ACC 9 — Vecom B85 — or similar agent
Job: ● Remove sliding pieces (3/10) and socket flanges (2/4/9) together with gaskets (1/5/8) between charge air pipe and air cooling. ● Remove screw plug (6) together with seal (7).
© 50 683 1
Fig. 1
Removing components
Fig. 2
Mounting special tools
Fit the following parts from the special tools kit: ● Fit cover (1/3) — with pipe elbow — in place of the socket flange. ● Connect pipe (2).
© 50 684 1
© 0199
Job Card No.:
06.04.02
Charge Air Cooler
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-58-10 6509
● Connect hose, 30 mm dia. (1), to pipe elbow ”water inlet end”. Connect other hose end to delivery side of liquid pump (7). Connect hose pipe with suction strainer (6) to suction side of liquid pump. ● Connect hose, 30 mm dia. (4), to pipe elbow ”water outlet end”. ● Install shut-off valve (3) between ”water out-
let” and end of hose. ● Connect bleed hose, 8 mm dia. (2), to pipe. ● Connect hose to drain valve (5). ● Secure all hose connections by means of hose clips. ● Get vessel in position and fill with fresh water. ● Take hose ends and suction strainer into vessel. ● Close shut-off valve. ● Switch on liquid pump and top up fresh water until fresh water emerges at the bleed hose. ● Open drain valve (5) so far that just a little
© 50 685 1
Fig. 3
Making hose connections
fresh water emerges. ● Open shut-off valve so far that just a little fresh water still emerges at the bleed hose. ● Slowly fill detergent into the vessel with fresh water, while pumping detergent through the cooler. Heating the detergent solution (to approx. 50° C) will improve the cleaning effect. — For this purpose, switch on the engine coolant pre-heating system, if so equip ped. — Eventualmente riscaldare il liquido detergente con un riscaldatore ad immersione o simile — Repeat cleaning process using fresh deter gent solution, if necessary. © 50 690 1
● Switch off liquid pump. ● Drain detergent solution after about one hour and a half and empty cooler completely. Dispose of detergent solution in an ecologically harmless manner. ● Fill vessel again with fresh water and proceed in the same manner as for cleaning, to flush cooler thoroughly. ● Remove hose lines and cover. ● Check all seals for wear and replace as necessary. ● Fit back screw plug, cover, socket flanges and sliding pieces.
Fig. 4
Cleaning process
© 0199
Job Card No.:
Charge Air Cooler
06.04.02 Engine:
F iling No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-58-10 6510
Cleaning Charge Air Cooler Air Side Cooler Removed
Tools: —
Standard tools
Aids:
At the intervals given in the maintenance chart of the Operation Manual, or when the differential pressure at full load has risen through 100%, the cooler air side is due for cleaning.
—
Vessel for charge air cooler Cleaning brush of natural or sythetic bristles Detergent, e.g.: P3T 768 P3T — 5308 ACC 9 Vecom B85 or similar agent
Job Card: —
06.04.01
Job: ● Remove charge air cooler from engine, Job Card 06.04.01.
1
● Remove covers (1), (5).
2
● Check gaskets (2), (4) for wear and renew as necessary.
3
● Apply detergent, observing supplier’s instructions. ● Fill detergent into vessel.
4
● Put cooler core (3) into vessel.
5 © 50 686 0
Fig. 1
Removing covers
Fig. 2
Cleaning cooler air side
● Soften the cake of dirt.
The softening time is dependent on the extent of soiling. ● Clean cooler core with brush. Take care not to damage the fins! ● Clean finned tubes on inside with tube brush if necessary. ● Flush cooler core clean with fresh water. ● Fit gaskets and covers back in place on cooler core. ● Reassemble charge air cooler on engine, Job Card 06.04.02.
© 0193
© 50 678 0
Job Card No.:
Charge Air Cooler
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-58-10 6510
Turbocharger Servicing
Job Card No.:
06.05.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-43-10 1936
S/BVM 628
Servicing ● For lube oil type, viscosity, oil changing intervals, see Section 6.1 and ABB operating instructions. ● For lube oil quantity and oil changing procedure, see ABB operating instructions.
Drain lube oil into a container using a hair sieve, or if unavailable, using a clean, non-linting cloth. If any abraded metal should be found in the sieve or cloth, it is advisable to clean the lube oil spaces (1) and bearings (2) as specified in ABB operating instructions.
© 25 460 1
© 1299
Job Card No.:
Turbocharger Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-43-10 1936
Job Card No.:
Turbocharger Servicing
06.06.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-43-10 1923
Servicing and Reconditioning
Job Card: —
● Observe safety precautions (job 05.00.01). ● Perform service work on scavenging nozzles (job 06.13.02). ● Carry out work according to ABB instructions or have carried out by ABB Service.
© 0884
05.00.01
Job Card No.:
Turbocharger Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-43-10 1923
This page intentionally left blank
0199
Job Card No.:
Turbocharger Servicing
06.12.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-43-10 1937
Servicing
Detergent:
Cleaning of the charger at full load.
—
Clean fresh water VTR 201/214, 0,3 ltrs. VTR 251/254, 0,5 ltrs.
To prevent a loss in power due to contamination of the charger unit, clean charger during operation — at full load or at least 60% load by injecting clean water into the charger. In this process the water does not serve as a solvent. The dirt build-up is removed by the striking droplets.
Job: ● Loosen turning handle (3) and remove cover (2) with gasket. ● Fill housing (4) with the respective amount of water. ● Refit gasket with cover and fasten turning handle (3). ● Press-in knob (5). Make sure that the whole amount of water is injected from the housing within 4 to 10 seconds.
Air
A success of the cleaning action is indicated either by a raise of the charge air pressure or by a drop of the exhaust gas temperatures.
Water
Wait for min. 10 minutes before repeating the cleaning procedure. ● Wait for at least 5 minutes before running engine under full load.
Ventilation
© 51 313 0
© 1199
Job Card No.:
Turbocharger Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-43-10 1937
This page intentionally left blank
0199
Job Card No.:
Turbocharger Turbine
06.13.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-43-10 2008
Servicing Cleaning the turbine during running of the engine on blended or heavy fuel. Periodic scavenging of the turbine with fresh water prevents the formation of heavy carbon deposits on the turbine blading, and hence excessive engine exhaust temperature, plus increased turbocharger bearing loads due to unbalance. Special attention is therefore to be given to the following servicing instructions.
Tools: —
Standard tools Hose 1/2″
Detergent: —
Fresh water
Job: 1. Reduce engine power until an exhaust gas temperature of 250 — 370°C after cylinder is obtained. 2. To avoid water collecting in the turbine outlet housing, open drain pipe (4) by screwing off cap nut (5), and check that this pipe is free (exhaust gas must emerge). If necessary, push a thick wire through the deposits. Wear gloves as protection against hot exhaust gases. 3. Connect hose (3) between turbine scavenging feed pipe and water pipe and turn on pressure. 4. Slowly open scavenging nozzles (1). Should, directly after release of water supply, no water and/or steam come out of drain pipe (4), stop scavenging at once and check that drain pipe is free and that water passes to the scavenging nozzles. Failing this, water level in turbine housing will rise and reach the bearings, resulting in possible damage. 5. Scavenging time: 5 — max. 10 minutes. 6. Close scavenging nozzles. 7. Disconnect hose (3) at turbine scavenging feed pipe.
© 25 405 2
© 0885
Job Card No.:
06.13.01
Turbocharger Turbine
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-43-10 2008
Be sure to disconnect hose (3) after each scavenging operation, so that water cannot run into the exhaust piping during non-scavenging periods.
8. When no more water or steam comes out of drain pipe (4), close same with cap nut (5). 9. Raise engine load slowly and, where possible, run engine for at least 10 minutes under load in order to prevent possible corrosion. Depending on the quality of cleaning, the interval between scavenging operations can be lengthened or shortened accordingly.
© 0885
Job Card No.:
Scavenging Nozzles
06.13.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-43-10 1921
Servicing
Tools:
Remove and service the scavenging nozzles (1) (Fig. 1) on turbine side of the exhaust turbocharger.
—
Standard tools Fine grinding paste Deutz S1compound (Section 3.6)
Job Disconnect water piping from nozzles. Scavenging Nozzle (Fig. 1) Unscrew scavenging nozzle from turbocharger. After taking down hand wheel (1), unscrew hex. nut (2) and spindle nut (3), and remove spindle (5) from casing (4). Clean all components and renew worn items. Grind spindle (5) in nozzle (6) and its top seat in spindle nut (3). Do not damage wall of nozzle (6). Renew joint washers. Apply Deutz S1 compound to spindle thread. Reassemble in the reverse order. Before screwing nozzle into turbocharger, apply Deutz S1 compound to thread.
© 25 051 0
Fig. 1 © 1084
Job Card No.:
Scavenging Nozzles
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-43-10 1921
Job Card No.:
Turbocharger Scavenging Nozzles
06.13.03 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-43-10 2009
Tools:
Check
—
Prior to commissioning new engines, and following extensive work on the fresh-water system, it is necessary to measure the quantity of scavenging water at the scavenging nozzles of each turbocharger, correcting as required.
Standard tools Measuring vessel
Either one or two scavenging nozzles may be provided.
Job Undo feed pipe (6) — Fig. 1 — of scavenging nozzle (8) so that the latter can be removed from the turbocharger. Then refit the nozzle to the feed pipe and turn so that the nozzle can spray into a measuring vessel. If necessary, undo pipe clips.
Do not bend scavenging feed pipe.
Connect scavenging feed pipe to fresh-water system. Open scavenging nozzles. Allow some water to run out before beginning to measure. The following approximate quantities in kg/min. per turbocharger should be measured:
Turbocharger
VTR 201 VTR 214 VTR 251 VTR 254
Scavenging water quantity ca. 9,0 kg/min. ca. 12,0 kg/min. ca. 14,5 kg/min. ca. 17,0 kg/min.
Should these scavenging water quantities not be attained, find out the cause and remedy accordingly.
© 50 079 1
Fig. 1 © 1199
Job Card No.:
Turbocharger Scavenging Nozzles
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-43-10 2009
Precautions when Working on Fuel System
Job Card No.:
07.00.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 2050
S/BVM 628
When working on the fuel system, the following safety and environment protection precautions are to be observed: ● Pay particular attention to cleanliness. ● Do not open any pressurized components, e.g. injection lines, etc. ● When carrying out injector tests, do not allow the hands to come into contact with the fuel jet. ● Catch any dripping fuel in a receptacle and dispose of with care for environment. ● Dispose replaced filter cartridges with care for the environment. ● Any work on the fuel injection pumps and on the control linkages between speed governor and injector pumps is permissible in emergency cases only and must be checked at the next earliest opportunity by a Deutz specialist, who will carry out any necessary resettings.
© 1186
Job Card No.:
Precautions when Working on Fuel System
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-17-10 2050
Job Card No.:
Injection Pump Locking Control Rod Inspection
07.01.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-17-10 1947
Inspection
Job Card:
Check injection pump control rod for movement.
—
05.00.01
Located in the injection pump top are the individual plug-in elements, the plungers of which are driven by the injection pump camshaft via roller follower tappets. Positive plunger/tappet contact is ensured by a spring. The control rod 310 — Fig. 1 — is fitted with a lug (3) which engages with the control pin (21) of the pump element and thus transmits the governor action to the plunger provided with a helical control edge.
Job Checking the Control Rod for Free Movement Observe safety precautions as per Job Card No. 05.00.01. Proceed by moving the rod by hand with the engine stopped and the engine control lever in the ”Run” position. If provided, actuate shutdown button on speed governor and press the control linkage between governor and injection pumps in the direction ”Max. fuel”. Resistance should be offered by the governor only. Should lack of free movement be found, remove cover (1) and press the control linkage again. If all of the control pins (21) move uniformly to and fro, check the control linkage between governor and injection pump, as per Job Card 07.02.03. If a plunger sticks, renew the pump element (Job Card 07.02.01).
© 25 533 1
Fig. 1 © 1284
Job Card No.:
07.01.01
Injection Pump Locking Control Rod Inspection
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 1947
Locking out Pump Element (actuate lock) ● Engine Running — Press knurled nut (9) — Fig. 2 — against spring pressure until pin (2) is positioned under roller tappet bush (3). —
Turn knurled nut until the arrow points up wards. The lock is now engaged and holds the roller tappet bush in TDC position.
● Engine Stationary — One person must turn the engine by hand. — At the same time, a second person presses the relevant knurled nut (9) — Fig. 2 — against spring pressure until pin (2) is positioned un der roller tappet bush (3). — Stop turning the engine. — Turn knurled nut until arrow points upwards. The lock is now engaged and holds the roller tappet bush in TDC position.
Putting an Element back into Service (open lock) ● Engine Running Turn knurled nut (9) until arrow points down wards. By spring pressure, pin (2) is moved away from under roller tappet bush (3). ● Engine Stationary One person must turn the engine by hand. At the same time, a second person turns the relevant knurled nut (9) until the arrow points downwards. By spring pressure, pin (2) is moved away from under roller tappet bush (3).
© 25 534 1
Fig. 2
© 1284
Job Card No.:
Injection Pump Element Removal / Refitment
07.02.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-17-10 1953
Should it become necessary to renew a pump element, a basic setting for the idle stroke and for constant delivery has to be carried out prior to installation. Observe strict cleanliness. Use non-fraying rags for cleaning.
Job Cards: —
05.00.01 07.00.01 07.02.02 07.02.04 07.02.05 07.03.01
Tools: —
Standard tools Assembly device (Section 1.8), Parker-O-Lube compound
Job Removal Observe safety precautions as per Job Card 05.00.01 and 07.00.01. Disconnect injection lines (Job Card 07.03.01). Remove injection pump cover (1) — Fig. 1. Removing the Delivery Valve Turn engine by hand until the plunger of the relevant pump element is at bottom and the tappet roller rests on the cam base circle. Remove screws (352) together with lockwashers. Remove clamping plate (307). Take down connector (296) and withdraw spring (45), insert (46), ring (295) and delivery valve (371). Clean all components in diesel fuel and make sure they are in good order.
© 25 543 1
Fig. 1 © 1284
Job Card No.:
07.02.01
Injection Pump Element Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 1953
Removing the Element Removal is initially as described under ”Removing the Delivery Valve”. Then turn engine by hand until the plunger of the relevant pump element is in topmost position, i.e. with the tappet roller resting on the cam peak. Take out screws (303) — Fig. 2 — together with washers (348). Remove plate (298), locking strip (299) and bridge (301).
© 25 544 1
Fig. 2 Screw in pins (4) — Fig. 3 -, place on clamping plate (2) and tighten up with hex. nuts (6) fitted with washers (5). Now complete special tool with threaded piece (3), set screw (7) and nut (8). Turn set screw into plunger (9) and pull element out of injection pump by turning the nut. Take off clamping plate (2). Clean all components in diesel fuel. Renew O-seal (346) — Fig. 1.
Prior to Refitting a Pump Element Set the idle stroke (Job Card 07.02.02) Set constant delivery (Job Card 07.02.05) Refitting the Element Turn engine by hand until the plunger of the relevant pump element is at bottom, i.e. with the tappet roller resting on the cam base circle. Gauge new element seal as per Job Card 07.02.04. To facilitate installation, apply a film of Parker-O-Lube compound to the sealing surfaces of the pump element, the element seal and the O-seal (346) — Fig. 1.
© 25 545 1
Fig. 3
Mount clamping plate (2) and nut (8) as shown in Fig. 4 and carefully insert element into injection pump. Press element onto its seat by turning the nut. Fill space of element seal with grease. When inserting the pump element, make sure that the control pin (21) — Fig. 1 — engages in lug (3).
© 25 546 1
Fig. 4 © 1284
Injection Pump Element Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
07.02.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-17-10 1953
S/BVM 628
Then complete assembly device with bush (7) — Fig. 5 — and fit element seal into position. Place on bush so that locking strip (299) — Fig. 2 — can engage in the cut-out during reassembly. Secure bridge (301) — Fig. 2 -, locking strip (299) and plate (298) by means of screws (303) complete with washers (348). Refitting the Delivery Valve Refitment is carried out in the reverse order as described for ”Removing the Delivery Valve”. Finally, tighten screws (352) — Fig. 1 — as prescribed (Section 3.5, item 11). A tightening torque exceeding that quoted is not permissible and will have no remedial effect for curing any leaks which may occur. Mount injection pump cover (1) — Fig. 1 — complete with gasket. Mount injection lines (Job Card 07.03.01).
© 1284
© 25 547 1
Fig. 5
Job Card No.:
Injection Pump Element Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-17-10 1953
Job Card No.:
Idle Stroke Setting
07.02.02
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-17-10 1955
Job Card:
Setting
Prior to installing a pump element, it is necessary to carry out a basic setting of the idle stroke.
07.02.01
Tools —
Standard tools Depth gauge
Job Turn engine by barring gear until the relevant tappet roller rests on the cam base circle. To facilitate gauging, insert a bush (b) — Fig. 1. Using depth gauge, measure dimension (a) and calculate dimension (t). t=a-b Now turn the engine until the tappet roller of the relevant pump element rests on the cam peak — Fig. 2. Mount retainer device (1). This retains the support (15). Turn engine further until the roller is again resting on the cam base circle.
© 25 548 1
Fig. 1 © 1284
Job Card No.:
07.02.02
Idle Stroke Setting
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 1955
The depth dimension (t) of 156 mm — Fig. 1 — is now obtained by means of shim plates (12) of various thicknesses. This results in an idle stroke (X) — Fig. 3 — of 3,5 ± 0,1 mm.
© 25 549 1
Fig. 2 Max. tolerance +/- 0.5 mm for later firing pressure correction, in view of limited free distance between spring cap (41) and pump element (293).
Changing the thickness of the shim plate pack by 0.25 mm corresponds to a change in firing pressure of 3 — 4 bar.
© 25 550 1
Fig. 3
© 1284
Job Card No.:
Injection Pump Control Rod Removal / Refitment
07.02.03
Page 1 of 4
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-17-10 2054
Removal and reinstallation of the plungers require removal of the control rod. This can be done with the fuel injection pump mounted, otherwise remove injection pump as described on Job Card 07.04.01.
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Tools: —
Standard tools Deutz DW 59 locking compound (Section 3.6)
Job Cards: —
07.02.06 05.04.14
Job: Removing Control Rod of Pump No. 1 — Fig. 1 Remove control linkage C1 and connection rod (55) between the pumps No. 1 and No. 2 (Job Card 05.04.14). Remove cover (95) — Fig. 2 — and gasket (94). Then, take down cover (74) with gasket (72). Open lead-seal wire (205), unscrew hex. bolts (320) and carefully withdraw lever (316) from the two clamping bushes (319).
© 25 342 1
Fig. 1 © 1286
Job Card No.:
07.02.03
Injection Pump Control Rod Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 4
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 2054
Slacken hex. bolts (57) and lever (313) at the RH and LH sides of the control rod. Unscrew hex. bolts (62) and take down washer (61). Withdraw bush(es) (391) and bush (59), if any. Check pertaining shaft seal (60) and renew, if necessary. Pull out shaft(s) (390) complete with circlip (55), tube (326), washers (227, 228). Remove shaft (328), if any, complete with circlip (55), tube (326), washers (227, 228) and keys (54). Remove sleeves (327) and take out control rod (310) laterally from the injection pump housing. Make sure that no parts are left in the injection pump.
Clean all parts in diesel fuel and check for wear. Replace, if necessary.
© 25 344 2
Fig. 2 © 1286
Injection Pump Control Rod Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
07.02.03
Page 3 of 4
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-17-10 2054
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Refitting Control Rod of Pump No. 1 The installation of the control rod is carried out in the reverse order to removal. Introduce the rod into the pump case, seeing to it that the adjusting pins (21) engage in the forks (3) — Fig. 3-.
© 25 345 1
Fig. 3 When fitting the shafts, set clearance to 0,2 +02 mm Fig. 4 — with shims (227, 228). Lead-seal hex. bolts (320) — Fig. 2, if possible. Otherwise have the bolts lead-sealed at the nearest Deutz Service Station. Check the control rod for easy movement.
© 25 346 2
Fig. 4 © 1286
Job Card No.:
07.02.03
Injection Pump Control Rod Removal / Refitment
Page 4 of 4
Engine:
S/BV 6/8 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 2054
Removing Control Rod of Pump No. 2 — Fig. 1 Remove connection rod (55) (job 05.04.14). Unscrew plug screw (64) — Fig. 2 — with sealing ring (206). Loosen and remove the cheese head screw (343) — Fig. 5 — underneath in the pump housing. Remove cover (277) and gasket (276). Take off the hex. nut (71) inside housing (345) with lock washer (106), and withdraw housing from the injection pump. Now proceed as described under “Removing Control Rod of Pump No. 1”.
Refitting Control Rod of Pump No. 2 2 The installation of the control rod is carried out in the reverse order to removal. Cheese head screw (343), however, is to be installed with Deutz DW 59 locking compound.
© 25 348 1
Fig. 5
© 1286
Job Card No.:
Injection Pump Control Rod Removal / Refitment
07.02.03
Page 1 of 4
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-17-10 2055
Removal and reinstallation of the plungers require removal of the control rod. This can be done with the fuel injection pump mounted, otherwise remove injection pump as described on Job Card 07.04.01.
S/BV 9 M 628
Tools: —
Standard tools Deutz DW 59 locking compound (Section 3.6)
Job Cards: —
07.02.06 05.04.14
Job: Removing Control Rod of Pump No. 1 — Fig. 1 Remove control linkage C1 and connection rod (55) between the pumps No. 1 and No. 2 (job 05.04.14). Remove cover (95) — Fig. 2 — and gasket (94). Then, take down cover (74) with gasket (72). Open lead-seal wire (205), unscrew hex. bolts (320) and carefully withdraw lever (316) from the two clamping bushes (319).
© 25 341 1
Fig. 1 © 1286
Job Card No.:
07.02.03
Injection Pump Control Rod Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 4
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 2055
Slacken hex. bolts (57) and lever (313) at the RH and LH sides of the control rod. Unscrew hex. bolts (62) and take down washer (61). Withdraw bush(es) (391) and bush (59), if any. Check pertaining shaft seal (60) and renew, if necessary. Pull out shaft(s) (390) complete with circlip (55), tube (326), washers (227, 228). Remove shaft (328), if any, complete with circlip (55), tube (326), washers (227, 228) and keys (54). Remove sleeves (327) and take out control rod (310) laterally from the injection pump housing.
Make sure that no parts are left in the injection pump.
Clean all parts in diesel fuel and check for wear. Replace, if necessary.
© 25 344 2
Fig. 2 © 1286
Injection Pump Control Rod Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
07.02.03
Page 3 of 4
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-17-10 2055
S/BV 9 M 628
Refitting Control Rod of Pu mp No. 1 The installation of the control rod is carried out in the reverse order to removal. Introduce the rod into the pump case, seeing to it that the adjusting pins (21) engage in the forks (3) — Fig. 3).
© 25 345 1
Fig. 3 When fitting the shafts, set clearance to 0,2 +02 mm Fig. 4 — with shims (227, 228). Lead-seal hex. bolts (320) — Fig. 2, if possible. Otherwise have the bolts lead-sealed at the nearest Deutz Service Station. Check the control rod for easy movement.
© 25 346 2
Fig. 4 © 1286
Job Card No.:
07.02.03
Injection Pump Control Rod Removal / Refitment
Page 4 of 4
Engine:
S/BV 9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 2055
Removing Control Rod of Pump No. 2 — Fig. 1 Remove connection rods (55) between the fuel injection pumps (job 05.04.14). Now proceed as described for pump No. 1.
Refitting Control Rod of Pump No. 2 Reinstallation is carried out as described for pump No. 1.
Removing Control Rod of Pump No. 3 — Fig. 1 Remove connection rod (55) (job 05.04.14). Unscrew plug screw (64) — Fig. 2 — with sealing ring (206). Loosen and remove the cheese head screw (343) Fig. 5 — underneath in the pump housing. Remove cover (277) and gasket (276). Take off the hex. nut (71) inside housing (345) with lock washer (106), and withdraw housing from the injection pump.
© 25 348 1
Fig. 5
Now proceed as described under “Removing Control Rod of Pump No. 1”.
Refitting Control Rod of Pump No. 3 The installation of the control rod is carried out in the reverse order to removal. Cheese head screw (343), however, is to be installed with Deutz DW 59 locking compound.
© 1286
Job Card No.:
Injection Pump Element Seal Reconditioning
07.02.04
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-17-10 2053
Reconditioning
Tools —
Where leaks are discovered near ring (295) — Fig. 1, renew O-seal (392) — Fig. 2 — and supporting ring (393).
Standard tools Slide gauge Parker-O-Lube compound
Job Cards: —
If a pump element is to be renewed, renew also O-seal (392) and supporting ring (393) of the element sealing pack.
07. 00. 01 07 . 02 . 01
Job: Removing the Seal Remove pump element (Job Card 07.02.01). Remove element seal (34) — Fig. 1 — from barrel. Gauging the Installation Space f or the Element Seal ● Measure distance ”A” — Fig. 3 — between ring (295) and pump element (293). Assemble items (293, 295 and 296) and compress by hand. Ensure that there is contact between ring (295), screw union (296) and pump element (293). Thickness of seal pack = 13 mm — Fig. 2 The total thickness of the individual components is not measured; it is 13mm. ● Select shim (37) of such size that the total thickness of components (392, 393, 394 and 37) is 0 to 0.2mm shorter than distance ”A”.
© 25 551 1
Fig. 1 © 1286
Job Card No.:
07.02.04
Injection Pump Element Seal Reconditioning
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 2053
Example (assuming A = 13.6 mm): hx = A — 13 hx = 13,8 — 13 hx = 0,8 mm When fitting a shim of 0.3 mm thickness, a clearance of 0.2 mm remains (0.8 — 0.6 = 0.2), which is within the tolerance of = to 0.2 mm. Refitting the Seal Install element (Job Card 07.02.01). Insert seal components as per Fig. 2. Make sure that the groove of supporting ring (393) is positioned on O-seal (392). Apply Parker-O-Lube on all components of the element seal pack to facilitate installation.
Fare attenzione alla posizione di installazione! Ensure correct position!
© 25 553 1
© 25 552 1
Fig. 2
Fig. 3 © 1286
Job Card No.:
Constant Delivery Setting
07.02.05 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-17-10 1960
Job Cards:
Maintenance
—
Prior to installing a new pump element, it is necessary to set the pump element for constant delivery.
05.00.01 11.01.05
Tools: —
Standard tools
Job Check thermocouples as per Job Card 11.01.05. Slacken locknut (13) — Fig. 1. By means of guide (16) — eccentric — adjust lug (3) so that it is positioned at an angle of 90° relative to the control rod. Tighten locknut. When subsequently checking at low idling, the cylinder related to the renewed element must fire reliably. This can be ascertained from the exhaust temperature, which should be about the same as that of the other cylinders. Refer also to the acceptance documents. If necessary, the injection quantity and thus the exhaust temperature must be corrected by turning the guide (16). Turn clockwise to reduce quantity Turn anti-clockwise to increase quantity We recommend having the injection pump checked at the next opportunity by a DEUTZ Service Station.
© 25 554 1
Fig. 1 © 1284
Job Card No.:
Constant Delivery Setting
Enfgine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-17-10 1960
Job Card No.:
Valve Tappet Removal / Refitment
07.02.06
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-17-10 1963
Job Cards:
If the tappet bush or roller has become defective, the entire tappet assembly (11) — Fig. 1 must be renewed.
—
07.02.01 07.02.03
Tools: —
Standard tools Spring assembly device
Job Removing the Tappet Remove pump element (293) (job 07.02.01) and control rod (310) (job 07.02.03). Turn engine by barring gear until roller of relevant tappet rests on cam peak. Insert assembly device Fig. 2 — in injection pump together with screw (3), washer (2) and slotted nut (4). Compress spring (31) by means of screw and hook spanner (1). Turn engine further until tappet roller rests on cam base circle. Remove spring assembly device from pump together with spring. Then remove support (15) and tappet (11). Clean all components in diesel fuel, inspect (renewing as necessary), and apply lube oil.
© 25 555 1
Fig. 1 © 1284
Job Card No.:
07.02.06
Valve Tappet Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 1963
Replacing the Spring Push lower fork (7) — Fig. 3 — into tube (6) and place the spring in tube with device. Push upper fork (7) into tube and turn short screw (3) out of device. Now screw in the longer screw (5) — Fig. 3 — and compress the spring a little. Remove top fork and turn out longer screw. The spring is now unloaded. Spring loading is effected in the reverse order. Refitting the Tappet Refitment is effected in the reverse order to removal. Guide pin (17) — Fig. 2 — into groove of tappet.
© 25 556 0
Fig. 2
© 25 557 0
Fig. 3
© 1284
Firing Pressure and Exhaust Temperature Correcting
Job Card No.:
07.02.07 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-17-10 1961
Servicing
Job Cards:
After setting the idle stroke and constant delivery, checking and correcting of the firing pressure and exhaust temperature becomes necessary.
—
07.00.01 07.02.02 07.02.05 11.01.05
Tools: —
Standard tools
Job Check thermocouples (job 11.01.05). Apply full load to engine as described in the acceptance documents. Compare firing pressure and exhaust temperature values quoted in documents with those of engine running under load. If necessary, correct exhaust temperatures as per Job Card 07.02.05, and firing pressures by changing the idle stroke as per Job Card 07.02.02. Changing the thickness of the shim pack by 0.25 mm corresponds to a change in firing pressure of 3-4 bar. A thicker shim pack gives a smaller idle stroke and thus a higher firing pressure, and vice versa. Following correction, recheck the values. We recommend having the injection pump checked at the next opportunity by a DEUTZ Service Station.
© 1284
Job Card No.:
Firing Pressure and Exhaust Temperature Correcting
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-17-10 1961
Job Card No.:
Removing and Refitting Injection Piping
07.03.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-21-10 1812
Mark piping by paint or labels with the associated cylinder No. before removal.
Job Cards: —
07.03.02 07.07.01
Tools: —
Standard tools Dog and socket wrench with tommy bar (Section 1.8)
Job: Removing the Piping — Fig. 1 Stop engine. Release bolt (7), unscrew bolts (12) and take down clip (10). Slacken union screw (1) through one or two turns, so the inner seal will not be damaged. Unscrew union nuts (2) (with dog wrench and tommy bar) and (3) (with open-end wrench), and remove pipe (4). Measure inside diameter of injection piping. If it is less than 3.0 mm, the injection piping must be reconditioned (see Job Card 07.03.03).
Refitting the Piping — Fig. 1 Before mounting the injection piping, check the clamping sleeves (14) — Fig. 2 — for firm seating by means of socket wrench (5) (lefthand thread!). nspect pipe and fittings for cleanliness. Attach pipe to connectors and screw union nuts (2) and then (3) by hand in place until pipe ends are seated, at least through five turns. Should it prove impossible to screw union nut (2) in place by hand, release injector. If this does not help, trace cause and eliminate. If necessary, realign pipe in cold condition or renew.
© 24 964 1
Fig. 1
Now tighten union nut (3) as per Section 3.5, item 31. Bleed pipe (see Job Card 07.03.02). Likewise, tighten nut (2). Slightly tighten union screw (1) and resecure injector, where applicable (Job Card 07.07.01). Now fasten pipe with bolt (12), lockwasher (13), plate (11) and clip (10) to retaining plate (6). Secure retaining plate by means of bolt (7), lockwasher (8) and washer (9). Be sure pipe is free of stress. If necessary, place shims at point I or remachine clip at point II.
© 24 965 1
Fig. 2 © 0199
Job Card No.:
Removing and Refitting Injection Piping
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-21-10 1812
Job Card No.:
Fuel System Bleeding
07.03.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-20-10 1847
Servicing
Tools: —
Before using reconditioned (overhauled) or new injection pumps, or following fitment of fuel piping, filter or overflow valve, the entire fuel system must be filled up with fuel and bled.
Standard tools Claw grip spanner with tommy bar (Section 1.8)
Job Bleeding the Low Pressure System — Fig. 1 Stop engine. Place control rod of injection pump in full-load position. (Engine control lever in ”Run” position.) Open shut-off valve in fuel line to engine. Switch 3-way cock (7) at fuel filter to middle position and unscrewing screws (5). Remove cover (4). Open bleed screws (3) by 1 or 2 threads. With hand pump or standby feed pump prime system until fuel emerges free from bubbles at the bleed screws. Retighten bleed screws. Refit cover and secure by wing screws. Switch 3way cock to right or left position.
© 24 964 1
Fig. 1 Bleeding the High Pressure System — Fig. 2 Loosen union screw (1) by 1 to 2 turns, so that inner seal will not be damaged. Loosen union nut (2) also by 1 or 2 turns, using claw grip spanner and tommy bar. Afterwards, place control level several times briefly to ”Run” position until fuel emerges at the passage of the injection pipe through the cylinder head. Tighten injection pipe connection (see Section 3.5, item 31). Finally, lightly tighten union screw (1).
© 24 965 1
Fig.2 © 1184
Job Card No.:
Fuel System Bleeding
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-20-10 1847
Job Card No.:
Injection Piping Renewal
07.03.03 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-21-10 2057
Job Card:
Reconditioning
If, due to frequent reassembly or excessive tightening, the end of the injection piping has been contracted, i.e. the inside diameter is less than 3.0mm, the piping must be renewed.
07.03.01
Tools: —
Standard tools Socket spanner with tommy bar (Section 1.8)
Job Remove injection piping (job 07.03.01). Screw off clamping sleeves (14) at both ends of the piping by means of socket spanner (5) — Fig. 1. Left-hand thread Withdraw union nuts (2 and 3) from piping — Fig. 2. Undo fully cap screw (1). Renew O-seals (15 and 16), as well as clamping sleeves (14). Assemble new injection piping in the reverse order with screwed union fittings and mount as described for job 07.03.01.
© 24 964 1
Fig. 1
© 24 965 1
Fig. 2 © 0199
Job Card No.:
Injection Piping Renewal
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-21-10 2057
Job Card No.:
Injection Pump Removal / Refitment
07.04.01
Page 1 of 8
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-18-10 2059
The described job sequence must be strictly adhered to and followed for each removal and refitment of injection pump.
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Tools: —
If an injection pump has to be disassembled for repair purposes it has to be brought to a DEUTZ- Service station and calibrated there — following its reassembly — to the same injection quantity and set to maximum fuel stop power. The accessory carrier with attachments will be removed and refitted together with the injection pump.
Standard tools Feeler Gauge Hoist Torque wrench (Section 1.8) 2 Dial gauges (Section 1.8.1)
Job Cards: —
Job: Before removing the injection pumps ● Observe safety regulations as per job card 02.00.01.
02.00.01 05.04.01 05.04.14 07.01.01 07.03.01 07.03.02 07.06.01
● Put all injection pump tappets out of operation by actuating the lifting devices (see job 07.01.01). ● Remove cover from pump drive. ● Remove all fuel and lube oil pipes. ● Remove injection lines (job 07.03.01). ● Remove governing linkage (job 05.04.14) as necessary. ● Remove hydraulic speed governor (job 05.04.01). or ● Remove electronic governor, undo cable connections. ● Remove lube oil pump for valve seat lubrication (job 07.06.01). ● Remove respective timing cover. ● Mark with scriber (18) position of injection pump drive gear (8) — Fig. 1 — relative to shaft section (19). ● Mark (11) position of shaft section (19) relative to shaft (14). ● Loosen bolts (1) and (8) — Fig. 2. ● Loosen cheese head fastening bolts (17) — Fig. 1 of drive gear until the injection pump drive shaft (14) can be turned by hand. The clamping connection must be unclamped but there must be no gap between the two shaft sections (19) and (15), i.e. they should have no play. © 50 287 1
Fig. 1 © 0988
Job Card No.:
07.04.01
Injection Pump Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 8
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-18-10 2059
Removing pumps P1, P2, or P3 — fig. 3 ● Unscrew the 4 fitted bolts (1) and (8) — Fig. 2. Remove coupling with washers (9) and (10), coupling disc (5) and bushes (2) and (3). Loosen cheese head bolts (7), remove washers (23) and shaft (14) — pump 1 or (24) pump 2 or 3 — paying attention to dowel sleeve (22).
© 50 288 1
Fig. 2 ● Retain injection pump — Fig. 3 — with hoist. Unscrew hex. bolts (13) and (20) and take out washers (21). Lift off pump from engine and place down carefully. When lifting off pump, pay attention to spacers (25) and parallel pin — between crankcase cover and injection pump. The spacers may be adhered or fastened with countersunk nails.
© 50 289 1
Fig. 3 We recommend to fasten glued-on spacers (25) Fig. 4 — with countersunk nails as well. For that purpose the respective crankcase covers have to be reworked as per Fig. 4. Use countersunk nails to DIN 1477-3 x 10-ST. When beating in the countersunk nails make sure that they do not protrude above the spacers, i.e. they must be completely countersunk. Check with bevelled steel straight edge.
© 50 290 1
Fig. 4 © 0988
Injection Pump Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
07.04.01
Page 3 of 8
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-18-10 2059
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Before refitting injection pumps ● Make sure that only genuine DEUTZ gaskets are fitted under crankcase covers — behind injection pumps — and spacers (25) — Fig. 3 — otherwise alignment errors may result.
Refitting pump 1 (6/8/9-cyl. engine) ● Fit shaft (14) — Fig. 2 — by locating it with dowel pin (22) and screw together with washers (23) and cheese head bolts (7) until hand-tight. If the injection pump retainer had been taken off, it should be suspended loosely above the shaft. If not, loosen the four hex. bolts (101) — Fig. 5 — before refitting the pump. ● Insert bushes (2) — Fig. 2 — into shaft (14) and thread fitted bolts (8) provided with bushes (3) through shaft (14). Connect washers (9), coupling disc (5) — recessed side facing towards drive end — and connecting plate (4) with fitted bolts and screw together until hand-tight. ● Make sure that spacers (25) are fitted — Fig. 3. Place injection pump with shaft onto parallel pin in crankcase cover and observe marks (11) — Fig. 5 -. Secure hex. bolts (20) provided with washers (21) hand-tight so that the injection pump rests against the crankcase without any clearance. If space is limited, it is also possible to screw shaft (14) together with the injection pump only when this is already loosely attached to the crankcase.
© 0988
© 50 291 1
Fig. 5
Job Card No.:
07.04.01
Injection Pump Removal / Refitment
Page 4 of 8
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-18-10 2059
Axial alignment of shaft and assembly of coupling ● Check whether all tappets of injection pump are out of function (see job card 07.01.01). ● Move shaft to both end positions — drive end and free end — Fig. 6.
© 50 296 1
Fig. 6 ● Gauge in each end position — Fig. 7. Clearance = maximum dimension “C” minus minimum dimension “C”.
© 50 294 1
Fig. 7 ● Determine maximum dimensions “b”. Move shaft into right end position — free end — Fig. 8. ● Determine thickness of shims (10) — Fig. 6: max. dimensions “b” minus half clearance. Select appropriate shims. ● Insert fitted bolts (1) — Fig. 6 — and secure handtight alternately with fitted bolts (8).
© 50 295 1
Fig. 8 © 0988
Injection Pump Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
07.04.01
Page 5 of 8
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-18-10 2059
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Checking easy movement of shaft ● Turn shaft (14) — Fig. 9 — by hand at least one full revolution and check for easy movement.
Reassembling injection pump retainer ● Fasten retainer loosely, but without clearance, with hex. bolts (13) and (101).
© 50 292 1
Fig. 9 ● Check with feeler gauge 0.05mm between: retainer — crankcase, retainer — injection pump — Fig. 10.
© 50 293 1
Fig. 10
© 0988
Job Card No.:
07.04.01
Injection Pump Removal / Refitment
Page 6 of 8
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-18-10 2059
Tightening drive shaft bolts ● Make sure that scriber marks on injection pump drive gear (8) — Fig. 1 — and shaft section (19) correspond. Tighten cheese head bolts (17), as specified (Section 3.5, line 16). ● Tighten fitted bolts (1) crosswise — Fig. 11 — and (8), as specified (Section 3.5, line 14). ● Tighten cheese head bolts (7) — Fig. 12 — as specified (Section 3.5, line 15).
© 50 297 1
Fig. 11 Checking alignment and radial runout tolerance ● Fasten dial gauge on shaft. Place feeler of dial gauge on fitted bolt head (1) at centre — Fig. 11. Do not confuse with fitted bolt (8)!
● Fasten dial gauge to crankcase. Position feeler of dial gauge at drive end of injection pump — Fig. 12.
© 50 393 1
Fig. 12 © 0988
Injection Pump Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
07.04.01
Page 7 of 8
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-18-10 2059
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
● Turn crankshaft in direction of engine rotation — depending on engine design — two complete revolutions, while recording intensity and direction of dial gauge deflection. Max. permissible dial gauge deflection: — Coupling disc +/- 0.03mm — Injection pump 0.05mm ● Should one of these values be exceeded this may be attributable to the following causes: ● On injection pump ● Deviation from radial run-out tolerance in shaft due to embedded dirt or damaged flange. ●
Deviation from radial or axial run-out tolerances, verifiable by component check of drive shaft Fig. 1, shaft — Fig. 2 — coupling disc, coupling flange at drive end, injection pump camshaft.
● On coupling disc ● Horizontal misalignment, for instance, due to incorrect gaskets behind crankcase covers or incorrect spacers (25) — Fig. 4, improperly countersunk nails (26). ●
Vertical misalignment. For elimination of this error, the weight of the injection pump must be supported by hoist. Make careful vertical re-alignment within bearing clearances. The centering pin in the crankcase is the fulcrum. Be careful not to apply great forces. Bending stresses acting on shafts may cause shaft fractures.
Be sure to adhere to specified tightening sequence. Tightening fastening bolts of injection pump retainer and injection pump ● Lock down hex. bolts (13) — Fig. 9 — until hand-tight. ● Lock down hex. bolts (101) until hand-tight. The hex. bolts must be fitted without any constraint, that means the hex. bolts and the retainer should have no contact within the through-holes; otherwise bores should be reworked. ● Tighten hex. bolts (13). ● Tighten hex. bolts (101) crosswise. ● Tighten hex. bolts (20) — Fig. 3 — as specified (Section 3.5, line 13).
Check after ref itment ● Check coupling disc once again for alignment as described before. The dial gauge deflections must correspond in respect of intensity and direction to the values measured before fastening the injection pump. Deviations of +/- 0.02mm are permissible if the upper limit of +/- 0.03mm is not exceeded. Larger deviations indicate straining of the shafting.
© 0988
Job Card No.:
07.04.01
Injection Pump Removal / Refitment
Page 8 of 8
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-18-10 2059
● Check shaft (14) for easy movement. For this purpose loosen cheese head bolts (17) — Fig. 1 — as described under heading “Before removing injection pumps”. Make several crankshaft revolutions by hand and check for smooth and even running. Should one of these checks reveal any inadmissible discrepancy, the injection pump retainer and the pump have to be slackened by loosening the hex. bolts (13) and (101) — Fig. 5, as well as (20) — Fig. 3. ● Repeat refitment and checks as from “Preassembly of injection pump retainer”. If another deficiency is determined after the refitment, components should be checked as described before.
Refitting pump 2 (6/8/9-cyl. engine) — Fig. 3 ● If the coupling flange (6) — Fig. 2 — was removed, remount same to pump 1 by means of cheese head bolts (12), located by dowel pin (15). ● Tighten cheese head bolts (12) as specified (Section 3.5, line 15). ● Then proceed further as described under “Refitting pump 1”.
Refitting pump 3 (9-cyl. engine) — Fig. 3 ● Refitting should be done in a similar way as described under “Refitting pump 2”.
After refitting the injection pumps ● Turn shaft (14) — Fig. 1 — until scriber marks on drive gear (8) and shaft section (19) correspond. ● Lock down cheese head bolts (17) — observing scriber marks — as specified (Section 3.5, line 16). ● Put tappets into operation as per job card 07.01.01. ● Check commencement of delivery and fit lube oil pump for valve seat lubrication as per job card 07.06.01.
Depending on engine design ● Refit electronic governor, fasten cable connections or refit hydraulic governor as per job card 05.04.01. ● Refit timing cover. ● Refit governing linkage as per job card 05.04.14. ● Refit injection lines as per job card 07.03.01. ● Refit all fuel and lube oil pipes. ● Bleed fuel lines as per job card 07.03.02. ● Fasten cover of injection pump drive.
© 0988
Job Card No.:
Injection Pump Camshaft Removal / Refitment
07.05.01
Page 1 of 2
Filing No.: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-17-10 1156
Defective cams etc. will require the entire camshaft to be replaced.
Job: Remove injection pump from engine (job 07.04.01). Lock out all roller tappet bushes.
Job Card: —
07.04.01
Tools: —
Standard tools Dial gauge
Removing the Camshaft Injection Pump without Engine Auxiliaries Unscrew bolts (5 and 15), remove retainer (3) and pull out flanges (2 and 11). Remove circlips (9 and 13) and take down spacers (8 and 12). Pull out camshaft (7) toward either end of pump case (1).
© 50 129 1
Fig. 1
© 0586
Job Card No.:
07.05.01
Injection Pump Camshaft Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 1156
Injection Pump with Engine Auxiliaries (fig. 2) Remove components at the end opposite the auxiliaries as described before. Detach casing 18 for auxiliaries by unscrewing bolts (17), circlip (25) and ring (25). Pull out camshaft toward either end of pump case. Refitting the Camshaft Clean all components in diesel fuel and replace any worn components. Clean oil sump of pump case. Injection Pump without Engine Auxiliaries Push camshaft (7) into pump case in lubricated condition. Fit spacer rings (8 and 12) as well as circlips (9 and 13). Gauging Camshaft End Float 1. With camshaft pushed in up to stop, gauge clearance «a» min. 2. With camshaft pulled out up to stop, gauge clearance «a» max. 3. Set «a» = a min + a max ± 0,2 2 at drive coupling. Clearance ‘a’ may be determined between any part connected to the camshaft and a fixed surface or edge on the engine. Install flanges (2 and 11) with new O-seals (6) and intact shaft seals (14), the flange drain hole being at the bottom. Fit retainer (3) and secure both flanges (2 and 11) with bolts (5 and 15) plus lockwashers (4 and 16). 2. Injection Pump with Engine Auxiliaries Inspect gear (22) for wear and pittings and replace if necessary. Tighten bolt (21) as specified (Section 3.5, item 12). Install camshaft (26) in pump case in lubricated condition. Continue assembling as before. Secure casing (18) for auxiliaries with new O-seal (23) by bolts (17). Check that camshaft moves freely and let down roller tappet bushes. Mount injection pump on engine (job 07.04.01).
© 50 130 1
Fig. 2 © 0586
Job Card No.:
Injection Timing
07.06.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-17-10 1157
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Injection Timing
Tools:
(Setting the Commencement of Injection) Following any work on the injection pump drive, test the commencement of injection on the pump element for the No. 1 cylinder.
—
Adjusting the commencement of injection and hence the firing pressures is permissible only when the pressures depart from the Acceptance Certificate. Such fault may be due to excessive backlash of the injection pump drive gear, coupling out of adjustment, wear in the injection pump drive, excessive backlash of pump drive gear. An advancement of the commencement of injection raises the firing pressure and vice versa. Prior to any adjustment of the setting, check that injector, injection pipe and injection pump are in good shape and condition.
Standard tools Spill pipe Injector testing outfit (Section 1) Pipe from testing pump to fuel filter Torque wrench
Job Card: —
07.03.01
An adjustment as described hereafter ensures utmost accuracy since the measurement involved considers any wear both in the pump drive and the actual pump.
Job: Setting the Commencement of Injection at the Injection Pump Coupling Stop engine. Place control level in “run” position. Shut off fuel suction line between engine and fuel service tank and between overflow line and injection pump (1). Unscrew bleed plug on fuel filter (2). Fit banjo bolt with pipe (3) (see under “Tools”) to filter and connect pipe (3) to testing pump (4). Disconnect injection line (5) for No. 1 cylinder from injector, connect spill pipe (6) and place container (7) thereunder. Turn engine until roller tappet of No. 1 cylinder rests on the cam base circle. Operate testing outfit until fuel emerges in a vigorous jet. While pumping, slowly turn engine in the normal running direction. Once the fuel jet breaks, stop turning and pumping because at this point the commencement of injection is properly set according to the acceptance documents. Failing this, re-adjust (see page 2). If you continue pumping, this may result in damage to the fuel L.P. system. Measure distance “b” on the flywheel periphery from No. 1 cylinder TDC mark to the fixed arrow on the crankcase. Convert this value to degress crank angle and compare with the Acceptance Certificate.
© 51 406 0
Fig. 1 © 1283
Job Card No.:
07.06.01
Injection Timing
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-17-10 1157
Conversion to degrees crank angle „ α “ where „d“ = flywheel diameter(810 and 970 mm) α = 360 x b dxı The crank angle «α» thus found must roughly meet the Acceptance Certificate, the engine reaching full load. Following this, adjust the coupling, paying attention to the normal direction of rotation of the injection pump drive. To do so, unscrew plug (11) on cover (8) near the pump drive. Disconnect lines from oil pump (12) and take down pump with cover (12) after unscrewing bolts (13). Remove spring (14). Release screws (9) of shaft section (10). Turn coupling to adjust the timing until the mean value of all cylinders at full load and correct charge air pressure will conform to the acceptance test sheet within +/- 4 bar.
© 51 407 0
Retighten screws (9) by torque wrench as under Section 3.5, item 16. Verify adjustment. Disconnect pipe (3) (page 1) with testing outfit and spill pipe. Tighten injection pipe as in 3.5, item 31 and refit bleed plug. Fit spring (14), mount oil pump (12) and connect piping. Since the pump is preset at the factory for equal fuel deliveries, an adjustment should preferably be performed on a pump testbed of the Deutz Service.
© 51 408 0
© 1283
Injector (Uncooled) Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
07.07.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-19-10 1637
S/BVM 628
Job Cards: —
07.03.01 07.03.02
Tools: —
Standard tools Injector removing device (Sect. 1.8) Deutz S1 lubricating compound (Sect. 3.6) Deutz F5 lubricating compound (Sect. 3.6)
© 51 317 0
Job Removing the Injector (see also Fig. 3): Stop engine. Open indicator valves. Remove injection piping. Remove rocker chamber cover. Unscrew hex nut (22) and take down clamping pad (23) along with domed washer (24). Screw stud (25) of the injector removing device into cap (31). Place yoke (26) in position. Fit washer( 2)7 and screw on hex. nut (28). Pull injector out of cylinder head by turning the hex. nut (28). take off injector removing device. Remove sealing washer (29) from cylinder head, unless baked on. Carefully clean injector receiving bore in head, especially seat of washer (29), and cover up.
© 51 318 1
© 0784
Job Card No.:
07.07.01
Injector (Uncooled) Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-19-10 1637
Refitting the Injector: Apply light film of Deutz S1 heat-resistant lubricating compound to new washer (29) and its seat, as well as to sliding surface of nozzle (15). Fit washer on injector. If necessary, fit new O-seals 2 and apply light film of Deutz F5 compound. Install injector with the aid of dowel pin (30). Clean joints of injection piping. For fitting the injection piping, see job 07.03.01. Then fit clamping pad (23) along with domed washer (24). Next, tighten hex., nut (22) as specified (Section 3.5, item 23). Mount rocker chamber cover, bleed fuel system (job 07.03.02).
© 51 319 0
© 0784
Job Card No.:
Injector (Cooled) Removal / Refitment
07.07.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-19-10 1638
Job Cards: —
07.03.01 07.03.02
Tools: —
Standard tools Removing device (Section 1.8) Deutz S 1 lubricating compound (Section 3.6) Deutz F 5 lubricating compound (Section 3.6)
Job Removing the Injector: Stop engine. Open indicator valves. Cut out injector coolant pump. Disconnect injection and coolant piping, paying attention to the seals. Remove rocker chamber cover. Unscrew hex. nut (22) and remove clamp (23) with domed washer (24). Remove screw (21). Screw stud (25) of removing device into adapter (19). Fit crossbar (26), washer (27) and hex. nut (28). Withdraw injector by turning nut (28). Remove device. Be sure to remove washer (29) from cylinder head. Carefully clean injector receiving hole in head, especially seat of washer (29), and cover up.
© 51 320 0
© 0784
Job Card No.:
07.07.01
Injector (Cooled) Removal / Refitment
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-19-10 1638
Refitting the Injector Apply light film of Deutz S1 heat-resistant lubricating compound to new washer (29) and its seat, as well as to sliding surface of nozzle (15). Fit washer on injector. If necessary, fit new O-seals 2 and apply light film of Deutz F5 compound. Install injector with the aid of dowel pin (30). Clean joints of injection piping. For fitting the injection piping, see job 07.03.01. Then fit clamping pad (23) along with domed washer (24). Next, tighten hex. nut (22) as specified (Section 3.5, item 23). Mount rocker chamber cover, bleed fuel system (job 07.03.02).
© 51 321 0
© 0784
Job Card No.:
Injector (Uncooled) Inspection / Testing
07.08.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-19-10 1928
Inspection / Testing
Tools: —
Apart from the intervals specified in the Maintenance Schedule, injectors must be inspected and tested whenever they fail to work properly.
Standard tools Injector testing device (Section 1.8)
Aid: —
Changes in normal exhaust colour and exhaust gas temperatures indicate that injectors are not in good working order, which may to be due to blocked nozzle holes, binding nozzle needle or leaky needle seat.
Blotting paper Lubricating compound Deutz F5 (Section 3.6)
Detergents: —
Following removal (or overhaul) of injectors, check these for correct spray pressure, tightness, and spray pattern.
O-seals Gasket
Job Cards: —
As test fuel, use only clean diesel fuel.
01.05.04 07.07.01 07.09.01
Job: Keep your hands from the fuel jet! When it penetrates the skin tissue, blood poisoning may be the result.
● Clean exterior of injector removed. ● Install injector in testing device, clamp down by wing screws, and connect injection line to injector. ● Operate hand lever vigorously several times.
Checking the Injection Spray Pressure © 50 322 0
For setting the pressure observe pressure gauge. ● Force down hand lever slowly until the nozzle opens. Testpressure: 350 bars. ● If the pressure reading at this moment deviates from the specified pressure, correct pressure by means of adjusting screw (10).
© 0199
Fig. 1
Injector testing device
Job Card No.:
07.08.01
Injector (Uncooled) Inspection / Testing
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-19-10 1928
Correcting the Injection Spray Pressure ● For this purpose unscrew cap (12) and loosen sleeve (11). ● Adjust pressure with adjusting screw (10) and secure by sleeve (11). ● Check O-seals (2) and gasket (13), and replace, if necessary. ● Apply some lubricating compound Deutz F5 to O-seals. Screw on cap (12). Checking the Nozzle for Tightness: ● Operate hand lever until the gauge reads 35 bars ( 35 kp/cm2) less than the specified pressure. The nozzle is tight, if there is no afterdribble within 10 seconds. Buzzing and Atomizing Tests ● Operate hand lever quickly (one or two downstrokes per second) and check that the nozzle emits a buzzing sound. Jet Test Keep your hands from the fuel jet! ● Keep a sheet of blotting paper in front of the nozzle and check that all nozzle orifices are free so as to produce a regular spray pattern. If any one of the tests is not satisfactory, recondition injector (job 07.09.01).
© 25 451 1
Fig. 2
Injector, uncooled © 0199
Job Card No.:
Injector (Cooled) Inspection / Testing
07.08.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-19-10 1929
Tools:
Inspection / Testing
—
Apart from the intervals specified in the Maintenance Schedule, injectors must be inspected and tested whenever they fail to work properly.
Standard tools Injector testing device (Section 1.8)
Aids: —
Changes in normal exhaust colour and exhaust gas temperatures indicate that injectors are not in good working order, which may to be due to blocked nozzle holes, binding nozzle needle or leaky needle seat.
Blotting paper Lubricating compound Deutz F5 (Section 3.6)
Detergents: see also Fig. 2 — O-seals — Gasket
Following removal (or overhaul) of injectors, check these for correct spray pressure, tightness, and spray pattern.
Job Cards: —
As test fuel, use only clean diesel fuel.
01.05.04 07.07.01 07.09.01
Job: Keep your hands from the fuel jet! When it penetrates the skin tissue, blood poisening may be the result ● Clean exterior of injector removed. ● Install injector in testing device, clamp down by wing screws, and connect injection line to injector. ● Operate hand lever vigorously several times. Checking the Injection Spray Pressure For setting the pressure observe pressure gauge.
© 51 322 0
Fig. 1 Force down hand lever slowly until the nozzle opens. Test pressure: 350 +1 bars ● If the pressure reading at this moment deviates from the specified pressure, correct pressure. See also «Correcting the Injection Spray Pressure»
© 0199
Injector testing device
Job Card No.:
07.08.01
Injector (Cooled) Inspection / Testing
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-19-10 1929
Correcting the Injection Spray Pressure ● ● ● ● ●
For this purpose turn clamping nut (18) to remove adapter (19) from housing (4). Release sleeve (11). Set correct pressure with hexagon of adjusting screw and retighten sleeve (11). Check 0-seals (2) and gasket (17) and replace, if necessary. Apply some lubricating compound Deutz F5 to 0-seals. Make sure that gasket (17) is in correct position, otherwise coolant openings will be closed.
● Screw clamping nut (18) through one winding on housing (4). ● Lower adapter (19) located by dowel pin (20) down to nut (18) and retain. ● Tighten clamping nut (18). Checking the nozzle for Tightness: ● Operate hand lever until the gauge reads 35 bars ( 35 kp/cm2) less than the specified pressure. The nozzle is tight, if there is no afterdribble within 10 seconds. Buzzing and Atomizing Tests ● Operate hand lever quickly (one or two downstrokes per second) and check that the nozzle emits a buzzing sound. Jet Test Keep your hands from the fuel jet! ● Keep a sheet of blotting paper in front of the nozzle and check that all nozzle orifices are free so as to produce a regular spray pattern. If any one of the tests is not satisfactory, recondition injector (job 07.09.01).
© 25 452 1
Fig. 2
Injector, cooled © 0199
Job Card No.:
Injector (Uncooled) Reconditioning
07.09.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-19-10 1926
Reconditioning When injectors are due for reconditioning according to the Maintenance Schedule, replace nozzles.
Job Cards: —
07.07.01 07.08.01
Tools: Exercise utmost cleanliness when reconditioning an injector. Use no metallic tools for cleaning, apart from wire brushes.
—
Standard tools Deutz S1 compound (Section 3.6) Deutz S2 compound (Section 3.6)
The job should preferably be entrusted to a specialized workshop.
Job: Removing the Nozzle Remove injector as per Job Card 07.07.01. Unscrew cap (12) — Fig. 1 — and remove gasket (13). Release sleeve (11), turn out adjusting screw (10) by a few turns until spring (9) is unloaded. Clamp housing (4) at its flats in a vice. Using wire brush, carefully remove combustion residues from the surface of the nozzle element (15), avoiding damage to the nozzle bores, and remove washer (29). Then lay or suspend the injector in diesel fuel to soak for 24 hours in order to soften the layer of carbon deposit between nozzle nut (7) and nozzle element (24). Do not stand on end, otherwise the nozzle tip may be damaged. When releasing nozzle nut (7), nozzle element (15) must be consistently contacting the flat surface of housing (4), otherwise dowel pin (6) and possibly the bore in nozzle element (15) are liable to be damaged. For this purpose, place a cleaning rag over the nozzle, and press the nozzle with the hand against the housing 4. When released, remove stop bush (5) and nozzle element (15) with needle (16) from housing (4). Clean all components in diesel fuel. Renew any damaged components. To prevent corrosion, be sure to keep your fingers away from the lapped faced of housing (4), nozzle element (15) and needle (16), once cleaning is finished.
© 25 454 1
Fig. 1
© 0585
Job Card No.:
07.09.01
Injector (Uncooled) Reconditioning
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-19-10 1926
Inspecting the Nozzle Introduce needle (16) — Fig. 2 — with diesel fuel into nozzle element(15). When pulled out halfway by its thrust pin, the needle must sink back onto its seat by its own weight. Should the needle (16) bind, it must be renewed as a unit with nozzle element (15). Nozzles may not be reworked. Since new nozzles are supplied in greased condition, clean them in diesel fuel before fitment. Refitting the Nozzle Clamp housing (4) — Fig. 1 — in a vice with flat face at top. If dowel pin (6) presents shear marks, renew pin. Place nozzle element (15) with needle (16) on the carefully cleaned and dried flat surface. Apply Deutz S2 compound to thread of nut (7) and pressure face between nozzle element (15) and nut (7). Tighten nozzle nut (7) as specified (Section 3.6, item 50). Do not tighten the nozzle nut beyond the value specified, otherwise difficulties may be encountered when releasing at a future date. Set injector with testing outfit (Job Card 07.08.01), and check setting. To prevent baking on in the cylinder head, equip injector with new washer (29) and apply heat-resistant Deutz S1 to nozzle element (15) and to seat of injector. Install injector in cylinder head (Job Card 07.07.01). Dismantling the Injector as a Whole Unscrew cap (12). Turn out sleeve (11) and adjusting screw (10). Turn housing (4) upside down to take out spring (9) and plunger (8). Remove nozzle as already described. Clean all components. Renew O-seals( 2) and gasket (13).
© 24 910 1
Fig. 2
Reassembling the Injector as a Whole Introduce plunger (8) and spring (9) into cleaned housing (4). Turn in adjusting screw (10) and sleeve (11) through a few threads. For installing the nozzle and setting of injector, see ”Refitting the Nozzle”.
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Injector (Uncooled) Reconditioning
07.09.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-19-10 1927
Reconditioning When injectors are due for reconditioning according to the Maintenance Schedule, renew nozzles. Exercise utmost cleanliness when reconditioning an injector. Use no metallic tools for cleaning, apart from wire brushes.
Job Cards: —
07.07.01 07.08.01
Tools: —
Standard tools Deutz S1 compound (Section 3.6) Deutz S2 compound (Section 3.6)
Job Removing the Nozzle Remove injector as per Job Card 07.07.01. Release clamping nut (18) — Fig. 1 -, thus separating adapter (19) from housing (4). Remove gasket (17). Release sleeve (11) and turn out adjusting screw (10) by a few turns until spring (9) is unloaded. Clamp housing (4) at its flats in a vice. Using wire brush, carefully remove combustion residue from the surface of the nozzle element (15), avoiding damage to the nozzle bores. Remove washer (19) — if not lying in the cylinder head. Then lay or suspend the injector in diesel fuel to soak for 24 hours in order to soften the layer of carbon deposit between nozzle nut (7) and nozzle element (24). Do not stand on end, otherwise the nozzle tip may be damaged. When releasing nozzle nut (7), nozzle element (24) must be consistently contacting the flat surface of housing (4), otherwise dowel pin (6) and possibly the bore in nozzle element (24) are liable to be damaged. For this purpose, place a cleaning rag over the nozzle, and press the nozzle with the hand against the housing (4). When released, remove stop bush (5) and needle (16). Clean all components in diesel fuel. Renew and damaged components. To prevent corrosion, be sure to keep your fingers away from the lapped faces of housing (4), nozzle element (15) and needle (16), once cleaning is finished.
© 25 453 1
Fig. 1
© 0585
Job Card No.:
07.09.01
Injector (Uncooled) Reconditioning
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-19-10 1927
Inspecting the Nozzle Introduce needle (16) (Fig. 2) with diesel fuel into nozzle element (15). When pulled out halfway by its thrust pin, the needle must sink back onto its seat by its own weight. Should the needle (16) bind, it must be renewed as a unit with nozzle element (15). Nozzles may not be reworked. Since the nozzles are supplied in greased condition, clean them in diesel fuel before fitment. Refitting the Nozzle Clamp housing (4) (Fig. 1) in a vice with flat face at top. If dowel pin (6) presents shear marks, renew pin. Place nozzle element (15) with needle (16) and stop bush (5) on the carefully cleaned and dried flat surface. Apply Deutz S2 compound to thread of nut (7) and pressure face between nozzle element (15) and nut (7). Tighten nozzle nut (7) as specified (Section 3.6, item 50). Do not tighten the nozzle nut beyond the value specified, otherwise difficulties may be encountered when releasing at a future date. Set injector with testing outfit (Job Card 07.08.01), and check setting. To prevent baking on in the cylinder head, equip injector with new washer (29) and apply heat-resistant Deutz S1 to nozzle element (15) and to seat of injector. Install injector (Job Card 07.07.01). Dismantling the Injector as a Whole Unscrew clamping nut (18), separate adapter 19 from housing (4). Remove gasket (17). Screw out sleeve (11) and adjusting screw (10). Turn housing (4) upside down to take out spring (9) and plunger (8). Remove nozzle as already described. Clean all components. Renew O-seals (2) and gasket (17).
© 24 911 2
Fig. 2
Reassembling the Injector as a Whole Introduce plunger (8) and spring (9) into cleaned housing (4). Turn in adjusting screw (10) and sleeve (11) through a few threads. For further reassembly and setting of injector, see ”Refitting the Nozzle”.
© 0584
Job Card No.:
Fuel Duplex Filter
07.10.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-20-10 2051
Servicing
Tools:
Cleaning fuel duplex filter
—
While the engine is running, only one of the two filter chambers should be operative, lever (7) — Fig. 1 — of the 3-way cock being in the LH or RH position accordingly. Should the fuel pressure fall off, or if a red indicator appears in the window of the pressure differential monitor (30) — Fig. 2 — (if provided), change over to the other filter chamber and clean the soiled one immediately. When running on distillate fuel, a paper filter is used; when running on MDF blend or heavy fuel, a strainer filter is used.
Standard tools Diesel fuel Cleaning brush
The pressure differential monitor indicates the degree of soiling and thus the deadline for cleaning the filter. If the lever (7) of the 3-way cock is at the RH position, the LH chamber is in operation, and vice versa. Interval for Filter Cartridge Change and Cleaning Filter Chamber Changing of the cartridge and cleaning of the filter chamber are due when the window is filled to about 75 % by the red indicator or after 500 running hours at the latest. The following maintenance work is also necessary under certain conditions: ● Change filter cartridge and clean filter chamber about 25 running hours after commissioning new engines or engines which have been shut down for more than 3 months. © 25 053 3
● Change filter cartridge and clean filter chamber about 25 running hours after every major plant repair job involving the fuel system.
Fig. 1
Job: Place lever (7) of 3-way cock in the appropriate position. Open shut-off valve (10) of leakage line and allow filter chamber to drain empty. Undo hex. bolt (2). Take off cover (1).
Allow filter chamber to drain completely, otherwise dirt may pass to the clean side.
© 25 061 1
Fig. 2 © 0289
Job Card No.:
07.10.01
Fuel Duplex Filter
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-20-10 2051
Take out element (6). Wash out any contamination in filter housing with diesel fuel and brush. Clean strainer filter in diesel fuel as well. Renew filter cartridges. By no means refit any damaged paper filter cartridges. Before reassembling, check condition of O-seal (9) and gasket (8) — renew if necessary. Install element (6) and fit cover (1). For bleeding the cleaned chamber, open screw (3) through one or two turns. With the engine running, slowly move cock lever (7) to the intermediate position (both chambers becoming operative) until air noticeably comes out through opening of screw (3). Once fuel free from bubbles comes out, close screw (3) and place lever (7) in the ”clean chamber” position. Then close shut-off valve (10) of the leakage line.
© 0289
Job Card No.:
Fuel Feed Pump Removal / Refitment
07.11.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-20-10 1644
Job
Job Card:
Removing Pump Close shut-off valves from and to daily service tank. Disconnect fuel piping from pump, draining fuel emerging into a suitable receptacle. Unscrew bolts (1) and (2), and carefully remove pump.
—
07.03.02
Tools: —
Standard tools MOLYCOTE Longterm 2 (Sect. 3.6)
Refitting Pump Prior to refitting the pump, apply ”MOLYCOTE Longterm 2” to splines at both ends of torsion rod (3). Place splines in the correct position. Fit pump with intact gaskets (4) and (5). Connect piping and open shutoff valves. Bleeding Pump For bleeding feed pump, including piping, see job 07.03.02.
© 51 323 0
© 0682
Job Card No.:
Fuel Feed Pump Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-20-10 1644
Lubricating Oil System Precautionary Measures
Job Card No.:
08.00.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-16-10 1838
S/BVM 628
When working on the lubricating oil system, the following safety precautions and environment-protective regulations are to be observed: ● Beware of hot oil! ● Prior to any dismantling work, shut down engine (see Section 4.4). Collect any escaping oil in a suitable receptacle and dispose of properly in accordance with anti-pollution regulations. ● When taking oil samples and servicing oil filters, dispose of escaping oil and used filter cartridges in accordance with anti-pollution regulations. ● Service lube oil centrifuges only after engine has been shut down. Dispose of dirt layers and oil in accordance with anti-pollution regulations.
© 0683
Job Card No.:
Lubricating Oil System Precautionary Measures
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-16-10 1838
Job Card No.:
Oil Sampling
08.01.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-15-10 1164
Inspection
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Tools: — 1 litre container (sheet metal or plastics)
Regular inspection of the lube oil is essential for determining the engine’s working condition. With the engine running, oil samples should preferably be taken by the same man at some 60°C oil temperature.
Job: Hold a waste container under hose connector (2). Slacken bolt (1) until oil slowly comes out through connector (2). Drain an initial quantity of 5 litres, so any impurities will be removed from the filter body. Then drain about 1 litre into a clean container and send this in completely sealed condition to a laboratory with a tag or label giving the following information: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Engine model and serial No. Purpose appropriate of the engine Rated power and speed Total engine running hours Oil brand and grade Utilized fuel Oil viscosity Total oil service hours and refill quantity during this period
Along with this sample of used oil, send in a sample of the oil in fresh condition. The analysis results should be taken as a basis for arranging with the oil suppliers a regular oil change period, taking also into consideration the cleanliness of the lube oil system, especially that of the engine’s crankcase. Once the interior is coated with the oil residues, this invariably calls for renewal of the entire oil filling.
© 1283
© 51 409 0
Job Card No.:
Oil Sampling
08.01.01 Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-15-10 1164
Job Card No.:
Oil System Inspection
08.02.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-15-10 1165
Inspection
Tools: —
Standard tools
Carry out inspection and servicing work on the lubricating system. Unsuitable lube oil may cause sticking of piston rings, seizure of pistons, hot running of bearings and increased wear and tear of the entire engine. Be sure, therefore, to use a lube oil meeting the minimum quality requirements specified (Section 6).
Job Make a point of regularly observing oil pressures and temperatures in service and recording the readings every day. Check the following oil levels: ● engine oil sump / tank ● turbocharger ● hydraulic governor, whrere provided Carry out the following additional work: ● Check service gauge for combined filter (job 08.10.01) ● Make sure that all pipe unions and connections are tight. ● At larger intervals, lubricate by hand all bearings not connected to the main lube circuit or to the lubricator. This in particular applies to the governor/injection pump linkage joints. ● During the running-in program following overhaul work, check all accessible bearings for correct temperatures.
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Oil System Inspection
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-15-10 1165
Job Card No.:
Lube Oil Change
08.02.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-15-10 1166
Oil Change The oil change period largely depends on the quality of the fuel and lube oil used, the quantity of oil in the engine lubrication system, the operating conditions, the lube oil consumption of the engine, and the efficiency of the filter.
Job Cards: —
08.00.01 08.01.01 08.02.01 08.10.01
Tools: —
Standard tools
For the above reasons, the manufacturer is unable to state standard times for lube oil change. The lube oil should be changed if, on the basis of oil examinations (see Job Card 08.01.01), there is any doubt regarding the further usability of the oil. Lube oil recommendations, dependent on fuel used and engine application, are given in Section 6.
Job: With engine in hot condition, check that valves are properly positioned and drain oil from sump or extra tank, using the priming pump as required. After opening drain and bleed holes, drain oil from filters, cooler and all piping. Change paper microfilter (job. 08.10.01). Clean crankcase interior and oil tanks, as required. For filling in the fresh oil, close all drain and bleed holes, fill in oil to top mark and bleed filters, etc., in the direction of flow. Check oil level while the engine is running and top up as required.
Make sure all piping is tight.
© 0185
Job Card No.:
Lube Oil Change
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-15-10 1166
Job Card No.:
Lube Oil Pump Servicing
08.04.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-14-10 1814
Servicing
Tools: —
Dismantling of pump and inspection of gear shafts, bearings and relief valves.
Standard tools Puller Deutz DW 55 compound (Section 3.6) Deutz DW 48 compound (Section 3.6) Deutz DW 50 compound (Section 3.6)
Job Card: —
04.08.01
Job Removing the Pump (Fig. 1) Stop engine. Disconnect suction line (1) and delivery line (2) from pump (3). Remove bleed and filling line (4). Unscrew bolts (5) and remove pump (3) from engine. Dismantling the Pump Unscrew bolt (10) — Fig. 2 — and take off washer (11). Remove driving gear (12) by puller and take out key (22). Unscrew hex. bolts (24) and take off cover (25) Fig. 3 -. Undo cheese-head screws (6) and (7). Take off pump covers (8) and (9) from the pump body (14), paying attention to the two dowel sleeves (13). Remove gears (15) and (16) and inspect. If defective, renew. Clean all components and especially joint faces and oil passages. Inspect bearings (17) for scoring and gears for wear. Check that rotating faces (18) are free from friction marks.
© 51 325 0
Fig. 1
View
© 51 326 0
Fig. 2 © 1283
Job Card No.:
08.04.01
Lube Oil Pump Servicing
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-14-10 1814
© 51 327 0
Fig. 3 Relief Valve (Fig. 3) Unscrew nuts (20) and remove valve (21). Clean components. Check valve. Reassembling the Pump Install gear (15) (Fig. 3) in pump cover (9). Install key (22) — Fig. 2 — and fit gear (12). Screw bolt (10) with washer (11) in place and tighten with Deutz DW 55 locking compound (Section 3.5, item 22). Apply Deutz DW 50 to sealing face of cover (8) — Fig. 3 -. Put cover (8) on body (14), locating it by dowel sleeves (13), and fit screws (6) with Deutz DW 55 locking compound. Install gear (16) in body (14). Apply Deutz DW 50 to sealing face of cover (9). Place cover(9) with gear (15) on body (14), locating it by dowel sleeves (13), and fit screws (7) with DW 55 locking compound. Turn gear (12) to check that gears (15) and (16) move freely in body. Check also side clearance of gears by moving gear (12) and gearshaft (16) from side to side (after screwing in one hex. bolt). If the side clearance is greater than 0.5 mm, the pump must be exchanged. Install relieve valve(21) with new O-seal (19) in body and tighten by hex. nuts (20).
© 1283
Lube Oil Pump Servicing
Job Card No.:
08.04.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-14-10 1814
S/BVM 628
Apply a continuous bead of Deutz DW 48 compound (bead not exceeding 3 mm in width for optimum sealing) to cover (8) — Fig. 4 -. Fit cover(25) and tighten by hex. bolts (24).
bead
© 51 328 0
Fig. 4 Refitting the Pump (Fig. 5) Secure pump (3) with new O-seal (23) by hex. bolts (5) to pump chest. Reconnect all piping: Fill pump with oil. Make sure that pump never runs dry. When putting pump back to service, check that it has to leaks.
© 51 329 0
Fig. 5
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Lube Oil Pump Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-14-10 1814
Job Card No.:
Oil Filter Combination (Non-Backflushing Wire Edge Filter)
08.09.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-15-10 6507
Tools:
Servicing and Repair
Inserted in the lube oil primary flow is a filter combination comprising a paper microfilter preceding the wire edge filter (see also Job 08.10.01). The wire edge filter can be equipped at option with a differential pressure warning system which responds in case of excessive contamination.
Standard tools
Aids: —
Pail Cleaning brush Diesel fuel
Job Card: Servicing
—
08.10.01
● Daily — Turn rotary knob (5) through about 1 1/2 turns. Repeat this procedure on each edge filter element. ● Clean filter chamber and wire edge filter element: —
10 running hours after engine overhaul; if resistance is felt when turning at the rotary knob; when differential pressure alarm is given. Remove wire edge filter element only if absolutely necessary.
Repair Renew wire edge filter element: ● at the intervals given in the maintenance chart; ● whenever the wire edge filter element is damaged.
Job Removing and refitting wire edge filter element; cleaning filter chamber. ● Stop engine ● Remove drain plug (3) along with joint washer (2). ● Drain oil.
© 0193
© 50 661 1
Fig. 1
Non-backflushing oil filter combination
Job Card No.:
08.09.01
Oil Filter Combination (Non-Backflushing Wire Edge Filter)
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-15-10 6507
● Undo hex. nuts (9) — Fig. 2 — with withdraw edge filter element (14) from filter body. ● Remove square flange gasket (8). To prevent dirty cleaning fluid from getting inside the element, close open end with a cap of 55 mm dia. ● Dip element in diesel fuel, actuate rotary knob (5) alternately and clean element with the brush. ● Remove cap and blow out element from inside with filtered compressed air. If the filter wire is damaged or dented, renew the element. ● Plug up oil outlet hole (4) — Fig. 3 — in filter body. ● Clean filter chamber. Remove plug after cleaning. ● Insert drain plug (3) — Fig. 2 — along with washer (2). ● Refit filter element (14) with new flange gasket (8) in filter body. ● Tighten hex.nuts (9). Introduce filter element (14) in perfectly horizontal position so that it will not be damaged.
© 51 330 0
Fig. 2
Filter element
© 51 331 0
Fig. 3
Lube oil outlet hole © 1083
Job Card No.:
Oil Filter Combination (Backflushing Wire Edge Filter)
08.09.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-15-10 6508
Tools:
Servicing and Repair
—
Inserted in the lube oil primary flow is a filter combination comprising a paper microfilter preceding the wire edge filter (see also Job 08.10.01). The wire edge filter can be equipped at option with a differential pressure warning system which responds in case of excessive contamination.
Standard tools
Aids: —
Pail Cleaning brush Diesel fuel
Job Card: —
Servicing
08.10.01
● Daily — Turn rotary handle (5) through about 1 _ turns. — Press lever (18) down as far as it will go, and hold. — Turn rotary handle (5) again through about 1-2 turns. — Release lever (18). Repeat this procedure on each wire edge filter element. ● Clean filter chamber and wire edge filter element: —
10 running hours after engine overhaul; if resistance is felt when turning at the rotary handle; when differential pressure alarm is given. Remove wire edge filter element only if absolutely necessary.
Repair: Renew wire edge filter element: ● at the intervals given in the maintenance chart; ● whenever the wire edge filter element is damaged.
© 0193
© 50 662 1
Fig. 1
Turning the wire edge filter
Job Card No.:
08.09.01
Oil Filter Combination (Backflushing Wire Edge Filter)
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-15-10 6508
Job: Removing and refitting wire edge filter element; cleaning filter chamber. ● Stop engine ● Remove drain plug (3) along with joint washer (2). ● Drain oil. ● Remove back flushing line from filter elements. ● Undo hex. nuts (9) and withdraw element (14) from filter body. ● Remove square flange gasket (8). To prevent dirty cleaning fluid from getting inside the element, close open end with a cap of 55 mm dia. ● Dip element in diesel fuel, actuate rotary knob (5) alternately and clean element with the brush.
View at X
● Remove cap and blow out element from inside with filtered compressed air. If the filter wire is damaged or dented, renew the element. ● Plug up oil outlet bore (4) in filter body. ● Clean filter chamber. Remove plug after cleaning. ● Insert drain plug (3)along with washer (2). ● Refit filter element (14) with new flange gasket (8) in filter body.
© 51 330 0
Fig. 2
Backflushing oil filter combination
Introduce filter element (14) in perfectly horizontal position so that it will not touch the body. ● Tighten hex. nuts (9). ● Refit back flushing line.
© 0193
Oil Filter Combination (Backflushing Wire Edge Filter)
Job Card No.:
08.09.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-15-10 6508
S/BVM 628
© 51 333 0
Fig. 3
© 0193
Oil filter combination
Job Card No.:
Oil Filter Combination (Backflushing Wire Edge Filter)
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-15-10 6508
Combined Lube Oil Filter (with Paper Micro Filter) Servicing
Job Card No.:
08.10.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-15-10 1659
Servicing
Tools:
The combined full-flow oil filter comprises a wire edge-type filter (job 08.09.01) preceded by a cartridge-type micro filter. Service gauge 17 indicates when the filter cartridge is due for replacement.
—
Standard tools Pail New filter cartridge Diesel fuel Cleaning brush
Job Card: —
08.09.01
Routine Servicing The filter cartridge is due for renewal and the filter chamber is due for cleaning when the window of service gauge 17 (Fig. 3) has turned fully red with the engine hot. Replacement is in any case due at the end of 3000 running hours or at the end of one year, which ever is earlier. When the engine is still cold and hence the motor oil more viscous, the appearance of the red signal may be disregarded. When the engine has attained normal working temperature, however, the red signal should disappear if the filter cartridge is not yet ready for renewal. The interval between initial appearance of the red signal and the ”full red” stage is about 200 running hours. Change the filter cartridge at this time, if possible.
Additional Servicing ● Change paper filter and clean filter chamber about 50 running hours after commissioning. ● Change paper filter and clean filter chamber at every oil change. ● Change paper filter and clean filter chamber about 10 hours following any major engine overhaul work (for example, after rehoning cylinder liners). ● Change paper filter an clean filter chamber about 10 hours following opening of crankcase in extremely dust or sand-laden air. ● Change paper filter and clean filter chamber about 50 hours following every lubrication system overhaul on equipment not engine-mounted.
© 0185
Job Card No.:
08.10.01
Combined Lube Oil Filter (with Paper Micro Filter) Servicing
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-15-10 1659
Job Change paper filter cartridge (Fig. 3) and clean filter chamber. Stop engine. Place pail beneath hose connector 24 (Fig. 2) and open plug 25 to drain oil from filter. Release hex. nuts 7 (Fig. 3) and work loose cover 12 by lever or screwdriver. Remove O-seal 6 and nut 11. Clamping piece 16 is under spring pressure. Carefully pull out piece 16 and filter cartridge 13. Clean filter chamber, taking care that no dirt will enter the clean space of filter. Following cleaning, refit plug 25 (Fig. 2). Check that seals 15 (Fig. 3) are in good order and properly seated. Carefully install new cartridge 13. Fit clamping piece 16. Screw nut 11 in place and tighten securely. Fit O-seal 6 (renewing if necessary) and secure cover 12 with hex. nuts 7.
© 50 334 1
Fig. 1
Paper filter (sectional view)
© 51 335 0
Fig. 2
Oil draining
© 51 336 0
Fig. 3
Change paper filter © 1083
Job Card No.:
Oil Pressurestat Inspection
08.11.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-16-10 1171
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Inspection
Tools:
When the oil pressure falls off, inspect pressurestat.
—
Standard tools Pocket lamp
The pressurestat is not adjustable. With the engine hot, the oil pressure should conform to the acceptance test sheet (see also Specification Data under 3.3.2). Should the oil pressure deviate from the specified value — particularly after an oil change — check whether the lube oil used conforms to the prescribed viscosity class (see Section 6.2).
Job: With engine hot and at full load, read working pressure from gauge. If the pressure is not as specified, stop engine and remove pressurestat. To do this, unscrew hex. bolts (2) and withdraw same together with washers (3). Pull out cover (1) with valve. Clean all components in diesel fuel and inspect for wear, especially the valve spring. Renew components as required. When reassembling, renew O-seal (4). All work on the lube oil system requires utmost cleanliness!
© 51 410 0
© 0199
Job Card No.:
Oil Pressurestat Inspection
08.11.01 Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-16-10 1171
Job Card No.:
Centrifugal Oil Cleaner
08.13.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0178-15-10 2010
Servicing
Tools:
Clean centrifugal oil cleaner. Inspect valve.
—
Clean only when engine is stationary or the feed line is isolated. Change paper lining in rotor at regular intervals and clean centrifuge.
Standard tools Cleaning brush Wooden scraper
Job Card: —
08.00.01
Job: Stop engine or close feed line. Remove screw plug (11) — Fig. 1 — together with sealing ring. Take out valve (9) and spring (10). Collect oil in a container. Unscrew nuts (6) and fold down studs. Remove cover (1). Lift rotor (2) carefully out of body lower part. Clamp rotor base at flats in vice. Now loosen fastening nut (13) in rotor upper part with socket wrench. Never counterhold with open-end wrench placed on the flattened collar of the upper part. Separate upper and lower parts of rotor. Check sealing rings (4) and (5) — renew if necessary. Discard soiled lining (3). Remove residual dirt with wooden scraper. Check that valve (9) moves freely and that seats are undamaged. If valve seats are worn, lightly grind valve into body (15), after removing body from engine.
© 0885
© 50 068 1
Fig. 1
Job Card No.:
08.13.01
Centrifugal Oil Cleaner
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-15-10 2010
Following this, clean all parts and blow out with compressed air, particularly the nozzles and all bores. Install valve (9) complete with spring (10), and screw plug (11) together with sealing ring. Fit new lining (3) Fig. 2. Push rotor upper part carefully over rotor lower part, paying attention to the fixing location of both parts. Tighten fastening nut (13) — Fig. 1. Placeassembled rotor in body and check for smooth running. Mount cover (1) without using force, and tighten nuts (6). After starting engine, make sure that the centrifuge is oil-tight.
© 50 110 1
Fig. 2
© 0885
Job Card No.:
Valve Seat Lubrication System
08.14.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0178-16-10 1640
Checking
Tools: —
Standard tools
Inspect the valve seat lubrication system. Check volume of valve seat lubrication.
Job: Visual inspection: View through inspection window of dropper (1). If the valve seat lubrication system is working, drops will form at the valve of the dropper and drip off in slow sequence. If not, find out the cause and remedy.
Turbocharger at engine’s driving end
Turbocharger at engine’s free end
Detail «X»
© 51 411 0
© 0682
Job Card No.:
08.14.01
Valve Seat Lubrication System
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
Detail «X»
0178-16-10 1640
Detail «Y»
© 51 340 0
Check volume of valve seat lubrication: The delivery volume is measured in drops (1), and is specified in Section 3.3.2. If necessary, correct volume by means of detent screw (2) on oil pump. To increase volume, turn screw clockwise, and vice versa.
© 0682
Job Card No.:
Sealing Oil Two-way Valve Servicing
08.20.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BV M 628
0178-16-10 1154
Servicing Remove two-way valve of injection pump plunger hydraulic seal (Section 5.1.4), dismantle and clean. Following commissioning of a new engine, valve element 3 may bind due to dirt coming from the sealing oil high-level tank. In this case clean not only valve, but also tank and line to valve.
Tools: —
Standard tools, Detergent
Job Card: —
07.03.01
Job: Stop engine. Isolate line from oil high-level tank to two-way valve or, if provided, switch off separate oil pump. Remove valve from oil line. Unscrew connector (1) and plug (7) from valve body (2). Press out valve seats (5) to the right and left respectively. Take out valve element (3). Clean all parts in diesel fuel and check for wear including scoring. Renew O-seals (4) and (8). In the case of a slight seizure of element (3) in body (2), remedy this by extra-fine lapping. Reinstall element (3) and both valve seats (5) with new O-seals (4) and 8 in body (2). Screw in connector (1) and plug (7) with new washers (6). Check free movement of element (3) with an arbor inserted through connections ”A” and ”C”. Reinstall two-way valve in oil line. Open shut-off valve. Check that oil line connections are free from leaks. Reconditioning If element 3 in body 2 has excessive clearance as suggested for instance by a rise of the amount of oil in the high-level tank, replace two-way valve. A from oil tank B to oil passage in injection pump C from oil feed pump in injection pump
© 51 341 0
© 0885
Job Card No.:
Sealing Oil Two-way Valve Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-16-10 1154
Job Card No.:
Oil Micro Filter Servicing
08.20.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-16-10 1170
Servicing
Tools:
Replace filter element.
—
The microfilter is arranged in the oil circuit bypass line ahead of the lubricator to ensure an especially high degree of cleanliness of the oil supplied to the injection pump and, if provided, the air compressor. The air flows through the element outside in and deposits its impurities on the impregnated filter paper perforated with minute holes. Being of the radial-fin type, the filtering surface is very large and hence stays long in service.
Standard tools Gasoil Hair brush Container
Job Close shut-off valve, remove plug (1) and drain oil into a container. Unscrew hex. bolt (2) and remove cover (3), avoiding damage to gasket (7). Withdraw element (4) upwards. Clean body (5) inside, making sure that no coarse dirt particles will settle in the holes of centre tube (6). Refit drain plug (1) and slip new element (4) over centre tube (6). Fill oil into body. Fit basket (7), cover (3) and tighten bolts (2). Start engine and bleed filter by slackening bolt (2).
© 51 342 0
© 0885
Job Card No.:
Oil Micro Filter Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-16-10 1170
Cooling Water System Draining
Job Card No.:
09.00.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-37-10 1549
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
See also Sections 6.4 and 6.5 Jobs on cylinder head, crankcase, turbocharger, heat exchanger, water pump(s), piping, etc., may require the cooling water to be drained partially or entirely. Where the engine is shut down for a major period and frost is imminent, drain all water from engine and attachments, unless an anti-freeze is provided. If the engine is to be shut down for a prolonged period, preservation is necessary (Section 6.5).
Job: ● Shut off all water piping to and from engine. ● Open drain valve (19) at No. 1 cylinder.
© 51 412 0
● Loosen spigot screw (21) on dual valve through 5 to 8 turns.
© 51 413 0
© 0983
Job Card No.:
09.00.01
Cooling Water System Draining
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
0178-37-10 1549
© 51 414 0
● Unscrew plug(s) (26) from centrifugal pump(s).
© 51 415 0
● Unscrew plug (14) from charge air cooler. ● Drain water from air bottles (job 10.01.01). ● Drain water from pressure reducing stations (job 10.06.01). ● Drain water from all pipe sockets by unscrewing plug. Where no plug is provided, disconnect associated pipe. ● Send an air blast through cooled-type injectors and pressure gauge piping.
Refit plugs, close valves and reconnect piping.
© 0983
Job Card No.:
Coolant Circulation Pump Servicing
09.07.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-37-10 1815
Servicing
Tools:
Water leaks at outlet hole ”X” of bearing housing (9) suggest defective seal (31); oil leaks suggest defective seal (25). Replace as necessary.
—
Standard tools Holding device for impeller (Sect. 1.8) Deutz F2 compound (Sect. 3.6) Deutz S4 compound (Sect. 3.6)
Job Card: —
09.07.02
Job Stop engine. Close shut-off valves in suction and delivery lines of water pump. Drain water by removing plug (26). When replacing water seal (31), disconnect only suction line. For replacing oil seal (25), disconnect delivery line also. Removing Water Seal 31 Remove hex. bolts (2) along with spring lockwashers(3).. Unscrew cap nut (34) (Job Card 09.07.02) and withdraw impeller (5). Take off water seal (31) with backing ring (30), and O-seal (29). Clean all components. Refitting Water Seal (31) Inspect seat of seal on shaft (32) and smoothen shaft if required. Check backing ring (30) for hair-cracks and O-seal (29) for damage. Renew as necessary. Push on backing ring along with O-seal. Apply alight film of Deutz F2 compound to sealing lip of the new water seal (31) and push same into position. The contact surfaces between water seal and backing ring must be absolutely free from dirt and compound. Place on impeller (5), paying attention to dowel sleeve (35). Inspect O-seal (33), renewing if necessary. Fit cap nut (34) — see job 09.07.02 -. Check O-seal (4) — renew if necessary — and secure intake (1) by means of hex. bolts (2) complete with spring washers (3). Connect suction line. Open valves. Fill in water (check its properties as detailed in Section 6.4). During trial run, make sure that pump is free from leaks and water pressure is correct. Removing and Refitting Oil Seal (25) See Job Card 09.07.02. For illustration, see Job Card 09.07.02
© 0683
Job Card No.:
Coolant Circulation Pump Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This pag e intentionally left blank
0178-37-10 1815
Job Card No.:
Coolant Circulation Pump Reconditioning
09.07.02
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-37-10 1816
Reconditioning
Tools:
Dismantle coolant circulation pump, clean and inspect. In the case of mounted vibration damper, the coolant circulation pump is partly dismantled on the engine.
—
Standard tools Circlip pliers Holding device for impeller (Sect. 1.8) Puller for bearing Timber block
The coolant pump is driven via an idler gear from the crankshaft gear. Depending on the engine’s speed, the pump is supplied in two versions with different driving rations.
© 51 347 0
Fig. 1
© 0883
Job Card No.:
09.07.02
Coolant Circulation Pump Reconditioning
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-37-10 1816
Job: Removing the Pump (Fig. 1) Stop engine. Close shut-off valves in suction and delivery lines of pump. Drain water from pump by removing plug (26). Disconnect suction and delivery lines between pump and shut-off valves. Unscrew hex. bolts (2) and take down intake (1). Fasten holding device (lock) (21) — Fig. 2 — by means of bolts (2) to volute casing (6). Turn impeller (5) until the balancing holes coincide with one of the two holes in the lock. Push an M6x70 bolt or a pin of 5 to 6 mm dia. through the lock hole, thus blocking the impeller. Unscrew cap nut (34). Remove lock (21) and withdraw impeller. Take off water seal (31). Undo hex. bolts (7) and take off volute casing. Undo hex. bolts (10). Pull out bearing housing (9), push sideways and tilt so that it can be lifted out behind the vibration damper. Dismantling the Pump (Fig. 1) Carefully drive out shaft (32) by means of hammer and square timber block in downward direction. Remove circlip (17) and withdraw ball bearing (15) by puller. Remove spacer (16). Pull off gear (14) along with bearing bush, plate (19) and coupling assembly (20) from shaft (32). Take out six rollers (13) from coupling spider (12). Remove backing ring (30) and ring (28) with oil seal (25) from bearing housing (9). Clean all components and inspect for wear. Inspect impeller (5), intake 1 and volute casing (6) for erosion, shaft (32) in the zone of seals (25) and (31) for scoring, as well as axial water seal (31) and radial oil seal (25) for tightness. Replace O-seals and any worn parts, especially bearings (15) and (23). Reassembling the Pump (Fig. 1) Install new rollers (13). Slip gear (14) with bearing bush, plate (19) and spider (20) as an assembly onto shaft (32). Fit spacer 16, ball bearing (15) and circlip (17). Install oil seal(25) with ring (28) and O-seal (24) in bearing housing (9). Push shaft (32) with bearing (23) and coupling into bearing housing (9) Install O-seal (22). Refitting the Pump (Fig. 1) Carefully push bearing housing (9) with shaft (32) into pump chest (hole ”X” down) and secure by bolts (10) with lockwashers (11). Fit backing ring (30) and O-seal © 51 348 0 (29). Install O-seal (4) in bearing housing (9). Fit volute casing (6) and secure by bolts (7) plus lockwashers (8). Slightly wet sealing lip of seal (31) with coolant (not with lubricant). Slip seal (31) onto shaft (32). Check that no lubricant or dirt is present between seal (31) and backing ring (30), or between impeller (5) and shaft (32). Insert impeller (5), located by dowel sleeve (35). Install O-seal (33). Mount impeller (5) with stop (21) — Fig. 2 — (see ”Removing the Pump”). Tighten fastening nut as per Section 3.5, item 19. Put intake (1) with new O-seal (4) in place and secure by bolts (2) plus lockwashers (3). Connect water piping. Open shut-off valves. Fill in engine coolant and check its condition. (Section 6.4). During the trial run, check pump for correct water pressure and freedom from leaks.
© 0185
Pneumetic System Testing / Servicing
Job Card No.:
10.01.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-32-10 1185
S/BVM 628
Testing Check entire compressed-air system for correct functioning. To prevent seizure by rust of the system’s control valves, drain water from system including air receivers daily. Drain water from the compressed air receivers after each charging cycle as specified by the Accident Prevention Regulation.
Job Drain water from air receivers. If an automatic drain valve is provided, inspect this. Check that relief valve blows off as 30 bar are exceeded. Check that the system’s control valves work properly.
Servicing Clean air piping.
Job Close shut-off valves on air receivers. Exhaust feed piping. Unscrew connections for control piping and blow out any rust deposits. Refit connections. Perform starting manoeuvre. When starting manoeuvre is completed, check pressure on air receiver and temperature of starting valve (Job Card 01.11.01). When refitting piping, never apply white or red lead or varnish because this will render any subsequent disconnections more difficult. In addition, hardened particles may find ingress into the system and cause damage, in particular to the system’s control valves. For the same reason, be sure to keep trimmings and similar foreign matter out of the piping. When assembling the piping also keep chips and similar foreign matter out of the piping and away from the control equipment. Make sure that all pipe unions and connections are tightened securely, but never with internal stressing. If necessary, align pipes so they fit perfectly. Do this in cold condition, and never fill piping with sand or similar matter. Following pipe bending, clean piping inside from scale etc. and finally blow out.
© 0582
Job Card No.:
Pneumetic System Testing / Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-32-10 1185
Starting Pilot Air Distributor Inspection
Job Card No.:
10.02.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-30-10 1639
S/BVM 628
Tools: —
Standard tools
Job Card: —
02.00.01
The control disc (9) — Fig. 2 — contacts the distributor ring (13) only during the starting procedure. Ring (10) seals off the air passage to the crankcase. At the end of the starting procedure, control disc (9) runs free.
Inspection Remove distributor ring (13) and control disc (9) for inspection.
© 25 217 1
Fig. 1
Job Removing Control Disc (9) Undo coupling (6) — Fig. 1 -. Unscrew hex. bolts (62) and take off nest of tubes (11). Pull off distributor ring (13) — Fig. 2 — and withdraw control disc (9) along with ring (10). Clean all components. Check sliding surfaces of distributor ring (13) and control disc (9). If the surfaces are damaged, renew components. Check ring 10, renew if necessary. Refitting Control Disc (9) Install control disc (9) along with ring (10) to that the punch mark (16) coincides with the hole (17) in shaft (1) — see Fig. 3 -. Check control disc (9) and ring (10) for easy movement. Check O-seal (14) in distributor ring (13), renewing if necessary. Place distributor ring (13) in position so that punch mark (18) on cover (4) coincides with notch (19) in distributor ring (13) — see Fig. 3 -. Secure nest of tubes (11) — Fig. 1 — by means of hex. bolts (62). Connect coupling (6). Removing and Refitting Starting Pilot Air Distributor Removing Starting Pilot Air Distributor Undo coupling (6). Unscrew hex. bolts (62) and take off nest of tubes (11). Pull off distributor ring (13) Fig. 2 — and withdraw control disc (9) along with ring (10). Screw out banjo bolt (57) and remove pipe (5). Undo hex. bolts (8). Take off cover (4) along with gasket (7).
Shaft (1) is quite difficult to withdraw, owing to the lock pin, and should therefore be dismantled only when really essential. © 51 349 0
Fig. 2 © 0585
Job Card No.:
10.02.01
Starting Pilot Air Distributor Inspection
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-30-10 1639
Screw out hex. bolts (2). Withdraw shaft (1). Clean all components. Check seals, control disc and distributor ring, renewing if necessary. Refitting Starting Pilot Air Distributor Make sure that lock pin (3) is present in camshaft and fit shaft (1) located by the lock pin. Screw in hex. bolt (2) and tighten (see Section 3.5, item 30). Place cover (4) and gasket (7) in position and secure by hex. bolts (8). Mount pipe (5) and secure with banjo bolt (57). Install control disc (9) along with ring (10) so that the punch mark (16) on the control disc (9) coincides with the hole (17) in shaft (1). Fit distributor ring (13) with O-seal (14) so that punch mark (18) on cover 4 coincides with notch (19) in distributor ring (13). Position nest of tubes (1) and secure by hex. bolts (62) — Fig. 1 -. Connect coupling (6). Upon completion of the work, start engine several times with compressed air, checking for perfect function and air-tightness of the starting pilot air distributor.
© 51 350 0
Fig. 3
© 0585
Job Card No.:
Starting Air Master Valve Servicing
10.03.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-32-10 1187
Servicing
Tools:
Dismantle master valve and clean.
—
Standard tools Deutz S2 lubricating compound (Section 3.6)
Job Card: —
05.00.01
Job Observe safety precautions (job 05.00.01). Disconnect control air pipe. Remove valve from starting air pipe. Dismantling the Valve Carefully unscrew bolts (1). Cover (3) is spring-loaded. Remove cover (3). Take washer (2), adapter (6), spring (7) and piston (10) out of housing (8). Clean all components in diesel fuel and inspect for wear. Examine especially joint faces between housing (8) and piston (10) and of adapter (6) for corrosion and scoring. Smoothen as required. Replace O-seals (4) and (9). Inspect multi-disc seal (5) and replace if necessary. Reassembling the Valve Apply a thin film of Deutz S2 to sliding faces of (8), (10), (6) and to (4), (9), (5). Install piston (10) with Oseals (4) and (9) plus multi-disc seal (5), spring (7), and adapter (6) in housing (8). Fit washer (2). Secure cover (3) to housing (8) by bolts (1). Following reassembly, start engine several times to check mater valve for proper working and freedom from leaks.
© 51 351 0
© 0582
Job Card No.:
Starting Air Master Valve Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-32-10 1187
Job Card No.:
Dirt Collector
10.03.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-32-10 1866
Servicing Before servicing the dirt collector in the starting air line, make sure that the shut-off valve on the compressed air receiver is closed.
Tools: —
Standard tools, Cleaning agent
Daily: Open shut-off valve (1) on dirt collector and allow condensation water (if any) to drain off. Then reclose shut-off valve. Clean the Sieve as per Maintenance Schedule.
Job: Loosen hex. nuts (3) and take out hex. bolts (2). Take off flange (4) and gasket (5). Remove sieve (6). Clean sieve with a cleaning agent (e.g. cold cleaner) and rinse afterwards with fresh water. Then blow out with compressed air. Renew sieve if damaged. Clean sealing faces of flange and check gasket (5), renewing if necessary. Centre sieve together with retainer (8) in flange (4) and introduce assembly into tube (7), taking care that the sieve also sits in the centring of tube (7).
f no
w
flo
tio
ec Dir
Now tighten hex. bolts (2) and hex. nuts (3). Close shut-off valve (1), if open.
© 25 234 1
© 0484
Job Card No.:
Dirt Collector
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-32-10 1866
Starting Air Master Valve Running-in Screen Servicing
Job Card No.:
10.03.91 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-32-10 1817
Servicing Clean screen ahead of master valve. At the end of 250 hours (or later) replace screen by a ring. All new engines are delivered with a screen ahead of the starting air master valve for the purpose of protecting the valve from piping scale or other foreign matter. After 50 running hours the screen must be cleaned or replaced. It can be finally removed at the end of 250 hours, provided the cleaning solution reveals no appreciable dirt.
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Tools: —
Standard tools Detergent
Job Card: —
05.00.01
Following major repairs and prolonged engine shutdown, the screen — if already removed — must be renewed. The above servicing intervals are then also to be observed.
Job: Cleaning the Screen Observe safety precautions (job 05.00.01). Detach pipe and adapter flange (4) from master valve (3). Remove screen (2) and clean with a suitable detergent. Then flush with fresh water and blow out with air. Clean flange joint faces, install screen (2) and connect pipe.
Detail «X»
Finally Removing the Screen Remove screen as above and replace by ring (1). Fit flange (4) and air pipe. Never close vent hole (5). © 51 352 0
© 51 416 0
© 0185
Job Card No.:
Starting Air Master Valve Running-in Screen Servicing
10.03.91 Engine:
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-32-10 1817
Job Card No.:
Pressure Reducer Station Servicing
10.06.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BV M 628
0178-32-10 1383
Servicing
Tools. —
Standard tools
Drain condensate and clean filter elements. This is possible while the engine is running. In hand lever position I and III, the H.P. lien is connected to the L.P. line through one filter and one pressure reducer each. The low pressure is indicated by gauge (6) direct; it can be adjusted with screws (5). In lever position II, both filters and pressure reducers are connected in the L.P. line. In position IV, the H.P. lien is isolated, while the L.P. line is connected to the atmosphere.
Job Draining Condensate Operate rods (1). Cleaning the Filter Clean only filters not in service: filter(4) in lever position I and filter (3) in position III. With the engine shut down, both filters can be cleaned in position IV. Procedure Unscrew plug and remove filter. After cleaning filter, dry by air blast. Reinstall filter and fit plug with washer.
© 51 353 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Pressure Reducer Station Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-32-10 1383
Job Card No.:
Temperature Switch (OIl, Water, Air) Testing / Reconditioning
11.01.01
Page 1 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-48-10 1189
Testing Check the switch for correct setting and proper functioning. The switch comprises sensor (1) with pocket (2) — test site — and a setting unit (4) — cable terminal box -.
Tools: —
Standard tools Ohmmeter Thermometer Heat conducting compound
Be sure lead (7) between setting unit (4) and sensor (1) will not chafe.
Job Clean sensor (1) externally and check that it is firmly seated.
Setting: Refer to the section 3.3 ”Technical Specifications” for the set point values of the temperature switch trip points. The trip point (see 3.3) is set on dial (3) of unit (4) with an accuracy of 2.5 % over the entire temperature range. a) Testing the Sensor (1) Remove sensor (1) from pocket (2) and dip in hot water. Use and ohmmeter to meet the electrical resistance. By means of curves on sheet (3), compare actual and specified values, or test as under c). b) Testing the Setting Unit (4) Remove unit (4) from terminal box and connect to terminals (3) and (4) of sensor (1) in water by means of two 1.5 mm2 leads. Apply auxiliary voltage of 24 volts to terminals (1) and (2). Connect ohmmeter to terminals (5) and (6). Adjust dial (3) to determine trip point and compare with water temperature. If test result is satisfactory, seal unit with lead, or test as under c). c) Testing Sensor (1) plus Setting Unit (4) as a Whole (alternatively) Use test instrument TP 100/12 supplied by Noris Techometerwerk GmbH & Co., Muggenhofer Str. 95, 8500 Nürnberg, Germany.
© 51 354 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
11.01.01
Temperature Switch (OIl, Water, Air) Testing / Reconditioning
Page 2 of 3
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-48-10 1189
Reconditioning (Temperature sensor and setting unit cannot be repaired). Replacing the Sensor With engine running, remove screws (6) and take sensor (1) out of pocket (2). Before fitting a new sensor, check that sensor and setting unit are a match, i.e., their model designations must have the same figures. (Example: sensor TH 31 will agree with setting unit RH 31.) Fill pocket 2 with heat compound (5). (Press some 20 mm out of tube.) Secure sensor (1) by screw (6). Air in the pocket is liable to affect the readings. Replacing the Setting Unit: Remove leads and push unit (4) out of terminal bar. Before fitting a new unit, check for agreement with sensor (see above). For setting a new unit, see Section 3.3 or rating plate of the old unit.
© 1283
Temperature Switch (OIl, Water, Air) Testing / Reconditioning
Job Card No.:
11.01.01
Page 3 of 3
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-48-10 1189
S/BVM 628
Switch RH 32 A yellow rating plate with blue dot)
Switch RH 31 (white rating plate)
Sensor TH 32 (yellow dot — yellow sensor head)
Sensor TH 31 (white dot — black sensor head)
Range: 7 — 70°C (minimum temperature limit)
Range: 42 — 120 °C (maximum temperature limit)
© 25 581 1
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Temperature Switch (OIl, Water, Air) Testing / Reconditioning
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-48-10 1189
Pressure Switch (Oil, Water, Air) Inspection/Testing/Servicing
Job Card No.:
11.01.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-48-10 1190
S/BVM 628
Tools: —
Standard tools, testing gauge, setting mandrel Testing hose with standard test flange (Section 1.8) Commercial test pump
Inspection / Testing Inspect and test the switch for proper functioning Pressure switches are available for the following media: lube oil, fuel, raw water, fresh water, injector coolant, control (pilot) air, starting and charge air pressure. Settings are indicated on the switch in bar (kp/ cm2). Check whether setting is to fix minimum (dropping) or maximum (rising) limits. (Terminal 212 / 212 always for rising function).
© 51 355 0
Job: Clean housing (1) externally. Check that all bolts/ screws and stuffing box screwing (2) are tight. Be sure no lead can chafe. Close cock (3). Unscrew cap nut (4) and connect testing hose. Connect test gauge to hose flange. Subject switch to a higher working pressure by a commercial test pump. Check that switch trips as the pressure falls or rises (depending on setting and application). The test gauge indicates the prevailing working pressure. Compare actual tripping point (e.g. for release of an alarm) to the preset tripping point (see Section 3.3).
Servicing Setting the trip point For altering the setting (trip point), loosen fixing screw (6) and turn adjusting screw; clockwise raises pressure, counterclockwise reduces pressure. As the desired setting is obtained, lock adjusting screw (7) by fixing screw (6). Adjusting screws have RH thread. The integral microswitches are of the singlepole quick-action type and must never be removed. Nor must the sensor retaining screws be slackened or removed. Be sure to replace defective pressure switches as a complete unit.
© 51 356 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Pressure Switch (Oil, Water, Air) Inspection/Testing/Servicing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-48-10 1190
Job Card No.:
Pressure Switch for Oil, Water and Air
11.01.02
Page 1 of 2
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-48-0010 1919
Inspection / Testing
Tools:
Inspect and test the switch for proper functioning.
—
Pressure switches are available for the following media: lube oil, fuel, raw water, fresh water, injector coolant, control (pilot) air, starting and charge-air pressure. Settings are indicated on the switch in bar (kp/cm2). Check whether settings is to fix minimum (dropping) or maximum (rising) limits. (Terminal 212/212 always for rising function). Test for proper functioning has to be carried out with the unit operating.
Standard tools, testing gauge, hose with test connection Commercial test pump
Clean housing (1) externally. Check that all bolts/ screws and stuffing box screwing (2) are tight. Be sure no lead can chafe. Close shut-off valve (3). Functional Test For testing functions of the instruments mounted on the pressure switch panel, remove screw plug (4) and connect in place of same the hose with test connection. To this hose can be connected a test gauge or a test pump combined with test gauge. Subject switch to a higher working pressure by a commercial test pump. check that switch trips as the pressure falls or rises (depending on setting and application). The test gauge indicates the prevailing working pressure. Compare actual tripping point (e.g. for release of an alarm) to the preset tripping point (see Section 3.3).
© 25 356 2
© 0185
Job Card No.:
11.01.02
Pressure Switch for Oil, Water and Air
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-48-0010 1919
Servicing Setting the trip point For altering the setting (trip point), remove housing cover (5) and loosen fixing screw (6) located inside the housing. The trip point is set at the adjusting screw (7) with the aid of a screwdriver: clockwise raises pressure, counterclockwise reduces pressure. As the desired setting has been obtained, retighten fixing screw (6) and replace housing cover (5). The built-in micro switches are of single-pole quick-action type. The screws retaining the pressure switch must never be slackened or removed. Be sure to replace defective pressure switches as a complete unit. © 25 357 1
© 0185
Job Card No.:
Pressure Transmitter Noris VD 61 — 2,5
11.01.02 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-48- 297 6502
Inspecting Pressure Transmitter
Tools: —
Pressure transmitters are available for the following media, depending on the scope of monitoring equipment: lube oil, fuel, control air, starting and charge air pressure. Settings are indicated on the pressure transmitter in “bar”. The inspection is carried out during operation according to the intervals specified in the Maintenance Schedule. In the case of pressure transmitters with measuring ranges different from that indicated here, the inspection should be done analogously.
Standard tools Test gauge Test hose with test connection Commercial test pump Ammeter (range 4-20 mA)
Job Preparation ● Clean housing (3). ● Check that all bolts/screws are tight. ● Check stuffing box screw union for possible leak (4). Be sure no lead nor line can chafe!
Inspection ● Close shut-off valve (1) ● Remove screw plug (2), connect hose with test connection. Fit a test gauge respectively a test pump combined with pressure gauge to this hose. ● Connect ammeter. ● Subject pressure transmitter with test pump to a higher working pressure than specified — 6 bar at a maximum, however. Pressure transmitter must indicate on the connected ammeter, depending on the measuring range (e.g. 0-10 bar) 0 bar, corresponding to 4 mA, 6 bar, corresponding to 13,6 mA.
© 50 637 2
Fig. 1
Calibration parameters for VD 61-2,5 Serial-Nr.: 1119202013
Day: 08-01-1992
Calibr.point 1
After Completed Inspection ● Remove test hose.
P1 = 0,000 bar I1 = 4,01 mA
Intermediate measurement 0,5 (P2 — P1) = 1,250 bar
● Detach ammeter. Calibr.point 2
● Turn in screw plug (2). ● Open shut-off valve (1).
© 0185
P2 = 2,500 bar I2 = 19,95 mA
Iout = 11.97 mA
Inp. range: 0…2,5 bar
Output: 4…20 mA
Job Card No.:
Pressure Transmitter Noris VD 61 — 2,5
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-48- 297 6502
Job Card No.:
Flow Switch (Fuel Injection) Testing
11.01.03 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-48-10 1191
Testing Check that flow switch for shielded injection lines works properly.
Tools: —
Srandard tools Tundish
The switch can work properly only when the fuel back leakage line is installed with consistent gravity feed to the collector tank. Alarm by the flow switch in service may be caused by a broken line or a leaky connection.
Job Clean switch (2) externally and make sure that connections are tight. With the engine in service, unscrew union (1) and take out blanking cone. Put tundish on pipe connection and fill in diesel fuel. The switch (2) should now release an alarm as long as the diesel flow continues. If no alarm is released, eliminate the cause of the trouble or replace the switch.
Injection pump
Check that the electric lead is properly installed so as not to “chafe”.
© 51 357 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Flow Switch (Fuel Injection) Testing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-48-10 1191
Exhaust Gas Thermocouples Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
11.01.04 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-48-10 1841
S/BVM 628
Tools: —
Standard tools
The fastening location point (3) of the coupling socket is the temperature comparison point.
Job Removing the Thermocouple Stop engine. Unscrew bolts (1) and remove cap (2). Pull plug (5) out of socket (4). Undo clamping union (9) and pull out complete thermocouple. If the job has to be done with engine running, the cover tube (11) of the thermocouple must remain in situ. In that case, undo union (6) and withdraw sensor (10). © 51 432 0
Refitting the Thermocouple Secure sensor (10) or complete thermocouple by means of union (6) or (9). Couple up plug (5) to socket (4). Fit cap (2) and secure by bolts (1). When the engine is running, check exhaust temperature reading. If necessary, carry out comparative test (Job Card 11.01.05). Do not bend line (8) sharply.
© 51 358 0
© 0983
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Gas Thermocouples Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-48-10 1841
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Gas Thermocouples Testing
11.01.05 Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-48-10 1842
Filing No.:
Testing
Job Card:
Carry out a comparative measurement if readings between thermocouples differ widely or a thermocouple has entirely failed.
—
11.01.04
Tools: —
Standard tools mV meter Thermometer
Job Stop engine. Remove thermocouple (job 11.01.04). Carry out a comparative measurement either with a new thermocouple or one that has been removed from an adjacent cylinder. Refit new or used thermocouple (job 11.01.04). Comparative Test (see also Fig. of job 11.01.04) Start engine and run up to working temperature. Pull plug (5) out of socket (4). Connect mV meter to the following point in socket 4: Connection (1): negative lead (green) Connection (3): positive lead (red) Read off mV value. Measure temperature of coupling socket (comparison point) and take mV value from table. Add both mV values together and take exhaust gas temperature from table. If the coupling socket has been removed from the comparison point on engine, measure the temperature of coupling socket and add same to value of exhaust gas temperature. Compare table temperature with that indicated by thermometer. Renew thermocouple if necessary. Refit coupling (Job Card 11.01.04).
© 51 356 0
Conversion Table: mV to °C Using Thermocouple Leads NiCr and Ni to DIN 43710
°C
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0
0,40
0,80
1,20
1,61
2,02
2,43
2,85
3,26
3,68
mV
100
4,10
4,51
4,92
5,33
5,73
6,13
6,53
6,93
7,33
7,73
mV
200
8,13
8,54
8,94
9,34
9,75
10,16
10,57
10,98
11,39
11,80
mV
300
12,21
12,63
13,04
13,46
13,88
14,29
14,71
15,13
15,55
15,98
mV
400
16, 40
16,82
17,24
17, 67
18,09
18,51
18,94
19,36
19,79
20,22
mV
500
20,65
21,07
21,50
21,92
22,35
22,78
23,20
23,63
24,06
24,49
mV
600
24, 91
25,34
25,76
26 ,19
26,61
27,03
27,45
27,87
28,29
28,72
mV
0
© 1183
0
Job Card No.:
Exhaust Gas Thermocouples Testing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-48-10 1842
NORIS-KN Safety System
Job Card No.:
11.03.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-48-10 9988
S/BVM 628
NORIS-KN safety system The NORIS-KN safety system is designed for monitoring marine diesel and stationary engines. A description of the operation of the system can be found in the separate manufacturer’s documentation, which is enclosed. Maintenance work must only be carried out by DEUTZ service or by an authorised specialist workshop.
© 0401
Job Card No.:
NORIS-KN Safety System
11.03.01 Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-48-10 9988
This page intentionally left blank
© 0401
Crankcase Oil Mist Detector
Job Card No.:
11.05.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
0178-48-10 1971
S/BVM 628
Checking and Servicing ● Cleaning the optical components, initially after 25 hours ● Cleaning the optical components, periodically every 250 hours ● Checking and servicing, periodically every 1000 hours All checking and servicing work should be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s operating manual.
© 25 577 1
©0185
Job Card No.:
Crankcase Oil Mist Detector
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-48-10 1971
Job Card No.:
Charge Air Water Detector Testing
11.06.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-48-10 1197
Testing
Tools: —
Standard tools
Test water detector for proper functioning. The detector is located beneath the charge air pipe. When water collects in the charge air pipe, due for instance to a charge cooler leak or the temperature not reaching the dew point, the water level will rise in container (4) and release an alarm. In this case be sure to remedy the trouble immediately. Drain water through cock (5).
Job Unscrew plug (3) and fill container (4) with water up to overflow port (2), whereupon sensor (1) should cause an alarm. Failing this, inspect sensor and, if necessary, replace. Following this test, refit plug (3) with a new joint washer.
© 51 369 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Charge Air Water Detector Testing
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-48-10 1197
Job Card No.:
Oil Level Float Switch Testing
11.07.01
Page 1 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
0178-48-10 1546
Filing No.:
Testing
Tools:
With engine stationary, test switch response.
—
The switch is provided where required. Where a high-level oil tank is fitted, the switch gives alarm for maximum level; where lubrication is from the regular sump, the switch gives alarm for minimum level.
Standard tools Blunt wooden stick, 8 mm diameter, about 100 mm in length
Job Card: —
02.00.01
Job To begin with, open the following crankcase doors:
S/BV 6 M 628
S/BV 8 M 628
S/BV 9 M 628
3
4
5
S/BV 12 M 628
S/BV 16 M 628
Cyl. bank
A
A
Door
3
4
Door
Introduce wooden stick (e.g. a pencil) through one of the holes in top/bottom of switch and raise the latter (high-level tank, Fig. 1) or press down (sump, Fig. 2), until alarm is released.
© 1283
Job Card No.:
11.07.01
Oil Level Float Switch Testing
Page 2 of 2
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-48-10 1546
© 51 370 0
Fig. 1
© 51 371 0
Fig. 2
Should no alarm be given, trace cause of defect immediately or replace switch. Never move switch with a pointed tool like a screwdriver and never use brute force. Check that nothing will fall into sump and that switch lead will not chafe.
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Service-warning Switch Checking
11.08.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-48-10 1859
Checking
Tools:
Inspect and test function of the service warning switch on lube oil filter with engine stopped.
—
In the case of excessive contamination of the lube oil paper microfilter, the service warning switch causes a differential pressure warning to be given.
Standard tools Testing pressure gauge Testing hose (Section 1.8) Standard testing pump
Job Card: —
08.00.01
Job Observe instructions given in Job Card No. 08.00.01 Clean exterior of housing. Check fastening screws for tight seating. Remedy any leaks. Ensure that the connection cables do not chafe. By means of hand wheel or 8 mm open-end spanner, turn cock (1) to test position II. Remove screw plug (2). Connect up testing hose, pressure gauge and testing pump. Actuate pump and read off pressure at gauge. At a pressure of 1± 0.2 bar, the differential pressure warning must be given. Defective service warning switches must be renewed complete. Remove testing hose, refit screw plug (2) complete with seal ring. Finally, turn cock (1) back to operating position I.
© 25 136 1
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Service-warning Switch Checking
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-48-10 1859
Job Card No.:
Viscous-type Vibration Damper (Version without Auxiliary Drive)
12.01.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-34-10 1198
Replacement of this torsional vibration damper is due at the end of 15,000 running hours. Reconditioning must be made by the manufacturers only.
Tools: —
Standard tools 2 puller bolts M12 x 70 Hoist
Job: Removing the Damper Stop engine. Remove casing. Attach damper (3) to hoist. Remove bolts (1) with washers (2). Use bolts (4) to pull off damper (3) from crankshaft (5). Clean all damper contact faces. Remove any high spots with oil stone. Refitting the Damper Remove puller bolts (4). Fit damper (3) on crankshaft (5). Fit bolts (1) with washers (2) and tighten crosswise as specified (Section 3.5, item 17). Refit casing. The following applies to vibration damper plus extra mass.
© 51 372 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Viscous-type Vibration Damper (Version without Auxiliary Drive)
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-34-10 1198
Job Card No.:
Viscous-type Vibration Damper (Version without Auxiliary Drive)
12.01.01 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-34-10 1337
Replacement of this torsional vibration damper is due at the end of 15,000 running hours. Reconditioning must be made by the manufacturers only.
Tools: —
Standard tools 2 puller bolts M12 x 70 Hoist
Job: Removing the Damper Stop the engine. Remove casing. Attach damper (3) to hoist. Remove bolts (1) with washers (2). Use bolts (4) to pull off damper 3 from crankshaft (5). Clean all damper contact faces. Remove any high spots with oil stone. Refitting the Damper Remove puller bolts (4). Clean crankshaft journal as well as the contact faces of the new damper and balance weights (3) and push balance weights with damper onto the crankshaft journal (5). Ensure that damper and balance weights are centred. Screw in screws (1) with washers (2) fingertight. Tighten screws crosswise as specified (Section 3.5, item 48). Refit casing.
© 51 373 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Viscous-type Vibration Damper (Version without Auxiliary Drive)
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-34-10 1337
Job Card No.:
Viscous-type Vibration Damper (Version with Auxiliary Drive) Filing No.:
12.01.01 Engine:
0178-34-10 1361
Replacement of this torsional vibration damper is due at the end of 15,000 running hours. Reconditioning must be made by the manufacturers only.
S/BVM 628
Tools: —
Standard tools Puller bolt M12 x 70 Hoist
Job Removing the Damper Stop engine. Remove casing. Attach damper (2) to hoist. Remove screws (1) and (4), dowel pins (6) and auxiliary drive shaft (3). Use bolt M 12×70 (7) to pull off damper (2) from crankshaft (8) and carefully put down damper. Clean all damper contact faces. Remove any high spots with oil stone. Refitting the Damper When fitting a new damper, first enlarge both holes for dowel pins (6) to 32 mm diameter. Clean damper contact surfaces. Fit damper on crankshaft (8) so dowel pins (6) can be installed. Mount auxiliary drive shaft (4). Secure plate (5) by screws (4). Fit screws (1) and tighten crosswise as specified (Section 3.5, item 18). Refit casing.
© 51 374 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Viscous-type Vibration Damper (Version with Auxiliary Drive)
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-34-10 1361
Job Card No.:
Rubber-type Vibration Damper Inspection / Reconditioning
12.01.02
Page 1 of 4
Engine: Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-34-10 1849
The torsional vibration occurring in the critical speed range of the engine is absorbed by two or four rubber damping elements secured between fly ring and the plates attached to the crankshaft flange.
Tools: —
Standard tools Pocket lamp
Job Card: —
12.01.03
Keep fuel and lube oil away from rubber elements!
Inspection Inspection is carried out with damper in situ. ● Check air slits (if provided) in damper for cleanliness and free air-passage. If necessary, clear slits with compressed air. ● Where possible, check damper elements for freedom from cracks and for firm connection with the vulcanized-on steel plates. If necessary, recondition damper. ● Check bolts of joints (where accessible) for “hand-tight” seating (torque ca. 30 Nm), without holding the nuts. Any signs of friction indicate loose bolts. If loose bolted joints are found, the damper has to be reconditioned.
Reconditioning The damper must be reconditioned not later than 10 years after date of engine commissioning, irrespective of the hours run. Such reconditioning is required too, if damage or any defects have been ascertained during the inspection. We recommend that reconditioning be entrusted to a DEUTZ-Service workshop.
© 0686
Job Card No.:
12.01.02
Rubber-type Vibration Damper Inspection / Reconditioning
Page 2 of 4
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-34-10 1849
Tools: —
Standard tools Dial gauge Deutz DW 55 locking compound (Section 3.6)
Markings
Job Remove vibration damper (Job Card 12.01.03). Dismantling (4-element Damper) Markings provided on the large castings to show relative positionings — Fig. 1.
© 25 112 1
Fig. 1 Remove hex. bolts (8) — Fig. 2 — and hex. plates (1). Now unscrew hex. bolts (13) and take off threaded ring (7). The four damping discs (3) — two of each fastened together to form a pair — can now be removed, and also the ring (2). Screw out hex. bolts (10). Separate damping discs (3) and triangular plates (6). Clean and inspect all components, renewing as necessary. Renew damping discs (3). Do not damage rubber elements of damping discs.
© 25 113 1
Fig. 2 Reassembly (4-element Damper) Equip one pair of damping discs (3) — Fig. 3 — with threaded ring (7) and the other pair with hex. bolts (13) ready for bolting together. Now complete damping discs with triangular plates (6), hex. bolts (10) inserted with Deutz DW 55 — and hex. nuts (11). Align damping discs and tighten hex. nuts (11) (Section 3.5, item 56).
© 25 114 1
Fig. 3 © 0983
Rubber-type Vibration Damper Inspection / Reconditioning
Job Card No.:
12.01.02
Page 3 of 4
Engine: Filing No.:
0178-34-10 1849
S/BVM 628
Insert damping-disc pair complete with threaded ring (7) — Fig. 4 — into end plate (1). Fit hex. bolts (20) provided with Deutz DW 55. Tighten up end plate and damping-disc pair with hex. nuts (15) (Section 3.5, item 58).
© 25 115 1
Fig. 4 Insert ring (2) — Fig. 5 — and disc (14), observing markings as per Fig. 1. Bolt up the two damping-disc pairs and disc (14) by means of hex. bolts (13) inserted with Deutz DW 55 — and c/w threaded ring (7) (Section 3.5, item 59).
© 25 116 1
Fig. 5 Place end plate (1) — Fig. 6 — in position, observing markings as per Fig. 1. Insert hex. bolts (8) and fasten with nuts complete with spring lockwashers. Fit hex. bolts (20), provided with Deutz DW 55. Tighten up end plate and damping-disc pair with hex. nuts (15) (Section 3.5, item 58).
© 25 117 1
Fig. 6 © 0983
Job Card No.:
12.01.02
Rubber-type Vibration Damper Inspection / Reconditioning
Page 4 of 4
Engine:
S/BVM 628
Filing No.:
0178-34-10 1849
Dismantling (2-element Damper) — Fig. 7 Markings provided on fly ring (22) and disc (18) to show relative positioning. Remove hex. bolts (12) and (15). Take off damping discs (4) and disc (18). Clean and inspect all components, renewing as necessary. Renew damping discs (4). Do not damage rubber elements of damping discs. Reassembly (2-element Damper) — Fig. 7 First, bolt up one damping disc (4) onto fly ring (22) by means of hex. bolts (15) provided with Deutz DW 55. Place on disc (18) and second damping disc (4). Bolt up with hex. bolts (15) and (12) — provided with Deutz DW 55 — and hex. nuts (14). Tighten up hex. bolts (15) (see Section 3.5, item 55) and hex. bolts (12) (Section 3.5, item 59).
© 25 118 1
Fig. 7
Mount vibration damper (job 12.01.03). If an end plate (Fig. 6, item 1) or a fly ring (Fig. 7, item 22) had to be renewed, the damper must be statically balanced. Finally, check for true running as per Figs. 6 or 7.
© 0983
Rubber-type Vibration Damper (Version without Auxiliary Drive) Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
12.01.03 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-34-10 1366
Tools: —
Standard tools 2 puller bolts M 12 x 70 Hoist
Job Card: —
12.01.02
Job Removing the Damper Stop engine. Remove casing. Attach damper (2) to hoist. Remove bolts (1) with washers (2). Use bolts (4) to pull of damper (3) from crankshaft (5). Clean all damper contact faces. Remove any high spots with oil stone. Keep fuel and lube oil away from rubber elements! Refitting the Damper Remove puller bolts (4). Clean crankshaft journal as well as the contact faces of the new damper and balance weights (3) and push balance weights with damper onto the crankshaft journal (5). Ensure that damper and balance weights are centred. Screw in screws (1) with washers (2) fingertight. Tighten screws crosswise as specified (Section 3.5, item 17). Refit casing.
Shown here is design for S/BV 8/9/12 M 628
© 51 375 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Rubber-type Vibration Damper (Version without Auxiliary Drive) Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-34-10 1366
Rubber-type Vibration Damper (Version with Auxiliary Drive Removal / Refitment
Job Card No.:
12.01.03 Engine:
Filing No.:
S/BVM 628
0178-34-10 1367
Tools: —
Standard tools Puller bolt M12 x 70 Hoist
Job Card: —
12.01.02
Job Removing the Damper Stop engine. Remove casing. Attach damper (2) to hoist. Remove screws (1) and (4), dowel pins (6) and auxiliary drive shaft (3). Use bolt (7) to pull off damper (2) from crankshaft (8) and carefully put down damper. Clean all damper contact faces. Remove any high spots with oil stone. Keep fuel and lube oil away from rubber elements! Refitting the Damper When fitting a new damper, first enlarge both holes for dowel pins (6) to 32mm diameter. Clean damper contact surfaces. Also observe above note for this. Fit damper (2) on crankshaft (8) so dowel pins (6) can be installed. Mount auxiliary drive shaft (4). Secure plate (5) by screws (4). Fit screws (1) and tighten crosswise as specified (Section 3.5, item 18). Refit casing.
Shown here is design for S/BV 8/9/12 M 628
© 51 376 0
© 1283
Job Card No.:
Rubber-type Vibration Damper (Version with Auxiliary Drive Removal / Refitment
Engine: Filing No.:
This page intentionally left blank
0178-34-10 1367
DEUTZ
Service
Knowing it‘s DEUTZ. DEUTZ has always stood for excellence in motor construction, pioneering many developments in the industry. As an independent motor manufacturer, we offer — worldwide — a comprehensive range of diesel and gas motors spanning from 4kW to 7,400kW. Our products are perfectly tailored to meet our customers‘ individual requirements. Over 1.4 million DEUTZ motors do their job reliably all over the world. We are determined to preserve the high standard of performance and dependability of our motors, thus keeping our customers satisfied at all times. Therefore we are represented worldwide through a network of highly competent service partners who will meet the needs of our customers, wherever they are. This is why DEUTZ is not only the name for motors which pack a lot of inventive genius. DEUTZ also means reliable service and comprehensive support to enhance your motor‘s performance. This index Sales & Service offers you an overview of the DEUTZ partners in your vicinity, including the products for which they are responsible and the range of services provided. But even when no direct product responibility is mentioned, your DEUTZ partner will be happy to help you with expert advice. The index is constantly updated. Please ask your DEUTZ service partner for the latest edition.
DEUTZ AG — at your service.
Order-No.: 0297 7444
Order-No.: 0297 7445 (CD-ROM)
Obtainable from the local service partner responsible for you or from:
DEUTZ AG Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149 D-51057 Köln Phone: 0049-221-822-0 Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304 Telex: 8812-0 khd d http://www.deutz.de
© 0898
0297 7473-0199
Service
DEUTZ
Первый международный трекер для моряков
Регистрация
Запомнить
Автор
-
SEATRACKER
-
Форум
-
Машинная команда
-
Судомеханики
Ответить
3
18-Ноя-2014 13:08
Помогите мануалом на DUETZ главный
0
Ответить
- Цитата
3
— спустя 24 минуты
18-Ноя-2014 13:33
600 kwt
0
Ответить
- Цитата
18-Ноя-2014 13:33
3
— спустя 1 день 9 часов
19-Ноя-2014 22:50
Deutz BV6M628
1
Ответить
- Цитата
— спустя 3 года 10 месяцев
21-Сен-2018 14:53
We have the following Deutz Engine For Sale.
DEUTZ- SBV9M628,SBV8M640,BA6M816R , BA12M816U,BA6M528,BA8M816U
Are you interested ? Please contact on maritime_parts at yahoo dot com
0
Ответить
- Цитата
1
— спустя 1 год 10 месяцев
11-Авг-2020 22:33
https://www.pdfmanual4trucks.com/deutz/
0
Ответить
- Цитата
Insert Link
Text to display
To what URL should this link go?
-
Header 1
-
Header 2
-
Header 3
-
Header 4
-
Header 5
2+6=
Для отправки сообщений необходимo включить JavaScript
Смайлики
Похожие темы
# | Тема | Форум | Автор |
---|---|---|---|
?? |
DAIHATSU |
Судомеханики | Degazator |
?? |
Помогите с мануалом на дизель Hyundai MAN B&W 6S70MC-C |
Судомеханики | barmaley99 |
?? |
Daihatsu-6DK28 Operating Manual [PDF] |
Daihatsu | Dimi4 |
?? |
Помогите найти мануал Sulzer 84 c |
Судомеханики | Disperat |
?? |
Помогите с документацией на сепаратор Mitsubishi SJ 2000 |
Судомеханики | relax84 |
?? |
автоматический регулятор напряжения безщеточного синхронного генератора типа Hyundai |
Курилка | bokovoy503 |
?? |
Инструкция по регуляторам Г60 — очень нужна! |
Ремонт | astelling |
?? |
Помогите найти ответы на тест SETS 2.0 ) |
Мотористы | DamOn |
?? |
Порты мира. Краткий справочник. Адм. № 9032 |
Ищу книгу… | Medvevodka |
?? |
Seagull CD4014 |
Тестирование | romikpomik |
-
SEATRACKER
-
Форум
-
Машинная команда
-
Судомеханики
- Ответить
-
Показать сообщения:
Упорядочить по:
Вы можете начинать темы
Вы можете отвечать на сообщения
Вы не можете редактировать свои сообщения
Вы не можете удалять свои сообщения
Вы не можете голосовать в опросах
Вы можете прикреплять файлы к сообщениям
Вы можете скачивать файлы
Move & Copy & Delete
-
0297 7945 en
Operation Manual
Engine Serial Number:
Please enter engine serial number here. In this way,questions
concerning Customer Service, Repairs and SpareParts can be more
easily dealt with.In view of continuos design improvements or changes,
thetechnical specifications and the illustrations shown in
thisOperation Manual are subject to alteration. Reprinting
andreproduction, in part or in whole, are subject to our
writtenapproval.S/BV6/8/9M628
-
This Operation Manual is destined for the following engine:
Engine model:
Type of application:
Name of installation:
Power: kW
Speed: / rpm
Date of commissioning: . .
Please enter the relevant data here. This you will facilitate
dealing with questions concerning customer service,repairs and
spare parts.Give these data to the respective SERVICE dealership whenever
you are asking for service performance.S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
Page II 0297 6153-0112 1000
DEUTZ AGService engineeringService documentationDeutz-Mlheimer
Strae 147-149D — 51057 KlnTel. (0221) 822 — 0Fax (0221) 822 —
5358Telex 8812 — 0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.dePrinted in GermanyAll rights reserved3st edition, 10/2001Order
No.: 0297 7945 en -
0199 0297 6153-0199 Page III
Medium-sized and large engines
Please read all the information contained in this manual, and
follow the instructions carefully. You will avoidaccidents, retain
the manufacturers warranty, and will be able to use a fully
functional and operationalengine.This engine has been built solely for the purpose appropriate to
the scope of delivery concerned, as definedby the equipment
manufacturer (intended use). Any other use shall be construed as
not intended. Themanufacturer shall not be liable for any damage
resulting therefrom; all risks involved shall be borne solelyby the
user.The term intended use shall also include compliance with the
operating, maintenance and repairconditions specified by the
manufacturer. The engine may be used, maintained and repaired only
bypersons who are familiar with the work concerned and who have
been properly informed of the risksinvolved.Make sure that these operating instructions are available to
everyone involved in operating, maintaining,and repairing the
engine, and that they have all understood the contents.Non-compliance with these operating instructions may result in
engine malfunctions and even damage orinjury to persons; the
manufacturer will accept no liability in such cases.Proper maintenance and repair work depends on the availability
of all requisite equipment, tools and specialimplements, all of
which must be in perfect condition.Engine parts like springs, brackets, elastic holding rings,
etc., involve increased risk of injury if not handledproperly.The relevant accident prevention regulations and other generally
recognized rules relating to safetyengineering and health and
safety at work must all be complied with.Maximized cost-efficiency, reliability and long lifetime are
assured only if original parts from DEUTZ AG areused.Engine repairs must correspond to the intended use. In the event
of modification work, only parts approvedby the manufacturer for
the purpose concerned may be used. Unauthorized changes to the
engine willpreclude any liability of the manufacturer for resultant
damage.The warranty expires in case of nonobservance of these
regulations!1000
-
Page IV 0297 6153-0199 0199
Medium-sized and large engines
Dear customer,
The engines of the DEUTZ brand have been developed for a broad
spectrum of applications. A comprehensiverange of different
variants ensures that special requirements can be met for the
individual case involved.Your engine has been equipped to suit your own particular
installation, and accordingly not all of the devicesand components
described in these operating instructions will actually be fitted
to your engine.We have endeavoured to present the differences involved as
clearly as possible, to make it easier for you tofind the operating
and maintenance instructions you need for your own particular
engine.Please read this manual before you start up your engine, and
follow the operating and maintenance instructionsmeticulously.If you have any questions, just get in touch with us, and we
will be pleased to answer them for you.Yours sincerely,DEUTZ AG
Foreword
-
0199 0297 6153-0199 Page V
Medium-sized and large engines General
DEUTZ enginesare the culmination of long years filled with
research and development work. The in-depth know-how thusacquired,
in conjunction with high standards of quality, is your guarantee
for engines manufactured for longlifetime, high reliability and low
fuel consumption. And of course, stringent criteria of
environment-friendlinessare met as well.Care and maintenanceare crucial factors in ensuring that your
engine satisfactorily meets the requirements involved. Compliance
withthe specified maintenance intervals and meticulous performance
of care and maintenance work are thereforeabsolutely essential.
Special attention must be paid to any more critical operating
conditions deviating fromthe norm.DEUTZ AGIn the event of malfunctions, or if you need spare
parts, please contact one of our responsible service agencies.Our
trained and qualified staff will ensure fast, professional
rectification of any damage, using original parts.Original parts
from DEUTZ AG have always been manufactured to the very latest
state-of-the-art.You will find details of our after-sales service
at the end of these operating instructions.Careful when the engine is running!Carry out maintenance or
repair jobs only when the engine is at a standstill. If you remove
any protectivefeatures, fit them back in position after completing
your work. Always wear tight-fitting clothing if you areworking on
the engine while it is running.SafetyYou will find this symbol next to all safety instructions.
Follow these meticulously. Pass on all safetyinstructions to your
operating staff as well. In addition, comply with the statutory
general safety andaccident prevention regulations applying in your
country.InstructionYou will find this symbol next to instructions of a
general nature.Follow these instructions carefully.AsbestosThe seals and gaskets used in this engine are
asbestos-free. Please use the appropriate spare partsfor
maintenance and repair jobs.!
0401
-
Page VI 0297 6153-0199 0199
Medium-sized and large engines
This page intentionally left blank.
-
Table of Contents 0InhaltsverzeichnisIndiceTable des
matiresIndiceInhoudsopgaveGuide to this Manual 1Hinweise zur Benutzung der
BetriebsanleitungAvvertenze per lutilizzo delle istruzioni per
lusoIndications relatives lutilisation des instructions de
serviceIndicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de
OperacinAanwijzingen voor het gebruik van de handleidingLayout and Description of Engine 2Aufbau und Funktion des
MotorsStruttura e funzioni del motoreConstitution et fonctionnement
du moteurConstruccin y funciones de partes del motorSamenstelling
en werkwijze van de motorKSpecification Data 3Technische AngabenIndicazioni tecnicheDonnes
techniquesDatos tcnicosTechnische gegevensOperating the Engine 4Anleitung zum Betrieb des MotorsIstruzioni
per il servizio del motoreInstructions relatives lemploi du
moteurInstrucciones para la operacin del motorHandleiding
betreffende het werken met de motorEngine Operating Media 5Einweisung in die Arbeitssysteme der
MotorbetriebsstoffeIntroduzioni ai sistemi operativi del materiali
di esercizio del motoreInstructions concernant les systmes
opratoires des carburants-moteurAclaraciones para los sistemas de
medios de servicio para el motorInstructies betreffende brandstof-,
smeerolie- en koelsysteem —Engine Operating Media Treatment 6Vorschriften ber
BetriebsstoffePrescrizioni relative a mezi di
esercizioPrescriptions applicables aux carburantsPrescripciones
para medios de servicioVoorschriften inzake brandstof-, smeerolie-
en koelmiddelTrouble-shooting 7Betriebsstrungen und ihre
BeseitigungDisfunzioni di esercizio e loro eliminazionePannes et
leurs remdesPerturbaciones de servicio y su
eliminacinBedrijffstoringen en het verhelpen daarvanHMaintenance Schedules and List of Job Cards 8Instandhaltungs-
Intervallplne und ArbeitskartenbersichtSchemi degli intervalli di
manutenzione, visione dinsieme delle schede di lavoroPlans des
intervalles dentretien et vue densemble sur les fiches de
travailTables de mantenimiento peridico y recopilacin de fichas de
trabajoOnderhoudsschema en werkkaartenJob Cards JCArbeitskarten AKSchede di lavoro SLCartes de travail
CTFichas de trabajo FTWerkkaarten WKP AK -
Table of Contents 0InhaltsverzeichnisIndiceTable des
matiresIndiceInhoudsopgaveGuide to this Manual 1Hinweise zur Benutzung der
BetriebsanleitungAvvertenze per lutilizzo delle istruzioni per
lusoIndications relatives lutilisation des instructions de
serviceIndicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de
OperacinAanwijzingen voor het gebruik van de handleidingLayout and Description of Engine 2Aufbau und Funktion des
MotorsStruttura e funzioni del motoreConstitution et fonctionnement
du moteurConstruccin y funciones de partes del motorSamenstelling
en werkwijze van de motorKSpecification Data 3Technische AngabenIndicazioni tecnicheDonnes
techniquesDatos tcnicosTechnische gegevensOperating the Engine 4Anleitung zum Betrieb des MotorsIstruzioni
per il servizio del motoreInstructions relatives lemploi du
moteurInstrucciones para la operacin del motorHandleiding
betreffende het werken met de motorEngine Operating Media 5Einweisung in die Arbeitssysteme der
MotorbetriebsstoffeIntroduzioni ai sistemi operativi del materiali
di esercizio del motoreInstructions concernant les systmes
opratoires des carburants-moteurAclaraciones para los sistemas de
medios de servicio para el motorInstructies betreffende brandstof-,
smeerolie- en koelsysteem —Engine Operating Media Treatment 6Vorschriften ber
BetriebsstoffePrescrizioni relative a mezi di
esercizioPrescriptions applicables aux carburantsPrescripciones
para medios de servicioVoorschriften inzake brandstof-, smeerolie-
en koelmiddelTrouble-shooting 7Betriebsstrungen und ihre
BeseitigungDisfunzioni di esercizio e loro eliminazionePannes et
leurs remdesPerturbaciones de servicio y su
eliminacinBedrijffstoringen en het verhelpen daarvanHMaintenance Schedules and List of Job Cards 8Instandhaltungs-
Intervallplne und ArbeitskartenbersichtSchemi degli intervalli di
manutenzione, visione dinsieme delle schede di lavoroPlans des
intervalles dentretien et vue densemble sur les fiches de
travailTables de mantenimiento peridico y recopilacin de fichas de
trabajoOnderhoudsschema en werkkaartenJob Cards JCArbeitskarten AKSchede di lavoro SLCartes de travail
CTFichas de trabajo FTWerkkaarten WKP AK -
Table of ContentsInhaltsverzeichnisIndiceTable des
matiresIndiceInhoudsopgave0
-
0 Table of ContentsInhaltsverzeichnisIndiceTable des
matiresIndiceInhoudsopgave -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Table of contents
0
0-0-01
S/BVM 628
1199
1 Guide to this Manual
1.1 General
1.2 Trouble — shooting
1.3 Planned Mainenance
1.4 Identification of Spare Parts
1.5 Specification Data
1.6 Job Card No.
1.7 Standard Tools
1.8 Special Tools
1.9 Index of DEUTZ Assembly Groups
2 Layout and Description of Engine
2.1 01 Cylinder Head2.2 02 Crankshaft System2.3 03 Engine
Frame2.4 04 Timing System2.5 05 Speed Control System2.6 06 Exhaust
/ Turbocharging System2.7 07 Fuel System2.8 08 Lubricating Oil
System2.9 09 Cooling Water System2.10 10 Pneumatic System2.11 11
Engine Protective System2.12 12 Engine Auxiliaries2.13 13 Engine
Assemblies and Subassemblies2.14 14 Cutaway View of Engine -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Table of contents
0
0-0-02
S/BVM 628
0884
3 Specification Data
3.1 Model Designation
3.2 Designation of Engine Ends and Sides and Related
Definitions3.3 Basic Data3.3.1 Design Data3.3.2 Operating Data3.3.3 Setting
Data for Saftey Switches3.4 Weights of Main Engine Components
3.5 Tightening Specification for Heavy — duty Screwed
Joints3.5.1 Tightening Schedule3.5.2 /3. Tightening
Instructions3.5.4 Hydraulic Tool for Annular Nuts3.6 List of Compounds ( Sealing, Locking, Lubricating, Heat
Conduction )3.7 Use of Liquid Nitrogen
3.8 Dye Checking of Metal Surfaces with Distillate Fuel
4 Operating the Engine
4.1 Preparatory Work before Operating the Engine with Distillate
Fuel4.1.1 Preparatory Work before Operating the Engine with Heavy
Fuel or MDF Blend4.2 Running the Engine with Destillate Fuel4.2.1
Running the Engine with Heavy Fuel or MDF Blend4.3 Attendance in
Service4.4 Stopping the Engine Running on Destillate Fuel4.4.1
Stopping the Engine Running on Heavy Fuel or MDF Blend4.5 Checking
Combustion by Indicator Diagrams4.6 Run- in instructions4.6.1 Drive
type Fixed-pitch propeller and comparable drives 4.6.2 Drive type
C.P. propeller with shaft generator, electric generators and
comparabledrives4.7 Running the Engine with Defective Turbocharger4.8
Emergency Operation5 Engine Operating Media Systems
5.1 Fuel System5.2 Lubrication Oil System5.3 Cooling Water
System5.4 Pneumatic System5.5 Injection Pump Plunger Sealing
System5.6 Injection Nozzle Cooling5.7 Symbols Used in Piping
Diagrams 0 -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Table of contents
0996
0
0-0-03
S/BVM 628
6 Engine Operating Media
7 Trouble — shooting
7.1 Summary of Potential Troubles7.2 General7.3 Trouble
Chart8 Maintenance Schedules, List of Job Cards and Job Cards
8.1 Summary of Maintenance Schedules8.1.1 Initial Maintenance
jobs8.1.1.1 — Engines running in countinuos operation, e.g. marine
engines,>300 hour / year8.1.1.2 — Engines running in standby
operation, e.g. emrgency generating sets,< 300 hours / year
8.1.2 Daily maintenance jobsThese jobs are described in Section
4.3, as well as in the Brief instructions under Section *Monitoring
of Engine Operation.8.1.3 Periodic maintenance jobs for engines running in
continuous operation > 300 hours /year, e.g. marine engines.This
schedule forms part of Brief Instructions*8.1.4 Periodic maintenance jobs for engines running in
continuous operation < 300 hour / year,wich are exclusively or
most of the time in standby mode, e.g. emergency
generatingsets.This schedule forms part of Brief Instructions*.8.2 List of Job Cardsby maintenance groups
8.3 Job Cardsby maintenance groups
01.00.00 Cylinder Head02.00.00 Crankshaft System03.00.00 Engine
Frame04.00.00 Timing System05.00.00 Speed Control System06.00.00
Exhaust and Turbocharging System07.00.00 Fuel System08.00.00
Lubricating Oil System09.00.00 Cooling Water System10.00.00
Pneumatic System11.00.00 Engine Protective system12.00.00 Engine
Auxiliaries9 AppendixBrief Instructions
* The Brief Instructions are attached to this Operating
Manual -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Table of contents
This page intentionally left blank.
0
0-0-04
S/BVM 628
-
Guide to this Manual 1Hinweise zur Benutzung der
BetriebsanleitungAvvertenze per lutilizzo delle istruzioni per
lusoIndications relatives lutilisation des instructions de
serviceIndicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de
Operaci -
1 Guide to this ManualHinweise zur Benutzung der
BetriebsanleitungAvvertenze per lutilizzo delle istruzioni per
lusoIndications relatives lutilisation des instructions de
serviceIndicaciones para el manejo de las Instrucciones de
Operaci -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Guide to this Manual
1
1-0-01
S/BVM 628
0884
1 Guide to this Manual
1.1 General
Surely you expect high degrees of reliability and availibility
of your DEUTZ engine as prerequisites forits economical
application. Great importance was attached to these properties in
the course of theengine’s development. However, these properties
can be upheld during the engine’s entire lifespanonly, if the
maintenance and servicing jobs described in this Manual are carried
out punctuallyand fully.It is therefore essential that you become well acquainted with
the contents of this Manual not onlybefore commissioning the new
engine, but also to use it as a source of information for
maintai-ning the high value of the machine.All safety precautions and regulations have been observed in the
design, choice of materials,and manufacture of your engine. This
high degree of safety and reliability will be maintained, ifthe
servicing jobs are fully performed according to schedule by
properly trained personnel,and if all guards and protective devices
removed for carrying out work on the engine areafterwards
refitted.When servicing, it is essential to observe the relevant
regulations regarding accident prevention andgeneral safety.The Maintenance Schedules give information concerning the work
involved at the prescribedintervals.The Job Cards (Section give detailed instructions for
carrying out the work. The Job Cards arearranged in accordance with
Maintenance Groups as per the PLanned Maintenance System 333*.On
Page 1-0-05 is an alphabetical Index of DEUTZ Assembly Groups
together with the relevant JobCard Nos. and Maintenance Groups.* Institut fr Schiffsbetriebsforschung, Flensburg
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Guide to this Manual
1
1-0-02
S/BVM 628
0884
1.2 Trouble-shooting
Should troubles and faults of any kind arise on the engine,
please refer to Section 7, «Trouble-shooting».The Trouble Chart lists various potential causes for a certain
fault, gives brief instructions forproviding possible remedies, and
refers to the Manual Section concerned and the Job Cardscontaining
further details for carrying out the work involved.1.3 Planned Maintenance
Keep a regular record of the engine’s running hours and observe
the schedule for maintenance andservicing accordinglyThe Maintenance Schedule contains details of the maintenance
work involved and the relevant JobCard Nos.Carry out the work detailed on the Job Card.
1.4 Ordering of Spare Parts
The Spare Parts Catalogue associated with this Instruction
Manual contains the Part Nos. for theordering of parts, and also
design details , where necessary.The Spare Parts Catalogue is arranged in accordance with DEUTZ
Assembly Group Nos. TheseDEUTZ Assembly Group Nos. are also to be
found in the Filing No. (not Job Card No.!) in the headingof the
Job Cards. The number appearing between the hyphens, for example in
the case of 0178-08-501 1110, the -08-, is the DEUTZ Assembly Group
No.For detailed information on spare parts identification, please
refer to the introductory lines of theSpare Parts Catalogue.1.5 Specification Data
Design data, operating data, and setting data for monitoring
equipment are not given in the JobCards. Please refer to Section 3,
«Specification Data». -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Guide to this Manual
1
1-0-03
S/BVM 628
0884
1.6 Job Card No.
In addition to the Filing No., each card is provided with a Job
Card No.Typical Job Card No.: 01.02.03, where:
01 = Maintenance Group = cylinder head
02 = Subassembly = rocker arm bearings
03 = Serial No. of card
1.7 Standard Tools
Standard tools are those tools which are normally included in a
workshop tool box.Hammer Chisel1 set of box wrenches 1 set of ordinary
wrenchesScrewdriver Small water tube pliersNippers Combination
pliersScriber Tape ruleVarious files Iron sawCentre punch
MandrelSocket-head wrench Hex. wrenchThree-square scraper
Non-fraying ragsWire brush Grease gunRubber mallet
1.8 Special Tools
Special fitting tools and devices, normally supplied along with
the engine, are listed in the associatedSpare Parts Catalogue under
the Assembly Group No. 49.1.8.1 These tools are available from your local Deutz
distributor. -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Guide to this Manual
This page intentionally left blank
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Guide to this Manual
1.9 Index of DEUTZ Assembly Groups as Incorporated in System 333
— JobCards, Maintenance GroupsAssembly Group Job Card Maintenance Group
06 Big end/-bearing 02.03.02 02 Crankshaft
system02.03.0302.04.0102.05.0102.06.0110 Camshaft 04.05.01 04 Timing system04.06.01
10 Camshaft bearing 04.01.01 04 Timing system
58 Charge air cooler 06.04.01 06 Exhaust / Turbocharging06.04.02
system32 Charge air system 06.02.01 06 Exhaust /
Turbochargingsystem48 Charge air water detector 11.06.01 11 Engine protective
system37 Coolant circulation pump 09.07.01/02 09 Cooling water
system37 Cooling water system draining 09.00.01 09 Cooling water
system48 Crankcase oil mist detector 11.05.01 11 Engine protective
system01 Crankcase relief valve 03.01.01 03 Engine frame
05 Crankshaft coupling flange 04.16.01 04 Timing system
05 Crankshaft gear 04.11.01 04 Timing system
05 Crankshaft gear 02.01.01 02 Crankshaft system03.08.01
05 Crankshaft deflection gauging 02.02.01 02 Crankshaft
system08 Cylinder head 01.04.01 01 Cylinder head01.08.0101.09.01
04 Cylinder liner 01.05.04 03 Engine
frame03.02.0103.02.0303.03.0103.04.0103.05.0103.06.0132 Dirt collector 10.03.02 10 Pneumatic system
41 Exhaust elbow 06.01.03 06 Exhaust / turbocharging system
41 Exhaust manifold 06.01.01 06 Exhaust /
turbochargingsystem1
1-0-05
S/BVM 628
0885
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Guide to this Manual
1
1-0-06
S/BVM 628
0885
Assembly Group Job Card Maintenance Group
08 Exhaust valve 01.01.01 01 Cylinder
head01.05.0101.05.0401.05.0501.07.0105 Flywheel 04.09.01 11 Engine protective system
46 Foundation bolts 03.07.01 03 Engine frame
20 Fuel feed pump 07.11.01 07 Fuel system
20 Fuel filter 07.03.02 07 Fuel system07.10.01
29 Hydr. governor drive 05.04.01 05 Speed control system
29 Hydr. governor linkage 05.04.14 05 Speed control system
27 Hydr. speed governor 05.00.01 05 Speed control
system05.03.1105.03.1205.03.1408 Inlet valve 01.01.01 01 Cylinder
head01.05.0101.05.0401.05.0501.07.0121 Injection piping 07.03.01 07 Fuel system07.03.02
17 Injection pump 07.01.01 07 Fuel
system07.02.01/03/04/05/06/0707.05.01
18 Injection pump removal / refitment 07.04.01 04 Timing
system22 Intake air cleaner 06.03.11 06 Exhaust /
turbochargingsystem19 Injector removal / refitment 07.07.01 07 Fuel
system07.08.0107.09.0115 Lube oil centrifuge 08.13.01 08 Lubricating oil system
15 PLube oil filter 08.09.01 08 Lubricating oil
system08.10.0108.20.0214 Lube oil pump 08.01.01 08 Lubricating oil system
14 Lube oil pressure-stat 08.11.01 08 Lubricating oil system
15 Lube oil system 08.02.01 08 Lubricating oil system
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Guide to this Manual
Assembly Group Job Card Maintenance Group
02 Main bearing 02.03.02 02 Crankshaft
system02.03.0302.04.0102.07.0102.08.0148 Oil level float switch 11.07.01 11 Engine protective
system48 Overspeed switch 11.03.01 11 Engine protective system
07 Piston coolant nozzle 02.15.01 02 Crankshaft system
07 Piston pin 02.12.01 02 Crankshaft system
07 Piston pin brush 02.13.01 02 Crankshaft system
07 Piston / rings 02.09.01 02 Crankshaft
system02.10.0102.10.0202.10.0402.11.0102.14.0132 Pneumatic system 10.01.01 10 Pneumatic system
32 Pressure reducer station 10.06.01 10 Pneumatic system
48 Pressure switch 11.01.02 11 Engine protective system
11 Rocker arm 01.02.02 01 Cylinder head01.02.03
31 Safety valve 01.12.01 01 Cylinder head
32 Starting air master valve 10.03.01 10 Pneumatic
system10.03.9130 Starting pilot air distributor 01.02.01 10 Pneumatic
system31 Starting valve 10.11.01 01 Cylinder head01.11.0201.05.04
48 Temperature switch 11.01.01 11 Engine protective system
51 Thermocouples 11.01.05 11 Engine protective system
09 Timing gear train 04.04.01 04 Timing system04.08.01
09 Timing gear train 04.04.01 04 Timing system04.13.01
43 Turbocharger 06.05.01 06 Exhaust / turbocharging06.06.01
system06.12.0106.13.0106.13.021
1-0-07
S/BVM 628
0885
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Guide to this Manual
1
1-0-08
S/BVM 628
0885
Assembly Group Job Card Maintenance Group
11 Valve drive, bottom 04.02.01 04 Timing system
11 Valve drive, top 01.02.02 01 Cylinder head
08 Valve guide clearance 01.06.01 01 Cylinder head
08 Valve rotator 01.03.01 01 Cylinder head01.03.02
16 Valve seat lubrication 08.14.01 08 Lubricating oil system
08 Valve seat ring 01.07.01 01 Cylinder head01.03.01
34 Vibration damper 12.01.01 12 Engine
auxiliaries12.01.02/03 -
Layout and Description of EngineAufbau und Funktion des
MotorsStruttura e funzioni del motoreConstitution et fonctionnement
du moteurConstruccin y funciones de partes del motorSamenstelling
en werkwijze van de motorK2
-
2 Layout and Description of EngineAufbau und Funktion des
MotorsStruttura e funzioni del motoreConstitution et fonctionnement
du moteurConstruccin y funciones de partes del motorSamenstelling
en werkwijze van de motorK -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Layout and Descriptionof Engine
2
2-0-01
S/BVM 628
0883
2 Layout and Description of Engine
2.1 01 Cylinder Head
The Head i held down on the crankcase through 4 hydraulically
tightened studs.Fitted in the head are 2 inlet valves, 2 exhaust valves, one
fuel injector, a starting valve, an indicatorvalve and, if
required, a relief valve.The exhaust valves are equipped with rotators, the inlet valves
with a seat lubrication to reducewear. In fact, oil is injected in
a metered amount into the charge air, so this seat lubrication
requiresno servicing. Injector and inlet/exhaust valves plus drive
are protected by a rocker chamber cover.Coolant transfer from
crankcase to head is made through plugged pipes within the head
contour.2.2 02 Crankshaft System
The drop-forged crankshaft is fitted in the crankcase in
underslung arrangement. Main journalsand crankpins are hardened and
carried in complex-metal bearing shells. As required by the
ratedengine spee, the shaft is fitted with balance weights to
reduce mass forces.The bearing caps are secured to the crankshaft by 2 vertical and
2 horizontal bolts, the former onesbeing tightened jointly by a
hydraulic tool.The flywheel is flanged to the shafts driving end, the flange
being fitted on the shaft by hydraulicshrinkage. Power for
secundary drives can be taken off from the shafts free end.The drop-forged connecting rod big end is split in straight
(horizontal) arrangement, while the smallend is of the stepped
type.The two-piece pistons are fitted with 3 compression rings and
one oil control ring. The former ringsare located in the steel top,
the oil ring in the piston skirt above the full-float piston
pin.2.3 03 Engine Frame
The crankcase is a single-piece casting. Large doors permit easy
access to all motion parts. Somedoors may optionally be provided
with relief valves safeguarding the engine in the case ofcrankcase
of explosions.The standard deep wet-type oil sump represents the engines lube
oil reservoir, from which oil isforced into the lubricating circuit
by a special delivery pump. Where high or low-level tanks
areutilized for oil reservoir, use is made of a flat dry-type sump
with connections for an oil drain (to thelow-level tank) or a
special suction pump (to the high-level tank) respectively.The cylinder liner is located in the crankcase at top and
bottom. The liner flange is seated on ahighly waer-resistant ring
pressed into the crankcase. The water jackets are sealed by
onewatercooled Viton 0-seals at the bottom. The head/liner gasket
is a steel ring.ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Layout and Descriptionof Engine
2
2-0-02
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0883
2.4 04 Timing System
ILocated at the engines driving end and driven from a big gear
on the crankshaft, the timing geartrain drives, through idler
gears, the camshaft, injection pumps and governor.As determined by the engines firing order, the camshaft, carried
in bearing bushes, actuates theinlet and exhaust valves as well as
the starting pilot air distributor, The shaft is split in two
halvesand can be pulled out of the engine lengthwise. Cams and
bearing points are surface-hardened.The pump chest at the engines free end can mount, besides the
standard lube oil delivery pump,one oil suction pump and 2 cooling
water pumps. The pumps are gear-driven, i.e. the oil pumpsdirect
and the coolant pumps through flexible couplings.2.5 05 Speed Control System
The Engine is controlled by hydraulic governor which, through
the injection pumps control rod,automatically meters the amount of
fuel to be injected as a function of engine load.Overall engine control is by an engine-mounted panel or
seperately installed local or remote controlunits.Emergency engine shutdown is possible by an automatic system or
manually on the speedgovernor direct.2.6 06 Exhaust / Turbocharging System
The non-insulated exhaust manifold running along the engine is
lagged by an easily removableand multisplit casing. Only the
water-cooled exhaust elbows from cylinder head to manifold
arelocated outside this casing. Being connected through sliding
pieces with 0-seals, the water jacketsof the exhaust elbows form
the cooling water manifold for the engine.The engines are fitted with BBC turbochargers connected to the
engines cooling system. Thecompressors of these turbochargers are
cleaned by a scavenging device. The charge air is cooledby water in
special units.The charge air pipe is divided into single sections for each
cylinder. These sections are likewiseconnected through sliding
pieces with 0-seals.This new concept of exhaust manifold with cooled elbows and
integral water manifold, the divisionof the charge air pipe, the
plug-type water transfer pipes between cylinder head and
crankcaseand, last not least, the use of hydraulic tools for
tightening the cylinder head studs/nuts significantlyimprove the
ease in dismantling and refitting components at the engine top.ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Layout and Descriptionof Engine
2
2-0-03
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
1296
2.7 07 Fuel System (see also 5.1)
The following integral in-line injection pumps are provided:
6 and 8-cylinder models: 2 pumps with 3 and 4 elements
respectively9-cylinder model: 3 pumps with 3 elements each
The type of pumps chosen and the connection of the injection
piping to the cylinder head sidewaysgave the advantage of very
short injection piping.Pump lubrication is connected to the regular motor oil circuit.
In the case of engines running onintermediate fuels a sealing-oil
system prevents the lube oil from being diluted by fuel.The multi-orifice injection nozzle is located in the middle of
the cylinder head and connected to thelatter by a lateral injection
line.The fuel feed pump is mounted on one injection pump. Fuel
cleaning is through a change-over typeduplex filter.In the case of engines running on heavy fuel, the feed pump is
installed seperately. The change-over duplex filter can be
preheated by having the transferred, preheated fuel flow through
the filter.If available, the injection nozzles are cooled with
engine lube oil or gas oil or — in exceptional cases- even with
engine coolant.2.8 08 Lubricating Oil System (see also 5.2)
From the oil sump, or the low- or high-level oil tank, as
provided, the engine mounted delivery-typeoil pump forces the oil
through the oil-cooler, usually also engine-mounted, and the
combined oilfilter (paper filter followed by edge filter) into the
oil gallery integrally cast inside the crankcase.From this gallery the oil flows on through passages in the
crankcase wall to crankshaft journals andcrankpins and to the
nozzles provided for cooling the pistons. Passages in the crankcase
front,wich are connected to the oil gallery, supply the timing gear
train.Additional bypass oil filtration is by two centrifuges attached
to the crankcase doors.Connections are also available for standby oil pumps and the
electric priming pump.2.9 09 Cooling Water System (see also 5.3)
As requiered by the particular engine application, the following
standard systems can be provided:1. Single-Circuit: This circuit serves actual engine plus lube
oil and charge air cooler. Thewater is cooled in a separate tubular
heat exchanger.2. Double-Circuit: One cooling circuit is provided for the
engine, a second one for oil andcharge air cooler. The coolant heat
dissipated is a separate tubular heatexchanger.3. Triple-Circuit: This system is primarily used for water
cooling by radiator. Engine, oil coolerand charge cooler have a
circuit of their own.Optionally available are various versions of the above two
systemsysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Layout and Descriptionof Engine
1083
2
2-0-04
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
2.10 10 Pneumatic System (see also 5.4)
The engine is started by compressed air through starting valves
in the cylinder heads, the valvesbeing opened by pilot air from a
distributor in the correct firing order. Starting air release is
normallyat 30 bar.2.11 11 Engine Protective System
All engine operating media can be monitored by temperature
and/or pressure switches whichenergize alarm and/or shutdown
devices. In addition, all essential temperatures and pressures
areindicated by gauges provided on panels that are either
engine-mounted or seperately installed.The exhaust temperature is indicated either by pointer
thermometers or through thermocouples,which can optionally and
locally be connected to a pyrometer system.If necessary, a crankcase oil mist detector can also be
provided.2.12 12 Engine Auxiliaries
Provided for this engine family is an external vibration damper
either of the viscous or rubber type.The 6-cylinder model is also
available without this damper.ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Layout and description of engine
2.13 Engine Assemblies and Subassemblies (as for the relevant
location, please referto Section 2.14)Assy Group No. Description
01 Exhaust manifold
02 Exhaust thermometre
03 Charge air cooler
04 Measuring instrument panel
05 Charge air pipe
06 Fuel piping
07 Engine control unit
08 Fuel filter
09 Lube oil filter
10 Lube oil filter combination
11 Fuel injection pump
12 Vibration damper
13 Cylinder liner
14 Oil dipstick
15 Connecting rod
16 Crankshaft
17 Speed governor drive
18 Oil pan
19 Flywheel
20 Timing gear train
21 Piston
22 Starting pilot air distributor
23 Camshaft
24 Air intake silencer
25 Exhaust valve
26 Pushrods
27 Exhaust turbocharger
28 Injector
29 Cylinder head
30 Valve drive
2
2-1-01
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
1296
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Layout and description of engine
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 1913 14 15 16 17 18
2
2-1-02
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
2.14 Cutaway View of Engine(8-cyl. engine)
5145
2 2
-
Specification DataTechnische AngabenIndicazioni tecnicheDonnes
techniquesDatos tcnicosTechnische gegevens3
-
3 Specification DataTechnische AngabenIndicazioni tecnicheDonnes
techniquesDatos tcnicosTechnische gegevens -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3 Specification Data
3.1 Model Designation: S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
S = Marine (uni-direction) M = Water cooledB = Turbocharged 6 =
Generation No.V = Four stroke cycle 28 = Piston stroke in cm6/8/9 =
6, 8 or 9 cylinders3.2 Designations of engine sides, cylinders and rotation
directionViewed towards the drive-side coupling flange of the
engine.1 AS Drive side Coupling side KS
2 LS Left side
3 FS Free side Opposite side to coupling KGS
4 RS Right side
Cylinder designation The cylinders are counted and designated
fromthe drive side «AS»Rotation direction The anticlockwise rotation direction
isdesignated «left rotation» and clockwise isdesignated «right
rotation».3.1 and 3.2
3-0-01
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
1199
80 060 0
1 2 3 41 3
2
4
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.3
3-1-01
S/BV 6/8/9M 628
0491
3.3 Basic Data
Power and speed see acceptance test sheetsBore 240 mmStroke 280
mmCapacity per cylinder 12,66 litresTotal capacity: 6 cylinder
75,66 litres8 cylinder 101,28 litres9 cylinder 113,94 litres
Compression ratio 13 : 1
3.3.1 Design Data
01 Cylinder HeadSafety valve opens at 170 5 bar
02 Crankshaft SystemCrankshaftmain jounal dia. 210 mmrunning
width of main bearing 70 mmcrankpin dia. 175 mmrunning width of
big-end bearings 61 mmPistonMaterial, top heat-treated steel with hardened grooves
skirt forget light alloy
Pin dia. 105 mmNo.of compression rings 3No. of oil control rings
1Mean piston speed 9,33 m/s a t 1000/minConnecting rodLength 504 mmRunning width of small-end bush 108
mm/56 mm03 Engine frameMaterial ductile ironCylinder spacing 370 mm
04 Timing system
Firing order6-cyl. model, CL rotation: 1- 4 — 2 — 6 — 3 —
56-cyl. model, CCL rotation: 1- 5 — 3 — 6 — 2 — 48-cyl. model, CL rotation: 1- 3 — 2 — 5 — 8 — 6 — 7 — 48-cyl.
model, CCL rotation: 1- 4 — 7 — 6 — 8 — 5 — 2 — 39-cyl. model, CL rotation 1- 3 — 5 — 7 — 9 — 8 — 6 — 4 — 29-cyl.
model, CCL rotation 1- 2 — 4 — 6 — 8 — 9 — 7 — 5 — 3Valve Timing
(deg. crank angle)ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
0491
3.3
3-1-02
S/BV 6/8/9M 628
Inlet valve opens 43,5 KW p. PMS 0,2 mm clearance, engine
coldInlet valve closes 23,6 KW d. PMSExhaust valve opens 52,9 KW p. PMS 0,5 mm clearance, engine
coldExhaust valve closes 38,9 KW d. PMSStarting valve opens 11 bTDCStarting valve closes 40 bBDC
05 Speed Control SystemLowest idling speed 800 801 — 900 901 —
1000/minat full engine speed 200 225 250/minLowest firing speed 80/min
06 Exhaust / Turbocharging SystemCharge air cooler see
acceptance test sheet07 Fuel SystemInjection lines 10 mm O.D.
4 mm bore
3.3.2 Operating Data
06 Exhaust / Turbocharging System Turbocharging System
Charge air temperature at engine inlet see acceptance test
sheetMax. intake resistance 25 mbar (250 mm of water)
Exhaust SystemOn the 8- and 9-cylinder models, the cylinder next
to the turbocharger goes to the multi-pulseunit direct, so the
exhaust temperatures of this cylinder are somewhat lower (see
acceptancetest sheet).Exhaust teperature after turbine see acceptance test sheet
Max. backpressure 25 mbarPerm. deviation of individual temperatu
resfrom mean value of all cylinders:100 % rated power + 25 C 75 %
rated power + 30 C 50 % rated power + 50 CysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
07 Fuel System
Fuel grade See Section 6 . 3Fuel consumption See acceptance test
sheetFilter mesh 7 — 60 mFuel pressure at inj. pump inlet at rated
speed 3,0 — 4, 5 barFuel temperature at inj. pump inlet See Section 6
Injection nozzle opening pressure 350 + 10 barType of nozzles
See acceptance test sheetCombustion pressure See acceptance test
sheetPermissible deviation of individual indicated firing
pressurefrom mean value of all cylinders + 4 barDelivery of
separate fuel feedpump at 5 + 2,5 bar backpressure: 6-cyl. engine:
1,3 + 1,0 m3/h8-cyl. engine: 1,8 + 0,6 m3/h9-cyl. engine: 2,0 + 0,4 m3/h
08 Lubricating Oil System
Oil grade See Section 6 . 2Filter mesh:- paper cartridge 30 m-
edge filter 50 mOil temperature at engine inlet:(oil cooler
preceding charge air cooler) max. 65 C(charge air cooler preceding
oil cooler) max. 75 CMin. oil pressure after filter:- rated speed,
engine hot 3,5 bar — at lowest idling speed 1,0 bar Priming
pressure after filter: — before starting regular engine 0,35 bar-
engine (stationary) on > 0,35 bar (held for 3 minutes standby
duty every hour)Min. priming oil pumping at 3 bar 6-cyl. 8-cyl. 9-cyl.delivery
pressure (values in 4 m3/h 5 m3/h 6 m3/hbrackets are possible in
case of (2,5 m3/h) (3 m3/h) (3,5 m3/h)lube oil temperatures below
50 C)Sealing-oil pressure in injection pumps min. 1 bar higher than
fuel pressureDelivery pressure of mounted sealing oil pump min. 5
barSeparate sealing-oil pump(with intermediate fuel
operation):Delivery pressure: 9 — 10 barSealing-oil delivery 6-cyl.
8-cyl. 9-cyl.- min. 0,15 l/h 0,2 l/h 0,25 l/h- max. 0,6 l/h 0,6 l/h
0,6 l/hlevel tanks:- distillate, MDF blend min. 0,7 l/kW- heavy
fuel > 0,82 l/kWLube oil consumption 1 g/kWhMin. oil capacity
ofstandby engines 0,2 l/kW3.3
3-1-03
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
1186
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
Separate standby oil pump:- capacity 6-cyl.: 24 — 30 m3/h
8-cyl.: 30 — 35 m3/h9-cyl.: 35 — 40 m3/h
— Pressure 5 bar
Oil Sump Inclinations and Capacities
Dipstick with3 marks
Max. engine installation angle = 3
Max. sump inclination (incl. installation angle) = 10
Max. permanent inclination = 22,5
Max. temporary inclination = 30(starting 22, turbocharger will
lose some oil)6-cyl. 8-cyl 9-cyl
Top mark = 0 615 800 895 = 0 *3
Oil capacity ofdeep oil sump (litres) 2) Medium mark = 10 *1 525
680 760= 0 *3
Bottom mark = 10 405 525 590 = 0
*1) Where sump inclinations are below 10, the oil level can be
kept at a corresponding level between the top andmedium dipstick
mark to ensure maximum oil supply to the engine and hence increase
oil change intervals .(1 less inclination allows for approx. 10 mm
higher level above medium mark.)*2) Sump lubrication for heavy fuel requires min. 0,82
lit/kW*3) Due to inclined dipstick, correct maximum distance can be
obtained only with = 0.3.3
3-1-04
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0883
51 201 0
oil l
evel
min
.
m
ax.
Connections for low-level tank
Dipstick with3 marks
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.3
3-1-05
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0885
6-cyl. 8-cyl. 9-cyl.
Drain A or B 10 8% 7Connection for inclinations 8 — 10 > 7 —
10for inclinations
Oil Delivery Rate for Valve Seat Lubrication
Rated Engine Speed Delivery in drops / 4 min 1/min. 6-cyl.
8-cyl. 9-cyl.1000 42 56 63 900 37 50 56 800 34 45 50 750 32 42 47 720 30 40
45Admissible deviation 4 gocce/4 min
09 Cooling Water SystemWater quality see Section 6Engine system
capacity 6-cyl.: 225 litres8-cyl.: 275 litres9-cyl.: 300 litres
Max. coolant temperature at engine outlet during full-load
operation(In case of 2-stage charge air cooler, measured at cooler
inlet)- with single-circuit cooling system 80C- with two- and
three-circuit cooling system 85CTemperature difference between full
load and idling operation(at engine outlet) 8 — 12 CTemperature
difference between cooling water at engine inletand engine outlet
under full load conditions 8 — 12 C(In case of 2-stage charge air cooler, measured at cooler
inlet)Cooling water preheating temperature- for standby duty 50 C-
for engines starting with blended fuel— viscosity < 180 mm2/s at 50C (cSt) 50 C- viscosity > 180
mm2/s at 50C (cSt) 70 C- viscosity > 380 mm2/s at 50C (cSt) 80
C— for all other engines 25 C
Max. coolant temperature at charge air cooler inlet 50 C
Max. coolant temperature at built-on oil cooler inlet 45 C
Max. raw water temperature at heat exchanger inlet 32 C
Max. coolant pressure at engine inlet with built-on or separate
pump ~ 4 barCoolant temperature at injection nozzle inlet approx.
85CMin. pressure of separate injection nozzle coolant pump 3
barysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.3
3-1-06
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0883
10 Pneumatic System
Air receiver capacity see Classification Societies (min. 125
lit.)Max. starting pressure 30 barMin. starting pressure 10 bar
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.3
3-1-07
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
3.3.3 Setting data for monitoring equipment
Minimum equipment marine propulsion auxiliary stationaryengines
marine enginesData in bar
Pressure monitor engine speed
(referring to dropping pressure) 600/min > 600/minlube oil
pressure:initial alarm 2,0 main alarm (engine stop) 1,0 2,0 1,8
2,0Temperature monitor Data in C
circ. cool. water temp
circuit I 85 85 85charge air temp., max. 65 65 65
Other monitors rated speed
overspeed protection 110 %n1 110 %n1 110 %n1
Further setting data may be obtained from the gauge point list
which is included in the engine documentation.ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
This page intentionally left blank
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
0685
3.3
3-1-09
S/BV M 628
3.3.4 Arrangement of Electrical Equipment
Measuring point No. as per Function / description of the
equipment orseparately supplied list of of the gauge pointmeasuring
points1.3.1 Fuel supply pressure1.3.3 Pme monitoring1.3.4 Full load
(overload) monitoring1.3.7 Fuel rack travel indicator1.3.8
Monitoring of shielded injection pipings2.3.1 Speed switch —
pressure monitor bridging2.3.2 Lube oil pressure n < 600
l/min2.3.3 Lube oil pressure n > 600 l/min2.3.4 Lube oil
pressure2.3.5 Lube oil temperature2.3.7 Min. lube oil
temperature2.3.8 Differential pressure lube oil filter2.3.9 Level —
lube oil pan2.4.1 Lube oil pressure2.4.6 Lube oil temperature2.4.8
Seal oil pressure2.4.10 Lube oil pressure start inhibitor2.4.11
Level — lube oil pan, stand-by pump ON2.6.3 Lube oil
temperature3.3.2 Engine jacket water temperature3.3.3 Engine jacket
water pressure, circuit I3.3.4 Raw water pressure3.3.5 Min. engine
jacket water temperature3.3.7 Engine jacket water, circuit II3.3.10
Speed switch — pressure monitor bridging3.4.4 Engine jacket water
temperature3.6.4 Engine jacket water temperature4.3.1 Max. charge
air temperature4.3.2 Min. charge air temperature4.3.3 Water
detector in charge air pipe4.6.2 Charge air temperature5.4.1
Exhaust gas temperature per cylinder5.4.3 Exhaust gas temperature
after turbine6.3.1 Failure crankcase monitoring system6.4.5
Crankcase monitoring system7.3.1 Starting air pressure7.3.2 Control
air pressure7.3.3 Malfunction of start air interlock (engine fails
to start)7.3.4 Switch — speed setting output7.3.5 Switch — speed
setting input7.3.6 Switch — engine remote control unit (BVM)7.3.6
Control unit indicator, engine-mounted/remote (SBVM)7.3.9 Signal
lamp — remote control ON7.3.10 3/2 -way valve change-over
safeguard -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.3
3-1-10
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0685
Measuring point No. as per Function / description of the
equipment orseparately supplied list of of the gauge pointmeasuring
points7.3.14 Tacho-generator monitor7.5.8 Solenoid — emergency
shutdown7.5.9 Starting solenoid, 3/2-way valve7.5.10 Pushbutton —
delocking emergency stop7.5.12 Speed control monitor7.5.14
Pushbutton — stop7.5.15 Solenoid — emergency shutdown7.5.16
Solenoid — stop7.5.17 Electr. 3-way valve (start inhibitor)7.5.20
Pushbutton — start8.1.1 Tacho-generator8.1.2 Speed indicator -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
0984
3.3
3-1-11
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
25 4
37 2
3.3.4.1 Exhaust Turbocharger at Driving End
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.3
3-1-12
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0984
25 4
38 2
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
25 4
39 2
3.3
3-1-13
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0984
3.3.4.2 Exhaust Turbocharger at Free End
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.3
3-1-14
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
0984
25 4
40 2
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.4
3-2-01
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
1296
3.4 Weight of Engine Components(approx. kg per unit)
No. Description 6-cyl. 8-cyl. 9-cyl.
1 Engine with flywheel 9500 11500 13400
2 Crankcase w/o main bearing cap 2080 2617 3700Crankcase w.main
bearing cap 2310 2920 40303 Oil tank …(wet sump) 365 430 470Oil tank …(dry sump) 320
380 4104 Cylinder liner 58 58 58
5 Crankshaft w/o balance weights 790 995 1097
6 Balance weights w. bolts and washers 23 23 23
7 Flywheel dia. 930 x 86 199 or 252 or 305 970 x 130 480 or 505
990 x 240 1040 1140 x 277 1452 or 15728 Bearing (top and bottom shell)1 main bearing 2 2 21 big end
bearing 1 1 19 Connecting rod 36,5 36,5 36,5
10 Piston without piston rings 22 22 22
11 Gudgeon pin 10,8 10,8 10,8
12 Cylinder head (compl.) 120 120 120
13 Inlet or exhaust valves 1 1 1
14 Injection valve 3,3 3,3 3,3
15 Viscous-type vibration damper 490 x 85 104 620 x 100 200 640
x 120 25516 Extra weights (dia. x width) 538 x 55 90 680 x 42,5 108
17 Torsional vibration damper, rubber-type (dia. x width) 675 x
130 145 — — 680 x 153 — 230 23018 Turbocharger VTR 214 w/o intake air silencer 230 230 — VTR
251 — 360 360ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.4
3-2-02
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
1185
Item Description ca. kg
19 Coupling Series
Size 1120 1121 1300 1301
EZR 1232 133 142 181 188
EZR 1412217 220 305 307
EZR 1422
EZR 1712373 378 479 484
EZR 1722
EZR 2012 594 603 736 753
20 Coupling Series
Size 2100 2101 2200 2201
Rato-S 1811141 170 141 178
Rato-S 1812
Rato-S 2011169 207 169 216
Rato-S 2012
Rato-S 2211205 250 205 261
Rato-S 2212
Rato-S 2411275 330 275 346
Rato-S 2412
Rato-S 2521318 372 339 394
Rato-S 2522
Rato-S 2611334 402 334 420
Rato-S 2612
Rato-S 2721387 455 412 481
Rato-S 2722
Rato-S 2811421 505 421 530
Rato-S 2812
Rato-S 2921478 562 511 597
Rato-S 2922
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
Item Description 6-cyl. 8-cyl. 9-cylca. kg ca. kg ca. kg
21 Charge air piping 23 23 23(section per cylinder)
3.4
3-2-03
S/BV 6/8/9 M 628
1185
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
0491
This page intentionally left blank
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.5
3-3-01
S/BVM 628
0992
)
02 01 Crankcase / bearing cap (vertical) M 33 x 2 1030 bar
Section 3.5.2, Job 02.08.01Line N. cost- Joints tightened by wrench Thread Preload
Tightening Tightening RemarksNo. group torque torque angleNm Nm
03 01 Crankcase / bearing cap (horizontal) M 22 x 2 70 Nm — 210
—04 06 Big end / cap M 20 x 1,5 70 Nm — 240 1 phase 90 2 phase 90
3 phase 600505 Crankshaft / counterwheights M 27 x 2 130 Nm — 90 —
06
07 11 Rocker bracket / cylinder head M 14 x 1,5 30 Nm — 150 1
phase 30 2 phase 60 3 phase 6008 11 Rocker shaft / rocker bracket / M 16 x 1,5 30 Nm — 240 1
phase 60 cylinder head 2 phase 903 phase 90
09 09 Timing chest / crankcase M 14 — 112 Nm — —
10 17 Injection pump top / base M 12 30 Nm — 90 —
11 17 Injection pump: element fastening M 12 85 Nm — 60 —
12 17 Injection pump: cramshaft / gear M 14 x 1,5 30 Nm — 60 non
greased13 17 Injection pump / crankcase M 12 30 Nm — 90 —
14 18 Injection pump drive / clutch disc M 20 x 1,5 130 Nm — 90
—15 18 Injection pump drive / cramshaft M 14 x 1,5 30 Nm — 90
—16 09 Injection pump drive / gear M 16 x 1,5 30 Nm — 90 —
1734 Vibration damper / crankshaft M 24 x 2 130 Nm — 90 —
18
19 37 Water pump / shaft M 16 x 1,5 50 Nm — 120 —
20 43 Turbocharger bracket / crankcase M 16 x 1,5 — 250 Nm —
—21 14 Crankshaft / gear M 10 — 50 Nm — —
22 14 Gear / oil pump drive M 16 50 Nm — 90 -dellolio
lubrificante23 19 Injector fastening M 16 x 1,5 — 120 Nm — —
24 05 Flywheel / crankshaft M30 x 2 x 100 128 Nm — 75 1 phase 45
2 phase 30M30 x 2 x 200 128 Nm — 150 1 phase 90 2 phase 60
Line Constr. Joints tightened by hydraulic tool Thread Oil
pressure RemarksNo. group bar01 01 Crankcase / cylinder head M 33 x 2 835 bar Job
01.09.013.5 Tightening Specification for Heavy-Duty Screwed Joints3.5.1
Table -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.5
3-3-02
S/BVM 628
0883
)
Line Constr. Joints tightened by wrench Thread Preload
Tightening Tightening RemarksNo. group torque torque angleNm Nm
25 05 Crankshaft / gear M 12 — 120 Nm — —
26 10 Drive gear / camshaft M 10 — 70 Nm — —
27 10 Camshaft / camshaft M 10 — 70 Nm — —
28 01 Crankcase door M 10 x 30 — 70 Nm — —
29 14 Pump chest fastening M 12 — 75 Nm — —
30 30 Starting control shaft / camshaft M 14 x 1,5 30 Nm — 90
—31 21 Injection line / cap nut 30 Nm — 30 —
32 M 16 x 1,5 — 250 Nm — -09 Timing chest / crankcase
33 M 20 x 2 — 280 Nm — —
35 M 16 x 1,5 — 250 Nm — —
36 58 Charge air cooler bracket / crankcase M 12 x 1,25 — 108 Nm
— —37 M 10 — 70 Nm — —
38 ATL VTR 251 M 10 30 Nm — 240 1 phase180 Air cleaner 2 phase
6022 (long bolts)39 ATL VTR 201 M 10 30 Nm — 150 1 phase 90
2 phase 60
40 M 16 x 1,5 — 130 Nm — -09 Gear pivot pins
41 M 20 x 2 — 280 Nm — —
42 EZ 121 S M 14 20-30 Nm — 60 1 phase 30 EZ 135 S 2 phase
3043 EZ 142 S M 18 x 1,5 40 Nm — 90 1 phase 30 Flexible coupling
EZ 166 S 2 phase 6063 (c/w adapter flange) /44 flywheel EZ 171 S M 22 x 1,5 69 Nm —
120 1 phase 60EZ 195 S 2 phase 60
45 EZ 201 S M 27 x 2 128 Nm — 60 1 phase 30 2 phase 30
47 52 Generator M 30 x 2 128 Nm — 90 1 phase 30 2 phase 60
48 34 Vibration damper / crankshaft M 24 x 2 130 Nm — 120 D.
with extra mass49 27 Governor drive / bevel gear M 24 x 1,5 70 Nm — 90 —
50 19 Injector / nozzle nut M 28 x 1,5 — 120 Nm — —
51 EZ 121 S M 14 20 -30 Nm — 60 1 phase 30 EZ 135 S 2 phase
3052 EZ 142 S M 18 x 1,5 40 Nm — 90 1 phase 60 Flexible coupling
EZ 166 S 2 phase 3063 (without adapter flange) /53 flywheel EZ 171 S M 22 x 1,5 68
Nm — 150 1 phase 90EZ 195 S 2 phase 60
54 EZ 201 S M 27 x 2 128 Nm — 120 1 phase 60 2 phase 60
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.5
3-3-03
S/BVM 628
0599
)
Line Constr. Joints tightened by wrench Thread Preload
Tightening Tightening RemarksNo. group torque torque angleNm Nm
55 M 10 x 20 — 60 Nm — —
56 M 10 x 25 — 60 Nm — —
57 34 Vibration damper / rubber element M 12 x 140 — 170 Nm —
—58 M 14 x 35 — 220 Nm — —
59 M 14 x 50 — 220 Nm — —
60 29 Control rod / connecting linkage M 8 x 30 — 40+5 Nm —
—61 10 Camshaft / guide plate M 10 — 50 Nm — —
62 M 14 x 80 — 125 Nm — —
63 M 16 x 40 — 280 Nm — —
64 M 16 x 45 — 190 Nm — —
65 M 16 x 50 — 280 Nm — —
66 M 16 x 80 — 280 Nm — —
67 43 Turbocharger assembly M 16 x 90 — 280 Nm — —
68 M 16 x 170 — 280 Nm — —
69 M 20x 1,2×45 — 700 Nm — —
70 M 20×1,5×50 — 430 Nm — —
71 M 20×1,5×65 — 300 Nm — —
72 M 20 x 50 — 380 Nm — —
73 M 20 x 160 — 380 Nm — —
74 16 Piston cooling oil nozzles M 12 x 40 — 135 Nm — —
75 47 Resilient bearing element / base plate M 27 — 1000 Nm —
—76 01 Crankcase / base plate M 22 x 1,5 — 900 +20 Nm — —
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
1187
3.5
3-3-04
S/BVM 628
51 202 0
3.5.2 Legend for Items 2 and 3
Preload studs I and II hydraulically with max. 100 bar.
Preload studs III and IV mechanically with 70 Nm.
Tighten studs III and IV alternately through 90 + 90 + 30 =
210.Tighten bolts I and II hydraulically to max. 1030 bar.Screw nuts
in place and tighten until aquarely seated.Lower hydraulic pressure to 0 bar, so nut will becompletely
tight.Reincrease pressure to 1030 bar and tighten nuts until squarely
seated.ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
1187
3.5
3-3-05
S/BVM 628
51 203 0
3.5.3 Tightening ProcedureProceed by applying lube oil or other
com-pound to threads according to informationgiven in the job
cards.Phase 1: Screw the bolts (screws, nuts) inplace
Phase 2: Preload the bolts (screws, nuts)
Torques up to 30 NmHold socket wrench with tommy bar, handsbeing
closed together and preload boltsevenly (alternately and crosswise,
whereapplicable).When using a plain or box wrench, thethumb should
touch the wrench.Torques above 30 NmPreload bolts by torque wrench to thetorque
tabulated (crosswise and in stages,where applicable).If a standard
tool must be used, see ad-joining figure and table below with
typicalvaluesPhase 3
Tighten the bolts (srews, nuts)Tighten bolts evenly to the
tabulated angle(alternately and crosswise, where applica-ble). Use
extension, if necessary. Whereseveral bolts are involved and the
angle isgreater than 60, tighten in stages of max.60.Preloading Lever Force torque Length
Nm mm N
30 500 60
40 500 80
70 1000 70
130 1000 130
lever length
Force
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.5
3-3-06
S/BVM 628
0685
Do not simply back overtightened bolts, but release them
comletely and tighten again asspecified.Should necking of shank be found after several tightening
procedures, renew bolt.3.5.4 Information on the Hydraulic Tool for Annular Nuts
For equipment design, oil filling and bleeding procedures see
Job Card No. 02.16.02, which alsogives a list of hydraulic oils
recommended.ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.6
3-4-01
S/BVM 628
3.6 Sealing, Locking, Lubrication and Heat Conductor
CompoundsDesignation Description Application condition Use Remarks
Equivalent productSealing compounds:
Asbestos withloil-resistant
It- bonding agent 1,5 mm thick lube oil, gas oil
Asbestos Serpentine 2,0 mm thick Combustion gasestype
Rubber (natural Water -20 toGi Deutz 2b or synthetic) +110 C
withanti-freeze andanti-corrosive
Deutz DW 5 Paper 0,3 mm thick Air, water, lube oil,gas oil
Deutz DW 20 Leather board 1,5 mm thick Water up to 65 Clube oil,
gas oilDeutz DW 30 Gasket Exhaust system Deva metal fromDeventer
Deutz DW 40 Gasket Asbestos w. Exhaust piping Reinz 4402
orartif. resin Ferrolastic from DiringAmine-hardening Silicone Tough-elastic Silastik Q3-3305,
blackDeutz DW 47 compound India rubber engine fromframe joints Fa. DOW-CORNING,Dsseldorf
Silicone Touch-elastic Silastik 732 RTV fromvulcanisate joints
Dow-Corning, BrusselsDeutz DW 48 Compound and Terrostat 33,black, fromTeroson
GmbH.,Heidel-bergDeutz DW 49 Compound Core hole plugs Fire risk Compound No. 54
fromSonderhoff, CologneDeutz DW 50 Compound Liquid seal Pump cases etc. Fire risk Curil
orTeroson fluidDeutz DW 51 Compound Liquid seal Fire risk Compound Sigma
fromSonderhoff, CologneLocking Compounds:
Deutz DW 55 Liquid single- Low viscosity Threads up to M 16,
Loctite 601component agent becoming bearings, bushesplastics
hardening very tight gears, pins etc.on metal underair
exclusionDeutz DW 56 High viscosity Threads from M 10, Loctite AVXagent
becoming esp. studs,very tight surfaces.Deutz DW 57 Low-viscosity agent Threads up to M14 Loctite
221easily removable (adjusting screws)
Deutz DW 59 Medium-viscosity agent Threads and surfaces Loctite
270becoming very tightDeutz DW 60 High-viscosity agent Threads and faces Loctite
CVXbecoming medium tight hydr. and pneum.Deutz DW 61 Activator Only with DW 56 and non-corrosive Locquic
TDW 60 for non-metallic and surface treatedcomponentsysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.6
3-4-02
S/BVM 628
0883
Designation Description Application Use Remarks Equivalent
ProductConditionLubricating Compounds:
Heat- Prevention Never Seez fromDeutz S1 resistant Compound of
thread seizure P.H. Weidling & Sohn KGor spray (e.g. exhaust system)
Deutz S2 Special compound Sliding compound Hydraulic system
sliding Molycote G-n rapidseals, waisted bolts / studsDeutz S4 Molybdic Compound Reduces / prevents Initially clean
DOW-CORNING,sulfide friction and resultant components w. per-
Dsseldorfcorrosion of tight-fit or tri-chlorethylene or Van
Laar,components. apply compound RatingenFor temperatures very
«thin»:-40 C to +450 C. some 0,005 mmSynthetic silicone Electric insulating com- Molykote
specialDeutz F2 compound pound for plug/socket con- compound G-n
rapidnections in ignition systems
Acid-free Multi-purposeDeutz F5 lubricant grease for all
bearings,-30 to +120 C
MOLYKOTE Extra-high pressure Bearings, splinesLongterm 2 grease,
extremely and couplingsadhesive, good for temperaturescorrosion -25 to +110 Cbuona
protezioneinhibitorHeat Conductor Compounds:
Cond. compound: Temperature Heat compound fromDeutz P1 copper w.
oil-contai- switches Stein & Sohn, Hamburgning bonding agent
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.7 Use of Liquid Nitrogen
Fitment of metal parts with the aid of liquid nitrogen can be
carried out only in a workshop.Beware of liquid nitrogen coming into contact with the skin.
Never touch undercooled partswith bare hands. Use pliers or other
suitable tool when placing parts into liquid nitrogen.Application of liquid nitrogenFor minor work of short duration
it will be sufficient to have two concentric containers of
varyingdiameter placed into each other and to have the clearance
between the two containersfilled withthe mineral wool, cork meal or
sand.To begin with, pour the nitrogen into the special basin and then
dip the parts into this liquid. Thestart of the undercooling
process is indicated by heavy «boiling». Bubbles will form until
the partshave assumed the nitrogen temperature of — 196 C. Once no
more bubbles form, the part is readyfor fitment.Quantity of nitrogen neededUnder normal conditions, one kilogram
of metal to be cooled from +15 to -196 C requires thefollowing
quantity of liquid nitrogen:Steel 0,60 litresAluminium 0,96 litresBronze, copper, brass 0,45
litresCast iron 0,66 litres3.7
3-5-01
S/BVM 628
0883
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
0984
This page intentionally left blank
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
3.8
3-6-01
S/BVM 628
0883
25 459 1
3.8 Dye Checking of Metal Surfaces
The dye checking process for detectingmetal surface flaws
requires the followingagents:Detergent (trichlorethylene),Diffusion fluid
(red),Developer(white)Cleaning the part- Apply the detergent at least one hour
before applying the diffusion fluid toensure that any grease is
removed fromthe metal surface and its flaws (cracks,fissures, etc.)
(Fig. 1) (see safety in-struction, page 3-6-02)Applying the diffusion Fluid- Apply fluid by spraying gun, hair
brushor by dipping part into the directionsforuse (Fig. 2).
— Wash off surface by water, so fluid willremain in the flaws
only (Fig. 3).— Wipe surface clean with a dry rag.
Applying the developer- Once the surface is dry, apply on a
thin film of developer by spray gun orhair brush.
— Let developer dry for one or two minu-tes.
— The «blotting paper effect» of the whitedeveloper will make
the red fluid beco-me visible in the flaws (Fig. 4). -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Specification Data
Appraisal
— Red lines in the white film indicate cracks.- Red dots
indicate pittings or porosity.Hair cracks may need some hours to become visible.
A red dotted line is caused by:
hair cracks,
metal fatigue marks,
non-continuous cracks.
Trichlorethylene is toxic. Ensure adequate ventilation of the
workshop. Do not inhalevapours. Wear protective clothing (such as
goggles, gloves) when working with trichlorethy-lene.3.8
3-6-02
S/BVM 628
0883
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Operating the EngineAnleitung zum Betrieb des MotorsIstruzioni
per il servizio del motoreInstructions relatives lemploi du
moteurInstrucciones para la operacin del motorHandleiding
betreffende het werken met de motor4
-
4 Operating the EngineAnleitung zum Betrieb des MotorsIstruzioni
per il servizio del motoreInstructions relatives lemploi du
moteurInstrucciones para la operacin del motorHandleiding
betreffende het werken met de motor -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
4
4-0-01
S/BVM 628
0486
4.1 Preparations for Operating the Engine on Distillate Fuel
(see also sections 7, 8.2, 8.3 and «Summerized Instructions»
hereto)A Commissioning Run-in Engines Following a Brief Idle PeriodB
Commisioning Engines Following Overhaul Including Replacements of
Pistons, Cylinder Lineror BearingsC Commisioning New Engines or Run-in Engines
Following a Prolonged Idle Period (over 3months)
Item Job A B C Reference
1 Depreservation Remove all preserving section 6agent inside and
outsideof engine2 Cylinder head Check inlet and exhaust Job 01.01.01valve
clearanceCheck that inletand exhaust valvesmove freely in their
guides3 Foundation Inspect / tighten to thebolts instructions of the
Job 03.07.01building contractor
4 Speed control system Check that control rodmoves freely Job
07.01.01Check oil level inhydraulic governor Job 05.03.11
Check oil ofhydraulic governor Job 05.03.11
Bleed hydraulic governor Job 05.03.12
5 Exhaust / Check oil levelturbocharging system in turbocharger
Job 06.05.01Inspect turbocharger Job 06.06.01
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
4
4-0-02
S/BVM 628
0185
Item Job A B C Reference
6 Fuel systemClean fuel service tank
Top up fuel service tank
Clean fuel filter Job 07.10.01
Test fuel injectors Job 07.08.01
Check oil level insealing oil tank
Drain fuel service tank
Open shut-off valve of fuelservice tank and switch onfuel feed
pump (if installed)Bleed fuel system Job 07.03.02
7 Lube oil systemTop up lube oil reservoir
Check up lubeoil reservoir
Service lube oilfilter combination Job 08.10.01
Switch on priming pumpand keep priming pressurefor min. 3
minutes > 0,35 barSwitch on priming pump(if standby oil pump)
8 Cooling water system Top up water level
Check up water levelin header tank
Bleed water system,if need be
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
4
4-0-03
S/BVM 628
0585
Item Job A B C Reference
8 Cooling water system Treat waterwith additives Section 6.4
Open valves in all water pipeworkand check for correct valve
pos.Switch onwater preheater,if provided
Standby sets:Check that preheatingtemperature (if provided)
Section 3.3.2Clean separateraw water filter (if provided)
9 Pneumatic system Check that master andstarting valves Job
01.11.01move freely Job 10.03.01Drain condensate from dust coll. Job 10.03.02
Drain condensate frompressure reducer station Job 10.06.01
Clean / install running -inscreen upstream Job 10.03.91of master
valveDrain waterfrom air receivers Job 10.01.01
Check pressurein air receivers Job 10.01.01
10 Engine protective system Separate pumps: checkpressures /
temperaturesin operating media(fuel etc.)Test audibleand visual alarms
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
This page intentionally left blank
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
4
4-0-05
S/BVM 628
0486
4.1.1 Preparation for Operating the Engine on blended Fuel
(heavy Fuel)(see also sections 7, 8.2, 8.3 and «Summarized Instructions»
hereto).A Commissioning run-in engines following a brief idle period
B Commissioning engines following overhaul including
replacements of pistons, cylinderliner or bearingsC Commissioning new engines or run-in engines following a
prolonged idle period (over 3months)Item Job A B C Reference
1 Depreservation Remove all preserving agentlinside and
outsideof engine Section 6.52 Cylinder head Check inlet and exhaust Job 01.01.01valve
clearanceCheck that inlet and exhaustvalves move freelyin their
guides3 Foundation bolts Inspect / tighten to theinstruction of the
Job 03.07.01building contractor4 Speed control system Check that control rodmoves freely Job
07.01.01Check oil level inhydraulic governor Job 05.03.11
Change oil inhydraulic governor Job 05.03.11
Bleed hydraulic governor Job 05.03.12
5 Exhaust / turbocharging Check oil levelsystem in turbocharger
Job 06.05.01Inspect turbocharger Job 06.06.01
Check scavenging water Job 06.13.03quantity
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
Item Job A B C Reference
6 Fuel systemClean fuel service tank
Top up fuel service tank
Clean fuel filter Job 07.10.01
Test fuel injectors Job 07.08.01
Check oil level insealing oil tank
Preheat fuel service tank Section 6.3
Drain fuel service tank
Open shut-off valve offuel service tank
Switch on sealing oil pump
Switch on fuel feed pump as6+2 bar sealing oil pressure has been
obtainedHeat separate f uel filter if enginehas been stopped on heavy
fuel Section 6.3Inserire limpianto di regolazionedella viscosit. Section 6.3
Bleed fuel system Job 07.03.02
7 Lube oil system Switch on standby oil pumpif used for priming
pumpTop up lube oilreservoir
Check level in lube oilreservoir
Clean lube oil filter 08.10.01
Switch on priming pump andkeep min. 0,35 bar pressure for min. 3
minutes4
4-0-06
S/BVM 628
0883
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
4
4-0-07
S/BVM 628
0185
Item Job A B C Reference
8 Cooling water system Top up water level
Check water levelin header tank
Bleed water systemif necessary
Treat water with additives Section 6.4
Clean separate raw water filter(if provided)
Open valves in all waterpipework and checkfor correct valve
positionsSwitch on water preheater
Switch on injection valvewater preheater (if provided)
Section 6.3Switch on injection valvecoolant pump
9 Pneumatic system Check that master and Job 01.11.01starting
valvesmove freely Job 10.03.01Drain condensate from dust coll. Job 10.03.02
Drain condensate frompressure reducer station Job 10.06.01
Clean / install running-inscreen upstream Job 10.03.91of master
valveDrain water fromair receivers Job 10.01.01
Check pressure inair receivers Job 10.01.01
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
4
4-0-08
S/BVM 628
0883
Item Job A B C Reference
10 Engine protective system Separate pumps:check pressures /
temperaturesin operating media(fuel etc.)Test audible andvisual alarms
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
Item Procedure A B C Reference
1 Open indicator valves
2 Turn engine over twice by barring gear, but not later than 1
hourafter prelubricating, otherwise repeat prelubricating3 Place speed control in lowest possible position Section
3.3.14 Keep assistance ready at theemergency stop drive Job
05.00.015 With air receivers closed, move engine control leverfrom
«Stop» to «Start» position.Slowly open air shut-off valves and-
with indicator valves opened -briefly turn engine over. Close air
receivers, move control lever back to «Stop» positionand close
indicator valves6 Open air receiver fully
7 Move local control lever from «Stop» to «Start» positionand —
when firing speed is attained -move on to «Run» position Section
3.3.18 Should the engine fail to fire at the end of some 3
seconds,wait for a while and repeat starting attempt.If several
such starting attempts are unsuccessful, Section 7trace cause of
trouble and remedy.9 Switch off water preheater (if provided)at temperature
specified Section 3.3.210 Where the standby lube oil pump is used for priming,switch
off pump once idling speed is reachedor when the starting
inhibitor, if provided, releases11 Raise engine speed slowly
4
4-1-01
S/BVM 628
0185
4.2 Running the Engine on Distillate Fuel
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
Item Procedure A B C Reference
12 Run in engine Section 4.6
13 Once working temperature is reached, Acceptanceput engine on
load documentsOn stationary engines use start and stop button respectively for
items 5 and 7.0883
4
4-1-02
S/BVM 628
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
Item Procedure A B C Reference
1 Open indicator valves
2 Turn engine over twice by barring gear, but not later than 1
hourafter prelubricating, otherwise repeat prelubricating3 Place speed control in lowest possible position Section
3.3.14 Keep assistance ready at theemergency device Job 05.00.01
5 With air receivers closed, move engine control leverfrom
«Stop» to «Start» position.Slowly open air shut-off valves and-
with indicator valves opened -briefly turn engine over. Close air
receivers, move control lever back to «Stop» positionand close
indicator valves6 Open air receiver fully
7 Move local control lever from «Stop» to «Start» positionand —
when firing speed is attained -move on to «Run» position Section
3.3.18 Should the engine fail to fire at the end of some 3
seconds,wait for a while and repeat starting attempt.If several
such starting attempts are unsuccessful, Section 7trace cause of
trouble and remedy.9 Where the standby lube oil pump is used for priming,switch off
pump once idling speed is reached or when the starting inhibitor,if
provided, releases10 Operate engine at high speed with some 25% power,raising to
some 60% power0486
4
4-1-03
S/BVM 628
4.2.1 Running the Engine on Blended Fuel (Heavy Fuel)
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
Item Procedure A B C Reference
11 Run in engine Section 4.6
12 Switch off coolant preheater(upon attaining appropriate
temperature) Section 3.3.213 Switch off separate preheated filter
14 Switch off injector preheater(if provided). Section 3.3.2
15 Once working temperature is reached,put the engine on
loadOn stationary engines use start and stop button respectively for
items 5 and 7.4
4-1-04
S/BVM 628
0885
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
Item Daily Checks and Servicing Jobs Reference Reading(Section
8.3)1 General Listen to running noise
Check colour of exhaust Section 7
Inspect entire engine for leaks,especially external pipework
Compare engine operating datawith acceptance documents
2 Temperatures Lube oil temperature Section max. 65 Cat engine
inlet 3.3.2 max. 75 CWater temperature Section max. 80 Ca t engine outlet 3.3.2 max.
85 CWater temperature differentialat engine inlet / outlet 8 — 12
CFuel temperature Sectionin injection pump 6.3
Charge air temperature Acceptanceat engine inlet documents(full
load)Exhaust temperature Acceptanceat turbine outlet documents
3 Pressures Lube oil pressureat filter outlet 3,5 bar(engine
hot, rated speed)Sealing oil pressure Sectionin injection pumps 3.3.2
0885
4
4-2-01
S/BVM 628
4.3 Attendance in Service
Record readings right from the start, unless automatically
printed where periodically unattended service isprovided.See also
section 3.3.ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemkaysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by
ysemka -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
4
4-2-02
S/BVM 628
0185
Item Daily Check and Servicing Jobs Reference Reading(section
8.3)3 Pressures Water pressure ~ 4 barat engine inlet
Fuel pressure 3,0 + 1,5 barat injection pump inlet
Charge air pressure Acceptance documents
Starting air pressure, max / min 30/10 bar
Raw water pressure
4 Speed control system Check oil level 05.03.11in hydraulic
governor5 Exhaust / Clean turbochargerturbocharging system air side
06.12.01Check exhaust mean temperatures Acceptance(differences between
cylinders documentsare irrelevant for power output). sectionCheck
limit temperatures 3.3.2Check oil levelin turbocharger 06.05.01
6 Fuel system Drain water from fuel tank
Check fuel level in service tank
Check flow switch formonitoring shielded injection lines(if
provided) 11.01.037 Lube oil system Check oil levels
Service wire coil edge-type filter 08.09.01
Check service gaugeof oil filter 08.10.01
Inspect valve seat lubrication 08.14.01
ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
Item Daily Checks and Servicing Jobs Acceptance
Readingdocuments8 Cooling system Check coolant levelin hydraulic governor
9 Pneumatic system Charge air receivers anddrain condensate
after cool-downDrain condensate from dust collector 10.03.02
4
4-2-03
S/BVM 628
0285
Drain condensate frompressure reducer station 10.06.01
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
0984
This page intentionally left blank
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
Item Job A B C
1 To prevent heat accumulation, let engine idle for 10 minutesor
so before shutting down from prolonged full-load service. Where
separate oil and coolant pumps are provided, keepthem going for 10
minutes following engine shutdown.2 Stop engine
3 Close shut-off valve of air receiver
4 Close shut-off valves of fuel service tank
5 Close shut-off valves before and after water colle
6 When frost is imminent, switch on water preheater,unless an
anti-freeze has been added,or drain all water from engine and
attachments(see Job Card 09.00.01)7 Drain all water from engine and attachments(see Job Card
09.00.01)8 Drain all lubricating oil from engine and attachments(except
speed governor)9 Preserve engine (section 6.5)
10 While the engine is out of service, switch on standby lube
oil pumponce a week, open indicator valves and turn engine
over.(This applies only in the case of vibration of the shut-down
engine,e.g. due to other engines in service)0185
4
4-3-01
S/BVM 628
4.4 Stoppage / Layoff of Engine Running on Distillate Fuel
A Short period (Engine remains readily available)
B Prolonged Period
C Period exceeding 3 months
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
This page intentionally left blank
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
Item Job A B C
1 When operating with blended fuel < 380 mm2 /s (cSt) / 50 C
,we recommend running the engine for at least 1 hourwith distillate
fuel before shutdownWhen operating with blended fuel > 380 mm2 /s (cSt) / 50 C
,the engine must be run for at least 1 hour with distillate
fuelbefore shut-down — longer than 72 hours — until the fuel
systemis completely filled with distillate fuel.2 To prevent heat accumulation, let engine idle for 5 minutesor
so before shutting it down from prolonged full-load service.Where
separate oil and coolant pumps are provided,keep them going for 5
minutes following shut-down.3 Stop engine
4 Switch off viscosity control, injector coolant pump,fuel feed
pump and fuel plunger sealing oil pump5 Close shut-off valve of air receiver
6 Close shut-off valve of fuel service tank
7 Close shut-off valves before and after water cooler
8 When frost is imminent, switch on water preheater,unless an
anti-freeze has been added,or drain all water from engine and
attachments(see Job 09.00.01)9 Drain all water from engine and attachments(see Job
09.00.01)0885
4
4-3-03
S/BVM 628
4.4.1 Stoppage / Layoff of Engine Running on Heavy Fuel or MDF
BlendA Short Period (Engine remains readily available)
B Prolonged Period
C Period exceeding 3 months
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
4
4-3-04
S/BVM 628
0885
Item Job A B C
10 Drain lube oil completely from engine, accassories, pipings
and fittings (but not from speed governor).11 Preserve engine (section 6.5)
12 When engine is out of service, switch on standby lube oil
pumponce a week, open indicator valves and turn engine over.(This
applies only in the case of vibration of the shut-down engine,e.g.
due to other engines in service) -
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
4
4-4-01
S/BVM 628
0185
4.5 Taking Combustion Indicator Diagrams
Be sure closely to observe the instructions issued by the
indicator manufacturer, or readingsare liable to be incorrect.The
instrument recommended by us is the Mahaik torsionspring indicator,
type S, plunger 1/2,with the following springs:Max. combustion pressure Spring
100 bar F 100 bar No. 50
120 bar F 120 bar No. 60
140 bar F 140 bar No. 70
160 bar F 160 bar No. 80
Pressures see acceptance records.
Taking Indicator DiagramsThoroughly blow through the indicator
valves to prevent any carbon particles entering the gauge.Then
screw indicator firmly in its place.Put indicator paper on the recording drum and draw the zero
line.Open indicator valve and slowly turn drum from recording the
combustion pressuresFor recording the compression pressure, cut out injection pump
(Job Card 07.01.01) and checkthat control rod of the injection pump
does not abut at its load limit.The following data should be entered upon the diagram:
Date, spring scale, cylinder No., corresponding exhaust
temperature, control rod position, speedand charge air
pressure.Assessing the ReadingsCompare readings with the values given in
the Acceptance Record.ysemkaSticky NoteMarked set by ysemka
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
This page intentionally left blank
-
Section:
Page:
Engine:
Operating the Engine
4.6 Run-in InstructionsEngines which leave the manufacturer’s
works have been run in; thus run-in at site is not necessary.Following servicing work on main and big-end bearings, pistons,
piston rings and cylinder linersthe engine must b
This is a COMPLETE Operation & Maintenance Manual for the Deutz sbv 6-8-9 M628
This Manual Describes Procedures for Operation, Handling, Lubrication, Maintenance, Checking, and Adjustment. It Will Help The Operator and Maintenance Personnel Realize Peak Performance Through Effective, Economical and Safe Machine Operation and Maintenance.
Table of Contents:
=========
Foreword
General
Engine description
Operation
Operating media
Maintenance
Servicing and maintenance works
Faults
Transport and storage
Technical data
=========
Model Specification: Deutz sbv 6-8-9 M628 Operation Manual
Language: English
File Format: PDF
Requirements: Adobe PDF Reader
Compatible: All Versions of Windows & Mac, APP ISO, Iphone, Ipad, Android etc…
=========
This PDF file is Bookmarked and SEARCHABLE to make what you need easy to find.
All pages are printable, so run off what you need & take it with you into the garage or workshop.
Thanks for visiting!